| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-698/1 |
| Registreeritud | 09.10.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 11.10.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Ettepanek - COM(2026) 780, SEC(2026) 780, SWD(2026) 785, SWD(2026) 786, SWD(2026) 787 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 6.10.2026 COM(2026) 780 final
2026/0307 (COD)
Proposal for a
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on European standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
{SEC(2026) 780 final} - {SWD(2026) 785 final} - {SWD(2026) 786 final} - {SWD(2026) 787 final}
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
Standardisation is a pillar of the internal market, enabling the free movement of goods and
services while fostering interoperability, quality, and consumer trust. By providing a
presumption of conformity with Union legislation, harmonised standards simplify compliance
for businesses, reduce costs, and prevent market fragmentation. Beyond its role in the internal
market, standardisation has increasingly become a strategic industrial policy tool, driving
innovation, supporting the adoption of new technologies, and reinforcing the Union’s
competitiveness and strategic autonomy.
The European Council Conclusions of March 20261 underscored the need to ‘boost the
Union’s competitiveness, increase its resilience and enhance its strategic autonomy and
economic security’, placing the deepening and integration of the internal market at the heart
of the ‘One Europe, One Market’ roadmap. The Council explicitly called for ‘enhancing
enforcement of EU standards’ as a priority, building on the Commission’s Competitiveness
Compass2 and the Single Market Strategy3, which identified delays in standardisation as one
of the ‘terrible 10’ barriers to a fully functional internal market. In response, the Commission
committed to revise Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the
Council4.
This proposal aims to modernise the European standardisation system by addressing four key
challenges. Excessive delays in the development of harmonised standards hinder the timely
implementation of Union legislation and weaken the Union’s ability to take the lead in
emerging technologies (e.g., AI, cybersecurity, green tech). Insufficient and unbalanced
stakeholder participation, particularly among small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’),
startups and scaleups, civil society, and research and innovation stakeholders, risk leading to
lower-quality standards that do not reflect adequately diverse societal and economic
needs. Uncertainty surrounding the financial sustainability of the European standardisation
system, following case law of the Court of Justice of the European Union (‘CJEU’)5 requiring
free access to harmonised standards, challenges the revenue model of some European
standardisation organisations. The Union influence in global standardisation is declining,
particularly in strategic technologies.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 establishes the legal framework for the European
standardisation system, governing the collaboration between the Commission, the European
standardisation organisations, namely the European Committee for Standardization (‘CEN’),
the Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (‘CENELEC’) and the European
1 EUCO 1/26, European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions. 2 COM(2025) 30 final, 29.1.2025. 3 COM(2025) 500 final, 21.5.2025. 4 Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on
European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and 93/15/EEC and Directives
94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC, 2009/23/EC and
2009/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decision
87/95/EEC and Decision 1673/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council Text (OJ L 316,
14.11.2012, p. 12, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2012/1025/oj). 5 Judgment of 27 October 2016, James Elliott Construction Ltd v Irish Asphalt Ltd., C-613/14,
EU:C:2016:821; Judgment of 5 March 2024, Public.Resource.Org and Right to Know v Commission,
C-588/21 P, EU:C:2024:201.
EN 2 EN
Telecommunication Standards Institute (‘ETSI’), and national standardisation bodies in
developing standards and standardisation deliverables to support Union legislation and
policies. That Regulation’s primary focus is delivering harmonised standards adopted
following a Commission request to one or several European standardisation organisations to
support Union harmonisation legislation. Harmonised standards allow businesses to
demonstrate conformity with the requirements set out in Union harmonisation legislation
which those harmonised standards or parts thereof aim to cover, facilitating market access and
reducing compliance costs.
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 operates in synergy with the New Legislative Framework6,
which establishes a common legal framework for 31 sectoral product acts, ensuring that
products compliant with harmonised standards can circulate freely in the internal market.
Over time, the scope of standardisation in support of Union legislation and policies has
expanded beyond product harmonisation to support digital policies (e.g., cybersecurity, AI),
green transition initiatives (e.g., the Green Deal7 and the Clean Industrial Deal8), and sectoral
industrial strategies (e.g., housing9, bioeconomy10).
Key amendments to the Union regulatory framework on standardisation include:
• the 2022 revision of Regulation (EU) No 1025/201211, which restricted decision-
making on standardisation requests to EU/EEA national standardisation bodies only,
reinforcing the EU’s autonomy in standard-setting;
• the 2025 Omnibus IV proposal on digitalisation and common specifications12, which
proposed the introduction of common specifications as a fallback when harmonised
standards are unavailable, enhancing legal certainty for businesses.
The CJEU has, in particular, clarified that harmonised standards form part of EU law and
must be freely accessible under the principles of transparency and the rule of law. This aligns
with the Union’s democratic values, but poses financial challenges for European
standardisation organisations, particularly CEN and CENELEC, whose revenues rely partly
on the sales of harmonised standards. ETSI, which provides free access to its standards,
including its harmonised standards, is not affected to the same degree.
This proposal builds on the existing framework while addressing structural weaknesses to
ensure the European standardisation system remains fit for purpose in a rapidly evolving
technological and geopolitical landscape.
6 Regulation (EC) 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 July 2008 setting out the
requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products and
repealing Regulation (EEC) 339/93 (OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, pp. 30, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2008/765/oj) and Decision 768/2008/EC of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 9 July 2008 on a common framework for the marketing of products, and repealing
Council Decision 93/465/EEC (OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, pp. 82, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2008/768(1)/oj). 7 COM(2019) 640 final, 11.12.2019. 8 COM(2025) 85 final, 26.2.2025. 9 COM(2025) 991 final, 16.12.2025. 10 COM(2025) 960 final, 27.11.2025. 11 Regulation (EU) 2022/2480 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022
amending Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 as regards decisions of European standardisation organisations
concerning European standards and European standardisation deliverables (OJ L 323, 19.12.2022, pp.
1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2480/oj). 12 COM(2025) 503 final and COM(2025) 504 final, 21.5.2025.
EN 3 EN
• Consistency with other Union policies
Standardisation is a horizontal policy tool that contributes to the functioning of the internal
market, ensures interoperability and consumer protection, and promotes competitiveness. It
plays a critical role in implementing the Single Market Strategy and the ‘One Europe, One
Market roadmap’, and aims to reduce market fragmentation and enhance the enforcement of
Union product rules.
Standards are essential in the digital sector: they ensure the interoperability of digital
technologies and are the foundations of an effective digital single market. They also facilitate
economies of scale, foster research and innovation and promote competition by keeping
markets open. Standards underpin Union legislation in the digital sector, such as Regulation
(EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council13 and Regulation (EU)
2024/2847 of the European Parliament and of the Council14, to ensure that new technologies
are safe, interoperable and align with Union values. This proposal will help in accelerating the
development of standards in these areas, supporting the Digital Decade targets15and
reinforcing the Union’s digital sovereignty.
Standardisation is also essential for the green transition, enabling the implementation of the
European Green Deal and the Clean Industrial Deal by providing technical solutions for
decarbonisation, circular economy, and sustainable resource management.
As regards the international level, the proposal builds upon the 2022 Standardisation
Strategy16, which seeks to strengthen the Union’s influence in global standard-setting bodies
and ensure that international standards reflect Union priorities and values. This is particularly
important in strategic technologies, where third countries such as the US and China are
actively shaping global standards to promote their industrial and geopolitical interests.
Finally, the proposal supports social inclusion by promoting broader stakeholder participation
in standardisation, ensuring that standards reflect the needs of SMEs, including startups and
scaleups, civil society and consumers, and benefit from the participation of the research and
innovation stakeholders.
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
The legal basis for this Regulation is Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the
European Union for the adoption of measures for the approximation of the provisions laid
down by law, regulation or administrative action in Member States which have as their object
the establishment and functioning of the internal market.
13 Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 laying
down harmonised rules on artificial intelligence and amending Regulations (EC) 300/2008, (EU)
167/2013, (EU) 168/2013, (EU) 2018/858, (EU) 2018/1139 and (EU) 2019/2144 and Directives
2014/90/EU, (EU) 2016/797 and (EU) 2020/1828 (Artificial Intelligence Act) (OJ L, 2024/1689,
12.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1689/oj). 14 Regulation (EU) 2024/2847 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2024 on
horizontal cybersecurity requirements for products with digital elements and amending Regulations
(EU) 168/2013 and (EU) 2019/1020 and Directive (EU) 2020/1828 (Cyber Resilience Act) (OJ L,
2024/2847, 20.11.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2847/oj). 15 COM(2021) 118 final, 9.3.2021. 16 COM(2022) 31 final, 2.2.2022.
EN 4 EN
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
The subsidiarity principle applies insofar as the proposal does not fall under the exclusive
competence of the Union. The objectives of the proposal cannot be sufficiently achieved by
Member States for the following reasons:
• European standardisation supports Union legislation and policies by facilitating the
functioning of the internal market. Harmonised standards replace conflicting national
standards, which may create technical barriers to trade. The problems affecting the
European standardisation system, such as delays in standards development and
concerns regarding financial sustainability, are shared across all Member States and
require a solution at Union level.
• Member States acting individually cannot effectively address these challenges.
Without Union action, the identified problems would persist, leading to
fragmentation, increased compliance costs, and reduced competitiveness. National
measures would be insufficient to ensure a coherent and efficient standardisation
system that fosters the same standards across the Union.
Union action will better achieve the objectives of the proposal for the following reasons:
• The proposal will improve the functioning of internal market by ensuring timely and
high-quality standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union
legislation and policies.
• The proposal will reduce compliance costs for businesses, increase trade, and
strengthen the Union’s influence in international standardisation.
• The proposal will support key Union policies that rely on standards and
standardisation deliverables for their implementation.
Therefore, the proposal complies with the subsidiarity principle.
• Proportionality
The proposed revision respects the principle of proportionality, as set out in Article 5 of the
Treaty on European Union, and follows what is appropriate and necessary to achieve the
objectives of ensuring a more responsive, sustainable and internationally influent European
standardisation system. The proposal introduces targeted improvements to the functioning of
the European standardisation system to achieve the initiative’s objectives without imposing
unnecessary burdens on stakeholders, as outlined in the Impact Assessment of the initiative.
The measures introduced to make the European standardisation system more responsive rely
on the current framework for European standardisation and aim to improve the performance
of the European standardisation organisations, while introducing the possibility to rely on
designated standards development organisations in targeted situations, where the European
standardisation organisations would not be able to deliver high-quality standards in a timely
manner.
The proposal also increases the requirements for European standardisation organisations,
national standardisation bodies and designated standards development organisations to make
the European standardisation process more inclusive. The increased requirements are targeted
at the national level where the barriers to participate in standardisation are the highest. The
obligation to provide free and unrestricted access to referenced standards is necessary to
achieve the objective of the initiative. Its implementation takes into account the need to ensure
the financial viability of the European standardisation system.
EN 5 EN
The improved coordination of European stakeholders in international standardisation is
necessary to consolidate the Union influence in international standardisation and is achieved
through targeted coordination mechanisms, with the participation of both the Commission and
Member States. The possibility to restrict participation to actors from the Union or to diverge
from international standards in the European standardisation process in support of Union
legislation and policies is necessary to promote the Union’s economic security and strategic
autonomy, and codifies existing practices, without undermining the ‘international first’
principle, whereby European standards should first seek to align with international standards.
• Choice of the instrument
A Regulation is the appropriate instrument for the initiative, which revises an existing
Regulation. The legal instrument must be of general application, as it concerns standards and
standardisation deliverables that aim at having a direct effect throughout the Union. In
addition, the legislative instrument contains obligations that are directly applicable to the
European standardisation organisations, the national standardisation bodies, designated
standards development organisations, European stakeholder organisations and the
Commission.
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
The evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 1025/201217 aimed to assess its performance and
impact between 2013 and 2023, in particular by assessing whether standards the Commission
requested under that Regulation have been delivered in an effective, inclusive and timely
manner. The evaluation provided an evidence-based assessment of the effectiveness,
efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value of the Regulation, and its findings
informed both the drafting process and the accompanying Impact Assessment.
In relation to the original objectives of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, the evaluation found
that (i) the standards-setting process was made faster (from a baseline of more than nine years
to six years currently), (ii) conflicting national standards were withdrawn in favour of
European standards, and (iii) the European standardisation system became more inclusive of
societal stakeholders and SMEs.
However, the evaluation also identified key shortcomings that directly underpin the problems
addressed in this proposal. The evaluation found that the development of harmonised
standards is still too slow, on average six years, and often misses legislative deadlines. This
supports the proposal’s focus on increasing the speed of standardisation in support of Union
legislation and policies to limit delays in the availability of standards, which increase
compliance costs and legal uncertainty for businesses.
The evaluation also pointed out the rigidity in the standard-development process set up by
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012. Its reliance on the standardisation capabilities of the three
European standardisation organisations limits opportunities for simplification and
acceleration. The evaluation also revealed insufficient SME and stakeholder participation,
particularly in emerging technologies. The evaluation highlighted the financial challenges for
European standardisation organisations linked to providing free access to harmonised
standards in line with the recent case-law of the CJEU. Additionally, it noted growing
fragmentation linked to alternative standardisation routes such as common specifications,
17 Evaluation of Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 on European standardisation, SWD(2025) 170 final,
23.6.2025.
EN 6 EN
supporting the proposal’s objective of creating a coherent framework for standards and
common specifications. Finally, the evaluation highlighted the Union’s declining influence in
international standardisation, which the proposal aims to address.
These findings demonstrate that the current framework falls short in speed, inclusiveness, and
global relevance, thus justifying the proposed reform of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012.
• Stakeholder consultations
In line with the Better Regulation Guidelines, the Commission conducted an ambitious and
inclusive consultation process designed to gather reliable evidence from the full range of
standardisation stakeholders. A call for evidence ran between 23 June 2025 and 21 July 2025
generating a total of 198 valid contributions from business associations, non-governmental
organisations, businesses, public authorities and other stakeholders, overwhelmingly from EU
and EEA countries. The open public consultation on the initiative took place from 24
September to 17 December 2025. 599 valid replies were submitted from 32 different
countries, stemming in majority from business associations, businesses, including SMEs, non-
governmental organisations and citizens.
The call for evidence and the open public consultation were complemented by a targeted
survey for industry organisations and companies, including SMEs, to gather specific feedback
on costs and benefits to be expected from the different options, in-depth interviews with
European standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies, and European
stakeholder organisations and five workshops with SMEs, national standardisation bodies and
the members of the High-Level Forum on European standardisation.
The results revealed preferences and concerns regarding the policy options for the proposal.
Industry and SMEs favoured measures to increase responsiveness, such as using technical
specifications for temporary presumption of conformity and digitalising standardisation
processes. They saw potential benefits in introducing greater flexibility for obtaining
standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies, for
instance through the involvement of other standards development organisations than the
European standardisation organisations but expressed concerns about possible fragmentation
and inclusiveness. European standardisation organisations and European stakeholder
organisations supported measures that would preserve the current structure of the European
standardisation system, based on the exclusive right of European standardisation organisations
to deliver standards in support of Union legislation and policies, while supporting targeted
improvements and simplification.
European standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies opposed the
implementation of the case-law of the CJEU on access to standards through the publication of
standards in the Official Journal of the European Union as it would threaten their revenue
models. Other stakeholders expressed support for free and unrestricted access to standards in
support of Union legislation and policies.
Industry, SMEs, European standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies
highlighted the importance of alignment between European and international standardisation
and called for targeted possibilities for European standardisation to diverge from international
standardisation due to risks of duplication and diminished Union’s influence. All stakeholder
groups rejected an overhaul of the current European standardisation system, whereby
standards in support of Union legislation and policies could be requested to any standards
development organisations, citing risks of system fragmentation, reduced inclusiveness, and
financial instability for national standardisation bodies and European standardisation
organisations.
EN 7 EN
The Commission considered these views carefully. Stakeholders agreed on the need for faster,
more inclusive, and globally competitive European standardisation and supported measures
that would improve the functioning of the European standardisation system in a targeted and
incremental manner, with European standardisation organisations at the centre. The
Commission implemented these views in the proposal but introduced additional flexibilities in
the standardisation process in support of Union legislation and policies, notably through the
possibility to request standards to other standards development organisations than the three
European standardisation organisations. It also proposes clear requirements on access to
standards in support of Union legislation and policies. The Commission considers these
measures necessary to address the systemic challenges identified in the evaluation,
particularly regarding the Union’s global competitiveness, the legal certainty vis-à-vis
potential future judgments from the CJEU, the need for greater flexibility in emerging
technological fields and for a European standardisation system that is future-proof.
• Collection and use of expertise
The Commission has consulted stakeholders through a call for evidence, open public
consultations, targeted surveys, in-depth interviews, bilateral meetings and workshops. It has
relied on an evaluation study on the current Regulation (EU) No 1025/201218 and on a study
supporting the impact assessment, both conducted by an external contractor19. The
Commission also regularly consulted the High-Level Forum on European standardisation.
• Impact assessment
The proposal was supported by an Impact Assessment which received a positive opinion from
the Regulatory Scrutiny Board. Following the positive opinion from the Regulatory Scrutiny
Board, the Impact Assessment was amended to incorporate the Board’s comments, in
particular to improve the analysis on the link between participation of stakeholders and
quality of the harmonised standards, to clarify the definition of the second specific objective
of the initiative and to improve the description of policy options and the efficiency analysis.
The impact assessment examined three policy options which differ mainly in the degree of
changes introduced to the current European standardisation system and in the balance they
each strike between responsiveness, financial viability, inclusiveness and strategic autonomy.
Option 1 would preserve the current architecture of the European standardisation system,
with the European standardisation organisations remaining the only organisations that may
receive standardisation requests from the Commission, while modernising the system through
targeted improvements. These improvements would include making better use of technical
specifications developed outside the European standardisation organisations by other
standards development organisations, introducing the possibility to grant presumption of
conformity to standardisation deliverables until a harmonised standard becomes available and
creating a horizontal framework for the Commission’s use of common specifications. The
option also improves the strategic planning of standardisation needs, simplifies and clarifies
procedures for requesting, implementing and assessing standards in support of Union
legislation and policies, and introduces deadlines at each step of the process. It also introduces
measures to strengthen participation, transparency and Union coordination in international
standardisation. This option is the least disruptive and preserves the current institutional and
18 European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs,
Fraunhofer ISI, Intellera Consulting and Trinomics B.V, Evaluation study of Regulation (EU)
1025/2012 on European standardisation – Final report. 19 European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs,
Intellera Consulting and Fraunhofer ISI, Impact Assessment supporting study accompanying the
Revision of the EU Standardisation Regulation No. 1025/2012 – Final report.
EN 8 EN
financial model, notably by maintaining the status quo on access to standards in support of
Union legislation and policies. It would improve responsiveness, notably by reducing the
average time needed to obtain a harmonised standard by around one year compared to the
baseline. However, it offers limited additional flexibility where European standardisation
organisations are unable to deliver standards in a timely manner and therefore risks of falling
short of addressing urgent competitiveness or technological sovereignty needs.
Option 2 builds on Option 1 and retains the European standardisation organisations as the
cornerstone of the European standardisation system but adds two important measures to
increase its flexibility and responsiveness. First, the Commission could address
standardisation requests to designated alternative standards development organisations if
European standardisation organisations do not deliver or do not meet quality or timing
expectations, or if a standards development organisation is objectively better placed to
develop the requested standards. Second, free and unrestricted access to referenced standards
would be provided through repositories managed by the European standardisation
organisations and designated standards development organisations where relevant. This
option also strengthens inclusiveness at national level, creates a Centre of Excellence on
European Standardisation and introduces targeted derogations from the ‘international first’
principle in strategic or sovereignty-sensitive cases.
Option 2 would improve responsiveness more effectively than Option 1, because it introduces
a credible fall-back solution when the existing system is unable to deliver requested standards,
while also creating stronger incentives for timely delivery by the European standardisation
organisations. Its effect on average delivery times is expected to remain limited overall, since
recourse to alternative standards development organisations would be used only in a small
number of cases, but in those cases the benefits could be significant. Option 2 also ensures the
financial viability of the system, although requiring adaptation of the business models of some
European standardisation organisations, while improving legal certainty and inclusiveness. It
would give the Union more international influence than Option 1 because it combines
stronger Union coordination with greater strategic flexibility to protect the interests of the
Union where necessary.
Option 3 would constitute a fundamental redesign of the European standardisation system. It
would end the European standardisation organisations’ exclusive role, allowing the
Commission to choose any suitable standards development organisations for each request. It
would establish an EU Standardisation Office to manage the European standardisation system
centrally and make standards in support of Union legislation and policies publicly available in
the Official Journal of the European Union.
This option is potentially highly effective in terms of responsiveness, as it would allow
selecting the most appropriate organisation in each case. However, that benefit is uncertain in
practice, since the capacity of alternative standards development organisations to deliver
harmonised standards consistently in line with Union expectations has not yet been tested.
More importantly, this option challenges the financial viability of the European
standardisation system by removing core incentives for European standardisation
organisations and alternate standards development organisations to develop standards in
support of Union legislation and policies. This risks weakening stakeholder participation,
particularly from industry, and could undermine the stability of the system. Its effect on
international influence is overall neutral: while it increases strategic control, it could also
reduce alignment with international standards and thereby diminish the Union’s influence in
international standardisation bodies.
EN 9 EN
On balance, Option 2 was considered to be the best policy choice. It offers the most
proportionate response to the problems identified. It preserves the key strengths of the current
European standardisation system, including the central role of the European standardisation
organisations, while introducing targeted flexibilities to address cases where the system is
currently too slow or insufficiently adaptive. It also improves public access to standards and
strengthens inclusiveness, without creating the disruption and risks associated by fully
centralising standardisation under Option 3. Compared with Option 1, it better equips the
Union to respond to urgent technological, competitiveness and strategic challenges.
Compared with Option 3, it achieves these benefits in a more predictable, legally robust and
financially sustainable manner.
Option 2 is expected to generate overall positive economic effects by improving the
responsiveness of the European standardisation system, while also creating some adjustment
costs and implementation risks for public and private actors. The main direct economic
benefit of Option 2 stems from the faster and more predictable development of harmonised
standards. The option is expected to generate annual administrative costs savings for
businesses estimated at EUR 295 million per year, linked to savings in compliance costs
stemming from the earlier availability of harmonised standards. These gains are particularly
relevant in fast-moving sectors, such as digital technologies and clean tech, where delays in
standards can slow down innovation, product deployment and regulatory compliance. Free
access to harmonised standards also creates sizeable direct benefits for users of standards.
Those indirect cost savings are estimated at approximately EUR 30 million per year for
businesses from removing paywalls for harmonised standards. These savings are expected to
overwhelmingly benefit SMEs, as smaller firms are more sensitive to access costs and
information barriers.
These benefits, however, entail administrative and compliance costs for European
standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies. Ensuring free and
unrestricted access to harmonised standards could reduce the revenues of national
standardisation bodies by up to EUR 30 million annually, corresponding to around 15 % of
their total annual standards sales in the EU and 6 % of their total annual revenues. Additional
costs would also arise from inclusiveness requirements: the related obligations for national
standardisation bodies are estimated at around EUR 1,9 million per year. The use of
alternative standards development organisations to deliver standards in support of Union
legislation and policies could generate duplication costs for businesses to engage in potential
parallel standardisation processes or monitor multiple standard-setting channels, estimated at
EUR 4,5 million per year. The implementation of Option 2 would also require 7,5 additional
full-time equivalents (FTEs) in the Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation and in
the services of the Commission relying on this Regulation to support their legislation and
policies, through internal redeployment (5,5 FTEs) and additional external staff (2 FTEs).
The Impact Assessment has not considered the environmental and social impacts of Option 2.
As a horizontal initiative supporting sectoral products and services legislation, the direct
environmental and social impacts are negligible. Standards in support of Union legislation and
policies, however, can make an important contribution to the Union environmental, social or
societal objectives, such as for instance improving accessibility, safety and inclusivity
products and services in the internal market. However, such effects directly depend on the
sectoral legislation and on the definition of essential requirements. A more effective
standardisation system would help sectoral legislation achieve environmental and social
objectives.
EN 10 EN
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
This initiative responds to urgent political and economic priorities set by the European
Council, the Commission’s Single Market Strategy and its Standardisation Strategy. It seeks
to strengthen the European standardisation system’s efficiency, inclusivity, and global
influence while ensuring its long-term financial viability.
The proposal will bring simplification and improved efficiency primarily through the
increased availability of harmonised standards, which are themselves simplification tools for
businesses to access the internal market. Making harmonised standards available faster will
significantly reduce businesses’ compliance costs and facilitate the conformity assessment of
their products and services. The new obligations for European standardisation organisations
and national standardisation bodies relating to inclusiveness of civil society organisations,
research and innovation stakeholders and SMEs will facilitate their participation in the
standardisation process, notably by reducing their participation costs. The repositories for
standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies will
simplify access to standards for all stakeholders, not only reducing costs for users through free
access but also facilitating consultation and use.
The simplification is expected to be particularly relevant for SMEs. The Impact Assessment
estimates that 78 % of savings related to conformity assessment would accrue to SMEs,
suggesting that improved access and usability of standards in support of Union legislation and
policies could have a strong pro-SME effect. The proposal also includes measures that
specifically support SMEs’ participation in standardisation.
The proposal is expected to strengthen the Union sectoral competitiveness. Faster standard
development can give EU businesses a first-mover advantage, helping them innovate more
quickly and bring products to market sooner. Free access to harmonised standards supports
faster diffusion of innovation, as firms can integrate the latest standards into products without
additional purchase costs. Greater involvement of the research community and of public
authorities will improve the relevance of standards, support the uptake of new technologies,
including by SMEs, startups and scaleups and facilitate the identification, validation and
transfer of relevant research and innovation results into standardisation activities. The
proposal is also expected to have positive impact on trade, as the Impact Assessment
identifies a link between an increase in the stock of harmonised standards and intra- and extra-
EU trade. The alignment between European and international standards helps reduce technical
barriers to trade and improves the ability of European businesses to access international
markets.
The proposal fosters the digitalisation of the European standardisation system for the
development of standards, their evolution into ‘smart standards’, where the content of the
standards is complemented by additional data and information to facilitate their use and their
integration in the business processes of market operators, and the cooperation between the
Commission and European standardisation organisations. The creation of the EU Standards
Platform will make available up-to-date information on the development status of requested
standards and standardisation deliverables, provide detailed information on the performance
of the European standardisation system and on the implementation of this Regulation and will
foster a digital approach to standardisation in support of Union legislation and policies.
• Fundamental rights
The proposal does not impact the Charter of Fundamental Rights.
EN 11 EN
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
Without prejudice to the outcome of the negotiations on the 2028-2034 Multiannual Financial
Framework, the proposal is estimated to require the use of operational appropriations that are
commensurate with the current budget allocated to standardisation activities within the Single
Market Programme20. All activities, in particular all new activities created by the proposal,
could be financed under the corresponding budget within the Single Market and Customs
Programme2121, including through redeployment where necessary. The indicative estimate is
EUR 183 million over the programming period 2028-2034, at current price, based on annual
expenditures for standardisation within the Single Market Programme of EUR 23,7 million in
2027. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027
period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the 2028-2034
Multiannual Financial Framework and thereafter shall be determined through the annual
budgetary procedure.
The proposal may trigger the need to redeploy the standardisation appropriations within the
Single Market and Customs Programme. Free and unrestricted access to standards in support
of Union legislation and policies may challenge the financial sustainability of some national
standardisation bodies, which rely to various degrees on their sales, and in turn, the current
functioning of CEN and CENELEC. Free and unrestricted access to such standards implies a
shift of the financial burden of the standardisation development process from users, through
their purchase of standards, to the European standardisation organisations and national
standardisation bodies, through a loss of revenues. This additional financial burden on
European standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies could decrease
their ability to develop standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union
legislation and policies and to accept standardisation requests from the Commission.
The financial impact on national standardisation bodies could be mitigated by their
developing new services to users, based on the copyrights they claim on the standards they
develop, such as smart standards. However, targeted support from the Union budget may be
necessary to ensure the financial sustainability of national standardisation bodies, in particular
the national standardisation bodies most financially exposed to the free access to standards.
The Commission may, subject to the relevant provisions of the Single Market and Customs
Programme and programming decisions, grant that support through an increase in operating
grants to European standardisation organisations which would then distribute it to relevant
national standardisation bodies. This increase in operating grants would be financed through
redeployment within the Single Market and Customs Programme.
The proposal provides for the creation of a Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation,
to support its implementation. It also provides for strengthening the network of experts from
the Commission, relevant EU agencies and Member States involved in requesting, developing
and assessing standards in support of Union legislation and policies. The Centre of Excellence
would host the new tasks of the Commission stemming from the proposal, in particular
concerning requests to designated standards development organisations and the improvement
of the coordination of EU actors in international standardisation. It would also improve the
20 Regulation (EU) 2021/690 of the European parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing
a programme for the internal market, competitiveness of enterprises, including small and medium-sized
enterprises, the area of plants, animals, food and feed, and European statistics (Single Market
Programme) and repealing Regulations (EU) No 99/2013, (EU) No 1287/2013, (EU) No 254/2014 and
(EU) No 652/2014 (OJ L 153, 3.5.2021, pp. 1–47). 21 COM(2025) 590 final, 16.07.2025.
EN 12 EN
coordination of the internal network of standardisation experts across Commission services.
The Centre of Excellence would gather a total of 20 FTEs with a central support and
coordination role. The additional resources needed to implement the proposal would be
covered through internal redeployments within the Directorate-General for Internal Market,
Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (1,5 FTEs), internal redeployments within the
Commission’s services relying on the Standardisation Regulation to support their legislation
and policies (4 FTEs) and through 2 additional external FTEs, which could be financed under
the administrative line of the Single Market and Customs Programme.
Estimated impacts and staffing for 2028 and beyond are indicative and without prejudice to
the outcome of the negotiations on the 2028-2034 Multiannual Financial Framework. Further
detail is set out in the Legislative Financial and Digital Statement accompanying this
proposal.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
The improved monitoring of the implementation of this Regulation by the Commission is a
key dimension of the proposal. The Commission will monitor the improvements in the
performance and responsiveness of the European standardisation system by setting up key
performance indicators on speed, timeliness, quality and flexibility, which it will regularly
monitor, with the contribution of European standardisation organisations and designated
standards development organisations.
The overall influence of the Union in international standardisation will be monitored through
the Union’s involvement in international standardisation organisations and the ability of the
Union to ensure strategic autonomy and actual influence in international standardisation
organisations. Monitoring will rely on data reported by the European standardisation
organisations and the designated standards development organisation through the EU
Standards Platform, as well as on annual reports submitted by European standardisation
organisations and European stakeholder organisations.
In addition, the proposal requires the Commission to submit a report to the European
Parliament and the Council on the implementation of this Regulation five years after its entry
into force, and every five years thereafter, as well as an evaluation of the proposal after five
years of its application.
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
Chapter I outlines the general provisions of the Regulation, namely its subject matter and
definitions. It states that the Regulation lays down rules regarding (i) requesting, developing
and referencing standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and
policies, (ii) the functioning of the European standardisation system through the cooperation
between the actors involved, (iii) the participation of European stakeholders in standardisation
and (iv) the possibility to adopt common specifications as a fall-back option to harmonised
standards if the European standardisation system is not able to deliver quality standards or
standardisation deliverables in a timely manner. It also revises the definitions needed for the
purposes of this Regulation and, in particular, specifies that the term ‘harmonised standard’
should be used for standards developed following a standardisation request from the
Commission, the reference of which has been published in the Official Journal of the
European Union and which provides a presumption of conformity with the requirements, set
EN 13 EN
out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover. It introduces the broader concept
of referenced standards and standardisation deliverables, which includes all standards and
standardisation deliverables requested by the Commission, the references of which have been
published in the Official Journal of the European Union.
Chapter II sets out the principles for European standardisation that apply for the development
of all standards and standardisation deliverables requested by the Commission in support of
Union legislation and policies, either from European standardisation organisations or from
designated standards development organisations. It sets out that the development of such
standards and standardisation deliverables must be transparent and that referenced standards
and standardisation deliverables must be freely accessible. It also deals with digitalising the
European standardisation system, sets out objectives for the financing of the European
standardisation system by the Union, in particular to foster its financial sustainability, and
revises the strategic planning of standardisation needs to support Union legislation and
policies through the annual Union work programme on European standardisation.
Chapter III covers standards and standardisation deliverables requested from the European
standardisation organisations.
Section I sets outs the specific role European standardisation organisations and national
standardisation bodies play in the European standardisation system. It establishes the principle
of European decision-making in these organisations for standards and standardisation
deliverables requested by the Commission and introduces the possibility to amend the list of
European standardisation organisations through a delegated act. It also lays down the
cooperation between the Commission and European standardisation organisations based on
key performance indicators to be regularly assessed by the Commission. Finally, it reinforces
the rules on the transparency of the work programmes and standards and standardisation
deliverables adopted by European standardisation organisations and national standardisation
bodies.
Section II addresses the inclusiveness of the standardisation process by European
standardisation organisation and national standardisation bodies. It requires them to enable
appropriate representation of relevant stakeholders, namely SMEs, consumer organisations,
environmental and social stakeholders, research and innovation stakeholders as well as public
authorities. It introduces the European stakeholder organisations, which are selected by the
Commission based on an open and non-discriminatory process, to represent the SMEs, social,
environmental and consumer interests in the European standardisation process.
Section III establishes the obligation for the Commission to consult European standardisation
organisations before adopting a standardisation request. It also specifies the conditions that
the Commission may include in the standardisation request and establishes the procedural
steps with deadlines for adopting standardisation requests. This section also sets out the
requirements for implementing the standardisation requests by European standardisation
organisations and defines the assessment procedure, whereby the Commission assesses
whether the reference of a standard or standardisation deliverable of the European
standardisation organisations developed in response to a standardisation request should be
published in the Official Journal of the European Union.
Chapter IV sets out the framework for requesting standards and standardisation deliverables
from designated standards development organisations. It sets out the procedure and
requirements for designating standards development organisations to which the Commission
may address a standardisation request. Furthermore, it sets out the procedure for requesting
and assessing standards and standardisation deliverables from designated standards
development organisations and their implementation of the request, similar to the procedure
EN 14 EN
for European standardisation organisations. It specifies that the Commission assesses the
coherence of standards and standardisation deliverables from designated standards
development organisations with the existing referenced standards and standardisation
deliverables. It sets out the grounds and process for the Commission to adopt common
specifications. It establishes a safeguard notification mechanism to alert, and, where
necessary, withdraw common specification or the reference to a referenced standard or
standardisation deliverable, which does not satisfy the requirements it aims to cover.
Chapter V outlines the importance of international standardisation and promotes European
coordination to increase the Union’s influence in international standardisation bodies. It lays
out the international first principle, whereas European standardisation organisations should
coordinate with international standardisation bodies, as well as possible exceptions to the
principle to support the Union’s strategic autonomy. It also requires that European
standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations inform the
Commission of cooperation agreements with other standards development organisations
which may affect their standardisation activities as regards the development of requested
standards and standardisation deliverables.
Chapter VI establishes the Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation and sets out the
rules for the implementation of this Regulation, including evaluation, monitoring, review,
exercising the delegation power and the role of the committee.
Chapter VII establishes the common, final provisions of the Regulation by setting out the
rules for entry into force and application and repeals Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 and
Article 48 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 of the European Parliament and of the Council22.
22 Regulation (EU) 2023/988 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 May 2023 on general
product safety, amending Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the
Council and Directive (EU) 2020/1828 of the European Parliament and the Council, and repealing
Directive 2001/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive
87/357/EEC (OJ L 135, 23.5.2023, pp. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/988/oj)
EN 15 EN
2026/0307 (COD)
Proposal for a
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on European standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 114 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee1,
Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure,
Whereas:
(1) European standardisation is a key driver of the Union’s competitiveness: standards
facilitate the exchange of goods and services, foster interoperability, contribute to
quality and consumer trust, and support technological development and the uptake of
market innovation. By laying down technical or quality specifications with which
current or future products, services, processes, systems or entities may comply, based
on the consensus of market players and stakeholders, standards benefit both businesses
and consumers. Standards are also an essential building block of the innovation
process because they allow research and innovation results to spread and turn into
market-ready solutions. Standardisation can provide a first-mover advantage in
international technological races, by facilitating the adoption of new technologies and
providing industrial ecosystems with a competitive edge.
(2) European standardisation plays a fundamental role in the functioning of the internal
market, by providing common technical solutions that reduce transaction costs, foster
economies of scale and promote effective competition. The development of standards
and standardisation deliverables enable economic operators to place products and
services on the market based on transparent and predictable technical frameworks,
thereby increasing safety and value for consumers. In particular, standards have been
at the core of the harmonisation of the internal market under the New Legislative
Framework2. Furthermore, Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 of the European Parliament
1 OJ C , , p. . 2 Regulation (EC) 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 July 2008 setting out the
requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products and
repealing Regulation (EEC) 339/93 (OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, pp. 30, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2008/765/oj) and Decision 768/2008/EC of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 9 July 2008 on a common framework for the marketing of products, and repealing
Council Decision 93/465/EEC (OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, pp. 82, ELI:
EN 16 EN
and of the Council3 established the legal framework for European standardisation
providing for the cooperation between the Union and the three European
standardisation organisations listed in Annex I to that Regulation, namely the
European Committee for Standardization (‘CEN’), the European Committee for
Electrotechnical Standardization (‘CENELEC’) and the European Telecommunication
Standards Institute (‘ETSI’).
(3) European standardisation is essential for achieving the Union’s industrial policy
objectives, including the green transition, the digital transformation, industrial
resilience and preparedness, and economic security. European standardisation supports
the implementation of Union legislation and policies in areas such as decarbonisation,
circularity, cybersecurity, artificial intelligence, critical technologies and sustainable
resource use by giving effect to policy objectives through technical requirements and
test methods that are applied consistently throughout the internal market.
(4) European standardisation also contributes to the Union’s global competitiveness and
strategic autonomy by supporting access to international markets and by enabling the
Union to project its regulatory and industrial interests in global standard-setting
processes, especially when established in coordination with the international
standardisation bodies, namely the International Organization for Standardization
(‘ISO’), the International Electrotechnical Commission (‘IEC’) and the International
Telecommunication Union (‘ITU’), as well as with recognised standards development
organisations and global standardisation partnerships in their sector of
competence. Standards and standardisation deliverables can cover various issues, such
as technical characteristics of products, services, processes, systems or entities,
particularly in cases where compatibility and interoperability are essential.
(5) Standards and standardisation deliverables requested in accordance with this
Regulation can support Union legislation and policies in several ways. They can be
requested to give effect to essential requirements set out in Union harmonisation
legislation under the New Legislative Framework and provide a presumption of
conformity for product and services designed in accordance with such standards once
their reference has been published in the Official Journal of the European Union. Such
harmonised standards simplify the making of products and services available on the
internal market and reduce compliance and conformity assessment costs for
businesses, in particular for small and medium-sized enterprises (’SMEs’), startups
and scaleups. They can also lay down test, measurement or calculation methods and
criteria, such as for Regulation (EU) 2024/1781 of the European Parliament and of the
Council4 or for Regulation (EU) 2024/3110 of the European Parliament and of the
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2008/768(1)/oj), and Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on market surveillance and compliance of products and
amending Directive 2004/42/EC and Regulations (EC) 765/2008 and (EU) 305/2011 (OJ L 169,
25.6.2019, pp. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2019/1020/oj). 3 Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on
European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and 93/15/EEC and Directives
94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC, 2009/23/EC and
2009/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decision
87/95/EEC and Decision 1673/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 316,
14.11.2012, p. 12, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2012/1025/oj). 4 Regulation (EU) 2024/1781 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 establishing
a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for sustainable products, amending Directive
(EU) 2020/1828 and Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC (OJ L,
2024/1781, 28.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1781/oj).
EN 17 EN
Council5 which specifies that compliance with such standard is mandatory, or more
generally by translating legislative requirements into technical specifications, such as
for Directive (EU) 2016/797 of the European Parliament and of the Council6 or the
proposed Regulation on public contracts and concessions7. In such cases, Union
legislation not only lays down the legal value of the requested standards and
standardisation deliverables but may also lay down the means by which their reference
should be published in the Official Journal of the European Union,whichincludes
referencing in an implementing act or a delegated act. Furthermore, standards and
standardisation deliverables can be requested to support the implementation of the
Union’s industrial policy initiatives, as building blocks of competitive industrial
ecosystems. This Regulation thus allows to provide for referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables, which are standards and standardisation deliverables
developed, revised or amended in response to a standardisation request and the
reference of which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Union.
The referenced standards and standardisation deliverables are either harmonised
standards, harmonised standardisation deliverables or standards and standardisation
deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies.
(6) The framework provided under Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 is unfit to enable the
European standardisation system to keep up with rapid technological changes and
growing global competition. There are delays in the availability of harmonised
standards, insufficient participation of relevant stakeholders and declining influence of
Union stakeholders in international standardisation. Furthermore, the current
framework is no longer aligned with the increasing number of Union legislation and
policies that rely on standards, which include digital technologies, cybersecurity,
artificial intelligence, clean tech and strategic value chains. Moreover, it is not fit to
meet new challenges including the product-service convergence, the uptake of
standardisation deliverables other than standards and the increasing relevance of
standards development organisations other than the European standardisation
organisations in certain specialised sectors. In addition, in light of the case-law of the
Court of Justice of the European Union8 , the requirements for public access to
harmonised standards need to be updated.
(7) The legal framework should be adapted to reflect those developments while
maintaining a viable European standardisation system that is fit to address the new
challenges in the field of standardisation. The Conclusions of the European Council of
19 March 20269 adopted the ‘One Europe, One Market’ roadmap to deepen the
integration of the internal market and identified the revision of Regulation (EU) No
1025/2012 as a priority. This follows the Commission’s Competitiveness Compass of
January 202510 and the Single Market Strategy of April 202511 which identified the
5 Regulation (EU) 2024/3110 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2024
laying down harmonised rules for the marketing of construction products and repealing Regulation
(EU) 305/2011 (OJ L, 2024/3110, 18.12.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/3110/oj). 6 Directive (EU) 2016/797 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2016 on the
interoperability of the rail system within the European Union (L 138, 26.5.2016, p. 44, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/797/oj). 7 COM(2026) 590 final, 9.9.2026. 8 Judgment of 27 October 2016, James Elliott Construction Ltd v Irish Asphalt Ltd., C-613/14,
EU:C:2016:821; Judgment of 5 March 2024, Public.Resource.Org and Right to Know v Commission,
C-588/21 P, EU:C:2024:201. 9 EUCO 1/26, European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions. 10 COM(2025) 30 final, 29.1.2025. 11 COM(2025) 500 final, 21.5.2025.
EN 18 EN
slow and unpredictable standardisation process in support of Union legislation and
policies as one of the main barriers to the internal market. It is therefore necessary to
improve the responsiveness of the European standardisation system and its ability to
deliver standards in support of Union legislation and policies in a rapid, timely,
inclusive and transparent way, while preserving the specificity of standardisation as a
voluntary and market-driven tool. It is also necessary to ensure its long-term viability
and ability to deliver standards that are accessible. The European standardisation
system should also preserve its international influence in order to promote the Union’s
international competitiveness.
(8) This Regulation should thus lay down rules for the requesting, developing and
referencing of standards and standardisation deliverables to support the
implementation of Union legislation and policies. As common specifications pursue
the same objectives as harmonised standards, this Regulation should provide a
coherent framework for common specifications across Union legislation. Nevertheless,
this Regulation should be without prejudice to other applicable sectoral rules laid
down by Union legislation, including on common specifications and sectoral
procedures to set standards or technical specifications. Additionally, a Union legal act
might directly reference a standard or standardisation deliverable which has not been
requested in accordance with this Regulation and provides such a standard or
standardisation deliverable with a legal effect, insofar as it complies with requirements
established by the case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Union12.
(9) The legal framework set up by this Regulation should be applied while respecting the
distribution of competences between the Union and Member States as laid down in the
Treaties. In particular, the Commission should not, by requesting a standard or
standardisation deliverable, affect the right to negotiate, conclude and enforce
collective agreements and take industrial action in accordance with national legislation
and practices which respect Union law. European standardisation organisations and
designated standards development organisations should also refrain from conducting
standardisation activities that could affect such rights. Furthermore, they are subject to
competition law to the extent that they can be considered an undertaking or an
association of undertakings within the meaning of Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty
on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU).
(10) Standards and standardisation deliverables requested by the Commission should
comply with the World Trade Organization principles in the field of standardisation
such as openness, transparency, and consensus as well as impartiality, independence
from special interests and coherence. Consensus means seeking to take into account
the views of all parties concerned but does not require unanimity. The process for the
development of requested standards and standardisation deliverables should also
guarantee a high level of inclusiveness by involving all relevant interested parties,
including SMEs, civil society representatives, in particular those that are representing
environmental, social and consumer interests, including women’s rights organisations,
equality bodies and organisations representing persons with disabilities, research and
innovation stakeholders and public authorities. Such participation fosters a high level
of market adoption as well as the high quality of standards and standardisation
deliverables that reflect societal and market needs. Given the important role referenced
standards and standardisation deliverables play in supporting the implementation of
Union legislation and policies, they should be market-driven, so that the needs of
12 Cf. Judgment of 21 April 2026, Nederlandse Voedsel- en Warenautoriteit and Others v Stichting
Rookpreventie Jeugd, C-155/24, EU:C:2026:327.
EN 19 EN
economic operators and stakeholders directly or indirectly affected by such standards
are duly taken into account, and reflect the public interest and the objectives of the
Union legislation and policies they are supporting, such as competitiveness,
innovation, sustainability, health and safety, security and economic security. Standards
and standardisation deliverables should be technologically neutral, allowing fair
competition between products, services or economic operators. Referenced standards
and standardisation deliverables should also contribute to advancing the Union’s
values and fundamental rights, in particular accessibility for person with disabilities
and gender equality. In order to ensure a high level of consumer protection and to
contribute to equality between all consumers, they should take into account, where
relevant, risks arising from products and services that can affect consumers differently
on the basis of sex and gender, as recognised in the Commission’s 2026–2030 Gender
Equality Strategy13.
(11) Requested standards and standardisation deliverables should be developed and
adopted in compliance with the principles of transparency and accountability.
European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations should thus make available to the public on their website the list of all
stakeholders participating in their technical bodies in the development of each
requested standard and standardisation deliverable, including organisations,
associations, employers, groups and self-employed individuals, acting on their own
behalf or on behalf of other organisations, and the interests they represent. In
particular, European standardisation organisations and designated standards
development organisations should ensure that the actual interests of stakeholders
represented through client-intermediary relationships, such as through consultants or
contractual ties, are included in the list of stakeholders made public on their website.
(12) Referenced standards and standardisation deliverables give technical expression to
legal requirements and may produce legal effects. To ensure legal certainty, effective
compliance and equal access to information necessary to comply with Union law, it is
essential that such documents be made available to natural and legal persons within
the Union free of charge, in a general, effective and non-discriminatory manner
through a readable, searchable, printable and electronically accessible format.
Economic operators from third countries having a legitimate interest would also have
access to the standards through their authorised representative. European
standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations
should therefore ensure that such access is provided without barriers, including
mandatory pre-identification or subscription, and remains available after the reference
has been withdrawn. Such access is to be in line with Directives (EU) 2016/2102 of
the European Parliament and of the Council14. Access to referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables requested under this Regulation can be limited to parts of
the standards and standardisation deliverables which are necessary to comply with the
requirements set out in the relevant Union legislation they support, provided that these
parts constitute a self-standing document containing all necessary information. The
same access should be granted to referenced standards and standardisation deliverables
referenced under Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012. Access under this Regulation should
be granted without prejudice to the potential copyrights that the European
13 COM(2026) 113 final, 5.3.2026. 14 Directive (EU) 2016/2102 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2016 on the
accessibility of the websites and mobile applications of public sector bodies (OJ L 327, 2.12.2016, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/2102/oj).
EN 20 EN
standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations
may claim to have on the referenced standards and standardisation deliverables.
European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations may implement appropriate digital rights management measures in view
of the technological developments, in particular in Artificial Intelligence, which may
facilitate the mass extraction or re-use of content contained in referenced standards or
standardisation deliverables.
(13) The ongoing digitalisation of standardisation processes is an opportunity for the
European standardisation system to both increase its responsiveness by accelerating
the standardisation process through online standard development tools and to foster
inclusiveness by decreasing the costs of participating in the standardisation process,
particularly for SMEs, startups and scaleups, civil society stakeholders and research
and innovation stakeholders. Digitalisation also has the potential to improve the
quality of standards and standardisation deliverables, and to increase their use and
take-up by market operators. So-called ‘smart standards’, where the content of the
standards is complemented by additional data and information to facilitate their use
and their integration in the business processes of market operators, have great potential
to foster the Union’s competitiveness. European standardisation organisations and
designated standards development organisations should be encouraged to develop such
smart standards and should ensure technical and semantic interoperability of the
machine-readable formats of requested standards and standardisation deliverables and
of their associated metadata, in order to facilitate their use by market operators, that
may need to rely on several referenced standards and standardisation deliverables
originating from different European standardisation organisation and designated
standards development organisations.
(14) In order to foster the performance and accountability of the European standardisation
system, the Commission should create an online platform (the ‘EU Standards
Platform’) to make publicly available up-to-date information on requested standards
and standardisation deliverables, in particular as regards the status of their
development and referencing, and on common specifications. European
standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations
should cooperate with the Commission to ensure that information on the EU Standards
Platform is accurate and up to date to facilitate public scrutiny of the European
standardisation system. The EU Standards Platform should be interoperable with
relevant Union information systems and portals and should take into account relevant
interoperability solutions developed or recommended under Regulation (EU)
2024/90315.
(15) Free and unrestricted access to referenced standards and standardisation deliverables
of European standardisation organisations risks having an impact on the revenues of
national standardisation bodies that currently sell these documents. While national
standardisation bodies and European standardisation organisations are developing
alternative revenue sources, notably based on new services linked to ‘smart standards’,
Member States and the Union may support funding the transition to new business
models to strengthen the long-term financial viability of the European standardisation
system. Furthermore, the Union may fund the participation of European stakeholder
organisations designated under this Regulation which is essential for an inclusive
15 Regulation (EU) 2024/903 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 March 2024 laying
down measures for a high level of public sector interoperability across the Union (Interoperable Europe
Act) (OJ L, 2024/903, 22.3.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/903/oj).
EN 21 EN
standardisation process and contributes to balancing public and private interests.
Funding opportunities under the Multiannual Financial Framework 2028-2034,
including through the Single Market and Customs Programme16, the European
Competitiveness Fund17 and the Horizon Europe Programme 2028-203418 and in
accordance with the objectives and conditions set out in these programmes, may
contribute to support the European standardisation activities, including to enhance the
responsiveness of the European standardisation system, to promote its global
relevance, to improve the usability and interoperability of standards and
standardisation deliverables and more generally to foster the development of standards
and standardisation deliverables that contribute to the Union’s objectives. For those
purposes, this Regulation should clarify that European standardisation organisations,
national standardisation bodies, designated standards development organisations and
European stakeholder organisations, may receive funding under the relevant Union
programmes, including as potential designated beneficiaries in accordancewith the
conditions set out in these programmes.
(16) The responsiveness of the European standardisation system, in particular its ability to
deliver standards and standardisation deliverables in time to facilitate market
operators’ compliance with Union legislation, depends on careful planning of future
standardisation needs. The annual Union work programme on European
standardisation should contribute to improve such strategic planning and coordination
within the European standardisation system and should help to start standardisation
work as soon as a need is identified. The work programme should also complement
the Union’s research and innovation policy and industrial strategy by identifying
priority areas for pre-normative work, even before a specific standardisation need has
been identified. It may be complemented by other tools allowing the early
identification of standardisation needs or pre-normative work in support of Union
legislation and policies, such as the European Rolling Plan on ICT standardisation.
(17) The European standardisation system is primarily organised by and for the relevant
stakeholders within the three European standardisation organisations CEN, CENELEC
and ETSI, based on national representation for CEN and CENELEC, and direct
participation for ETSI. The European standardisation organisations have established
strong connections with the industrial ecosystems within the Union. They cover a wide
range of sectors, ensure a high-level of inclusiveness, quality, representation and
influence of Union stakeholders, and contribute to further harmonising the internal
market through the adoption of European standards that ensure that one single
standard is available throughout the Union. They also ensure a high-level of alignment
with international standardisation in their respective areas of expertise. The European
standardisation organisations’ processes are recognised and trusted by market
operators, and they have built up expertise to deliver standards and standardisation
deliverables to support the implementation of Union legislation and policies over the
past decades. Thus, those European standardisation organisations should remain the
main partners of the Union for developing requested standards and standardisation
deliverables. The Commission should however be empowered to amend the list of
European standardisation organisations set out in Annex I, to either designate a new
European standardisation organisation to reinforce the European standardisation
system in specific sectors, or to remove a European standardisation organisation from
16 COM(2025) 590 final, l3.09.2025. 17 COM(2025) 555 final, 16.07.2025. 18 COM(2025) 543 final, 16.07.2025.
EN 22 EN
Annex I, in particular if it no longer meets the requirements set out in this Regulation
or it fails to perform at a sufficient level over a sustained period, as monitored on the
basis of key performance indicators. As soon as the Commission identifies the
underperformance of a European standardisation organisation, it should engage with
that organisation to remedy the situation before removing the European
standardisation organisation concerned from Annex I.
(18) The European standardisation system relies on the active involvement of the national
standardisation bodies in the European standardisation organisations, in particular to
guarantee that the interests of the Union are well represented when developing
requested standards and standardisation deliverables. The participation of national
standardisation bodies from candidate countries in European standardisation
contributes to their alignement with the Union acquis and their gradual integration into
the internal market. Member States should notify the Commission of the organisations
they appoint as national standardisation bodies, and ensure, with the active
cooperation of the European standardisation organisations, that at least one of their
national standardisation bodies is a member of each European standardisation
organisation. Member States should remain responsible for the effective
implementation of this Regulation by their respective national standardisation bodies.
Without affecting the important role played by stakeholders in preparing effective
standards, the European standardisation organisations should ensure that formal
decisions regarding requested standards and standardisation deliverables are taken
exclusively by national standardisation bodies, in order to guarantee European
decision-making for such standards and standardisation deliverables.
(19) In order to improve the performance of the European standardisation organisations, the
Commission should monitor them based on key performance indicators to assess the
speed of delivery and the quality of requested standards and standardisation
deliverables, the inclusiveness of the European standardisation process and the
international influence of the European standardisation system. To foster transparency
and accountability, this assessment should be made publicly available on the EU
Standards Platform.
(20) The cooperation between the Commission and the European standardisation
organisations is essential for the performance of the European standardisation system.
They should develop a close working relationship based on sincere cooperation,
transparency and the open exchange of information. The European standardisation
organisations should ensure the timely implementation of standardisation requests and
the delivery of requested standards and standardisation deliverables in accordance with
the objectives and timeframes laid down by the Commission. They should also ensure
the participation of the Commission in their governance and technical bodies, in
particular in their working groups and technical committees, so that the Commission
might facilitate the development of requested standards and standardisation
deliverables that comply with the requirements set out in the standardisation request
and that satisfy the requirements set out in the Union legislation or the objectives set
out in Union policies which they aim to cover. Furthermore, they should cooperate
beyond requested standards and standardisation deliverables and foster the
development of European standards and European standardisation deliverables that
contribute to the Union’s competitiveness and core values. The European
standardisation organisations play an important role in informing market operators on
the availability of referenced standards and standardisation deliverables. They should
strive to provide factual and up-to-date information to market operators, notably on the
EN 23 EN
status of standardisation activities conducted in response to standardisation requests.
This would promote legal certainty and facilitate access to the internal market for
market operators. In that context, the European standardisation organisations might
cooperate for the development and maintenance of standards catalogues and serve as
an information hub to their users.
(21) The European standardisation organisations play an essential role to harmonise the
internal market by ensuring that national standards adopted by national standardisation
bodies do not conflict with referenced European standards. Therefore, European
standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies and the Commission
should engage in exchanging information on current and future standardisation
activities. National standardisation bodies should withdraw national standards when a
new standard covering the same scope is referenced. Such exchange of information
should not prevent national standardisation bodies from complying with other
obligations and commitments, in particular with Annex 3 to the Agreement on
Technical Barriers to Trade19.
(22) The quality, legitimacy and public acceptance of European standardisation depend on
the appropriate and effective participation of all relevant stakeholders. The diverse
participation of industry and SME experts, in particular experts from all the different
segments of the value chains concerned, is essential for the rapid development of
quality standards with a high-level of market relevance. Standards also serve as
important tools for the competitiveness of SMEs, whose needs and interests may differ
from those of larger undertakings. Therefore, their participation in the standardisation
process should be ensured to increase their ability to contribute their innovation
technologies to the standardisation process, to make standards more relevant and easy
to use for SMEs, startups and scaleups, and to promote their market uptake by all
relevant market operators.
(23) Standards have a broad societal impact: they influence citizens’ safety and well-being,
the environment, workers’ safety and working conditions, the inclusion of persons
with disabilities, equality, in particular gender equality, as well as fundamental rights
and other areas of public interest. Therefore, European standardisation should
represent social, environmental and consumer interests so that standards respect Union
values, meet societal needs, reflect market realities and support a resilient, innovative
and socially balanced Union economy. The active contribution of stakeholders
representing such interests is a distinctive factor of the European standardisation
system and contributes to the adoption of standards that are both market-relevant and
support Union policy objectives and values. The European standardisation system
should take into account the 2004 United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities and should facilitate the participation of people with disabilities, in
line with the requirements set out in Directive (EU) 2019/88220 of the European
Parliament and of the Council. In particular, it is necessary for the European
standardisation organisation to facilitate the accessibility to standardisation activities
for persons with disabilities.
19 Approved by Council Decision 94/800/EC of 22 December 1994 concerning the conclusion on behalf
of the European Community, as regards matters within its competence, of the agreements reached in the
Uruguay Round multilateral negotiations (1986-1994) (OJ L 336, 23.12.1994, p. 1). 20 Directive (EU) 2019/882 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 on the
accessibility requirements for products and services (OJ L 151, 7.6.2019, pp. 70, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2019/882/oj).
EN 24 EN
(24) Standards are also a key part of the innovation value chain and facilitate the diffusion
of new technologies. Standardisation activities can bridge research with market and
societal uptake and act as a valorisation channel, as recognised in the Guiding
principles for knowledge valorisation21 and the Code of practice on standardisation in
the European Research Area22. Therefore, research and innovation stakeholders, such
as researchers, academics, research centres, startups and scaleups, and stakeholders
from the open-source community, should be actively involved in European
standardisation, because their participation enhances the technological relevance,
quality and neutrality of standards and promotes the uptake and valorisation of
research results with clear standardisation potential. European standardisation
activities should in particular build on relevant research and innovation generated
through the implementation of Union funded research projects and other research and
innovation actions, as well as owned by research and technology infrastructures which
have been funded by the Union. With the digitalisation of society and the evolution of
new technologies, open-source software and open-source solutions play an ever-
important role in supporting innovation. Open source and open standards are
complementary instruments for fostering competition, interoperability, transparency,
technological resilience and digital sovereignty within the Union. Open source can
reduce vendor lock-in and dependencies, support collaboration across borders and
sectors, facilitate the efficient re-use of digital solutions, including in the public sector
and contribute to security and resilience. In line with the EU Open Source Strategy23,
it is important to actively support the participation of open source organisations, such
as open source software stewards and open source communities in standardisation
activities, including as implementing parties.
(25) Public authorities, including market surveillance authorities, play an important role in
ensuring that standards and standardisation deliverables developed following a
standardisation request from the Commission are fit for regulatory purposes and
capable of supporting effective implementation and enforcement of Union legislation.
Member States should therefore, where appropriate, encourage the participation of
such authorities in national and European standardisation activities concerning
standards and standardisation deliverables requested by the Commission. Such
involvement helps to align technical specifications and legal requirements, while also
supporting regulatory learning from practical experience. It also reduces the risk of
non-compliance or rejection of the delivered standards and standardisation
deliverables. The Commission research facilities and relevant Union agencies also
help ensuring that Union public policy reflects and supports research and innovation
and the advancement of science as a basis for public policy. It is thus important that
they are also involved in the standardisation activities in support of Union legislation
and policies, and European standardisation organisations should ensure their free
access to the relevant standards and standardisation deliverables to conduct this work.
(26) The coordination and representation of SMEs and societal interests, which may vary
across the Union, are a challenge for the European standardisation process. In order to
facilitate the coordination of such interests and to guarantee their effective
representation, the Commission should designate European stakeholder organisations
21 Council Recommendation (EU) 2022/2415 of 2 December 2022 on the guiding principles for
knowledge valorisation. 22 Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/498 of 1 March 2023 on a Code of Practice on
standardisation in the European Research Area. 23 COM(2026) 503 final, 03.06.2025.
EN 25 EN
representing SMEs, consumers, environmental interests and social interests based on
objective criteria and a transparent and non-discriminatory process. The selection
should take place at least every four years to ensure their ability to build up the
necessary skills and competences. The organisation representing the interests of
consumers should contribute to ensure that standards reflect the lived experiences and
needs of the entire population through the participation of equality stakeholders, in
particular women or persons with disabilities, whose interests are underrepresented in
the standardisation process. The representation of social interests and social
stakeholders in European standardisation activities particularly refers to the activities
of organisations and parties representing employees and workers’ basic rights, for
instance trade unions. European standardisation organisations should actively involve
those European stakeholder organisations at each stage of the standardisation process
of the requested standards and standardisation deliverables relevant to the interests
they represent. This obligation does not necessarily entail any voting rights for such
stakeholders. However, European standardisation organisations should do their utmost
to take the comments of such organisations into account and to explain, where
relevant, how they have been taken into consideration. Designated standards
development organisations should also ensure that these organisations can effectively
contribute to the development of requested standards and standardisation deliverables.
(27) National standardisation bodies are essential to foster the effective participation in the
European standardisation system for relevant stakeholders. Barriers to participation are
generally lower at national level, due to lower costs of participation, the absence of
linguistic barriers as well as better awareness and familiarity of stakeholders with the
national standardisation process. To achieve a high-level of participation and
inclusiveness of the European standardisation system, national standardisation bodies
should ensure the effective participation of SMEs, consumer organisations,
environmental and social stakeholders, including women’s rights organisations,
equality bodies, organisations representing persons with disabilities, research and
innovation stakeholders and public authorities. As the costs and time required for
standardisation are key barriers to participation for these stakeholders, national
standardisation bodies should facilitate the participation in their standardisation
activities without mandatory membership. They should also provide such stakeholders
with free access or reduced rates. Free access to draft standards and draft
standardisation deliverables is particularly important to allow timely and informed
participation and to improve the legitimacy, inclusiveness and practical relevance of
the resulting standards.
(28) The Commission should consult European standardisation organisations on new
standardisation needs that may trigger a standardisation request, for instance needs
identified in the annual Union work programme on European standardisation, to allow
them to indicate their ability to accept the standardisation request and to deliver high-
quality standards or standardisation deliverables in a timely manner. Based on the
consultation, the Commission should make an informed assessment of the capacity
and preparedness of European standardisation organisations to deliver the requested
standards and standardisation deliverables, based on the activities they are carrying out
in that area, the technical expertise that they are able to mobilise and the likely
duration of the process. The consultation should also contribute to identifying possible
specificities in terms of stakeholder participation, inclusiveness requirements,
restriction of participation to Union actors or the identification of existing relevant
technical specifications or standards.
EN 26 EN
(29) When, following the consultation of European standardisation organisations, the
Commission has concluded that one or more European standardisation organisations
would be best placed to develop, revise or amend the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables, it should address a standardisation request to them. To
improve the overall responsiveness of the European standardisation system, the
Commission should endeavour to adopt a standardisation request within 12 months
following receipt of the reply of the European standardisation organisations to the
consultation. The standardisation request should lay down with sufficient precision the
requirements concerning the content to be met by the requested standards and
standardisation deliverables and indicate a deadline for the delivery of each relevant
standard and standardisation deliverable. The standardisation request may also include
provisions regarding the periodic revision of the requested standards or standardisation
deliverables within the date of expiry of the request, in particular to take into account
the evolution of technologies. The standardisation request may set out the main
procedural steps, and their required timing, to be undertaken by the European
standardisation organisations for the timely delivery of the request, such as setting up a
technical committee to work on the requested standard or standardisation deliverable,
concluding adequate cooperation agreements with other standards development
organisations that would be identified in the request as well as intermediary procedural
steps linked to the European standardisation organisations’ internal procedures, such
as the date for enquiry or formal votes. The Commission should publish draft
standardisation requests on the EU Standards Platform to allow for the European
standardisation organisations, the European stakeholder organisations and the relevant
European sectoral stakeholders to submit their comments, in particular experts from
the Member States.
(30) There may be areas where the time required to deliver a harmonised standard could be
too long and slow down market uptake, for instance for digital products and services
with shorter lifecycle and a high level of innovation. The Commission should be able
in such cases to request European standardisation organisations to deliver a
harmonised standardisation deliverable covering the relevant essential requirements
necessary for providing a presumption of conformity, as an intermediate step toward a
harmonised standard. Such deliverables should be of high quality and based on an
inclusive, open and transparent standardisation process. However, they should not
necessarily have reached the same level of consensus or consultation as a fully fledged
harmonised standard. The Commission should publish the reference of the harmonised
standardisation deliverable if it complies with all the essential requirements it aims to
cover, providing a presumption of conformity for the products and services based on
such a harmonised standardisation deliverable. The European standardisation
organisations should continue to develop the corresponding harmonised standard,
which, once delivered, should replace the harmonised standardisation deliverable to
ensure that there is no conflicting standard or standardisation deliverable providing a
presumption of conformity for a given product or service.
(31) The Commission may also, in order to increase the speed of the standardisation
process and better align requested standards and standardisation deliverables with state
of the art technical specifications, specify in its standardisation request an obligation
for European standardisation organisations to take into account identified existing
technical specifications or standards. These could be technical specifications or
standards from other standards development organisations, or technical specifications
developed by Union bodies or agencies or developed within European initiatives like
the European Interoperability Framework or semantic interoperability community
EN 27 EN
(SEMIC) specifications. European standardisation organisations should be responsible
for the agreements with standards development organisations, Union bodies and
agencies that develop these standards or technical specifications, where necessary, and
ensure that the delivered standards or standardisation deliverables based on existing
technical specifications or standards comply with the obligations laid down in this
Regulation. In this regard, European standardisation organisations should build and
expand their current initiatives to evaluate and integrate such external standards and
technical specifications into their catalogue.
(32) The Commission should also be able to include specific requirements for participation
and inclusiveness in its standardisation request. For instance, for requested standards
and standardisation deliverables that support accessibility or that may have an impact
on fundamental rights, it may be essential to ensure the active and effective
participation of stakeholders which might not be usually involved in the European
standardisation process to ensure that they are aligned with the Union’s values.
Furthermore, the standardisation request may introduce specific requirement as
regards participation in the development of standards and standardisation deliverables
relating to Union strategic assets, interests, autonomy, security or economic security,
or where international standards might not be fit for the Union interests. In such cases,
it may be appropriate that the European standardisation process is restricted to
European actors or actors that share the interests of the Union. Therefore, the
Commission may specify that only certain types of stakeholders can participate in the
standardisation process or that the European standardisation process can diverge from
existing international standards or international standards that are under development,
in order to protect the Union’s strategic autonomy and its strategic interests.
(33) A European standardisation organisation that has accepted a standardisation request
should regularly report to the Commission on the activities it has undertaken and the
progress it has achieved. It should submit such a report every year but it should be
possible for the standardisation request to specify a shorter reporting frequency. The
European standardisation organisation should make available to the Commission the
relevant drafts documents in response to the request and should duly take into account
comments from the Commission to foster compliance. Where the European
standardisation organisation is unable to deliver the requested standards and
standardisation deliverables within the deadlines set out in the request, and the
Commission considers that the best option is to continue the implementation of the
standardisation request, it may amend the deadlines or expiry dates usinga simplified
procedure, without having to formally re-consult stakeholders. Where several
European standardisation organisations have accepted a standardisation request, they
should establish a structured mode of collaboration to ensure cross-participation of
experts and the efficient implementation of the standardisation request. European
standardisation organisations that have accepted a standardisation request should be
responsible for complying with the requirements set out in the request. This includes
situations where the implementation involves cooperating with other organisations, for
instance liaison organisations, or with international standardisation bodies, in
particular where the development of the requested standards and standardisation
deliverables takes place fully or partly at the international level due to an agreement
between the European standardisation organisation and an international
standardisation body.
(34) Standards and standardisation deliverables developed in response to a standardisation
request should be delivered to the Commission as soon as they are adopted by the
EN 28 EN
European standardisation organisations. The Commission should assess the
compliance of the delivered standard or standardisation deliverable with the
requirements it aims to cover and with the procedural and content requirements set out
in the standardisation request. The European standardisation organisations should
cooperate with the Commission to facilitate this assessment, notably by ensuring that
the Commission has all the relevant documents and necessary information including,
where relevant, normative references. The Commission should conduct the assessment
within six months from the delivery of the requested standard or standardisation
deliverable to avoid uncertainties whereby a requested standard or standardisation
deliverable adopted by European standardisation organisations is available to market
operators, while its legal effect might not yet be established.
(35) When the Commission has assessed that the delivered standard or standardisation
deliverable satisfies the essential requirements, set out in Union legislation, which it
aims to cover, or where appropriate, the objectives of the relevant Union policies, and
complies with the requirements set out in the request, it should publish a reference of
that standard or standardisation deliverable without delay in the Official Journal of the
European Union. That reference allows market operators to rely on such referenced
standard or standardisation deliverable to either benefit from a presumption of
conformity with Union legislation, or from other potential legal effect set out in the
corresponding Union legislation. If the Commission concludes that the quality of a
delivered standard or standardisation deliverable is not adequate, it may reject it or
publish its reference with restrictions, indicating the requirements that are not covered
and for which the standard cannot provide a presumption of conformity or means to
comply with the relevant Union legislation. The Commission should exercise
discretion to assess the compliance with procedural requirements laid down in the
standardisation request, and should balance whether non-compliance with procedural
requirements, for instance late delivery, are sufficient to justify not referencing the
standard or standardisation deliverable.
(36) In order for the European standardisation system to respond effectively to evolving
technological and policy needs, especially where the necessary expertise might not
exist within the European standardisation organisations, the Commission should be
able to address standardisation requests to other standards development organisations,
which are not national nor international standardisation bodies. These standards
development organisations should be designated based on objective criteria ensuring
their ability to deliver a highly inclusive standardisation process which reflects
European interests. The Commission should only designate standards development
organisations that are able to comply with the principles for European standardisation
set out in this Regulation and with the best standardisation practices. Designated
standards development organisations should in particular ensure the openness,
transparency and inclusiveness of their standardisation process. They should comply
with all the specific requirements set out in this Regulation, in particular the free and
unrestricted access to referenced standards and standardisation deliverables, the
transparency and inclusiveness of the standardisation process and the publicity of
interests represented, the effective participation of Union stakeholders including
research and innovation stakeholders, SMEs, startups and scaleups, consumers,
environmental and social stakeholders, notably where relevant women’s rights
organisations, equality bodies, and organisations representing persons with disabilities.
The Commission should pay particular attention to the ability of the designated
standards development organisations to facilitate the participation of European
stakeholder organisations and European stakeholders. Designated standards
EN 29 EN
development organisations should ensure that Union interests are effectively taken into
account where they are represented. Open source organisations may develop technical
specifications that meet the needs of the Union and could be designated as standards
development organisations as long as they comply with the criteria set out in this
Regulation.
(37) In order to ensure that addressing a standardisation request to designated standards
development organisations complements the European standardisation system rather
than fragments it, appropriate safeguards should apply concerning transparency,
information-sharing and cooperation between designated standards development
organisations and the European standardisation organisations. The designated
standards development organisations should maintain a high level of transparency in
their standardisation activities similar to the level ensured by European standardisation
organisations to avoid duplicating work, prevent inconsistencies between their
respective standards and standardisation deliverables and protect the functioning of the
internal market. They should provide access to the draft standards and standardisation
deliverables developed pursuant to a standardisation request to the European
standardisation organisations upon their request and should duly take account of
comments addressing issues of coherence between the draft standards and
standardisation deliverables and relevant referenced standards and standardisation
deliverables, especially as regards any comments indicating that a draft requested
standard or standardisation deliverable may adversely affect the internal market by
conflicting with existing relevant referenced standards or standardisation deliverables.
(38) The Commission may address a standardisation request to designated standards
development organisations when the European standardisation organisations have
indicated during the consultation that they would not accept a standardisation request,
or when the Commission has assessed that, based on their consultation, the European
standardisation organisations are not in a position to deliver timely and high-quality
standards and standardisation deliverables, notably when the scope of the
standardisation request and the relevant technical expertise clearly lies with the
competences of designated standards development organisations. The Commission
may also address a standardisation request to designated standards development
organisations when European standardisation organisations fail to deliver the
requested standard or standardisation deliverable or to appropriately comply with the
standardisation request. Such a decision should be based on the information available
from the European standardisation organisations and carefully balance the impact of
interrupting the activities of the relevant European standardisation organisations to
develop the requested standards or standardisation deliverables with the potential
benefits of addressing the request to designated standards development organisations.
In such cases, the Commission should withdraw the standardisation request to the
European standardisation organisations to prevent the existence of different standards
that address the same essential requirements.
(39) As referenced standards or standardisation deliverables developed by designated
standards development organisations have the same status as referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables developed by the European standardisation organisations,
the process and requirements for addressing, implementing and assessing
standardisation request to designated standards development organisations should be
similar as for European standardisation organisations. However, given the
particularities of requesting a standard or standardisation deliverable to designated
standards development organisations, it is appropriate that all standardisation requests
EN 30 EN
to designated standards development organisations should be adopted by the
Commission by means of implementing acts in accordance with the examination
procedure. The Commission may simultaneously designate a standards development
organisation and address a standardisation request to it. The Commission should assess
the coherence of the delivered standards or standardisation deliverables with the
relevant referenced standards and standardisation deliverables to prevent conflicts
between referenced standards and standardisation deliverables.
(40) This Regulation provides for a horizontal framework that will promote the timely
development of harmonised standards by European standardisation organisations and
by designated standards development organisations. However, where no such
harmonised standard exists or such a standard is not expected to be delivered within a
reasonable period, the Commission should be able to adopt common specifications by
implementing acts that provide a means to comply with the essential requirements set
out in relevant Union legislation. Compliance with common specifications should
remain voluntary for businesses, which may rely on them to benefit from a
presumption of conformity or choose other appropriate methods to demonstrate
compliance with Union requirements. The Commission would ensure a highly
inclusive process to develop common specifications, and should consult relevant
European stakeholders, in particular the appropriate expert groups set out to support
the implementation of corresponding Union legislation. The Commission should also
leverage, where appropriate, the existing standardisation work conducted by European
standardisation organisations or designated standards development organisations, in
the preparation of common specifications. When European standardisation
organisations or designated standards development organisations deliver a standard
that covers the same requirements as those covered in adopted common specifications,
the Commission should assess such a standard without delay. If it satisfies the
essential requirements which it aims to cover and complies with the standardisation
request, the Commission should withdraw the common specifications at the same time
it publishes a reference to that harmonised standard.
(41) Member States, the European Parliament and the Commission, notably following
information received from market surveillance authorities, should be able to notify that
they consider a referenced standard or standardisation deliverable or common
specification does not satisfy the requirements it aims to cover. To promote legal
certainty for businesses, it is essential that such safeguard notifications are resolved as
fast as possible. It is thus appropriate that, if there is no objection to the notification,
their reference is restricted or withdrawn, or the common specification repealed.
Nevertheless, when one or more Member States, the European Parliament or the
Commission objects, the Commission should only take its decision after consulting all
involved parties and assessing the information provided by the Member States or the
European Parliament.
(42) To foster legal certainty for businesses, it is important that the references to standards
and standardisation deliverables are closely aligned with the portfolio of standards and
standardisation deliverables managed by European standardisation organisations and
designated standards development organisations. When such organisations engage in
the process of amending, revising or withdrawing a referenced standard or
standardisation deliverable, for instance because they consider that it is no longer in
line with the state of the art or with market requirements, they should notify the
Commission without delay so that the Commission could, if appropriate, update or
withdraw the reference to the amended, revised or withdrawn standards or
EN 31 EN
standardisation deliverables. The Commission may also withdraw a reference or repeal
a common specification on its own initiative, for instance when it considers that it no
longer meets the state of the art.
(43) Given the close links between the European and international standardisation systems,
and the importance of standards for international trade and competitiveness, the
European standardisation system should promote coherence with international
standardisation while safeguarding Union interests, values and policy objectives. In
line with international practices, European standards and European standardisation
deliverables should align with international standards to foster international trade and
the Union’s competitiveness. While cooperation and alignment with their mirror
international standardisation bodies is important for the European standardisation
organisations, it is appropriate to allow for exceptions where draft or existing
international standards would be an ineffective or inappropriate means to fulfil the
Union’s policy objectives. The Commission should therefore carefully assess the
alignment with international standards and its impact on the Union’s competitiveness
and strategic autonomy.
(44) In order to strengthen the Union’s global presence in standardisation, the European
standardisation system should facilitate a coordinated Union approach in international
standardisation, in particular in emerging and strategic technologies, in light of
increasing international competition and strategic use of standards by other global
actors. The Union should promote cooperation, including through relevant experts
group, between European standardisation organisations, international standardisation
bodies and other standard development organisations when relevant, in particular
recognised standard development organisations in their sector of competence.
(45) To coordinate standardisation activities, relations with European standardisation
organisations and designated standards development organisations and promote a
Union approach in international standardisation, the Commission should create a
Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation whose mission should be to ensure
an effective implementation of this Regulation and a well-functioning European
standardisation system. The Centre of Excellence, which might be led by a Chief
Standardisation Officer, should serve as a coordinating hub for stakeholders who
contribute to the efficient development of referenced standards and standardisation
deliverables as well as of common specifications. It should in particular ensure the
cooperation with the European standardisation organisations and the identification and
cooperation with designated standards development organisations. The Centre of
Excellence should also ensure the coordination between experts from the Commission,
relevant Union agencies and public authorities from Member States to strengthen the
network of European experts active in standardisation, at both European and
international levels. The Centre of Excellence should also contribute to improve the
anticipation of standardisation needs by better articulating research and innovation
policy and standardisation activities, notably pre-normative activities.
(46) In order to foster the performance of the European standardisation system, the power
to adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 TFEU should be delegated to the
Commission in respect of amendments to Annex I to this Regulation. It is of particular
importance that the Commission carry out appropriate consultations during its
preparatory work, including at expert level, and that those consultations be conducted
in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13
EN 32 EN
April 2016 on Better Law-Making24. In particular, to ensure equal participation in the
preparation of delegated acts, the European Parliament and the Council receive all
documents at the same time as Member States’ experts, and their experts
systematically have access to meetings of Commission expert groups dealing with the
preparation of delegated acts.
(47) The Committee established pursuant to this Regulation should assist the Commission
in matters related to the implementation of this Regulation. In order to ensure uniform
conditions for the implementation of this Regulation, implementing powers should be
conferred on the Commission. Those powers should be exercised in accordance with
Regulation (EU) 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council25. The
examination procedure should be used for adopting standardisation requests addressed
to designated standards development organisations and for standardisation requests
addressed to European standardisation organisations when they include specific
requirements introduced by this Regulation, namely the request for harmonised
standardisation deliverables, the restriction of participation to the standardisation
process to actors representing Union interests and restricting requirements as regards
the usual cooperation with international standardisation bodies. For all other
standardisation requests addressed to European standardisation organisations, in order
to accelerate the standardisation process, it is appropriate for the Commission to adopt
them by way of implementing act without a committee procedure, as national interests
are represented in the European standardisation organisations and Member States can
take part in the public consultation for such requests. The examination procedure
should be used for adopting common specifications.
(48) Since the objectives of this Regulation, namely to increase the responsiveness of the
European standardisation system, ensure a financially viable and inclusive European
standardisation system and consolidate the Union’s influence in international
standardisation, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States alone, due to
the harmonisation effect of referenced standards and standardisation deliverables, but
can rather be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in
accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on
European Union. In accordance with the principle of proportionality as set out in that
Article, this Regulation does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those
objectives.
(49) In the interest of clarity and legal certainty, Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 should be
repealed and replaced by this Regulation. Additionally, in the interests of coherence,
Article 48 of Regulation (EU) 2023/988 of the European Parliament and of the
Council26 should be repealed.
(50) This Regulation should apply six months after its entry into force,
24 OJ L 123, 12.5.2016, p. 1. 25 Regulation (EU) 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011 laying
down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by Member States of the
Commission’s exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, pp. 13, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/182/oj). 26 Regulation (EU) 2023/988 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 May 2023 on general
product safety, amending Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the
Council and Directive (EU) 2020/1828 of the European Parliament and the Council, and repealing
Directive 2001/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive
87/357/EEC (OJ L 135, 23.5.2023, pp. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/988/oj).
EN 33 EN
HAVE ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
Chapter 1
General provisions
Article 1
Subject matter
This Regulation lays down rules with regard to:
(a) the requesting, development and referencing of harmonised standards,
harmonised standardisation deliverables, and standards and standardisation
deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies;
(b) the cooperation between European standardisation organisations, national
standardisation bodies, designated standards development organisations,
Member States and the Commission;
(c) the participation of European stakeholders in European standardisation;
(d) the adoption of common specifications.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) ‘standard’ means a technical specification, adopted by a standards development
organisation, for repeated or continuous application;
(2) ‘standardisation deliverable’ means a technical specification other than a
standard, adopted by a standards development organisation, for repeated or
continuous application;
(3) ‘technical specification’ means a document that sets out technical requirements
that are to be fulfilled by a product, service, process, system or entity;
(4) ‘requested standard and standardisation deliverable’ means a standard and
standardisation deliverable developed, revised or amended in response to a
standardisation request;
(5) ‘referenced standard and standardisation deliverable’ means a harmonised
standard, a harmonised standardisation deliverable or a standard and
standardisation deliverable in support of Union legislation or policies;
(6) ‘harmonised standard’ means a standard developed, revised or amended in
response to a standardisation request, the reference of which has been
published in the Official Journal of the European Union, and the conformity
with which provides for a presumption of conformity with the requirements, set
out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover;
(7) ‘harmonised standardisation deliverable’ means a standardisation deliverable
developed, revised or amended in response to a standardisation request, the
reference of which has been published in the Official Journal of the European
EN 34 EN
Union, and the conformity with which provides for a presumption of
conformity with the requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation,
which it aims to cover, and which is intended to be replaced by a harmonised
standard;
(8) ‘standard and standardisation deliverable in support of Union legislation or
policies’ means a standard and standardisation deliverable developed, revised
or amended in response to a standardisation request, that does not aim at
providing presumption of conformity with requirements set out in Union
legislation, and the reference of which has been published in the Official
Journal of the European Union;
(9) ‘common specification’ means a technical specification adopted by the
Commission, the conformity with which provides for a presumption of
conformity with the requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation,
which it aims to cover;
(10) ‘European standardisation organisation’ means an organisation listed in
Annex I;
(11) ‘national standardisation body’ means a standardisation body notified to the
Commission by a Member State in accordance with Article 11;
(12) ‘standards development organisation’ means an organisation which develops
and adopts standards and standardisation deliverables in line with
internationally recognised principles on standardisation;
(13) ‘designated standards development organisation’ means a standards
development organisation, other than a European standardisation organisation,
to which the Commission may address a standardisation request;
(14) ‘European stakeholder organisations’ means the organisations representing
micro, small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’), as defined in
Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC27, consumers, environmental and
social interests to foster the inclusiveness of the European standardisation
system, as designated in accordance with this Regulation;
(15) ‘European standardisation system’ means the framework of actors and
processes involved in the development of referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables, and common specifications, to support Union
legislation and policies, in particular the European standardisation
organisations, the designated standards development organisations, the
European stakeholder organisations, national standardisation bodies, Member
States, the Commission as well as stakeholders taking part in the
standardisation process;
(16) ‘standardisation request’ means a decision of the Commission addressed to a
European standardisation organisation or a designated standards development
organisation requesting such an organisation to develop, revise or amend
standards or standardisation deliverables;
(17) ‘national standard’ means a standard adopted by a national standardisation
body;
27 Commission Recommendation of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium-
sized enterprises (OJ L 124, 20.5.2003, p. 36, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reco/2003/361/oj).
EN 35 EN
(18) ‘European standard’ means a standard adopted by a European standardisation
organisation;
(19) ‘European standardisation deliverable’ means a standardisation deliverable
adopted by a European standardisation organisation;
(20) ‘international standard’ means a standard adopted by an international
standardisation body;
(21) ‘international standardisation body’ means the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO), the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) or
the International Telecommunication Union (ITU).
Chapter 2
Principles of European standardisation in support of Union
legislation and policies
Article 3
Principles of European standardisation
1. Referenced standards and standardisation deliverables shall be developed in
compliance with this Regulation and in line with international good practices and
principles for the development, adoption and use of standards and standardisation
deliverables including the principles of openness, transparency, consensus,
technological neutrality and inclusiveness.
2. Referenced standards and standardisation deliverables and common specifications
shall take into account the economic and public interests and the objectives of Union
legislation and policies which they are supporting, in particular economic
competitiveness, innovation, societal needs, including climate and environmental
sustainability, health and safety, security and economic security.
Article 4
Transparency of the development of requested standards and standardisation
deliverables
European standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations
shall make public on their website, for each requested standard and standardisation
deliverable:
(a) the list of organisations and stakeholders participating in their technical bodies
tasked with its development, revision or amendment;
(b) the interests that those organisations and stakeholders represent.
Article 5
Access to referenced standards and standardisation deliverables
1. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall provide unrestricted free online access to referenced standards
EN 36 EN
and standardisation deliverables, including any amendments, corrigenda and
referenced revisions thereof, in any languages that are authentic for such referenced
standards and standardisation deliverables.
2. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall ensure that referenced standards and standardisation deliverables
are available in a readable, searchable, printable, and electronically accessible format
and that they remain continuously available to the public, even after their references
have been withdrawn from the Official Journal of the European Union.
3. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall ensure that any arrangements concerning referenced standards
and standardisation deliverables do not prevent or restrict compliance with the
obligations laid down in this Article.
Article 6
Digitalisation of standard development
1. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall endeavour to develop requested standards and standardisation
deliverables using digital development tools and in a structured machine-readable
format, suitable for automated processing.
2. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall ensure the technical and semantic interoperability of the machine-
readable formats of requested standards and standardisation deliverables and of their
associated metadata.
Article 7
EU Standards Platform
1. The Commission shall establish, manage and maintain a digital platform (the ‘EU
Standards Platform’) to:
(a) list the referenced standards and standardisation deliverables, as well as
common specifications;
(b) inform users on how to access referenced standards and standardisation
deliverables pursuant to Article 5;
(c) provide information on standardisation requests and the status of their
implementation;
(d) provide information on the performance of the European standardisation
system;
(e) provide other relevant information regarding the European standardisation
system.
2. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall make available to the Commission, in a timely, structured and
machine-readable manner, the relevant information on their standardisation activities
under this Regulation.
EN 37 EN
Article 8
Union financing of the European standardisation system
1. The Union and the Member States may contribute to the financial sustainability of
the European standardisation system, including the standardisation activities of the
European standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies to
develop requested standards and standardisation deliverables, as well as to the
financing of other standardisation activities in support of Union objectives.
2. The Union may grant financial support to any of the following bodies in accordance
with the objectives and conditions of the relevant Union funding programmes:
(a) European standardisation organisations;
(b) designated standards development organisations;
(c) European stakeholder organisations;
(d) national standardisation bodies.
3. By 31 March each year, European standardisation organisations shall provide the
Commission with the relevant information on their financial sustainability linked to
their activities for requested standards and standardisation deliverables.
Article 9
Annual Union work programme on European standardisation
1. Each year, the Commission shall adopt a work programme on European
standardisation.
2. The annual Union work programme referred to in paragraph 1 shall contain the
following information:
(a) the new standardisation requests that the Commission intends to adopt in the
following year;
(b) the standardisation areas for which the Commission may adopt standardisation
requests in the following years, notably based on the Commission’s work
programme and relevant Union strategies;
(c) the policy areas requiring pre-normative work, notably based on the Union
research and innovation priorities;
(d) any additional information relevant to identifying strategic priorities for
European standardisation.
3. In cases of urgency, the Commission may adopt standardisation requests without
prior indication in the annual Union work programme referred to in paragraph 1.
4. Before adopting the annual Union work programme referred to in paragraph 1, the
Commission shall publish the draft annual Union work programme on the EU
Standards Platform. Member States, the European standardisation organisations,
designated standards development organisations, European stakeholder
organisations, industry and research and innovation stakeholders may provide their
opinion within one month following the publication of the draft annual Union work
programme.
EN 38 EN
Chapter 3
Standards and standardisation deliverables from European
standardisation organisations
SECTION 1
EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION ORGANISATIONS
Article 10
Designation of the European standardisation organisations
1. The European standardisation organisations are listed in Annex I.
2. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 39
to amend Annex I to designate new European standardisation organisations or to
withdraw a European standardisation organisation.
3. The Commission may designate a European standardisation organisation if it meets
all of the following requirements:
(a) it is established in the Union;
(b) it has at least one national standardisation body of each Member State among
its members;
(c) it is able to comply with the requirements set out in this Regulation.
4. The Commission may withdraw a European standardisation organisation from Annex
I where:
(a) it no longer complies with the requirements set out in this Regulation; or
(b) based on the monitoring of the key performance indicators referred to in
Article 13, it no longer ensures a sufficient level of performance in
implementing this Regulation.
Article 11
National standardisation bodies
1. Each Member State shall appoint at least one national standardisation body
established in the Union and shall ensure that at least one national standardisation
body is a member of each European standardisation organisation.
2. Member States shall inform the Commission of the national standardisation bodies
they have appointed, indicating the European standardisation organisations of which
they are a member. They shall inform the Commission without delay of any changes
to the appointed national standardisation bodies.
3. The Commission shall publish and maintain the list of national standardisation
bodies, indicating the European standardisation organisations of which they are a
member, on the EU Standards Platform.
4. Member States shall ensure that national standardisation bodies comply with their
obligations under this Regulation.
EN 39 EN
Article 12
European decision-making for requested standards and standardisation deliverables
Irrespective of other advisory opinions, each European standardisation organisation shall
ensure that all of the following decisions concerning requested standards and standardisation
deliverables are taken exclusively by representatives of the national standardisation bodies
within the competent decision-making body of that organisation:
(a) decisions on the acceptance and refusal of a standardisation request;
(b) decisions on the acceptance of new work items needed for fulfilling a
standardisation request;
(c) decisions on the adoption, revision, amendment, and withdrawal of requested
standards and standardisation deliverables.
Article 13
Key performance indicators and performance management of European
standardisation organisations
1. The Commission shall monitor the performance of the European standardisation
organisations relating to the implementation of this Regulation on the basis of key
performance indicators supporting the regular assessment of the following:
(a) the speed and timeliness of European standardisation organisations to deliver
requested standards and standardisation deliverables;
(b) the quality of the requested standards and standardisation deliverables
delivered by European standardisation organisations;
(c) the inclusiveness of the standardisation process of European standardisation
organisations for requested standards and standardisation deliverables;
(d) the cooperation between European standardisation organisations and national
standardisation bodies;
(e) the international influence of the European standardisation system;
(f) any other elements relevant for evaluating the performance of the European
standardisation organisations.
2. The Commission, after consulting the European standardisation organisations, shall
adopt, by means of implementing acts in accordance with the advisory procedure
referred to in Article 40(2), and publish, on the EU Standards Platform, the target
value, the frequency and the methodology for the calculation of the key performance
indicators referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.
3. The Commission and the European standardisation organisations shall ensure that the
values of the key performance indicators referred to in paragraph 2 are made public
and regularly updated on the EU Standards Platform.
4. Each European standardisation organisation shall send an annual report on the
implementation of this Regulation to the Commission by 31 January each year,
covering the preceding calendar year. In that report, they shall provide details on the
key performance indicators established in accordance with paragraph 2. Each
European standardisation organisation shall publish its report on its website each
year.
EN 40 EN
5. The Commission and European standardisation organisations shall hold a high-level
structural dialogue meeting at least twice a year, to review the key performance
indicators and to foster performance and cooperation between the Commission and
the European standardisation organisations.
Article 14
Cooperation between the Commission and the European standardisation organisations
1. The Commission and the European standardisation organisations shall cooperate
closely and in a spirit of sincere cooperation as regards the preparation,
implementation and assessment of standardisation requests.
2. The cooperation shall be based on transparency, the timely exchange of information
and appropriate consultation between the Commission and the European
standardisation organisations.
3. European standardisation organisations shall allow for the participation of the
Commission in their governance decision bodies and in their technical bodies.
Article 15
Transparency of work programmes of European standardisation organisations and
national standardisation bodies
1. At least once a year, each European standardisation organisation and each national
standardisation body shall adopt its work programme. That work programme shall
contain information on the standards and standardisation deliverables which the
European standardisation organisation or national standardisation body intends to
develop, revise or amend, is developing, revising or amending, or has adopted,
revised or amended during the period of the preceding work programme, except
where those standards or standardisation deliverables are transpositions of European
standards or European standardisation deliverables.
2. The work programme shall indicate for each standard and each standardisation
deliverable:
(a) the subject matter;
(b) the stage of the development of the standard or standardisation deliverables;
(c) the expected date for their adoption;
(d) the Union legislation or policies which the standard or standardisation
deliverable supports, where relevant;
(e) the references of any international standards on which the standard or
standardisation deliverable is based, where relevant.
3. Each European standardisation organisation and each national standardisation body
shall make its work programme available on its website or any other publicly
available website.
4. Each European standardisation organisation and national standardisation body shall,
without delay, notify the other European standardisation organisations, the national
standardisation bodies and the Commission of the publication of its work
programme.
EN 41 EN
5. National standardisation bodies shall not object to a subject for standardisation in
their work programme being considered at European level by the European
standardisation organisations and shall not undertake any action which could
prejudice a decision in that regard.
6. During the development of the requested standards and standardisation deliverables,
national standardisation bodies shall not take any action which could prejudice the
intended harmonisation and, in particular, shall not publish new, revised or amended
national standards or standardisation deliverables in the field in question.
Article 16
Transparency of development of standards by European standardisation organisations
and national standardisation bodies
1. Each European standardisation organisation and national standardisation body shall
send, in electronic form, any draft requested standards and standardisation
deliverables, European standards, European standardisation deliverables and national
standards to other European standardisation organisations, national standardisation
bodies or the Commission, upon their request.
2. Each European standardisation organisation and national standardisation body shall
take due account of any comments received from other European standardisation
organisations, national standardisation bodies or the Commission with respect to
drafts referred to in paragraph 1 and reply to those comments within three months
from the date of their receipt.
3. When a national standardisation body receives comments indicating that the draft
standard or standardisation deliverable would have a negative impact on the internal
market, it shall consult the European standardisation organisations and the
Commission before it decides whether to adopt it.
4. National standardisation bodies shall:
(a) ensure access to draft national standards in such a way that all relevant parties
in particular those established in other Member States have the opportunity to
submit their comments;
(b) allow other national standardisation bodies to send an observer in the planned
activities.
5. After the Commission has published the reference of a requested standard in
accordance with Article 25 or Article 31, national standardisation bodies shall
withdraw all national standards that conflict with the referenced standard within a
reasonable timeframe and shall not publish any new national standards which are not
in line with the referenced standard.
SECTION 2
INCLUSIVENESS AND STAKEHOLDER PARTICIPATION
Article 17
Stakeholder participation in European standardisation
1. The European standardisation organisations shall enable the appropriate
representation and effective participation of all relevant stakeholders, including
EN 42 EN
SMEs, consumer organisations, environmental and social stakeholders, research and
innovation stakeholders as well as public authorities, in their standardisation
activities.
2. The European standardisation organisations shall encourage and facilitate the
appropriate representation at technical level of undertakings, research and innovation
stakeholders, including open-source organisations, and shall promote their awareness
as regards standardisation processes.
3. The European standardisation organisations shall collaborate with public authorities,
in particular with market surveillance authorities in Member States.
Article 18
European stakeholder organisations
1. The Commission shall designate as European stakeholder organisations one
European organisation representing SMEs, one European organisation representing
consumers, one European organisation representing environmental interests and one
European organisation representing social interests. The Commission shall designate
European stakeholder organisations which meet the criteria set out in Annex II by
means of implementing acts following an open, non-discriminatory and transparent
process. The designation shall take place at least every four years.
2. The European stakeholder organisations designated in accordance with paragraph 1
shall participate in the standardisation activities of the European standardisation
organisations and of the designated standards development organisations in support
of Union legislation and policies relevant to the interests they represent to ensure that
those interests are duly taken into account in the development of requested standards
and standardisation deliverables.
3. The European standardisation organisations shall facilitate the effective
representation and participation of European stakeholder organisations in all of the
following stages of the development of requested standards or standardisation
deliverables relevant to the interests they represent:
(a) the proposal and acceptance of new work items;
(b) technical discussions on proposals;
(c) the submission of comments on drafts standards and standardisation
deliverables;
(d) the revision and amendment of existing referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables.
4. The European stakeholder organisations shall ensure the dissemination of
information and awareness-building towards the stakeholders they represent on the
development, adoption, revision and amendment of requested standards and
standardisation deliverables, relevant to the interests they represent.
5. The European stakeholder organisations shall send an annual report on their activities
to the Commission by 31 January each year. This report shall contain detailed
information about the membership of such organisations and the activities
undertaken by them pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4.
EN 43 EN
Article 19
Participation of the Commission’s research facilities and Union agencies in European
standardisation
1. The Commission’s research facilities and relevant Union agencies may provide the
European standardisation organisations with scientific and technical input in their
areas of expertise, to ensure that European standards and European standardisation
deliverables promote innovation uptake and valorisation of European research and
innovation results.
2. The European standardisation organisations shall facilitate cooperation with the
Commission’s research facilities and with relevant Union agencies in the
development of European standards and European standardisation deliverables,
including by allowing free participation in their technical bodies and providing them
with free access to such standards and standardisation deliverables, as well as to
preparatory and explanatory documents.
Article 20
Stakeholder participation in national standardisation
1. National standardisation bodies shall enable effective participation of all relevant
stakeholders, including SMEs, consumer organisations, environmental and social
stakeholders, research and innovation stakeholders, as well as public authorities in
their standardisation activities.
2. National standardisation bodies shall ensure for SMEs, consumer organisations,
environmental and social stakeholders, research and innovation stakeholders as well
as public authorities all of the following:
(a) identifying, in their annual work programmes, the standardisation projects,
which are of particular interests to those stakeholders;
(b) granting access to standardisation activities, without obliging them to become
members of a national standardisation body;
(c) granting free access to participate in their standardisation activities, or allow
for such participation under reduced rates;
(d) granting free access to draft standards and standardisation deliverables;
(e) applying reduced rates for the provision of standards and standardisation
deliverables and for other services provided by national standardisation bodies
to facilitate the use of standards and standardisation deliverables.
Article 21
Participation of national public authorities in European standardisation
Member States shall, where appropriate, encourage the participation of public authorities,
including market surveillance authorities, in national standardisation activities aimed at the
development, revision or amendment of requested standards and standardisation deliverables.
EN 44 EN
SECTION 3
STANDARDISATION REQUESTS TO EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION
ORGANISATIONS
Article 22
Consultation of European standardisation organisations
1. Where the Commission services have identified the need for a standard or
standardisation deliverable, they shall first consult, by any appropriate means, the
European standardisation organisations on their ability to accept a standardisation
request on the standardisation need and to develop quality standards or
standardisation deliverables on time.
2. The consultation referred to in paragraph 1 may cover:
(a) the existence and maturity of relevant international, European or national
standardisation processes;
(b) the capacity and preparedness of the European standardisation organisations to
deliver the standard or standardisation deliverable within a set timeframe;
(c) the expected duration of the standardisation process;
(d) the expected stakeholder participation and inclusiveness of the standardisation
process;
(e) the relevance, quality and market uptake of existing technical specifications or
standards;
(f) the expected availability of the technical expertise and resources necessary for
the development of the standard or standardisation deliverable and the
possibility to restrict participation during the development process of such
standards or standardisation deliverables;
(g) any other information that the Commission may find relevant to assess the
ability of European standardisation organisations to develop quality standard or
standardisation deliverable to address the standardisation need.
3. The relevant European standardisation organisations shall reply within one month of
receipt of the consultation.
4. The Commission shall assess the response referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article,
or lack thereof, and based on that assessment, may:
(a) issue a standardisation request to one or more European standardisation
organisations in accordance with Article 23;
(b) issue a standardisation request to one or more designated standards
development organisations in accordance with Article 29;
(c) adopt common specifications in accordance with Article 32.
Article 23
Standardisation requests to European standardisation organisations
1. The Commission may address a standardisation request to one or more European
standardisation organisations to develop, revise or amend European standards or
EN 45 EN
European standardisation deliverables to be referenced in the Official Journal of the
European Union. The Commission shall adopt the standardisation request by means
of implementing acts.
2. The standardisation request shall contain all of the following:
(a) the requirements regarding the content to be met by the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(b) a deadline for the delivery of each requested standard or standardisation
deliverable;
(c) a date of expiry.
3. The standardisation request may:
(a) specify the intended legal effect of the requested standards or standardisation
deliverables;
(b) specify the steps to be taken for the timely delivery of the requested standards
or standardisation deliverables;
(c) specify requirements for the cooperation between the European standardisation
organisations to which the standardisation request is addressed;
(d) specify requirements for the participation of targeted stakeholders in the
standardisation process;
(e) require the European standardisation organisations to take into account
identified existing technical specifications or standards;
(f) specify requirements for periodic revisions of the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(g) require the delivery of harmonised standardisation deliverables as a step
towards harmonised standards;
(h) restrict participation in the standardisation process of requested standards or
standardisation deliverables related to Union strategic assets, interests,
autonomy or security to representatives of legal entities which are established
in Member States and have their executive management structures in the
Union, and are not subject to control by a third country or a legal entity
established in a third country, or to entities established in third countries that
effectively meet the interests of the Union;
(i) set specific requirement for the cooperation between European standardisation
organisations and international standardisation bodies, including requirements
related to the exception referred to in Article 35(2);
(j) specify any other requirements which the Commission may find necessary for
the development of the requested standards and standardisation deliverables.
4. Before adopting a standardisation request, the Commission shall publish the draft
standardisation request on the EU Standards Platform, except in justified cases or
where it intends to amend a standardisation request as regards the deadlines for the
delivery of requested standards or standardisation deliverables, the expiry date set
out in the standardisation request, or the clarification of the requirements to be met.
The European standardisation organisations, the European stakeholder organisations
and European sectoral experts may provide their opinions on the request within one
month following the publication of the draft standardisation request.
EN 46 EN
5. The Commission shall endeavour to adopt the implementing act referred to in
paragraph 1 within 12 months from the date of receipt of the response to the
consultation referred to in Article 22(3) and within three months from the end of the
consultation referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article.
6. By way of derogation to paragraph 5 of this Article, where the standardisation
request specifies requirements referred to in paragraph 3, points (g) to (i), of this
Article, the Commission shall adopt the implementing act referred to in paragraph 1
of this Article in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article
40(3). The Commission shall endeavour to submit the draft implementing act to the
vote of the committee referred to in Article 40(1) within 12 months from the date of
receipt of the response to the consultation referred to in Article 22(4) and within six
months from the end of the consultation referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article.
7. The relevant European standardisation organisations shall indicate whether they
accept the standardisation request within one month from the date of its notification.
The Commission shall make available the adopted standardisation request on the EU
Standards Platform and indicate on that Platform whether and which European
standardisation organisations have accepted it.
Article 24
Implementation of standardisation requests addressed to European standardisation
organisations
1. Where one or more European standardisation organisations have accepted a
standardisation request, they shall regularly report to the Commission on the
activities they have undertaken and the progress they have achieved in developing
the requested standards and standardisation deliverables to deliver them within the
deadlines set out in the standardisation request.
2. The European standardisation organisations shall provide the Commission with all
draft documents circulated for public comments or scrutiny, and relevant normative
references, and upon request any documents drafted in response to a standardisation
request. The Commission may provide its comments on the draft requested standards
and standardisation deliverables. The European standardisation organisations shall
take due account of the Commission’s comments on those draft documents to
promote compliance in view of the assessment by the Commission referred to in
Article 25(2).
Article 25
Assessment of requested standards and standardisation deliverables delivered by
European standardisation organisations
1. The European standardisation organisations shall deliver the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables to the Commission as soon as they are adopted and by
the deadline for their delivery set out in the standardisation request.
2. The Commission shall assess, with the support of the European standardisation
organisations, within six months of their delivery, the compliance of the delivered
standards or standardisation deliverables with the standardisation request and with
the requirements set out in the relevant Union legislation, or, where appropriate, with
the objectives of the relevant Union policies.
EN 47 EN
3. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable appropriately complies
with the standardisation request and satisfies the requirements, set out in the relevant
Union legislation, which it aims to cover, or, where appropriate, the objectives of the
relevant Union policies, the Commission shall publish its reference in the Official
Journal of the European Union eitherby means of implementing acts under this
Regulation or by other means as provided for in the relevant Union legislation. The
Commission shall endeavour to publish the reference of such a standard or
standardisation deliverable within three months from the date of the positive outcome
of the assessment referred to in paragraph 2.
4. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable appropriately complies
with the standardisation request and partially satisfies the requirements, set out in the
relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover, the Commission may publish its
reference with restrictions in the Official Journal of the European Union either by
means of implementing acts under this Regulation or by other means as provided for
in the relevant Union legislation.
5. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable does not satisfy the
requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover, or,
where appropriate, the objectives of the relevant Union policies, or does not
appropriately comply with the standardisation request, the Commission shall inform
the European standardisation organisations within six months from the date of the
delivery of that standard or standardisation deliverable, except in duly justified cases.
6. The European standardisation organisations shall notify the Commission without
delay when they engage in the process of revising or amending a referenced standard
or standardisation deliverable. Where the standardisation request has not expired at
the moment of delivery of the revised or amended standard or standardisation
deliverable, the Commission shall publish the reference to that standard or
standardisation deliverable in the Official Journal of the European Union either by
means of implementing acts under this Regulation, or by other means as provided for
in the relevant Union legislation. In this regard, it shall publish the reference without
the need to adopt a new standardisation request or amend the corresponding
standardisation request, if the changes to the referenced standard or standardisation
deliverable appropriately comply with the standardisation request and satisfy the
requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover or,
where appropriate, the objectives of the relevant Union policies.
7. Where a reference of a harmonised standard has been published in the Official
Journal of the European Union in accordance with paragraph 3, the reference of the
corresponding harmonised standardisation deliverable shall be withdrawn.
8. Where the requested standards or standardisation deliverables have not been
delivered within the deadline set out in the standardisation request, the Commission
has deemed them to be non-compliant in accordance with paragraph 5 of this Article,
or it has deemed the steps referred to in Article 23(3), point (b), not to have been
appropriately taken, it may take any of the following decisions:
(a) amend the standardisation request to the European standardisation
organisation;
(b) repeal the standardisation request to the European standardisation organisation
and issue a standardisation request to one or more standards development
organisations in accordance with Article 29;
EN 48 EN
(c) adopt common specifications in accordance with Article 32.
Chapter 4
Other standardisation processes and safeguard mechanisms
SECTION 1
STANDARDISATION REQUESTS TO DESIGNATED STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT
ORGANISATIONS
Article 26
Designation of standards development organisations
1. The Commission may, by means of implementing acts adopted in accordance with
the examination procedure referred to in Article 40(3), designate a standards
development organisation which may be requested to develop, revise or amend
standards and standardisation deliverables in accordance with Article 29.
2. The Commission may only designate, in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article,
a standards development organisation which is able to ensure that its processes for
the development of standards and standardisation deliverables meet the requirements
set out in Article 27.
3. The Commission may, by means of implementing acts adopted in accordance with
the examination procedure referred to in Article 40(3), withdraw the designation
referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article where the standards development
organisation no longer complies with the requirements laid down in Article 27 or is
otherwise no longer able to effectively serve the interests of the Union.
4. The Commission shall publish the list of designated standards development
organisations on the EU Standards Platform.
Article 27
Requirements for the designated standards development organisations
1. Standards development organisations designated in accordance with Article 26 shall
meet all of the following requirements:
(a) not be an international standardisation body, a national standardisation body or
a standardisation body of a third country that is a member of international
standardisation bodies;
(b) comply with the principles of openness, transparency, neutrality and consensus
as set out in paragraph 2 of this Article;
(c) ensure that their processes for the development of requested standards and
standardisation deliverables meet the requirements set out in paragraph 3 of
this Article.
2. The designated standards development organisations shall ensure all of the
following:
(a) that standards and standardisation deliverables are developed on the basis of
open decision-making procedures that are accessible to all interested parties in
EN 49 EN
the markets that are concerned by such standards and standardisation
deliverables;
(b) that their decision-making process is collaborative and consensus based and
does not favour any particular stakeholder;
(c) that their work programmes are transparent.
3. When developing standards and standardisation deliverables requested in accordance
with Article 29, designated standards development organisations shall ensure all of
the following:
(a) that their processes are inclusive, by enabling the effective participation of all
relevant stakeholders, in particular Union stakeholders and the European
stakeholder organisations referred to in Article 18;
(b) that they take due account of Union interests, insofar as those interests are
represented;
(c) that they comply with the requirements set out in this Regulation.
Article 28
Transparency of development of requested standards and standardisation deliverables
by designated standards development organisations
1. Each designated standards development organisation shall send in electronic form
any draft requested standards or standardisation deliverables to European
standardisation organisations upon their request. European standardisation
organisations may send their comments as regards the coherence of the draft
requested standards and standardisation deliverables with their referenced standards
and standardisation deliverables to designated standards development organisations
within one month from the date of receipt of the draft requested standards or
standardisation deliverables.
2. Each designated standards development organisation shall take due account of any
comments received from European standardisation organisations with respect to
drafts referred to in paragraph 1 and reply to those comments within three months
from the date of their receipt.
Article 29
Standardisation requests to designated standards development organisations
1. The Commission may address, by means of implementing acts, a standardisation
request to one or more designated standards development organisations to develop,
revise or amend standards or standardisation deliverables to be referenced in the
Official Journal of the European Union, in any of the following cases:
(a) the European standardisation organisations consulted in accordance with
Article 22 have not replied or have informed the Commission that they do not
intend to accept the standardisation request regarding the standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(b) the Commission deems that, following a consultation under Article 22, the
response given to the points referred to in paragraph 2 of that Article would not
EN 50 EN
lead to the timely and quality delivery of the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(c) none of the European standardisation organisations to which the Commission
addressed a request in accordance with Article 23 have accepted it;
(d) the requested standards or standardisation deliverables have not been delivered
within the deadline set out in the standardisation request issued in accordance
with Article 23;
(e) the Commission deems that the steps referred to in Article 23(3), point (b),
have not been appropriately taken;
(f) the Commission deems that the requested standards or standardisation
deliverables are non-compliant in accordance with Article 25(5).
2. The standardisation request shall contain all of the following:
(a) the requirements regarding the content to be met by the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables
(b) a deadline for their delivery;
(c) a set date of expiry.
3. The standardisation request may:
(a) specify the intended legal effect of the requested standards or standardisation
deliverables;
(b) specify the steps to be taken for the timely delivery of the requested standards
or standardisation deliverables;
(c) specify requirements for the cooperation between the designated standards
development organisations to which the standardisation request is addressed;
(d) specify requirements for the participation of targeted stakeholders in the
standardisation process;
(e) require the designated standards development organisations to take into
account identified existing technical specifications or standards;
(f) specify requirements for periodic revisions of the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(g) restrict participation in the standardisation process of requested standards or
standardisation deliverables related to Union strategic assets, interests,
autonomy or security to representatives of legal entities which are established
in Member States and have their executive management structures in the
Union, and are not subject to control by a third country or a legal entity
established in a third country, or to entities in third countries that effectively
meet the interests of the Union;
(h) set specific requirements for the cooperation between designated standards
development organisations and international standardisation bodies, including
requirements related to the exception referred to in Article 35(2);
(i) specify any other requirements which the Commission may find necessary for
the development of the requested standards and standardisation deliverables.
EN 51 EN
4. Before adopting a standardisation request, the Commission shall publish the draft
standardisation request on the EU Standards Platform, except in justified cases or
where it intends to amend a standardisation request as regards the deadlines for the
delivery of requested standards or standardisation deliverables, the expiry date set
out in the standardisation request, or the clarification of the requirements to be met.
The designated standards development organisations, the European stakeholder
organisations, European standardisation organisations and European sectoral experts
may provide their opinions within one month following the publication of the draft
standardisation request.
5. The Commission shall adopt the implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this
Article in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 40(3).
The Commission shall endeavour to submit the draft implementing act to the vote of
the committee referred to in Article 40(1) within six months from the end of the
consultation referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article.
6. The relevant designated standards development organisations shall indicate whether
they accept the standardisation request within one month from the date of its
notification. The Commission shall make available the adopted standardisation
requests on the EU Standards Platform and indicate on that Platform whether and
which designated standards development organisations have accepted it.
Article 30
Implementation of standardisation requests addressed to designated standards
development organisations
1. Where one or more designated standards development organisations have accepted a
standardisation request, they shall regularly report to the Commission on the
activities they have undertaken and the progress they have achieved in developing
the requested standards and standardisation deliverables to deliver them within the
deadlines set out in the standardisation request.
2. The designated standards development organisations shall provide the Commission
with all draft documents circulated for public comments or scrutiny, and relevant
normative references, and upon request any documents drafted in response to a
standardisation request. The Commission may provide its comments on the draft
requested standards and standardisation deliverables. The designated standards
development organisations shall take due account of the Commission’s comments on
those draft documents to promote compliance in view of the assessment by the
Commission referred to in Article 31(2).
Article 31
Assessment of requested standards and standardisation deliverables delivered by
designated standards development organisations
1. The designated standards development organisations shall deliver the requested
standards or standardisation deliverables to the Commission as soon as they are
adopted and by the deadline for their delivery set out in the standardisation request.
2. The Commission shall assess, with the support of the relevant designated standards
development organisations and the relevant sectoral expert groups, within six months
of their delivery, the compliance of the delivered standards or standardisation
EN 52 EN
deliverables with the standardisation request and with the requirements set out in the
relevant Union legislation, or, where appropriate, with the objectives of the relevant
Union policies, and the coherence of the delivered standards or standardisation
deliverables with other relevant referenced standards or standardisation deliverables.
3. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable appropriately complies
with the standardisation request, satisfies the requirements, set out in the relevant
Union legislation, which it aims to cover, or, where appropriate the objectives of the
relevant Union policies, and is coherent with other relevant referenced standards and
standardisation deliverables, the Commission shall publish its reference in the
Official Journal of the European Union either by means of implementing acts under
this Regulation or by other means as provided for in the relevant Union legislation.
The Commission shall endeavour to publish the reference of such a standard or
standardisation deliverable within three months from the date of the positive outcome
of the assessment referred to in paragraph 2.
4. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable partially satisfies the
requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover, the
Commission may publish its reference with restrictions in the Official Journal of the
European Union either by means of implementing acts under this Regulation or by
other means as provided for in the relevant Union legislation.
5. Where a requested standard or standardisation deliverable does not satisfy the
requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to cover, or,
where appropriate, with the objectives of the relevant Union policies, does not
appropriately comply with the standardisation request, or is not coherent with other
relevant referenced standards and standardisation deliverables, the Commission shall
inform the relevant designated standards development organisations within six
months from the date of the delivery of that standard or standardisation deliverable,
except in duly justified cases.
6. The designated standards development organisations shall notify the Commission
without delay when they engage in the process of revising or amending a referenced
standard or standardisation deliverable. Where the standardisation request has not
expired at the moment of adoption of the revised or amended standard or
standardisation deliverable, the Commission shall publish the reference to that
standard or standardisation deliverable in the Official Journal of the European Union
either by means of implementing acts under this Regulation or by other means as
provided for in the relevant Union legislation. In this regard, it shall publish the
reference without the need to adopt a new standardisation request or amend the
corresponding standardisation request, if the changes to the referenced standard or
standardisation deliverable appropriately comply with the standardisation request,
satisfy the requirements, set out in the relevant Union legislation, which it aims to
cover, or, where appropriate, the objectives of the relevant Union policies, and are
coherent with other relevant referenced standards and standardisation deliverables.
7. Where the requested standards or standardisation deliverables have not been
delivered within the deadline set out in the standardisation request, the Commission
has deemed them to be non-compliant in accordance with paragraph 5 of this Article,
or the Commission has deemed the steps referred to in Article 29(3), point (b), not to
have been appropriately taken, it may take any of the following decisions:
(a) repeal or amend the standardisation request to the relevant designated standards
development organisation;
EN 53 EN
(b) adopt common specifications in accordance with Article 32.
SECTION 2
COMMON SPECIFICATIONS AND SAFEGUARD MECHANISMS
Article 32
Common specifications
1. The Commission may adopt implementing acts establishing common specifications
that provide presumption of conformity with the requirements set out in the relevant
Union legislation.
2. The Commission may adopt the implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this
Article where:
(a) the European standardisation organisations consulted in accordance with
Article 22 have not replied or have informed the Commission that they do not
intend to accept the standardisation request regarding the standards or
standardisation deliverables;
(b) the Commission deems that, following the consultation under Article 22, the
response given to the points referred to in paragraph 2 of that Article would not
lead to the timely and quality delivery of the requested standards or
standardisation deliverables; or
(c) the Commission has withdrawn the reference to a harmonised standard in
accordance with Article 33.
3. The Commission may adopt the implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this
Article, where it has adopted a standardisation request covering the requirements
referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article in accordance with Article 23 or 29, where
there is no harmonised standard covering the requirements referred to in paragraph 1
of this Article and no such harmonised standard is expected to be referenced within a
reasonable period, and where any of the following conditions is met:
(a) none of the European standardisation organisations or designated standards
development organisations to which the Commission addressed a request in
accordance with Article 23 or 29 respectively has accepted it;
(b) the requested standard or standardisation deliverable has not been delivered
within the deadline set out in the standardisation request;
(c) the Commission deems that the steps referred to in Article 23(4), point (b), or
29(3), point (b), have not been appropriately taken;
(d) the Commission deems that the requested standard or standardisation
deliverable is non-compliant in accordance with Article 25(5) or 31(5).
4. The Commission shall adopt the implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this
Article in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 5 of
Regulation (EU) 182/2011. For that purpose, the competent committee shall be the
committee referred to in the corresponding Union legislation or, in the absence of
such a committee, the committee referred to in Article 40 in accordance with the
procedure referred to in Article 40(3).
EN 54 EN
5. Before preparing the draft implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article,
the Commission shall inform the committee referred to in Article 40 that it considers
that the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 or 3 of this Article are fulfilled.
6. When preparing the draft implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article,
the Commission shall take into account the views of the relevant expert groups and
shall duly consult all relevant stakeholders. The Commission may use, where
relevant, the documents referred to in Article 24(2) or 30(2) as a basis for the
implementing act.
7. Where the Commission adopts an implementing act referred to in paragraph 1, it
shall make it available on the EU Standards Platform.
8. Where a standard is adopted following the standardisation request referred to in
paragraph 3 and where a reference to that standard is published in the Official
Journal of the European Union, the Commission shall repeal or amend the
implementing act referred to in paragraph 1, or the parts thereof, which cover the
same requirements as those covered by that standard.
Article 33
Safeguard notification of referenced standards and standardisation deliverables and
common specifications
1. Where a Member State, the European Parliament or the Commission considers that a
referenced standard or standardisation deliverable, or parts thereof, or common
specification, or parts thereof, do not satisfy the requirements, set out in the relevant
Union legislation, which they aim to cover, it shall immediately notify the other
Member States, the European Parliament, and the Commission, where applicable,
and include a detailed explanation to them.
2. If a Member State, the European Parliament or the Commission has not objected to
the notification referred to in paragraph 1 within one month following its receipt, the
Commission shall decide within six months from the notification referred to in
paragraph 1 whether to maintain with restrictions or withdraw the reference to that
standard or standardisation deliverable from the Official Journal of the European
Union either by means of implementing acts under this Regulation, or by other
means as provided for in the relevant Union legislation, or to amend or repeal the
common specification.
3. If a Member State, the European Parliament or the Commission has objected to the
notification within one month following its receipt, the Commission shall consult the
notifier and the objecting parties, assess the information received and decide within
12 months from the notification referred to in paragraph 1, whether to maintain, to
maintain with restrictions or to withdraw the reference to that standard or
standardisation deliverable from the Official Journal of the European Union either
by means of implementing acts under this Regulation, or by other means as provided
for in the relevant Union legislation, or to maintain, amend or repeal the common
specification.
Article 34
Withdrawal of referenced standards or standardisation deliverables
EN 55 EN
The European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall notify the Commission when they engage in the process of withdrawing a
referenced standard or standardisation deliverable. The Commission may withdraw the
reference of such a standard or standardisation deliverable from the Official Journal of the
European Union either by means of implementing acts under this Regulation or by other
means as provided for in the relevant Union legislation.
Chapter 5
Measures to improve Union coordination in international
standardisation
Article 35
International first principle and cooperation with international standardisation bodies
1. Where international standards exist or their completion is imminent, European
standardisation organisations and designated standards development organisations
shall use them, or the relevant parts thereof, as a basis for the requested standards and
standardisation deliverables that they develop.
2. If the Commission considers that an existing or draft international standard, or
relevant parts thereof, is ineffective or inappropriate for the legitimate objective
pursued, it may specify in the standardisation request in accordance with Article
23(3), point (i), or 29(3), point (h), that European standardisation organisations or
designated standards development organisations shall not use an existing or draft
international standard, or the relevant parts thereof, as a basis for the requested
standards and standardisation deliverables.
Article 36
European coordination on international standardisation
1. The Commission, in cooperation with European standardisation organisations, shall
facilitate the exchange of information with and between Member States as regards
international standardisation and shall promote the participation of European experts
in international standardisation.
2. Member States and European standardisation organisations shall regularly inform the
Commission of relevant developments in their international standardisation activities.
Article 37
Cooperation with other standards development organisations
1. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall inform and consult the Commission before they enter into an
agreement with a standards development organisation which affect their
standardisation activities undertaken in support of Union legislation and policies.
They shall notify the Commission without delay of any amendment, renewal,
suspension or termination of such agreements.
2. European standardisation organisations and designated standards development
organisations shall promote requested standards and standardisation deliverables
when they participate in the work of other standards development organisations.
EN 56 EN
Chapter 6
Governance, delegated powers and committee procedures
Article 38
Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation
1. The Centre of Excellence on European Standardisation within the Commission shall
have the following tasks:
(a) coordinate the implementation of this Regulation by the Commission;
(b) promote the cooperation between the Commission and European
standardisation organisations;
(c) foster the performance of the European standardisation system, including the
contribution of European stakeholder organisations;
(d) identify standards development organisations active in areas identified in the
annual Union work programme on European standardisation, monitor their
activities and assess whether they meet the requirements set out in Article 27;
(e) coordinate the participation of sectoral experts from the Commission, the
relevant Union agencies and the Member States in standardisation activities
related to Union legislation and policies;
(f) improve coordination across European standardisation actors in international
standardisation activities;
(g) promote the integration of the Union’s research and innovation policies with
standardisation activities, and the development of education and skills on
standardisation within the Union;
(h) coordinate the development of pre-normative specifications in areas of public
relevance and support the elaboration of common specifications.
Article 39
Exercise of the delegation
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 10(2) is conferred on the
Commission for an indeterminate period of time from [OP: insert date of entry into
force of this Regulation].
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 10(2) may be revoked at any time by
the European Parliament or by the Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to
the delegation of the power specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day
following the publication of the decision in the Official Journal of the European
Union or at a later date specified therein. It shall not affect the validity of any
delegated acts already in force.
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated by
each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
EN 57 EN
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it simultaneously to
the European Parliament and to the Council.
6. Delegated acts adopted pursuant to Article 10(2) shall enter into force only if no
objection has been expressed either by the European Parliament or by the Council
within a period of two months of notification of those acts to the European
Parliament and to the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the European
Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they will not
object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the European
Parliament or of the Council.
Article 40
Committee procedure
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee. That committee shall be a
committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No
182/2011 shall apply.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No
182/2011 shall apply.
Article 41
Evaluation and review
1. By [OP: insert date of entry into force of this Regulation + five years] and every five
years thereafter, the Commission shall present a report to the European Parliament
and to the Council on the implementation of this Regulation.
2. By [OP: insert date of application of this Regulation + five years], the Commission
shall carry out an evaluation of this Regulation and present a report on the main
findings to the European Parliament and the Council.
Chapter 7
Final provisions
Article 42
Repeal
1. Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 is repealed. References to the repealed Regulation
shall be construed as references to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance
with the correlation table in Annex III to this Regulation
2. Article 48 of Regulation (EU) of 2023/988 of the European Parliament and of the
Council is repealed.
Article 43
Entry into force
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the Official Journal of the European Union.
EN 58 EN
It shall apply from [OP: insert date of entry into force + six months].
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Strasbourg,
For the European Parliament For the Council
The President The President
[...] [...]
EN 1 EN
LEGISLATIVE FINANCIAL AND DIGITAL STATEMENT
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ................................................. 3
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative ...................................................................................... 3
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned .............................................................................................. 3
1.3. Objective(s) .................................................................................................................. 3
1.3.1. General objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.2. Specific objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact ...................................................................................... 3
1.3.4. Indicators of performance ............................................................................................ 3
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to: ................................................................................. 4
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative .............................................................................. 4
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative ............................................................ 4
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone. ................................................................................. 4
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past .................................................. 4
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments ....................................................................................... 5
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment ................................................................................................................ 5
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact .................................... 6
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned ............................................................. 6
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES................................................................................... 8
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules .................................................................................... 8
2.2. Management and control system(s) ............................................................................. 8
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed .................. 8
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them............................................................................................................ 8
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure) ........................................... 8
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities ................................................................ 9
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ............ 10
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget line(s)
affected ....................................................................................................................... 10
EN 2 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations ................................... 12
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations.................................... 12
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget ............................................................................. 12
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations......................................... 22
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations ............................... 24
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget .............................................................................. 24
3.2.3.2. Total appropriations ................................................................................................... 24
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources.............................................................. 25
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget....................................................................................... 25
3.2.4.2. Total requirements of human resources ..................................................................... 26
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments ................ 28
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework.............................. 28
3.2.7. Third-party contributions ........................................................................................... 28
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue ..................................................................................... 29
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................... 29
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance .............................................................................. 30
4.2. Data ............................................................................................................................ 30
4.3. Digital solutions ......................................................................................................... 31
4.4. Interoperability assessment ........................................................................................ 31
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation .............................................................. 32
EN 3 EN
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative
Proposal for a Regulation on European standardisation of the European Parliament
and of the Council, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned
Standards policy, Single Market, Industrial Policy
1.3. Objective(s)
1.3.1. General objective(s)
The general objectives pursued by this legislative proposal are:
(a) Fostering global EU competitiveness and technological sovereignty, by
making the European standardisation system faster, more agile, more inclusive and
better coordinated, so that it supports the timely delivery of standards in strategic
areas and reinforces the EU’s role in international standard-setting;
(b) Ensuring the better functioning of the EU Single Market, by increasing the
timely availability of harmonised standards and other standards in support of Union
legislation and policies, thereby reducing divergent national approaches and
facilitating the circulation of compliant products and services across the Union;
(c) Reducing regulatory costs for EU businesses, in particular SMEs, by
improving the accessibility, clarity and usability of harmonised standards, thereby
simplifying conformity assessment and reducing legal uncertainty.
1.3.2. Specific objective(s)
Specific objective No 1
Improving the responsiveness of the European standardisation system: to accelerate
the development and delivery of harmonised standards and other standards in support
of Union legislation and policies by making the system more agile, reducing delays,
and ensuring standards are timely, high-quality and aligned with the state of the art.
Specific objective No 2
Ensuring a financially viable and inclusive European standardisation system: to
maintain a well-functioning and inclusive European standardisation system by
increasing participation from SMEs, civil society and industry experts while ensuring
financial sustainability and providing free access to harmonised standards and
standards in support of Union legislation and policies.
Specific objective No 3
Consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation: to strengthen the
EU’s role in global standard-setting by improving coordination among EU actors and
reinforcing strategic autonomy in key sectors.
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact
Specify the effects which the proposal/initiative should have on the beneficiaries/groups targeted.
EN 4 EN
The proposal is expected to improve the responsiveness, sustainability and
international influence of the European standardisation system, with positive effects
for the main beneficiary groups, in particular market operators and SMEs.
EU businesses would benefit from faster and more predictable delivery of standards
supporting Union legislation and policy priorities, reducing market fragmentation
and facilitating compliance. SMEs should benefit in particular from greater
transparency, stronger stakeholder participation and better access to standardisation
processes, although their capacity constraints may still limit effective engagement
without targeted support. A more coherent and timely standardisation system would
help firms bring innovative products and services to the Single Market more rapidly,
strengthen legal certainty and reduce costs linked to divergent national approaches.
Consumers are expected to benefit indirectly from standards that better reflect public
policy objectives, notably in safety, accessibility, sustainability and digital trust. This
should reinforce confidence in products and services placed on the Union market and
support a higher level of consumer protection.
European standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies would
face some adaptation needs, including adjustments to governance, planning and
cooperation practices. At the same time, they would benefit from clearer priorities,
reinforced coordination and a more effective framework for delivering standards in
support of Union legislation and policy objectives.
Overall, the proposal is expected to generate net benefits for targeted groups, while
requiring limited but necessary organisational adjustment within the European
Standardisation System.
1.3.4. Indicators of performance
Specify the indicators for monitoring progress and achievements.
The improved monitoring of the implementation of the Standardisation Regulation
by the Commission is a key dimension of this initiative.
Specific objective No 1
The monitoring of the responsiveness of the European standardisation system will be
conducted through the monitoring of the average time for referencing a harmonised
standard or a standard in support of Union legislation and policies, from the
identification of the standardisation need to the referencing in the Official Journal of
the European Union. The duration of the standardisation process will be assessed at
each step (adoption of the standardisation request, development of the standard and
referencing of the standard). The current benchmark is 6.1 years, and the target is to
reduce the average time needed to reference a standard to 4.0 years on average. The
responsiveness will also be monitored by the quality of delivered standards in
support of Union legislation and policies, as measured by the number of delivered
harmonised standards by European standardisation organisation or standards
development organisations rejected by the Commission after their assessment. The
current proportion is 32 % at publication stage and the target would be set at below
15 %.
Specific objective No 2
The monitoring of the sustainability of the European standardisation system will be
conducted through the engagement of European standardisation organisations in
delivering standards in support of Union legislation or policies, as measured by the
EN 5 EN
share of standardisation requests rejected by European standardisation organisations
and by the share of pre-consultations of European standardisation organisations that
lead to their refusal to engage in the requests. This will be complemented by an
assessment of the level of participation of experts in the standardisation process,
inferred from the total number of experts engaged in EU standardisation activities,
including SME, civil society and R&I experts, as available in the transparency
register set up by European standardisation organisations.
Specific objective No 3
The EU influence on international standardisation will be monitored primarily
through the EU influence in international organisations ISO and IEC, measured by
the number of technical committees chaired by an EU representative, identifying
specifically technical committees active in strategic technologies.
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to:
☑a new action
a new action following a pilot project / preparatory action1
the extension of an existing action
a merger or redirection of one or more actions towards another/a new action
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative
The initiative responds to the need to address the structural shortcomings of the
current European standardisation system by improving its responsiveness, ensuring
more timely and reliable delivery of harmonised standards, improving access and
inclusiveness, safeguarding the sustainability of the system, and strengthening the
Union’s influence in international standardisation.
The initiative should contribute to a more harmonised, effective, efficient and
coherent standardisation framework across the Single Market, supporting EU
competitiveness, technological sovereignty, interoperability, legal certainty and the
implementation of Union legislation and policies.
The initiative should enter into force in 2028 and could be complemented by targeted
changes to relevant sectoral legislation to align them to the new framework for
European standardisation.
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone.
Reasons for action at EU level (ex-ante):
Action at Union level is justified because the problems addressed by the initiative are
structural, cross-border and inherent to the functioning of the European
standardisation system and the Single Market. Harmonised standards apply across all
Member States and the EEA and reduce barriers within the internal market by
1 As referred to in Article 58(2), point (a) or (b) of the Financial Regulation.
EN 6 EN
supporting interoperability, value-chain integration and consumer confidence; these
outcomes cannot be secured through isolated national action. In the absence of EU
action, the identified shortcomings would persist, and Member States could develop
divergent national approaches outside the common framework, increasing
fragmentation, barriers to entry and inequalities within the internal market.
Expected generated EU added value (ex-post):
The expected EU added value is a more harmonised, effective, efficient and coherent
outcome across the internal market. The European standardisation system delivers
added value through increased intra-EU and extra-EU trade, reduced compliance
costs, greater inclusiveness and stronger EU influence in international
standardisation compared with national systems. EU action is also expected to
generate economies of scale for businesses and Member States and improve legal
certainty and effectiveness through faster and higher-quality standards supporting
Union legislation and policies.
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past
Experience under the current Regulation shows that the European standardisation
Regulation adopted in 2012 has produced improvements but remains insufficient to
meet present needs. The targeted revision of the Regulation (EU) 2012/1025
implemented by Regulation (EU) 2022/2480 to reinforce the representation of
national standardisation bodies of the EU in the decision-making process of
European standardisation organisations has highlighted the relevance of introducing
more oversight on the effective participation of national standardisation bodies in the
standardisation process in support of Union legislation and policies. The Omnibus IV
on digitalisation and common specifications has also confirmed the need for a
horizontal and consistent approach to common specifications as fall back to
harmonised standards when they are not available across Union legislation.
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments
The initiative will enter into force under the Multi-annual Financial Framework
(MFF) for 2028-2034. The initiative is compatible with the Union’s financial
programming for the current MFF, and without prejudice to the outcome of
negotiations on the next MFF, would be compatible with the future framework as
proposed by the Commission. Funding opportunities to support the effective
functioning of the internal market through standardisation processes may be
available under the next MFF 2028-2034, including the future Single Market and
Customs Programme, as well as the European Competitiveness Fund and the
Horizon Europe 2028-2034 programme.
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment
Without prejudice to the outcome of negotiations on the next MFF, the
appropriations foreseen from 2028 onwards are strictly indicative.
As regards financing options, new potential needs, notably to ensure the free and
unrestricted access to standards in support of Union legislation and policies and the
financial sustainability of the European standardisation system, in particular in the
transition phase, may be covered through redeployment of resources used for
standardisation activities, pending their continuation in the next MFF.
EN 7 EN
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact
limited duration
– in effect from [DD/MM]YYYY to [DD/MM]YYYY
– financial impact from YYYY to YYYY for commitment appropriations and
from YYYY to YYYY for payment appropriations.
☑unlimited duration
– Implementation with a start-up period from 2028 to 2029,
– followed by full-scale operation.
The Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2028 and remains applicable for an unlimited
duration, with a review after five years of implementation to assess the contribution of the
Regulation to its objectives.
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned2
☑Direct management by the Commission
– ☑by its departments, including by its staff in the Union delegations;
– ☑by the executive agencies
Shared management with the Member States
Indirect management by entrusting budget implementation tasks to:
– third countries or the bodies they have designated
– international organisations and their agencies (to be specified)
– the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund
– bodies referred to in Articles 70 and 71 of the Financial Regulation
– public law bodies
– bodies governed by private law with a public service mission to the extent that
they are provided with adequate financial guarantees
– bodies governed by the private law of a Member State that are entrusted with
the implementation of a public-private partnership and that are provided with
adequate financial guarantees
– bodies or persons entrusted with the implementation of specific actions in the
common foreign and security policy pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on
European Union, and identified in the relevant basic act
– bodies established in a Member State, governed by the private law of a
Member State or Union law and eligible to be entrusted, in accordance with
sector-specific rules, with the implementation of Union funds or budgetary
guarantees, to the extent that such bodies are controlled by public law bodies or
by bodies governed by private law with a public service mission, and are provided
with adequate financial guarantees in the form of joint and several liability by the
2 Details of budget implementation methods and references to the Financial Regulation may be found on
the BUDGpedia site: https://myintracomm.ec.europa.eu/corp/budget/financial-rules/budget-
implementation/Pages/implementation-methods.aspx.
EN 8 EN
controlling bodies or equivalent financial guarantees and which may be, for each
action, limited to the maximum amount of the Union support.
Comments
The main budget implementation method is direct management by the Commission.
Budget in support of the implementation of this Regulation can also be implemented under
direct management by an Executive Agency.
EN 9 EN
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules
The implementation of the Regulation will be primarily monitored through the
performance framework introduced by the Regulation and the key performance
indicators that the Commission will adopt pursuant to Article 11.
All information will be made available on the EU Standard platform created pursuant
to Article 7 to allow the continuous monitoring of the contribution of the Regulation
to its objectives. In addition, European standardisation organisations will report
annually to the Commission on the implementation of the Regulation, as will
European stakeholder organisations.
This Statement concerns staff expenditures and IT investments and operational costs.
Standard rules for this type of expenditure apply.
No later than five years after the entry into force of the Regulation, the Commission
will assess the contribution of this Regulation to the competitiveness of the Union,
the functioning of the internal market, and to the simplification agenda through
reduce compliance costs for businesses, including its contribution to the specific
objectives specified in section 1.3.2.
2.2. Management and control system(s)
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed
The management mode for the initiative is direct management by the Commission.
This is the most appropriate approach given the limited scope of Union expenditure
incurred by the Regulation, which mostly consists of standard administrative and
monitoring-related costs. Using established internal procedures ensures effective and
efficient controls, low error rates, fast processing of transactions and minimal control
costs.
The Regulation may also be implemented through direct management making use of
potential funding opportunities under the next 2028-2034 Multiannual Financial
Framework, including the upcoming Single Market and Customs Programme, while
not pre-judging the outcome of the negotiations on the next Multiannual Financial
Framework. Tasks may be implemented by the Commission or by the Executive
Agency under delegation arrangements.
This approach builds on established structures and avoids creating new implementing
bodies or parallel financial procedures. It is considered the most cost-effective
option, as it allows funding to be closely linked to Union policy priorities,
standardisation requests, agreed deliverables and performance indicators.
Payments will follow the modalities laid down in the relevant grant agreements and
contracts, including pre-financing, interim payments where appropriate and payment
of the balance following verification of the deliverables and eligible expenditure.
The control strategy will be based on the Commission’s internal control framework
and the Financial Regulation. It will combine proportionate ex ante operational and
financial checks, performance monitoring and risk-based ex post audits, with the aim
of ensuring legality and regularity, timely contracting and payment, and reasonable
control costs.
EN 10 EN
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them
The initiative requires staff expenditure and IT investment and maintenance
expenditures. Standard rules for this type of expenditure apply.
The main operational risk is insufficient administrative capacity to implement the
activities stipulated in the Regulation, as well as risks concerning delays or non-
delivery of standardisation work.
The financing of the operations of European standardisation organisations and
European stakeholder organisation may create a risk of concentration of funding
among a limited number of beneficiaries. These risks will be mitigated through clear
eligibility and award criteria, defined deliverables, milestones and performance
indicators in grant and contribution agreements, and regular reporting by
beneficiaries. Implementation will be monitored against the agreed performance
framework, allowing delays or underperformance to be identified at an early stage.
The internal control system will combine proportionate ex ante operational and
financial checks, ongoing monitoring and risk-based ex post audits. Payments may
be suspended, reduced or recovered where deliverables are not achieved or
expenditure is not eligible, in accordance with the Financial Regulation.
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure)
The costs of controls will be estimated separately at Commission and Executive
Agency level, based on their internal management and control systems and
experience in implementing the standardisation strand of the Single Market and
Customs Programme. As the Regulation will rely on existing funding mechanisms,
procedures and beneficiaries, control costs are expected to remain proportionate to
the value and risk profile of the funds managed.
Control intensity will be adapted to the type and value of each transaction and the
risks identified. It will include checks on eligibility, procurement procedures,
financial reporting, achievement of milestones and delivery of the agreed
standardisation outputs, complemented by risk-based audits and recovery procedures.
The objective is to maintain the risk of error below 2 % at payment and at closure.
Any errors detected after payment will be corrected through financial corrections,
recoveries or reductions of subsequent payments.
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities
The existing fraud-prevention measures applicable to the Commission and the
Executive Agency will cover the expenditure under this Regulation. These include
the Commission Anti-Fraud Strategy, the relevant service-level anti-fraud strategies,
conflict-of-interest and exclusion checks, prevention of double funding, business-
partner screening, risk-based monitoring and audits, and recovery procedures. Grant
agreements and contracts will contain the standard anti-fraud, audit and access
clauses. Suspected fraud or irregularities will be reported to OLAF and, where
relevant, the EPPO. Appropriate ethics and anti-fraud guidance and training will also
be provided to staff involved in managing the funds.
EN 11 EN
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget
line(s) affected
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial
Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the
post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on
the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary
procedure. All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
• Existing budget lines
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading of
multiannual
financial
framework
Budget line Type of
expenditure Contribution
Number
Diff./Non-
diff.1
from
EFTA
countries2
from
candidate
countries
and
potential
candidates3
From
other
third
countries
other assigned
revenue
2 Internal market, implementation tools,
market surveillance and European
standardisation
Diff. NO NO NO NO
• New budget lines requested
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading of
multiannual
financial
framework
Budget line Type of
expenditure Contribution
Number
Diff./Non-
diff.
from
EFTA
countries
from
candidate
countries
and
potential
candidates
from
other
third
countries
other assigned
revenue
// // // // // // //
1 Diff. = Differentiated appropriations / Non-diff. = Non-differentiated appropriations. 2 EFTA: European Free Trade Association. 3 Candidate countries and, where applicable, potential candidates.
EN 12 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of operational appropriations
– ☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of operational appropriations, as explained below
The proposal is estimated to require the use of operational appropriations that are commensurate to the current budget allocated to standardisation
activities within the Single Market Programme.
The indicative estimate, while not pre-judging the next Multiannual Financial Framework, is EUR 177,575 million over the programming period
2028-2034 at current prices, based on the operational appropriations for standardisation within the Single Market Programme of EUR 23,714
million in 2027.
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Heading of multiannual financial framework Number 2
DG GROW
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Operational appropriations
Budget line
Internal market, implementation tools,
market surveillance and European
standardisation
Commitments (1a) 23,714 24,188 24,672 25,165 25,669 26,182 26,706 176,297
Payments (2a) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes1
Administrative support line of SMCP (3) 00,2130,2130,2130,2130,2130,213 1,278
1 Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former ‘BA’ lines), indirect research, direct research.
EN 13 EN
TOTAL appropriations Commitments =1a+1b
+3 23,714 24,401 24,885 25,378 25,882 26,395 26,919 177,575
for DG GROW Payments =2a+2b
+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
TOTAL operational
appropriations
Commitments (4) 23,714 24,188 24,672 25,165 25,669 26,182 26,706 176,297
Payments (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from the
envelope for specific programmes
(6) 0 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 1,278
TOTAL
appropriations
under HEADING 2
Commitments =4+6 23,714 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 177,575
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
• TOTAL
operational
appropriations (all
operational
headings)
Commitments (4) 23,714 24,401 24,885 25,378 25,882 26,395 26,919 177,575
Payments (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
• TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from
the envelope for specific programmes
(all operational headings)
(6) 0 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 1,278
EN 14 EN
TOTAL
appropriations
Under
Heading 1 to 3
Commitments =4+6 23,714 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 23,927 177,575
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
(Reference amount)
Heading of multiannual financial framework 4 ‘Administrative expenditure’2
DG GROW Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Human resources 2,890 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 21,973
Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG
GROW Appropriations 2,890 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 3,181 21,973
Other DGs implementing standardisation requests Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Human resources 5,820 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 45,396
Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL Other
DGs Appropriations 5,820 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 6,596 45,396
2 The necessary appropriations should be determined using the annual average cost figures available on the appropriate BUDGpedia webpage.
EN 15 EN
TOTAL appropriations under HEADING 4 of
the multiannual financial framework
(Total
commitments =
Total payments) 8,7109,7779,7779,7779,7779,7779,77767,369
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
TOTAL
appropriations under
HEADINGS 1 to 4
Commitments 32,424 34,182 34,670 35,168 35,676 36,194 36,722 245,036
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations (not to be completed for decentralised agencies)
Commitment appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Indicate
objectives and
outputs
Year 2028
Year 2029
Year 2030
Year 2031
Enter as many years as necessary to show the
duration of the impact (see Section1.6) TOTAL
OUTPUTS
Type3
Avera
ge
cost
N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost Total
No
Total
cost
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE No 14…
- Output
3 Outputs are products and services to be supplied (e.g. number of student exchanges financed, number of km of roads built, etc.). 4 As described in Section 1.3.2. ‘Specific objective(s)’
EN 16 EN
- Output
- Output
Subtotal for specific objective No 1
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE No 2 ...
- Output
Subtotal for specific objective No 2
TOTALS
EN 17 EN
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of appropriations of an administrative nature
– ☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of appropriations of an administrative nature, as explained below
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL 2028
- 2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
Human resources 8,710 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,7779,7779,777 67,369
Other administrative expenditure 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 8,710 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 67,369
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,2130,2130,213 1,278
Other expenditure of an administrative nature 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 00,2130,2130,2130,2130,2130,213 1,278
TOTAL 8,710 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 68,647
3.2.3.2. Total appropriations
TOTAL
VOTED
APPROPRIATIONS
+
EXTERNAL
ASSIGNED
REVENUES
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
TOTAL
2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
Human resources 8,710 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,7779,7779,777 67,369
Other administrative expenditure
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 8,710 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 9,777 67,369
EN 18 EN
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,2130,2130,213 1,278
Other expenditure of an
administrative nature 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal outside
HEADING 4 0 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 0,213 1,278
TOTAL 8,710 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 9,990 68,647
The appropriations required for human resources and other expenditure of an administrative nature will be met by appropriations from the DG that are already
assigned to management of the action and/or have been redeployed within the DG, together, if necessary, with any additional allocation which may be granted to the
managing DG under the annual allocation procedure and in the light of budgetary constraints.
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of human resources
– ☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of human resources, as explained below
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget
Estimate to be expressed in full-time equivalent units (FTEs)1
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Establishment plan posts (officials and temporary staff)
(Headquarters and Commission’s Representation
Offices) 43 48,5 48,5 48,5 48,5 48,5 48,5
(EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Please specify below the table how many FTEs within the number indicated are already assigned to the management of the action and/or can be redeployed within your DG
and what are your net needs.
EN 19 EN
Other budget lines (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
• External staff (inFTEs)
(AC, END from the ‘global envelope’) 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5
(AC, AL, END and JPD in the EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Admin. Support line • at Headquarters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[XX.01.YY.YY] • in EU Delegations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Outside Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 46,5 54 54 54 54 54 54
The estimated impact on staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial
Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of
interinstitutional negotiations on the Multiannual Financial Framework 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary
procedure and the steering mechanism. All staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
3.2.4.2. Total requirements of human resources
The staff required to implement the proposal (in FTEs):
To be covered by
current staff
available in the
Commission
services
Exceptional additional staff
EN 20 EN
To be financed
under Heading 4
or Research
To be financed
from BA line
To be financed
from fees
Establishment
plan posts
48,5 N/A
• External
staff (CA, SNEs,
INT)
3,5 2
Description of tasks to be carried out by:
Officials and temporary staff Task 1: Implementing the strategic planning and the increased accountability of the
European Standardisation System: 0,5 FTE, hosted in the Centre.
Task 2: Supporting the implementation of the flexibility to address requests to
designated standards development organisations and the integration of specifications
from other standards development organisations in standards and standardisation
deliverables developed by European standardisation organisations: 3 FTE hosted in
sectoral services responsible for implementing the standardisation requests.
Task 3: Improving international coordination across EU standardisation actors: 1 FTE
hosted in sectoral services responsible for implementing the standardisation requests.
Task 4: Leading the Centre: 1 FTE, hosted in the Centre.
External staff The set-up of the Expert Centre on European standardisation will improve
coordination and oversight of the implementation of the Standardisation Regulation
and will facilitate the implementation of the new tasks attributed to the Commission.
The additional resources needs to implement the new Standardisation Regulation
would be covered in majority by internal redeployments within the lead DG, DG
GROW and within the services that use the Standardisation Regulation to support their
legislation and policies. Nevertheless, despite the considerable efforts made by the
Commission to redeploy its resources in the past year, some of the new tasks may need
to be covered by an additional reinforcement of Commission staffing by 2 FTEs
external staff to increase the Commission expertise and to ensure that further
EN 21 EN
reallocation of existing human resources would not compromise the implementation of
existing tasks.
Task 2: Supporting the implementation of the flexibility to address requests to
designated standards development organisations and the integration of specifications
from other standards development organisations in standards and standardisation
deliverables developed by European standardisation organisations: 1 FTE hosted in the
Centre.
Task 3: Improving international coordination across EU standardisation actors: 1 FTE,
hosted in the Centre.
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments
Compulsory: the best estimate of the digital technology-related investments entailed by the proposal/initiative should be included in the table
below.
Exceptionally, when required for the implementation of the proposal/initiative, the appropriations under Heading 4 should be presented in the
designated line.
The appropriations under Headings 1-3 should be reflected as "Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes". This expenditure refers to
the operational budget to be used to re-use/ buy/ develop IT platforms/ tools directly linked to the implementation of the initiative and their
associated investments (e.g. licences, studies, data storage etc). The information provided in this table should be consistent with details
presented under Section 4 "Digital dimensions".
TOTAL Digital and IT
appropriations
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL MFF
2028 - 2034
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
IT expenditure (corporate) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subtotal HEADING 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Outside HEADING 4
EN 22 EN
Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework
The proposal/initiative:
– ☑ can be fully financed through redeployment within the relevant heading of the multiannual financial framework (MFF)
The current initiative is fully compatible with the current multi-annual financial framework and is also compatible with the proposed
Multiannual Financial Framework 2028-2034, without prejudice to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the Multiannual Financial
Framework 2028-2034.
– requires use of the unallocated margin under the relevant heading of the MFF and/or use of the special instruments as defined in the
MFF Regulation
– requires a revision of the MFF
3.2.7. Third-party contributions
The proposal/initiative:
– ☑ does not provide for co-financing by third parties
– provides for the co-financing by third parties estimated below:
Appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Total
EN 23 EN
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Specify the co-financing
body
TOTAL appropriations
co-financed
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue
– ☑ The proposal/initiative has no financial impact on revenue.
– The proposal/initiative has the following financial impact:
– on own resources
– on other revenue
– please indicate, if the revenue is assigned to expenditure lines
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Budget revenue line:
Appropriations available
for the current financial
year
Impact of the proposal/initiative2
Year 2028 Year 2029 Year 2030 Year 2031 Year 2032 Year 2033 Year 2034
Article ………….
For assigned revenue, specify the budget expenditure line(s) affected.
2 As regards traditional own resources (customs duties, sugar levies), the amounts indicated must be net amounts, i.e. gross amounts after deduction of 20% for collection
costs.
EN 24 EN
Other remarks (e.g. method/formula used for calculating the impact on revenue or any other information).
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance
High-level description of the requirements of digital relevance and related categories (data, process digitalisation & automation, digital solutions
and/or digital public services)
Reference to the
requirement
Requirement
description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Requirement 1
Article 7: The
Commission will
establish, manage and
maintain a digital
platform (the ‘EU
Standards Platform’) to
foster transparency and
accountability of the
European
standardisation system.
European Commission,
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations.
The platform will list
the standards and
standardisation
deliverables drafted in
support of Union
legislation and policies,
set out how to access
harmonised standards,
harmonised
standardisation
deliverables and
standards and
standardisation
deliverables in support
of Union legislation,
provide information on
standardisation requests
and their
Data; process
digitalisation and
automation; digital
solution; digital public
service.
EN 25 EN
implementation, and
provide information on
the performance of the
European
standardisation system.
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall make
available the relevant
information on their
standardisation activities
relating to requested
standards and
standardisation
deliverables to the
Commission through an
interoperable IT system
to ensure the accuracy
of information provided
on the EU Standards
Platform.
The information shall be
provided in a timely,
structured and machine-
readable manner, using
common identifiers,
metadata, models and
status controlled
EN 26 EN
vocabularies to ensure
its traceability and
linkage to relevant
Union legislation.
Requirement 2
Article 6(1): European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall
endeavour to develop
requested standards and
standardisation
deliverables using
digital development
tools and shall make
them available in
electronic form and
machine-readable
format.
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations should
ensure that requested
standards and
standardisation
deliverables are
available in electronic
and, where appropriate,
structured machine-
readable form, with
metadata supporting
their identification,
versioning, traceability
and reuse.
Data; process
digitalisation and
automation; digital
solution.
Requirement 3
Article 6(2): European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall
ensure that the machine-
readable format of
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall
ensure that machine-
readable representations
Data; process
digitalisation and
automation; digital
solution
EN 27 EN
requested standards and
standardisation
deliverables are
interoperable.
and associated metadata
support semantic and
technical
interoperability, digital
exchange and automated
processing.
Requirement 4
Article 5: European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall
provide within the
Union unrestricted free
online access to
referenced standards and
standardisation
deliverables and shall
ensure that referenced
standards and
standardisation
deliverables are
available in a readable,
searchable, printable and
electronically accessible
format.
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations shall
develop repositories of
referenced standards and
standardisation
deliverables that allow
any user to consult, print
the document and shall
ensure the compliance
with the web
accessibility Directive.
Data; process
digitalisation and
automation; digital
solution
4.2. Data
High-level description of the data in scope
EN 28 EN
Type of data Reference to the requirement(s) Standard and/or specification (if
applicable)
The data in scope for the EU Standards
Platform includes identification and
metadata for requested standards and
standardisation deliverables: title,
reference number, version, status,
adoption/publication/withdrawal dates,
responsible organisations, links to relevant
Union acts or policy areas, access
conditions/format, lifecycle data for
standardisation requests/deliverables, and
performance indicators (e.g. timeliness,
responsiveness, uptake).
Requirement 1
Technical specifications open,
documented and reusable metadata model,
(common identifiers and controlled
vocabularies. XML/, JSON) or other
appropriate serialisations, together with
documented machine-to-machine
interfaces, will support automated
exchange. Relevant European
Interoperability Framework (EIF) and
Interoperable Europe solutions will be
assessed and reused where appropriate.
Structured content of requested standards
and standardisation deliverables, including
normative provisions, definitions, tables,
references and associated metadata, in
formats suitable for digital processing,
exchange and reuse.
Requirements 2 and 3
The requirement fosters the exchange of
data between participants in the
standardisation process, as managed by
European standardisation organisations
and designated standards development
organisation, including for example draft
texts, structured content components,
structured document schemas, and
metadata in formats permitting digital
processing, search, and automated reuse
(e.g. XML).
Alignment with the European Data Strategy
Explanation of how the requirement(s) are aligned with the European Data Strategy
EN 29 EN
Requirement 1 aligns with the European Data Strategy by increasing availability, visibility, and cross-border reuse of standards data, replacing
fragmented channels with a trusted, interoperable digital platform that supports transparency, accountability, and evidence-based
policymaking.
Requirements 2 and 3 align with the European Data Strategy by promoting born-digital, structured data over unstructured documents, enabling
discoverability, computational processing, and integration with compliance systems, databases, and public services.
Alignment with the once-only principle
Explanation of how the once-only principle has been considered and how the possibility to reuse existing data has been explored
The once-only principle is applied to Requirement 1 by reusing existing data from Commission services, European standardisation
organisations, and designated standards development organisations, avoiding duplicate requests for metadata already held in source systems
(e.g. standardisation requests, adoption records, or performance reports).
Explanation of how newly created data is findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable, and meets high-quality standards
The once-only principle is applied to Requirements 2 and 3 through single-source digital authoring, where content is created once in
structured form and reused across review, adoption, publication, and platform integration, avoiding manual reformatting or duplicate
encoding.
Data flows
High-level description of the data flows
Type of data Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Actors who
provide the data
Actors who receive
the data
Trigger for the
data exchange
Frequency (if
applicable)
The data in scope
for the EU
Standards Platform
includes
identification and
metadata for
requested standards
and standardisation
Requirement 1
European
Commission,
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated
standards
development
European
Commission
Adoption,
amendment,
withdrawal of
standardisation
requests;
development,
adoption, revision
of standards; and
Event-driven for
changes (near real-
time) and
performance data,
with periodic
consolidation of
performance data
(quarterly/annually)
EN 30 EN
deliverables: title,
reference number,
version, status,
adoption/publicatio
n/withdrawal dates,
responsible
organisations, links
to relevant Union
acts or policy areas,
access
conditions/format,
lifecycle data for
standardisation
requests/deliverable
s, and performance
indicators (e.g.
timeliness,
responsiveness,
uptake).
organisations periodic
performance
reporting
Machine-readable
standards and
standardisation
deliverables,
together with
associated metadata
Requirement 2 and
3
European
standardisation
organisations and
designated
standards
development
organisations
European
Commission and,
subject to
applicable access
conditions, users of
the EU Standards
Platform
Delivery,
referencing,
revision or
withdrawal of a
standard or
standardisation
deliverable
Event-driven
4.3. Digital solutions
High-level description of digital solutions
EN 31 EN
Digital solution
Reference(s) to
the
requirement(s)
Main mandated
functionalities
Responsible
body
How is
accessibility
catered for?
How is
reusability
considered?
Use of AI
technologies (if
applicable)
EU Standards
Platform Requirement 1
It will bring
together all the
information
relevant to the
development of
requested
standard and
standardisation
deliverables,
including the
status of their
development
(requested,
delivered,
assessed or
rejected), the
links to relevant
legislation and
essential
requirements
they aim to
cover as well as
the relevant
contextual
information. In
addition, the EU
standard
European
Commission
The platform
shall comply
with applicable
Union
accessibility
requirements.
Machine-to-
machine access
shall
complement,
and not replace,
accessible
human-readable
interfaces.
Building on the
current eNorm
project and reuse
common
Commission
building blocks,
documented
APIs and
relevant
Interoperable
Europe
solutions. Its
metadata models
and interfaces
should be
documented and
reusable.
EN 32 EN
platform will
serve as a
performance
monitoring tool
and will display
key performance
indicators of the
European
standardisation
system, based on
data collected by
the Commission,
European
standardisation
organisations
and designated
standards
development
organisations.
For each digital solution, explanation of how the digital solution complies with applicable digital policies and legislative enactments
Digital solution #1
Digital and/or sectorial policy
(when these are applicable) Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act n.a.
EU Cybersecurity framework n.a.
eIDAS n.a.
EN 33 EN
Single Digital Gateway and IMI n.a.
Others
4.4. Interoperability assessment
High-level description of the digital public service(s) affected by the requirements
Digital public service
or category of digital
public services
Description Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Interoperable Europe
Solution(s)
Other interoperability
solution(s)
Access to public
information on
European
standardisation
Provide up to date and
transparent information
on the standards and
standardisation
deliverables in support
of Union legislation and
policies and on the
performance of the
European
standardisation system
Requirement 1 DCAT-AP
The EU Standards
Platform will require
interactions between the
Commission, European
standardisation
organisations and
designated standards
development
organisations. It should
build on eNorm and use
common identifiers
(common metadata
model, controlled
vocabularies,
documented machine-to-
machine interfaces) and
|relevant Interoperable
Europe Portal solutions.
European Legislation
EN 34 EN
Identifier references
should be used, where
appropriate, to link
standards information to
Union legislation.
It is likely to have a
direct and positive effect
on cross-border
interoperability because
it will function as a
common digital
reference point for
standards-related
information. In practice,
the platform could
reduce fragmentation by
acting as a single
authoritative source –
instead of or
complementing the
multiple online portals
of individual national
standardisation bodies.
Impact of the requirement(s) as per digital public service on cross-border interoperability
Digital public service #1
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if
applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and Prolongation of the current eNorm project. //
EN 35 EN
sectorial policies. Please list the
applicable digital and sectorial policies
identified
Organisational measures for a smooth
cross-border digital public services
delivery. Please list the governance
measures foreseen
Prolongation of the current eNorm project. //
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data. Please list
such measures
Use of Interoperable Europe Framework. //
Use of commonly agreed open technical
specifications and standards. Please list
such measures
Use of Interoperable Europe Framework. //
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation
High-level description of measures supporting digital implementation
Description of the
measure
Reference(s) to the
requirement(s) of
digital relevance that it
supports
Commission role (if
applicable)
Actors to be involved
(if applicable)
Expected timeline (if
applicable)
Build EU Standard
platform on current
eNorm project
Requirement 1 The Commission shall
implement this measure.
European
standardisation
organisations;
designated standards
development
The EU standard
platform should be
operational at the latest
at the date of entry into
application of the
EN 36 EN
organisations. Regulation, planned for
2028 or 2029.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 6.10.2026
COM(2026) 780 final
ANNEXES 1 to 3
ANNEXES
to the
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on European Standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
{SEC(2026) 780 final} - {SWD(2026) 785 final} - {SWD(2026) 786 final} -
{SWD(2026) 787 final}
EN 1 EN
ANNEX I
European standardisation organisations
1. CEN – European Committee for Standardisation
2. CENELEC – European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation
3. ETSI – European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EN 2 EN
ANNEX II
Criteria for selecting European stakeholder organisations
1. A European organisation representing SMEs in European standardisation activities,
shall:
(a) be a non-governmental and non-profit-making body;
(b) have as its statutory objectives and activities to represent the interests of SMEs
in the standardisation process at European level, to raise their awareness for
standardisation and conduct capacity-building initiatives, to motivate them to
become involved in the standardisation process and to ensure their participation
in technical committees;
(c) have been mandated by non-profit organisations representing SMEs in at least
two thirds of the Member States, to represent the interests of SMEs in the
standardisation process at European level.
2. A European organisation representing consumers in European standardisation
activities shall:
(a) be a non-governmental, non-profit-making body, independent of industry,
commercial and business or other conflicting interests;
(b) have as its statutory objectives and activities to represent consumer interests in
the standardisation process at European level;
(c) have been mandated by national non-profit consumer organisations in at least
two thirds of the Member States, to represent the interests of consumers in the
standardisation process at European level.
3. A European organisation representing environmental interests in European
standardisation activities shall:
(a) be a non-governmental, non-profit-making body, independent of industry,
commercial and business or other conflicting interests and working actively for
environmental sustainability;
(b) have as their statutory objectives and activities to represent environmental
interests in the standardisation process at European level;
(c) have been mandated by national non-profit environmental organisations in at
least two thirds of the Member States, to represent environmental interests in
the standardisation process at European level.
4. A European organisation representing social interests in European standardisation
activities shall:
(a) be a non-governmental, non-profit-making body, independent of industry,
commercial and business or other conflicting interests;
(b) have as its statutory objectives and activities to represent social interests in the
standardisation process at European level;
(c) have been mandated by national non-profit social organisations in at least two
thirds of the Member States, to represent social interests in the standardisation
process at European level.
EN 3 EN
ANNEX III
Correlation table
Regulation 1025/2012 This Regulation
Article 1 Article 1
Article 2 Article 2
Article 3 Article 15 and Article
Article 4 Article 16 and Article 28
Article 5(1) Article 17(1) and Article 18(3)
Article 5(2) Article 17(2)
Article 6 Article 20
Article 7 Article 21
Article 8 Article 9
Article 9 Article 19
Article 10 Articles 23 to 25
Article 10(2)(a) Article 12
Article 11 Article 33
Article 12 Article 7
Article 13
Article 14
Article 15 Article 8
Article 16 Article 8
Article 17
Article 18
Article 19
Article 20 Article 39
Article 21 Article 39
Article 22 Article 40
EN 4 EN
Regulation 1025/2012 This Regulation
Article 23 Article 41
Article 24(1) Article 13(4)
Article 24(2) Article 18(8)
Article 24(3) Article 42(1)
Article 25 Article 42(2)
Article 26
Article 27 Article 11
Article 28
Article 29 Article 43
Article 30 Article 44
ANNEX I ANNEX I
ANNEX II
ANNEX III ANNEX II
ANNEX IV ANNEX III
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 6.10.2026 SWD(2026) 785 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
Subsidiarity Grid
Accompanying the document
Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
on European standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
{COM(2026) 780 final} - {SEC(2026) 780 final} - {SWD(2026) 786 final} -
{SWD(2026) 787 final}
1
1. Can the Union act? What is the legal basis and competence of the Unions’ intended action?
1.1 Which article(s) of the Treaty are used to support the legislative proposal or policy initiative?
The legal basis for this proposal is Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (‘TFEU’) for the adoption of measures for the approximation of the provisions laid down by law, regulation or administrative action in Member States which have as their object the establishment and functioning of the internal market.
1.2 Is the Union competence represented by this Treaty article exclusive, shared or supporting in nature?
Pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU, competence is shared between the Union and the Member States as this proposal concerns the functioning of the internal market.
2. Subsidiarity Principle: Why should the EU act?
2.1 Does the proposal fulfil the procedural requirements of Protocol No. 21: - Has there been a wide consultation before proposing the act? - Is there a detailed statement with qualitative and, where possible, quantitative
indicators allowing an appraisal of whether the action can best be achieved at Union level?
- The Commission organised a wide consultation of stakeholders before proposing the act: it conducted a call for evidence, an open public consultation as well as targeted surveys, workshops, in-depth interviews, and bilateral meetings. The Commission also frequently consulted the High-Level Forum on European standardisation. All stakeholders concerned took part to the consultations, in particular: Member States, European standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies, standards development organisation, businesses, representatives of civil society (European stakeholder organisations active in standardisation activities), research and innovation stakeholders and individual citizens.
- The explanatory memorandum and the Impact Assessment accompanying the proposal both contain a section on the principle of subsidiarity (see answer to question 2.2 below).
2.2 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the conformity with the principle of subsidiarity?
The explanatory memorandum and Chapter 3 of the Impact Assessment accompanying this proposal provide a justification of the conformity of the proposal with the principle of subsidiarity.
1 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12016E/PRO/02&from=EN
2
The objectives of the proposal, in particular to set up a harmonised framework for European standardisation, cannot be sufficiently achieved by Member States for the following reasons:
- European standardisation supports Union legislation and policies by facilitating the functioning of the internal market. Harmonised standards replace conflicting national standards, which may create technical barriers to trade. The problems affecting the European standardisation system, such as delays in the development of standards and concerns regarding financial sustainability, are shared across Member States and require a solution at Union level.
- Member States acting individually cannot effectively address these challenges. Without Union action, the identified problems would persist, leading to fragmentation, increased compliance costs, and reduced competitiveness. National measures would be insufficient to ensure a coherent and efficient standardisation system that fosters the same standards across the Union.
Union action is better suited to achieve the objectives of the proposal for the following reasons:
- The proposal will improve the functioning of the internal market by ensuring timely and high-quality standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies.
- The proposal will reduce compliance costs for businesses, increase trade, and strengthen the Union’s influence in international standardisation.
- The revised Regulation will support the implementation of key Union policies.
2.3 Based on the answers to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be achieved sufficiently by the Member States acting alone (necessity for EU action)?
The objectives of the proposed action cannot be sufficiently achieved by Member States acting alone. The identified problems are common to all Member States, differentiated initiatives by Member States alone would be detrimental to the internal market and could negatively affect other Member States. This Regulation aims to create a harmonised framework facilitating the functioning of the internal market, by providing common technical solutions which facilitate the free movement of goods and services across Member States, strengthen interoperability, reduce transaction costs, and promote effective competition.
(a) Are there significant/appreciable transnational/cross-border aspects to the problems being tackled? Have these been quantified?
The problems identified in the Impact Assessment that the proposal aims to tackle all have a transnational dimension. Harmonised standards play a major role for the internal market, guaranteeing the interoperability, placing on the market and safety of products and services across the internal market, further facilitating a level playing field across the Union. The lengthy and complex standardisation process of European standardisation affects and stems from national standardisation systems as the European standardisation system is built on the cooperation between national standardisation bodies. The insufficient stakeholder participation in standardisation has a cross-border dimension as national standardisation systems need to be open to stakeholders from other Member States. The obligation to provide free access to harmonised standards following the case law of the Court of Justice of the European Union affects all national standardisation bodies that sell these harmonised standards, including across borders, as access needs to be guaranteed to an equal degree
3
across the Union in each Member State. The diminishing global position of the Union and its Member States in international standardisation has a transnational dimension as each national standardisation body of a Member State is an independent member of international standardisation bodies.
(b) Would national action or the absence of the EU level action conflict with core objectives of the Treaty2 or significantly damage the interests of other Member States?
National action or the absence of the EU level action would significantly damage the interests of other Member States. The proposal aims at improving the functioning of the internal market by creating a harmonised framework for European standardisation, thereby facilitating exchange of goods and services, fostering interoperability, contributing to quality and consumer trust, and supporting technological development and the uptake of market innovation. Any initiative at the level of Member States might go against the objective of harmonisation, create technical barriers to trade for business within the internal market or diminish the influence and participation of other Member States in European and international standardisation.
(c) To what extent do Member States have the ability or possibility to enact appropriate measures?
Member States acting individually cannot effectively address these challenges. Without Union action, the identified problems would persist, leading to fragmentation, increased compliance costs, and reduced competitiveness. National measures would be insufficient to ensure a coherent and efficient European standardisation system that fosters the same standards across the Union, with the same transparency in development and balanced participation of stakeholders. National action to address specific objectives of the proposal, for instance as regards improving inclusiveness or international influence, could also create an unlevel playing field within the Union.
(d) How does the problem and its causes (e.g. negative externalities, spill-over effects) vary across the national, regional and local levels of the EU?
The problems identified in the Impact Assessment are a common challenge across the Union and Member States, albeit to varying degrees. National standardisation systems all face similar challenges: lack of responsiveness, lack of balanced stakeholder participation, possibility of loss of revenues stemming from the free access to harmonised standards and declining influence at international level. The initiative has no differentiated impact at regional and local levels as standardisation is only conducted at national and European levels.
(e) Is the problem widespread across the EU or limited to a few Member States?
The problems are widespread across the EU and affect all Member States, albeit to a different extent, based on their industrial base and national standardisation systems.
(f) Are Member States overstretched in achieving the objectives of the planned measure?
2 https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/eu-in-brief_en
4
The proposal foresees targeted requirements on Member States to improve the functioning of their national standardisation bodies, in particular their ability to ensure an inclusive standardisation process at national level, and to share information on their participation in international standardisation activities.
(g) How do the views/preferred courses of action of national, regional and local authorities differ across the EU?
There is broad convergence of views, as expressed in the open public consultation to this proposal, that EU action is needed to achieve the objectives of the proposal and to improve the functioning of the European standardisation system. Stakeholders expressed strong support for targeted improvements to the existing European standardisation system, based on the existing horizontal framework created by Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012.
2.4 Based on the answer to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be better achieved at Union level by reason of scale or effects of that action (EU added value)?
The objectives of the proposed action can be achieved better at Union level, in particular to improve the functioning of the internal market and to foster the competitiveness of the Union. Standardisation eliminates technical barriers, enabling the free movement of goods and services and reducing costs for cross-border operators. A legally and financially sustainable European standardisation system is critical to effectively implement Union legislation and for the EU’s ability to shape global standards in emerging technologies. EU- level action ensures policy coherence, supporting key priorities such as competitiveness and strategic autonomy, while avoiding the fragmentation that would result from divergent national approaches. Collective action leverages economies of scale in standardisation across Member States, mutualising standardisation costs and creating synergies, and enhances the EU’s influence in international standardisation fora, which would not be achievable through the individual efforts of Member States.
(a) Are there clear benefits from EU level action?
There are clear benefits stemming from EU level action by improving an existing horizontal framework which is key to the functioning of the internal market, by addressing problems that are common to all Member States and creating synergies across Member States in fostering participation of stakeholders in standardisation at all levels – national, European and international which benefits the entire Union.
(b) Are there economies of scale? Can the objectives be met more efficiently at EU level (larger benefits per unit cost)? Will the functioning of the internal market be improved?
The proposal will create economies of scale for businesses by reducing their compliance costs by making harmonised standards and standards in support of Union legislation and policies available earlier. This will improve the functioning of the internal market by fostering the convergence of technical solutions implemented by businesses to comply with Union legislation and access the internal market, while decreasing overall compliance costs for businesses. The Impact Assessment accompanying this proposal estimates these savings at EUR 295 million per year.
(c) What are the benefits in replacing different national policies and rules with a more homogenous policy approach?
5
This proposal will not replace national policies as this proposal builds on the existing European framework for standardisation, Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012. The proposal does not create new national obligations but amends existing obligations at national level for national standardisation bodies. However, the proposal clarifies the Member States’ responsibility to ensure the compliance of their national standardisation bodies with the Regulation.
(d) Do the benefits of EU-level action outweigh the loss of competence of the Member States and the local and regional authorities (beyond the costs and benefits of acting at national, regional and local levels)?
The proposal does not lead to the loss of competences of Member States. It builds on the current European standardisation system, which has delivered benefits outweighing the loss of competence of the Member States. By identifying standards at European level to support Union legislation, this Regulation supports the harmonisation of the internal market and the competitiveness of the Union, while promoting active national standardisation activities to support European standardisation. The proposal will further increase the benefits of the European standardisation system, by reducing compliance costs for businesses, increasing trade, and strengthening the Union’s influence in international standardisation.
(e) Will there be improved legal clarity for those having to implement the legislation?
This proposal will improve legal clarity for the actors of the European standardisation system and for the users of standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies. It will increase legal certainty for business as regards the legal value of standards and standardisation deliverables, clarify the legal status of standards and standardisation deliverables requested by the Commission as well as clarify obligations of European standardisation organisations, designated standardisation organisations and national standardisation bodies for the delivery of standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies.
3. Proportionality: How the EU should act
3.1 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the proportionality of the proposal and a statement allowing appraisal of the compliance of the proposal with the principle of proportionality?
The proposed revision follows what is adapted and necessary to achieve the objectives of ensuring a more responsive, sustainable and internationally influent European standardisation system. The proposal introduces targeted improvements to the functioning of the European standardisation system to achieve the initiative’s objectives without imposing unnecessary burdens on stakeholders, as outlined in the Impact Assessment of the initiative. The measures introduced to foster the responsiveness of the European standardisation system rely on the current framework for European standardisation and aim at improving the performance of the European standardisation organisations, while introducing the possibility to rely on designated standardisation organisations in targeted situations, where the European standardisation organisations would not be able to deliver high-quality standards in a timely manner.
6
The proposal also increases the requirements for European standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies and designated standard development organisations to improve the inclusiveness of the European standardisation process. These requirements target measures at the national level where the barriers to participation to standardisation are the highest. The obligation to provide free and unrestricted access to referenced standards is necessary to achieve the objective of the initiative and is balanced with the necessity to maintain a financially viable European standardisation system. Improving coordination of European stakeholders in international standardisation is necessary to consolidate the Union’s influence in international standardisation and is achieved by introducing targeted coordination mechanisms, with the participation of both the Commission and Member States. The possibility to restrict participation to actors from the Union only or to diverge from international standards in the European standardisation process in support of Union legislation and policies is necessary to promote the Union’s economic security and strategic autonomy, and codifies existing practices, without going beyond what is necessary by preserving the international first principle, whereby European standards should first seek to align with international standards.
3.2 Based on the answers to the questions below and information available from any impact assessment, the explanatory memorandum or other sources, is the proposed action an appropriate way to achieve the intended objectives?
The proposed action is an appropriate way to achieve the intended objectives as it introduces targeted changes to the current European standardisation system, which should benefit in the long-term all stakeholders concerned and can be financed through redeployments within the existing Union budget. The proposal limits itself to improving the European processes for obtaining standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and to better coordinating the European stakeholders active in international standardisation. It implements a proportionate approach to inclusiveness and free access to harmonised standards whose costs would be borne by European standardisations organisations, national standardisation bodies, businesses, and the Union budget through redeployments.
(a) Is the initiative limited to those aspects that Member States cannot achieve satisfactorily on their own, and where the Union can do better?
The proposal is strictly limited to improving the responsiveness of the European standardisation system, which Member States cannot achieve on their own, to improving coordination across EU actors in international standardisation and to foster a balanced stakeholder participation in EU standardisation, which is better achieved at Union level in order to ensure there is no unlevel playing field in standardisation across Member States.
(b) Is the form of Union action (choice of instrument) justified, as simple as possible, and coherent with the satisfactory achievement of, and ensuring compliance with the objectives pursued (e.g. choice between regulation, (framework) directive, recommendation, or alternative regulatory methods such as co-legislation, etc.)?
A Regulation is the appropriate instrument for the initiative, which revises an existing Regulation. The legal instrument has to be of general application, as it concerns standards and standardisation deliverables that have a direct effect throughout the Union. In addition, the legislative instrument contains a number of obligations that are directly applicable to the European standardisation organisations, the national standardisation bodies,
7
designated standard development organisations, European stakeholder organisations, and the Commission.
(c) Does the Union action leave as much scope for national decision as possible while achieving satisfactorily the objectives set? (e.g. is it possible to limit the European action to minimum standards or use a less stringent policy instrument or approach?)
The proposal mostly sets out requirements on the functioning of the European standardisation system and as such does not affect national decision-making. To support the objective of ensuring a balanced stakeholder participation in the European standardisation system, the proposal also sets requirements at national level for national standardisation bodies, to promote the level playing field in standardisation across the Union and to ensure a joint minimum level of inclusiveness. This is proportionate to the objective of the Regulation as not setting joint minimum requirements could undermine the European standardisation system if some national systems would be less inclusive and more prone to imbalanced stakeholder participation.
(d) Does the initiative create financial or administrative cost for the Union, national governments, regional or local authorities, economic operators or citizens? Are these costs commensurate with the objective to be achieved?
The initiative does not create operational financial costs for the Union budget as new activities to support the viability of the European standardisation system will be financed through redeployment of existing Union budget. It creates limited additional costs for national standardisation bodies, estimated in the Impact Assessment at EUR 1.9 million per year. It would also create additional administrative costs for the Union in the form of additional human resources to support the effective implementation of the proposal that will be mostly covered through internal redeployment. Net additional administrative costs are estimated in the Legislative Financial and Digital statement at EUR 0.213 per year.
(e) While respecting the Union law, have special circumstances applying in individual Member States been taken into account?
The initiative has taken into account special circumstances applying in individual Member States, in particular the different level of dependency on the sales of harmonised standards by different national standardisation bodies. To take into account these special circumstances, the proposal foresees the possibilities for differentiated financial support to such national standardisation bodies, via the European standardisation organisations and within the possibility for redeployment of the Union budget.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
19.06.2026
SEC(2026) 780
REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD OPINION
{COM(2026) 780}
{SWD(2026) 785-786-787}
Impact assessment / European Product Act – update on the rules on standardisation
________________________________
This opinion concerns a draft impact assessment which may differ from the final version.
Commission européenne/Europese Commissie, 1049 Bruxelles/Brussel, BELGIQUE/BELGIË - Tel. +32 22991111
EUROPEAN COMMISSION REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
Brussels, RSB
Opinion
Title: Impact assessment / European Product Act – update on the rules
on standardisation
Overall opinion: POSITIVE
(A) Policy context
The standardisation regulation organises the functioning of the European Standardisation
System (ESS), the partnership between the European Commission and the European and
national standardisation organisations to develop standards to support Union legislation
and policy. [This initiative aims to revise this regulation to address the shortcomings
identified in the 2025 evaluation. Its objectives are: 1) to improve the responsiveness of
the ESS by accelerating the delivery of harmonised standards; 2) to ensure the
sustainability of the ESS by balancing the requirement for free access to harmonised
standards with the financial viability of the standardisation organisations while fostering
participation from all stakeholders; 3) to consolidate the EU’s influence in international
standardisation.
(B) Key issues
The Board notes the additional information provided by lead Service(s) and
commitments to make changes to the report.
The Board gives a positive opinion. The Board considers that the report could be
further improved with respect to the following aspects:
(1) The report does not sufficiently analyse how the participation of stakeholders in
the standardisation process affects the quality of the EU harmonised standards
and their timely delivery.
(2) The second specific objective is not defined sufficiently clearly to address the
identified problems, including the issue of balanced stakeholder participation.
(3) The report does not describe in sufficient detail some of the policy measures
making the assessment of their impacts uncertain. The analysis of efficiency is
not sufficiently clear to inform the comparison of options.
2
(C) What to improve
(1) The report should draw on additional evidence to analyse the impact of stakeholder
participation from both SMEs as well as from civil society organisations on the
quality and timely delivery of standards.
(2) The report should better explain how the second specific objective relates to the
identified problems. The objective should be redefined to better reflect that it aims to
ensure a balanced stakeholder representation, inclusive access to harmonised
standards and a legally and financially viable standardisation system providing EU
harmonised standards.
(3) The report should provide, to the extent possible, more details on the policy measures
to be implemented such as requirements for stakeholder participation or approach to
deadlines and the possible costs for stakeholders. The report should be clearer and
comprehensive about the costs for all concerned stakeholders, including the EU
budget.
(4) Building on a more comprehensive assessment of the costs to all stakeholders, the
efficiency analysis should follow the standard methodology, i.e. be based on societal
benefit cost ratio. In case other approaches to efficiency assessment are used in
addition to societal benefit cost ratio, the report should explain the methodology.
(5) The limitations and uncertainties related to the analysis of the problems and the
impacts need to be further clarified as well as the extent to which they affect the
comparison of options.
Some more technical comments have been sent directly to the author Service.
(D) Conclusion
The lead Service may proceed with the initiative. The lead Service should take these
recommendations into account before launching the interservice consultation.
Full title Revision of the Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the
European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012
on European standardisation
Reference number PLAN/2024/2488
Submitted to RSB on 20/05/2026
Date of RSB meeting 17/06/2026
Electronically signed on 19/06/2026 12:33 (UTC+02) in accordance with Article 11 of Commission Decision (EU) 2021/2121
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 6.10.2026 SWD(2026) 786 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
on European standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
{COM(2026) 780 final} - {SEC(2026) 780 final} - {SWD(2026) 785 final} - {SWD(2026) 787 final}
1
Table of contents
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT ............................................................... 4
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 7
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT? ......................................................................................................... 21
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?................................................................................ 22
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS? ..................................................................... 24
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS? ........................................................... 31
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE? ............................................................................................ 51
8. PREFERRED OPTION ....................................................................................................................... 56
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED? .................................. 57
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 59
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT) ................................................ 62
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW? ........................................................................................... 87
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS ...................................................................................................... 93
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK ............................................................................................... 109
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK ........................................................................................................................... 113
ANNEX 7: SCOPE OF THE STANDARDISATION REGULATION AND OF THE PROPOSED
POLICY INTERVENTION .............................................................................................................. 121
ANNEX 8: OVERVIEW OF THE FUNCTIONING OF THE EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION
SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................... 128
ANNEX 9: KEY ELEMENTS AND FUNCTIONING OF THE STANDARDISATION PROCESS IN
REGULATION (EU) 1025/2012 ...................................................................................................... 137
ANNEX 10: DESCRIPTION OF POLICY OPTIONS............................................................................... 149
ANNEX 11: SYSTEMIC DIFFERENCES BETWEEN EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION AND
OTHER COUNTRIES ...................................................................................................................... 157
ANNEX 12: CURRENT COMMISSION GOVERNANCE TO MANAGE THE ESS ............................. 165
ANNEX 13: ALTERNATIVE STANDARDS DEVELOPING ORGANISATIONS (SDOS) .................. 169
ANNEX 14: RELEVANT JURISPRUDENCE ADDRESSING PROVISIONS OF THE
STANDARDISATION REGULATION ........................................................................................... 174
ANNEX 15: CASE STUDIES .................................................................................................................... 184
2
Glossary
Term or acronym Meaning or definition
AI Artificial Intelligence
Annex III Specific list of societal stakeholder organisations recognised
under Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012: SBS (SMEs), ANEC
(consumers), ECOS (environment) and ETUC (workers).
Annex Z An annex to harmonised standards that identifies the legally
relevant parts of the standard offered by ESOs
ASTM International American Society for Testing and Materials International, an
organisation that develops and publishes voluntary consensus
standards for materials, products, systems and services
AUWP Annual Union Work Programme on European Standardisation
CEN European Committee for Standardisation (general sectors)
CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation
(electrical engineering and electrotechnical matters)
CJEU Court of Justice of the European Union
Common
Specification (CS)
Technical specifications adopted by the Commission as a fall-
back to harmonised standards when they are not available
EN European Norms (European Standards): standards developed by
CEN, CENELEC and ETSI with a harmonisation effect across
their members.
ESO European Standardisation Organisation, as defined in the Annex I
of the Standardisation Regulation (CEN, CENELEC and ETSI).
ESS European Standardisation System
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute (information
and communication technologies).
HAS Harmonised Standards consultants: external technical experts who
support the Commission by assessing the compliance of technical
standards with EU law.
hEN Harmonised European Norms (harmonised standards): European
standards developed in response to a request (a “standardisation
request”) from the Commission and, once cited in the Official
3
Journal of the European Union, can provide a presumption of
conformity with relevant EU legislation
HLF High-Level Forum on European Standardisation, an expert group
of the Commission
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, a technical
professional organisation that is a SDO
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
ISOs International Standardisation Organisations (generic term
referring to all international standardisation organisations. Not to
be confused with ISO, which refers to a specific organisation).
ITU International Telecommunication Union
NLF New Legislative Framework
NSB National Standardisation Body, the national standardisation
organisation of EU and EEA Member State.
OPC Open Public Consultation
SDOs Standards Development Organisations (generic term for any
entity - private or public - whose primary activity is developing
technical standards through a consensus-based process).
SMP / SMCP Single Market Programme and proposed Single Market and
Customs Programme
TC Technical Committee, specialised bodies of SDOs responsible for
developing and maintaining standards
3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project, global collaboration that
develops and maintains standards for mobile telecommunications,
including 3G, 4G, and 5G networks
4
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
1.1. Political context
Standardisation is a key enabler of a well-functioning EU internal market: standards
facilitate the exchange of goods and services between Member States, contributing to the
harmonisation of the internal market. By ensuring interoperability, quality and consumer trust,
standards facilitate market access and reduce internal market fragmentation. Standardisation
has been at the core of the internal market harmonisation under the New Legislative Framework
(NLF)1 adopted in 2008. Harmonised standards (hENs), adopted by European Standardisation
Organisations (ESOs)2 following a request from the Commission under the Standardisation
Regulation3, are an important simplification tool for businesses: they provide access to the
entire internal market through presumption of conformity, simplifying compliance and cutting
conformity costs.
Standardisation is also increasingly becoming an industrial policy tool. Standards are an
essential building block of the innovation process; they allow research and innovation results
to spread and turn into market-ready solutions, contributing to the competitiveness of market
operators. Fast standardisation can provide a first-mover advantage in technological races,
facilitate the adoption of new technologies and give an edge to industrial ecosystems in the
international competition. Standards are also a tool to turn policy objectives – such as
decarbonisation, digitalisation, accessibility and respect for fundamental rights – into scalable,
globally recognised technical solutions. Lastly, standardisation is one of the battlegrounds of
international competition; access to international markets is dependent on compliance with
international standards, and the ability of the EU to influence international standards directly
impacts the competitiveness of EU industries and the capacity of the EU to implement its
strategic autonomy agenda.
The European Council Conclusions of March 20264 highlighted the urgent need to “boost
the Union’s competitiveness, increase its resilience and enhance its strategic autonomy and
economic security”, launching the One Europe, One Market roadmap with the deepening and
integration of the internal market at its core. The European Council called for “enhancing
enforcement of EU standards” as a priority. This follows up the Commission’s
Competitiveness Compass5, and the Single Market Strategy of April 20256, which identified
the slow and unpredictable standardisation process in support of EU legislation and policies as
1 Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 July 2008 setting out the
requirements for accreditation and Decision No 768/2008/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9
July 2008 on a common framework for the marketing of products, OJ L 218, 13.8.2008, pp. 82–128 (hereafter the
NLF). 2 ESOs are listed in the Annex I of the Standardisation Regulation. They are the Comité Européen de Normalisation
(CEN), the Comité Européen de Normalisation Electrotechnique (CENELEC) and the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). 3 Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on European
standardisation, OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p. 12 (hereafter the Standardisation Regulation). 4 EUCO 1/26, European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions 5 A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final, 29.1.2025, which identified the opportunity for
“making standard-setting processes faster and more accessible, in particular for SMEs and startups”. 6 The Single Market: our European home market in an uncertain world, COM(2025) 500 final, 21.5.2025.
5
one of the “terrible 10” of the Single Market – the 10 main barriers to its completion – and
announced a review of the Standardisation Regulation7.
The Commission announced in its Work Programme 20268 that the revision of the
Standardisation Regulation will take place alongside the European Product Act (EPA). The
upcoming EPA will encompass the revision of the three pillars of the EU product legislation
framework: standardisation, market surveillance9 and the NLF. The joint revision of these
three pillars will introduce a new framework for product legislation in the EU, better suited to
the realities of 21st-century products and more capable of ensuring that the internal market
remains a key asset for EU competitiveness and strategic autonomy.
1.2. Legal context
The Standardisation Regulation organises the functioning of the European
Standardisation System (ESS), the current partnership between the Commission, ESOs and
National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs) and stakeholders10 to develop standards and
standardisation deliverables11 to support Union legislation and policy. The primary focus of the
Regulation is the process for delivering hENs, defined as a ‘European standard adopted on the
basis of a request made by the Commission for the application of Union harmonisation
legislation”12. The functioning of the ESS is described in more details in Annex 8.
The Standardisation Regulation supports the NLF, which provides a blueprint for EU
product legislation and aligns 31 legal acts covering a wide range of product markets. One of
the key principles of the NLF is to provide a presumption of conformity to products complying
with the hENs supporting the legislation applicable to those products, allowing products to
freely circulate within the internal market.
Over time, additional legislation beyond product harmonisation legislation has been relying
on the Standardisation Regulation, covering notably digital technologies, cybersecurity, data or
Artificial Intelligence (AI). In addition, key policy initiatives have leveraged standardisation as
a tool to implement their objectives, notably in the field of the green transition, such as the
Green Deal and the Clean industrial deal13, and of sectoral industrial strategies, such as the
European Strategy for Housing Construction and the Bioeconomy strategy14.
7 The European Economic and Social Committee supported the revision in its Opinion Strategic standardisation
for a stronger single market (own-initiative opinion), INT/1120. 8 2026 Commission work programme and annexes, COM(2025) 870 final, 21.10.2025. 9 Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on market
surveillance and compliance of products, OJ L 169, 25.6.2019, pp. 1–44. 10 The European Standardisation System is currently limited to the ESOs as the only organisations allowed to
deliver standards and standardisation deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies but could in the
future be extended to other standardisation organisations – see Section 5. 11 A ‘European standardisation deliverable’ means any other technical specification than a European standard,
adopted by a ESO for repeated or continuous application and with which compliance is not compulsory – see
Standardisation Regulation, Article 2 Definitions. 12 Standardisation Regulation, Article 2 Definitions. 13 The European Green Deal, COM(2019) 640 final, 11.12.2019; The Clean Industrial Deal: A joint roadmap for
competitiveness and decarbonisation, COM(2025) 85 final, 26.2.2025. 14 The European Strategy for Housing Construction: a more competitive and productive construction industry,
COM(2025) 991 final, 16 December 2025; A Strategic Framework for a Competitive and Sustainable EU
Bioeconomy, COM(2025) 960 final, 27.11.2025.
6
The Standardisation Regulation was amended in 202215 following the Standardisation
strategy16 to ensure that decisions related to the implementation of standardisation requests by
the ESOs are taken by NSBs of the EU and the EEA only. In May 2025, the Commission
proposed targeted modifications to key product legislation of the NLF under its Omnibus IV
proposal17to introduce the possibility for the Commission to adopt common specifications
(CS) as a fall-back option in case the ESOs fail to deliver hENs, expanding the number of Union
legislation already including such a possibility. This will contribute to improve legal certainty
for companies by enabling them to benefit from presumption of conformity through CS even if
hENs are not available.
The Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) has clarified that hENs form part of EU
law18 and that there is an overriding public interest in their disclosure19,based on the principles
of rule of law and transparency. The Commission, in cooperation with ESOs, has implemented
this judgment by providing access to hENs through readability platforms20. EU legislation also
directly references standards or technical specifications from ESOs or other standard
developing organisations (SDOs),without having first requested them under the
Standardisation Regulation. Such directly referenced standards21 may be made mandatory by
the legislative act, in which case they are made accessible through the readability platforms22.
While these standards are thus used to support a wide range of Union legislation and policy
with different legal and policy effects, they only represent a small part of the activities of
the ESOs. hENs make up only 12 % of all European standards23 developed by the three ESOs
(CEN, CENELEC and ETSI)24. This initiative primarily focuses on the delivery of standards
for Union legislation and policy – see Annex 7. However, there are clear synergies and inter-
linkages between the activities of the ESOs as providers of standards for legislation or policy
use and as a provider of standards that are purely market-driven.
15 Regulation (EU) 2022/2480 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 amending
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 as regards decisions of European standardisation organisations concerning
European standards and European standardisation deliverables, OJ L 323, 19 December 2022, p.1. 16 An EU Strategy on Standardisation - Setting global standards in support of a resilient, green and digital EU
single market, COM(2022) 31 final, 2.2.2022. 17 COM(2025) 504 final, 21 May 2025. See Annex 9 for more details on the Omnibus IV proposal. 18 Judgment of 27 October 2016, James Elliott Construction Ltd v Irish Asphalt Ltd., C-613/14, EU:C:2016:821. 19 Judgement of 5 March 2024, Public.Resource.Org and Right to Know v Commission, C-588/21 P,
EU:C:2024:201. 20 Following individual requests, those that have been disclosed under Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 (Access to
Documents Regulation) can be freely accessed on the online national readability platforms of NSBs in a read-only
format. hENs based on ISO or IEC standards can be accessed through the Commission’s readability platform after
individual requests for access to documents. 21 As of December 2025, the Commission estimates the number of standards directly referenced in EU legislation
to be around 3 500, supporting over 1 100 different legal acts and originating from 39 different SDOs. The large
majority comes from the ESOs (48%) and ISO and IEC (37%), while the remainder originates from various other
SDOs (15% ). 22 The CJEU noted that those standards should be freely accessible in its judgment of 21 April 2026, Nederlandse
Voedsel- en Warenautoriteit and Others, C-155/24, ECLI:EU:C:2026:327, para 34 and 38. 23 Standards adopted by ESOs are European standards (EN); they have a harmonisation effect in the internal market
as ESOs ensure they are no conflicting national standards with ENs. 24 As of April 2026. Data on hENs stem from Commission analysis based on the eNorm system, that consolidates
information on standardisation in support of Union legislation and policy. These shares vary across ESOs (13 %
for CEN, 10 % for CENELEC and ca. 9 % for ETSI). hENs from CEN represents 70 % of all hENs, CENELEC
25 % and ETSI 5 %.
7
1.3. Link with other initiatives
The revision of the Standardisation Regulation will take place in parallel with the revision of
the Market Surveillance Regulation and of the NLF as part of the upcoming European Product
Act. These initiatives are closely related, as product legislation falling under the NLF is among
the EU legislation most dependent on the delivery of high-quality hENs for its implementation.
The NLF and the Market Surveillance Regulation organise the accreditation, conformity
assessment and the enforcement framework in the EU, which is largely dependent on the
standardisation system for its effective functioning.
The future Single Market and Customs Programme (SMCP)25 under the next Multi-annual
Financial Framework 2028-2034 will also play an important role in the future of the ESS. One
of the objectives of the current Single Market Programme (SMP)26 is to “ensure the effective
functioning of the internal market through standardisation processes” and is instrumental in
supporting the activities of ESS. The future SMCP will continue to pursue this objective and
will be the main EU financial instrument to support the functioning of the ESS.
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION
2.1. What are the problems?
While the Standardisation Regulation has improved the functioning of the ESS, its recent
evaluation (the Evaluation)27 concluded that the current framework is unfit to meet the
challenges arising from the need to provide access to standards, rapid technological
developments, and intensifying international competition. This diagnosis supported similar
conclusions from the Letta and Draghi report, highlighting that “Member States do not
systematically exploit the benefits of coordination at the EU level, of standardisation and
interoperability”28 and that standardisation is essential in supporting EU competitiveness in
strategic areas such defence, transport and clean and emerging technologies29. The problem
analysis in this Impact Assessment complements the Evaluation’s findings with desk research,
public and targeted consultations, interviews, workshops and sectoral case studies.
2.1.1. Problem 1: lengthy and complex standardisation process prevents timely
availability of standards
The process of developing hENs is too slow to meet the legislative needs and keep pace with
technological developments30. While the Evaluation shows an overall decrease in the average
time to develop hENs31 from about 9 to 10 years before 2012 to around 6 years today, this
25 Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the Single Market and
Customs Programme for the period 2028-2034, COM(2025) 590_1 final, 3.9.2025. 26 Regulation (EU) 2021/690 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 Single Market
Programme, OJ L 153, 3.5.2021, pp. 1–47. 27 Evaluation of the Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 on European standardisation, SWD(2025) 170 final, 23.6.2025
(hereafter: Evaluation). 28 Draghi Report, The future of European competitiveness, Part B, Section 1, Chapter 7, 2024. 29 Letta Report, Much More than a Market, 2024. 30 European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs,
Fraunhofer ISI, Intellera Consulting and Trinomics B.V, Evaluation study of the regulation (EU) 1025/2012 on
European standardisation – Final report, p. 99, Publications Office of the European Union, 2025 (hereafter
Evaluation Study). 31 Ibid, pp. 100-101.
8
length remains incompatible with the speed of technological, industrial and innovative cycles,
and longer than that of the EU main international competitors32. The magnitude of delays and
their cost implications varies across sectors and products, and the available evidence does not
allow a systematic sector-by-sector quantification. The analysis therefore uses aggregated
evidence and conservative assumptions to characterise the scale of the problem.
Delays in delivering hENs are frequent, and their quality often fails to meet the requirements
set out in the request, especially in fast-moving technological fields such as AI, cybersecurity
and green technologies. Over the past 5 years, the Commission has repeatedly extended
deadlines for standardisation requests, amending 21 % of the adopted requests, thereby creating
uncertainty for businesses on when standards will be available33. For instance, the hENs
requested by the Commission to support the AI Act34 are delayed by at least two years and have
not been delivered yet, while standards supporting the Cyber Resilience Act (CRA)35 are also
expected to be delivered after the deadline. In another strategic area like raw materials, despite
clear targets set by the EU Battery Regulation36 and standardisation intentions of the Critical
Raw Materials Act37, the adoption of requests is late. As the High-Level Forum on European
Standardisation (HLF)38 highlighted, standardisation in these fields is essential to ensure a
global level playing field, improve transparency across the value chain and strengthen the
Union’s strategic autonomy. Such delays hinder the EU ability to meet its regulatory targets
and weaken its position in global value chains. The situation is similar in the field of medical
devices, where the delivery of standards has been postponed by at least four years.
The delays and uncertainty as to when hENs will be delivered by the ESS impose additional
compliance costs on businesses, in particular SMEs. When hENs are unavailable, businesses
must rely on more costly third-party conformity assessments39: businesses spend between EUR
30 000 and EUR 80 000 a year per undertaking on the services of notified bodies40. The 2023
impact assessment for the revision of the Toy Safety Directive estimated that on average
EUR 500 is required per new toy model for self-certification based on a hEN, and EUR 1 000
for a conformity assessment by a third-party41 – an estimate significantly higher for more
32 ASTM International, a US standardisation organisation, claims an average standard development time of 18
months for a new standard and less than 6 months for revisions of existing standards (ASTM International, How
are ASTM standards developed?, 2025). IEEE, an international association developing standards, has conducted
nearly one revision per year of the IEEE 802.11 standards on wireless local area networks, compared with only 9
revisions in 21 years for comparable European standards. 33 Commission analysis based on eNorm. 34 Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 laying down
harmonised rules on artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence Act), OJ L, 2024/1689, 12.7.2024. 35 Regulation (EU) 2024/2847 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2024 on horizontal
cybersecurity requirements for products with digital elements, OJ L, 2024/2847, 20.11.2024. 36 Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 2023 concerning batteries
and waste batteries, OJ L 191, 28.7.2023, pp. 1–117. 37 Regulation (EU) 2024/1252 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 April 2024 establishing a
framework for ensuring a secure and sustainable supply of critical raw materials, OJ L 1252, 3.5.2024. 38 HLF, Workstream 15 on Critical Raw Materials - conclusions and recommendations. 39 The availability of a hENs does not automatically exempt a product from undergoing a third-party conformity
assessment as it can be a requirement for certain categories of risky or complex products. However, even in those
cases, the assessment cost becomes substantially lower as it only concerns conformity with the hEN rather than
conformity directly with the essential requirements. 40 Notified bodies services are independent conformity assessment activities (testing, inspection, and certification)
performed by designated organisations to verify that products meet EU regulatory requirements. Data sourced
from the Evaluation Study. 41 SWD(2023) 269 final, 28.6.2023.
9
complex products. The difference in costs between self-certification and certification by
notified bodies is reinforced by the very limited costs of a hEN, between EUR 100 and EUR 120
on average across the EU42. Overall, the Evaluation estimates an average cost saving for each
undertaking of EUR 3 700 per hEN used for conformity assessment43.
Beyond the financial burden on businesses, non-availability of hENs can also slow
developing and scaling of innovative solutions, weaken the EU ability to respond to global
technological developments and emerging risks, as well as undermine its role as global
standard-setter44. In sectors like unmanned aircraft systems, only one of eight requested hENs
was available before the transition deadline, forcing manufacturers to rely on more lengthy and
costly third-party conformity assessments. The Radio Equipment Directive’s cybersecurity
requirements required a postponed application date because the underlying hENs were not
ready in time. These delays leave room to more agile and active SDOs to influence the
international standardisation process45.
In the Open Public Consultation (OPC) for this IA, 66 % of participants (397 out of 599)
reported to have encountered situations in which hENs were not available or made available
with delays. 49 % (296 out of 599) agreed that hENs sufficiently reflect the state of the art.
2.1.2. Problem 2: lack of balanced stakeholder participation challenges quality
of standards
The Evaluation highlights insufficient participation of SMEs, civil society, academia and
research organisations in the standardisation process46. This affects the functioning of the
ESS, including the quality of hENs and their timely delivery, as standardisation significantly
benefits from the participation of societal stakeholders to enhance its legitimacy, acceptability
and relevance47. The lack of diverse input can also hinder the development of inclusive and
forward-looking standards. While the introduction of the Annex III organisations48 in the
Standardisation Regulation has improved inclusiveness at EU level, this has not always
translated into effective participation and influence, in particular at national level. The
Evaluation found that representation remains insufficient for civil society organisations, SMEs
and research organisations, especially in areas with significant societal implications, such as
accessibility, fundamental rights and AI, or where competing technologies are still under
consideration, including where newcomers or smaller organisations seek to contribute49. People
with disabilities continue to face barriers to participation, and accessibility considerations are
not always adequately reflected in the standardisation process.
The Evaluation’s public consultation confirmed these concerns, with stakeholders indicating
that reliance on industry technical expertise may not sufficiently address public-interest
42 The average price of a hEN has been provided by the ESOs and NSBs at the NSB workshop. It is an average
across Member States. Most companies however buy standards via subscription models. 43 Evaluation, p. 48. 44 Evaluation and Draghi Report – The Future of European competitiveness (2024). 45 India and China SDOs claim development times of less than 18 months; China reported meeting this timeframe
for ultra-high-definition video technology, green computing and the Internet of Things standards. 46 Evaluation, p. 67. 47 Impact assessment study, p. 16. 48 The Annex III organisations are: ETUC representing social interests, ANEC representing consumers, ECOS
representing environmental interests and SBS representing SMEs. They are eligible to Union financing under
Article 16 of the Standardisation Regulation to represent their interest in the EU standardisation process. 49 Evaluation, p. 32.
10
considerations, which are essential for hENs. In practice, large companies tend to dominate
technical work, particularly in complex fields such as data governance or environmental
labelling, where participation requires specialist knowledge50 and engagement at national,
European and international levels. This can limit the diversity of expertise and reduce the
relevance, legitimacy and acceptability of standards51 – further discouraging SMEs from
participating in the process as standard deliverables are less adapted to their specific needs.
Empirical evidence from the Evaluation’s public consultation shows that 39 % of respondents
strongly agreed and 42 % agreed that promoting stakeholder engagement to ensure standards
meet market and consumer needs is essential for the ESS’s strategic goals. Empirical research
on standardisation governance supports a direct link between participation and standards
quality52. Empirical evidence on environmental governance also shows that stakeholder
participation has a measurable positive effect on governance outcomes, with the representation
of non-economic interests, including civil society, being associated with stronger outcomes,
while the concentration of economic interests is associated with weaker ones53.
Stakeholder participation also affects the timeliness of hEN delivery in different ways. Broader
participation can lengthen some phases of the process because it requires reconciling a wider
range of views. At the same time, excluding key specific expertise can cause delays in the
standardisation process, as seen for the standard for equestrian helmets (EN 1384), where
insufficient input from consumer associations led to very long duration of standardisation (over
10 years). Thus, while broader participation may extend certain phases, ultimately, it can also
support more efficient and widely accepted outcomes.
Furthermore, the growing lack of experts available to engage in standardisation has become a
concerning trend in Europe. This is driven by several factors, including an ageing workforce, a
gradual loss of expertise, a declining willingness of EU industry to invest time and resources
into standardisation activities as well as an insufficient number of EU firms active in specific
technological fields54. This issue has been formally recognised at policy level: 22 Member
States and 26 member organisations of the HLF signed a pledge in 2023 to contribute to the
education of the new generation of European standardisation professionals55. In parallel,
industry associations have identified the lack of education, training and general awareness on
standardisation as key issues requiring attention56. Participation is further constrained by
limited incentives for the industry, in particular for SMEs facing resource constraints and for
which the expected costs to participate in standardisation outweigh the perceived benefits.
50 For case of ETSI, 27 % of its membership is made of SMEs (ETSI website). 51 Under-representation of those stakeholders leads to standards that lack legitimacy, risk reflecting narrow
interests and more susceptible to rejection or legal challenge. Impact assessment study, p. 16-17. 52 Wiarda, Doorn and Van de Kaa (2024), ranking eighteen criteria for the quality of standardisation processes,
find that diversity of participation is the single most important contributing factor to the quality of standardisation,
ahead of all other criteria tested. Wiarda, M., Doorn, N. and Van de Kaa, G. (2024), Towards responsible
standardisation: investigating the importance of responsible innovation for standards development, Technology
Analysis & Strategic Management. 53 Newig, J., Jager, N.W., Challies, E. and Kochskämper, E. (2023), Does stakeholder participation improve
environmental governance? Evidence from a meta-analysis of 305 case studies, Global Environmental Change.
Beyond standardisation specifically, the broader governance literature supports that inclusive stakeholder
engagement improves the quality of regulatory and rule-making processes: the OECD finds that meaningful
consultation strengthens the evidence base available to decision-makers and improves both the legitimacy and the
practical workability of resulting rules. OECD Regulatory Policy Outlook 2025. 54 Evaluation, p. 22 and 35. 55 HLF: Pledge on education & skills on standards. 56 Evaluation, p. 165.
11
In the OPC for this IA, the inclusiveness of the ESS is not perceived as the main challenge, as
the same high proportion of respondents (67 %, 401 out of 599) considered both the national
and the European level to be inclusive.
2.1.3. Problem 3: requirements for free access to hENs create uncertainty
regarding the sustainability of the ESS
Several judgments of the CJEU57 underlined that hENs,the references of which have been
published in the Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU), form part of EU law owing
to their legal effects58. Therefore, an overriding public interest justifies their disclosure, based
on the principles of the rule of law, transparency, openness and good governance59. As a result,
hENs may no longer be considered as purely technical documents aimed at facilitating
manufacturers’ access to the EU market: they are now recognised as documents which form
part of EU law and must be freely accessible. The CJEU recently held that the same rationale
should apply to standards which are directly referenced in the OJEU60.
These requirements to provide free access to hENs may challenge the financial equilibrium
of the ESS,and in particular of CEN/CENELEC and its member NSBs, whichcontribute to
developing hENs in exchange for the exclusive right to sell them in the EU – see Annex 8.
While the members of CEN/CENELEC operate on a not-for-profit basis, providing access to
hENs free of charge may lead to a decrease in their revenues and alter their business model,
limiting their ability to engage in standardisation activities to support Union legislation and
policy. ETSI is not directly impacted61, as all its standards are available free of charge for
consultation and download on its website. The assessment of this problem is affected by
significant data constraints, notably because key stakeholders seek to preserve the
confidentiality of business information and NSBs do not specifically track sales of hENs. The
analysis therefore relies on data collected through bilateral exchanges, interviews and validation
workshops with stakeholders.
The negative effects on the functioning of the ESS have already been noticeable,
particularly in relation to international standardisation organisations. Indeed, CEN/CENELEC
submitted no new hENs based on ISO and IEC international standards to the Commission for
assessment62 between May 2024 and October 2025 (for ISO) and between March 2024 and
January 2026 (for IEC). This interruption was directly linked to uncertainties regarding the
impact that disclosing their standards in line with the judgements of the CJEU would have on
ISO and IEC. As a result, delays in the implementation of EU legislation arose, creating
uncertainty for manufacturers on how to demonstrate compliance with EU legislation, for
example in the field of medical devices.
57 James Elliott Construction Limited v Irish Asphalt Limited, C-613/14 and Public.Resource.Org and Right to
Know v Commission, C-588/21 P. 58 James Elliott Construction, C-613/14, paragraph 40. 59 Public.Resource.Org and Right to Know v Commission, C-588/21 P, paragraph 89. 60 Judgment of 21 April 2026, Nederlandse Voedsel- en Warenautoriteit and Others, C-155/24,
ECLI:EU:C:2026:327, paragraphs 34 to 38. 61 ETSI is financed by membership fees – see Annex 8. 62 CEN-CENELEC may adopt ISO/IEC standards as hENs and submit them to the Commission for assessment,
ensuring alignment between hENs and existing global standards for efficiency and coherence.
12
In the OPC for this IA, only 40 % of participants indicated that it is not difficult to identify the
legally relevant content of a hEN63 (240 out of 599), the parts of hENs that cover the essential
requirements set out in sectoral legislation.
2.1.4. Problem 4: Diminishing global position and relevance of EU standards
challenge EU competitiveness
Standards can be an essential instrument of international competitiveness.Countries or
regions that project their national standards to the international stage at an early stage can gain
a competitive advantage by influencing global markets towards their own native technology,
especially in emerging markets. For instance, China’s growing influence in ISO’s committees,
allows it to shape global rules to favour its technologies and create lock-in effects in emerging
markets through its 90 Belt and Road agreements64. At the same time, fragmentation of
standards may act as a trade barrier for companies, especially for SMEs. According to the World
Bank, nearly 90 % of world trade is now shaped by non-tariff measures, mostly linked to
standards – up from 15 % in the late 1990s65.
This is reflected in the strategy of several jurisdictions that prioritise standardisation as an
instrument of their competitiveness and national security agenda.In 2021, China issued an
ambitious Standardisation Strategy66, integrated into its Belt and Road Initiative, whereas in
2023, the US published its National Standards Strategy for Critical and Emerging Technology,
and revised its United States Standards Strategy in early 202667. The US reaffirmed that US
standards should “drive the world forward” in AI, biotech and quantum computing, which it
identified as “core, vital national interests”68. Similarly, the EU fosters the strategic use of
standards to support its international competitiveness and technological sovereignty, a key
objective of its 2022 Standardisation Strategy.
While the EU maintains strong participation in international standardisation organisations
(ISOs), its influence is gradually fading, particularly in key emerging technologies. The
European and international standardisation systems are tightly connected: CEN aligns over one-
third and CENELEC more than 80% of their standards with ISO and IEC (see Annex 11) 69.In
2025, NSBs from EU Member States held the secretariat of 300 technical committees (TCs)
and sub-committees (38 % of the total in ISO, slightly below the 40 % in 201070). However,
the EU only holds two out of eleven secretariats for the strategic technologies identified in the
Competitiveness Compass as “the technologies that will matter for tomorrow’s economy”71.
Stakeholders also noted China’s growing influence in ISOs through the active participation of
63 Only certain sections of hEN may be relevant to the essential requirements set out in sectoral legislation. These
sections are usually identified in the Annex Z of the hEN, which was introduced in 2015. 64 Standardisation with Chinese Characteristics? The Missing Pillar in Rebooting Europe’s Industrial Policy,
CKN & Clingendael Report, 2025 65 Standard for Development Overview, World Bank Development Report 2025. 66 Outline for the Development of National Standardization, Beijing, 2021. 67 United States Government National Strategy for Critical and Emerging Technology, May 2023; United States
Standards Strategy 2025. 68 National Security Strategy of the USA, November 2025. 69 CEN CENELEC in figures - Quarterly, 2026 Q1 70 ISO in Figures. 71 A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, p. 5. The technologies identified are AI, semiconductor and quantum
technologies, advanced materials, biotechnologies, clean energy technologies, robotics, space technologies,
connected and autonomous mobility.
13
its experts72. Thus, the EU’s limited influence in emerging technologies, coupled with the
primacy of international standards, could impair its ability to protect its values, interests, and
competitiveness. This decline thus risks directly affecting the ESS.
In the OPC for this IA, more than half of the respondents (65 %, 391 out of 599) believe that
the EU has a strong influence on standardisation internationally, with trade unions being the
only stakeholder group in which respondents opposed to this view.
2.2. What are the problem drivers?
The problem tree in Figure 1 below summarises the problems, drivers and consequences.
Figure 1: Problem tree
2.2.1. Drivers related to Problem 1
Driver 1.1: Lengthy standard development time at each step of the process
The current lack of responsiveness of the ESS lies first and foremost in the current average
delivery time of 6 years for hENs, which is too long to cope with the speed of technological,
industrial and innovative cycles. The Evaluation highlights that the speed of the standardisation
process is hampered at all steps of the process: in the policy phase, covering the adoption of
standardisation requests by the Commission, in the delivery phase, covering the acceptance of
standardisation requests and the drafting of the standards by ESOs, and in the publication
phase, covering submission by ESOs and the publication in the OJEU, including the
compliance assessment by the Commission services.
Figure 2 summarises the key factors; Annex 9 provides a detailed analysis of each factor.
Figure 2: Process for adopting a hEN and key drivers for duration73
72 Targeted interviews with representatives of ESOs, NSBs and the industry. 73 Commission analysis based on the Evaluation, p. 28.
14
Driver 1.2: Lack of flexibility and accountability of the ESS
Another driver of slow standard delivery isthe limited flexibility provided by the current legal
framework.The Commission may only address standardisation requests to ESOs, which in
effect often means a single option as each of the ESOs has specific sectoral expertise. This
exclusive reliance on ESOs can become a bottleneck, especially in niche or highly innovative
sectors where they have limited expertise and where other SDOs are better placed to draft
technical specifications rapidly. In specific sectors, the only way for ESOs to deliver on
standardisation requests is to establish partnerships with other standards development bodies
like ASD-STAN for aerospace and drones, ESA for space or W3C for eAccessibility74 to
integrate their standards into ESOs’ standards (see Annex 13).
Moreover, the Commission has limited options to change the course of a request that will be
late or whose outcome is expected to be of insufficient quality75. There is also no mechanism
to foster standardisation when the consensus building process is blocked for other reasons
(diverging commercial interests, technical difficulties to translate essential requirements)76.
When the ESOs fail to deliver hENs, the only alternative is for the Commission to develop and
adopt CS. However, this possibility does not exist for all legislation relying on hENs, although
the Omnibus IV will increase this possibility.
The lack of flexibility of the ESS is compounded by the lack of accountability and
transparency on the status and performance at each stage of the process. No joint monitoring
tool between the ESOs and the Commission exists to date. While the Commission and ESOs
74 ASD-STAN (Association des industries aérospatiales et de défense de l'Europe – Normalisation) is the
aeronautics and defence industry association. ESA is the European Space Agency and W3C is the WorldWideWeb
Consortium. 75 This has for instance been the case in the standardisation process supporting the IA Act and the CRA. The
Commission fostered the acceleration of the process with the only tool at its disposal by financing the participation
of experts. It awarded grants to support standardisation process through the SMP, the StandICT.eu project and the
CYBERSTAND project. 76 One such example is the difficulty to agree on an international standard for Megawatt Charging Systems for
recharging heavy-duty vehicles. Consensus on an international standard was blocked by diverging technical
proposals based on different commercial interests, with the proposal made by EU and US stakeholders competing
with a different solution proposed by Japan and China.
Delivery phase:
Offering of the standard
Publication phase:
Referencing of the
standard
1.7 years 3.2 years 1.2 years
• Heavy procedural
requirements
• Long negotiations between
Commission and ESOs
• Lack of anticipation and
planning
• Difficulties in reaching
consensus
• Lack of experts / gaps in
technical knowledge
•
•
•
15
have initiated this work following a joint Task Force77, supporting IT tools are not yet fully
operational. Moreover, beyond the legal deadline set out to ESOs for the delivery of hENs,
there are no binding nor indicative deadlines on the different steps of the process, which makes
performance management difficult and leads to uncertainty on whether and when hENs would
be available. The adoption of standardisation requests can also be delayed by lack of
anticipation and planning, such as the insufficient upstream coordination between research
and innovation activities and standardisation processes – resulting in fragmented technical
approaches and limited readiness for consensus-building when standards are needed.
Driver 1.3: Low compliance of submitted hENs
One of the root causes of delays is the frequent misalignment of standards delivered by
ESOs with the legal requirements laid down in EU legislation as set out in the standardisation
requests, leading to high rejection rates (65 % at first review, 32 % at publication stage). These
compliance failures trigger repeated revision cycles, additional scrutiny, and prolonged
discussions between the Commission, HAS consultants78, experts and ESOs (see Annex 9 for
more details on low compliance and its root causes).
Contributing to these failures arediffering interpretations of essential requirements, insufficient
legal guidance during drafting, ESO internal procedures that hinder late revisions and technical
experts’ difficulties with hEN formal requirements79.The frequently long formal objection
procedure, whereby Member States can challenge the compliance of hENs with essential
requirements after they have been referenced, also adds to the uncertainty on the quality and
validity of hEN80.
Driver 1.4: Limited digitalisation
The lack of digitalisation of the standardisation process is a lost opportunity to speed up each
stage of the process. Although new ICT tools have been introduced by ESOs and NSBs, many
drafting, commenting and editorial tasks continue to be done with traditional software rather
than through collaborative digital platforms. Lack of a full digital lifecycle (editable formats,
modern commenting, integrated review workflows) slows drafting and makes roles such as
rapporteurs and editors less efficient. The Commission has digitalised its standardisation
request process through the introduction of the eNorm platform, to ensure that the entire
regulatory chain is traceable, searchable and interoperable.
2.2.2. Drivers related to Problem 2
Driver 2.1: High barriers to participation of SME and civil society
Despite the formal mechanisms for participation introduced by the Standardisation Regulation,
the actual participation of SMEs and societal stakeholders remains limited, particularly at
national level where EU-like regulation mandating inclusiveness does not systematically exist.
77 The ESOs-European Commission-EFTA Taskforce on “Timely European Standards for a Green and Digital,
Single and Global Market” delivered its conclusions on October 2023. 78 Harmonised Standards consultants: external technical experts who support the Commission in assessing the
compliance of hENs with the essential requirements. 79 Impact assessment study, p. 13. 80 Evaluation, p. 27 and 35. Between 2014 and 2024, Member States filed 41 formal objections, 22 % of which led
to restrictions (hence a limitation of the scope of applicability of the hEN). The mechanism functions slowly
requiring on average 21 months before certainty on the hEN is provided to stakeholders.
16
A 2025 Eurobarometer survey81 of over 17 000 EU SMEs identified three main barriers: lack
of resources, complexity and a perceived lack of influence.
The costs of participation remain one of the main barriers. The HLF estimated that
participation in standards-development activities can take from 25 to 30 working man-days a
year per company, a time and resource investment which is generally too high for SMEs82. The
Evaluation estimated the average annual cost of participating in standardisation activities
between EUR 60 000 and EUR 160 000 for an SME83. Moreover, financial support for SMEs
participation in standardisation is limited and uneven across Member States84.The most
common form of support is generally ad hoc, through facilitated access to mirror committees
at national level and invitation to specific TCs meetings (60 %)85; SME awareness of these
mechanisms remains low, particularly for government-led schemes86.This cost-constraint also
applies to civil society organisations and research and innovation actors.
The complexity of the standardisation process is also a specific challenge for SMEs.The
development of standards requires several consecutive rounds of drafting, technical validation
and public inquiry to harmonise the conflicting commercial and legal interests of diverse
stakeholders. The process requires highly specialised expertise and long-term coordination –
often spanning several years – to ensure specifications are technically sound, legally compliant
and interoperable across markets. For SMEs, this complexity is particularly daunting, as the
sheer number of procedural steps and extensive idle periods often exceed their more limited
administrative capacity.
Lastly, the perceived lack of influence of SME and civil society on the standardisation
process discourage their participation.WhileAnnex III organisations contribute to
standardisation in CEN and CENELEC through formal opinion on final draft standards during
the enquiry and voting stage, they have no formal vote in decision-making procedure. At ETSI
however, they participate as full members: they have direct access to ETSI documents, can take
part in the standardisation meetings and can vote on standardisation drafts, although they are
usually outnumbered by the votes from the industry, which represents the majority of ETSI’s
members. The lack of influence of Annex III organisations is amplified by the fragmented
approach at national level: between 25 % and 50 % of NSBs still do not have formal
mechanisms to involve societal stakeholders87. They face even more difficulties to take part in
standardisation at international level, which can heavily influence EU standardisation.
Driver 2.2: Lack of skilled standardisation experts
The shortage of skilled standardisation experts is hampering stakeholders’ participation and
limits the development and maintenance of high-quality standards. The Evaluation Study
identifies the ageing profile of technical expertsas a key structural factor affecting the ESS88.
Assuming a retirement age of 67, approximately one quarter of the current expert pool will have
81 Flash Eurobarometer Survey 559 - Startups, scaleups and entrepreneurship (2025) 82 High Level Forum on European Standardisation, Workstream 3 Report on NSB Peer Review. 83 Evaluation, p. 46. 84 Impact Assessment study, p. 16. 85 High Level Forum on European Standardisation, Workstream 3 Report on NSB Peer Review (including SMEs
and civil society inclusiveness), p. 9. 86 Ibid, p. 10. 87 Evaluation Study, p. 83-84. 88 Ibid, p. 35.
17
to be replaced by 203089.This demographic imbalance creates challenges for the ESOs, notably
in mobilising sufficiently specialised expertise for emerging or highly technical sectors.
The insufficient integration of researchers is another explanation of the insufficient
participation of skilled standardisation experts.Despite recent efforts by ESOs to strengthen
engagement with the research community, participation remains limited due to the cost–
incentive imbalance faced by researchers90. Barriers are similar to those faced by SMEs and
Annex III organisations, including high participation costs, but also include limited professional
incentives and recognition of researchers' contribution to standardisation-related activities in
academic career frameworks, despite the relevance of standardisation for the valorisation of
research results. ESOs have implemented measures to facilitate researchers’ participation,
notably project liaison mechanisms enabling researchers to participate in TCs, horizontal
groups on pre-normative research, dedicated research helpdesks, support staff, online
repositories and enhanced cooperation with the Joint Research Centre91. The Multi-stakeholder
Platform on ICT standardisation also set up a R&I Task Force linking research, innovation and
standardisation. However, available evidence suggests that these measures have had a limited
overall impact. The evaluation highlighted that 41 % of stakeholders did not perceive an
improvement in researcher participation, while 75 % of responding research organisations
considered that the Standardisation Regulation has not been sufficient in ensuring their effective
involvement92. The main underlying factors identified include the complexity of standardisation
processes, the financial burden associated with access to standards and participation (including
travel costs), and the time commitment required for meaningful engagement93.
2.2.3. Drivers related to Problem 3
Driver 3.1: Evolving requirements for access to standards
The judgments of the CJEU as regards the legal nature of standards in EU law have had a
significant impact on the functioning of the ESS, and in particular on CEN and CENELEC and
their member NSBs, which had to develop readability platforms to allow the public to freely
consult hENs. The CJEU did not specify how hENs should be disclosed, notably whether they
should be available for consultation or download and if access concerns the entire standard or
only the legally relevant part. Similar questions remain for directly referenced standards, as free
access to those must be “general, effective, without charge, and non-discriminatory”94. The
uncertainty regarding the appropriate conditions to provide access to hENs is reinforced by the
fact that operational solutions implemented by CEN, CENELEC and the Commission through
readability platforms are being challenged in Court. Opponents argue that these solutions fall
short of the requirements stemming from the principles of rule of law and transparency95, and
that hENs should be made directly and systematically available.
Another consequence of the judgments of the CJEU is the need for greater transparency of
the standardisation process for legislative and policy purposes. Standards forming part of EU
law should be developed along the principles of transparency, openness and good governance.
89 European standardisation panel survey – Final report (2024), p. 21. 90 Evaluation Study, p. 118. 91 Evaluation Study, p. 84-85. See JRC on the Putting Science into Standards initiative. 92 Evaluation, p. 34. 93 Evaluation Study, p. 118. 94 Judgment of 21 April 2026, Nederlandse Voedsel- en Warenautoriteit and Others, C-155/24, para. 38. 95 T-581/24 Public.Resource.Org, Inc. and Right to Know CLG v Commission; T-53/25, Public.Resource.Org and
Right to Know v Commission
18
However, despite some improvements brought by the Standardisation Regulation, the ESS
remains opaque as regards voting patterns, the position of different contributors as well as the
interests represented in the development of hENs. The absence of systematic reporting on
reconciling divergent views or the integration of public interest considerations further
exacerbates this perception of opacity. Following a complaint from a non-governmental
organisation, the European Ombudsman launched an inquiry in 202596 regarding the process
for adopting hENs supporting the AI Act. The complainant was concerned that the Commission
failed to take sufficient steps to ensure these standards are “adopted in a transparent manner
and that the process is subject to accountability”.
Driver 3.2: Reliance of the ESS on the sales of hENs
The challenges regarding the sustainability of the ESS are compounded by the impact of free
access to hENs on the financing of the CEN and CENELEC. hENs, as any standard adopted
by CEN and CENELEC, are sold by NSBs. While CEN and CENELEC and their member NSBs
have diverse business models and funding sources (industry participation fees, public subsidies,
revenues stemming from other activities such as accreditation or training), most of them rely
on the sales of standards to generate revenues and to partly finance the standardisation process
in their Member State.
Providing access to hENs through the readability portals has so far had limited effects on the
revenues of NSBs. The number of requests for access to standards to the Commission surged
since March 2024, with over 850 requests97, out of which 80 % concerned hENs. In practice,
out of the total portfolio of close to 3 100 hENs, access has been requested to 812 of them (26 %
of the total). NSBs have mentioned that no visible decrease in their revenues was observed
since March 202498. Nevertheless, they had to incur investments to set up the platforms to
provide free access to standards99. The limited impact until now can be explained by the
restrictive conditions under which access is granted to hENs (read-only, on-demand), the lack
of awareness that these standards are freely accessible and, more importantly, by the fact that
the main users of hENs (businesses) prefer to pay for having full access to the hENs they need,
often as part of commercial packages covering the entire portfolio offered by the NSBs.
However, NSBs are worried that the revenue stream stemming from their sales of hENs could
decrease more significantly or even disappear as awareness of the possibility to consult hENs
for free gains ground100.NSBs’ legal forms and business models vary widely, as do their
revenues and scope of activities (see Annex 8).The Commission has tried to identify, in close
cooperation with the NSBs, their dependency on the sales of hENs. NSBs do not specifically
track the sales of hENs, notably because many of them rely on a dual selling system based on
subscriptions (yearly fee to access the entire standards database) and individual sales of
standards101. Overall, it is estimated thatthe total sales of hENs by NSBs in the EU represents
96 Case 1974/2025/MIK of 26.09.2025, How the European Commission ensures transparency, inclusiveness and
accountability in the adoption of hENs related to artificial intelligence, European Ombudsman. 97 The Commission received over 300 requests in 2024 from March onwards, over 450 requests in 2025 and over
100 in 2026 until April. 98 Targeted interviews with NSBs. 99 The Commission granted CEN and CENELEC close to EUR 5 million for the development of the platforms for
access to standards, starting in April 2024 and expected to be completed by March 2029. 100 Targeted interviews with NSBs. 101 Targeted interviews with NSBs.
19
around EUR 30 million per year,15 % of the total sales of standards in the EU by the NSBs102.
Given the diversity of business models of NSBs, their dependency on the sale of hENs varies
across the EU, ranging from 1 % to 10 % for larger NSBs that are engaged in multiple activities
to 20 % to 25 % for smaller NSBs more reliant on the sales of standards103. The magnitude of
the shock from free access to hENs on NSBs’ revenues thus depends heavily on the structure
of each NSB and its ability to generate revenues beyond the sales of hENs.
2.2.4. Drivers related to Problem 4
Driver 4.1: More geo-economic competition from third countries
Data from the AFNOR international barometer104 indicate a rise in Asia’s influence in global
TCs and working groups over the past decade. While Europe has traditionally dominated these
activities and still maintains a strong presence, also through its cooperation programmes and
free trade agreements, there has been a marked increase in participation from China, Japan and
South Korea. For instance, China's involvement in ISO committees surged significantly: the
number of TCs it led increased tenfold, while its participation in Working Groups grew by over
1 550 %105 – a rise mostly at the expense of the UK and the US. By 2025, China participated in
778 TCs, ranking as the highest globally, and managed 90 secretariats, trailing only Germany
and the US106.
The US, historically driven by a corporate-led standardisation model, maintains strong
influence through a mix of private-sector leadership and institutional representation: it holds
about 50 % of voting rights in 11 out of 39 international SDOs and 67 % of the IEEE Standards
Board membership, underlining its dominant position in core technical forums107. The US also
appears to be adopting a proactive approach to counter China's growing prominence, aiming to
safeguard its influence in critical technology sectors108. Despite this, the EU still leads in the
overall number of TCs and working groups at ISO, but the shifting dynamics underscore China's
expanding global influence and the US strategic interest in consolidating its position.
Driver 4.2: Lack of EU coordination
Recent research highlights that Europe is still a global standard maker, capable of providing a
significant competitive advantage to EU industry109. This position relies on the strong
connection between European NSBs and the global standardisation ecosystem, the quality of
the ESS as well as the collective relative weight of NSBs from the EU in ISOs.However,
limited coordination between EU actors in ISOs, across Member States, NSBs, the
Commission and European experts, hampers this position. European industry, Member States
102 Data based on submission by NSBs from CEN/CENELEC for the year 2025. This is in line with the share of
hENs the total portfolio of CEN/CENELEC (12 %). The share of hENs in new standards adopted by
CEN/CENELEC is however increasing over time and represents on average 17 % since 2019. 103 Annex 8 explains the methodology to estimate the sales of hENs by NSB belonging to CEN/CENELEC and
details the results while respecting confidentiality of the information provided by the NSBs. 104 AFNOR (2025), barometer international, Edition 2025. 105 The increasing dispute between USA and China over international standardization, Padula and Pizetta. 106 Standardisation with Chinese Characteristics?, CKN & Clingendael Report, July 2025. 107 Securing Global Standards for Innovation and Growth, Shivakumar (2022). The IEEE Standards Board
coordinates the development and revision of IEEE standards. 108 The geopolitics of technology standards: historical context for US, EU and Chinese approaches, Blancato et al.
(2024). 109 Loyau and Bijlmakers, Standards made in Europe for global use, p. 1334, Innovation: The European Journal
of Social Science Research, 2024.
20
and ESOs have expressed concern about lost opportunities linked to insufficient coordination
and sharing of information110. Before the creation of the HLF, there was no governance
structure that allowed ESOs, NSBs and Member States to exchange information and positions
on international standardisation matters, contrary to the discussions on European
standardisation that take place in the Committee of Standards. The need for more active
discussion on international standardisation matters has been reflected by the creation in 2026
within the HLF of a dedicated workstream on “Global standard setting and the EU position”.
While this represents a positive step forward, there is a general lack of awareness, training and
experience sharing across EU experts taking part in international standardisation activities111.
Last, there is no mechanism in the Standardisation Regulation to coordinate the
implementation of strategic autonomy objectives in standardisation and to address the
increased geopolitical and economic competition in international standardisation. Contrary to
existing possibilities in EU-funded research projects112, the Standardisation Regulation does
not include any mechanism to ensure standardisation in support of Union legislation and policy
is conducted by EU actors, nor the possibility to mandate ESOs to deviate from international
standards if such standards would be contrary to EU values and interest.
2.3. How likely are the problems to persist?
The structural problems and problem drivers set out above will remain and likely aggravate
failing strong policy action from the EU.
The difficulties of the ESS to deliver timely standards for legislation and policy purposes and
the lack of alternative options for the Commission will continue in the future in the absence of
any changes to the legal framework. The Standardisation Regulation, coupled with the case law
of the CJEU, embeds the lengthy and complex process for delivering standards to the
Commission. While increased cooperation with ESOs has led to improvements, the average
duration of the standardisation process is not expected to decrease significantly if no
changes are brought to the overall legal and administrative process. ESOs and the Commission
launched the joint EC/ESO/EFTA task force running over 2021-2023 to find operational
solutions to eliminate bottlenecks, maximise efficiency of processes on both sides, better
anticipate future standardisation needs and clarify respective roles and interactions. The Task
Force led to procedural improvements, notably the introduction of joint checklist for
standardisation requests and assessment of standards as well as to better integration of IT tools.
While this led to quality improvement and better cooperation between ESOs and the
Commission, this was insufficient to have measurable impact on the time needed to deliver
standards. Moreover, the Task Force identified 7 “fast-track” projects with the aim of ensuring
delivery in 18 months. However, the initial assessment is that the 18-month target will not be
met for most of these projects113.
110 Targeted interviews with NSBs, ESOs and five EU industry organisations. 111 Evaluation Study, p. 183. 112 Notably Article 22(5) of the Horizon Europe Regulation establishing the Horizon Europe Programme for
Research and Innovation, OJ L 170, 12.5.2021, pp. 1–68. 113 The 7 projects identified focusses on high priority standards from a policy perspective, in the field of cyber-
security, cyber resilience, trusted data and low carbon cement. The sensitivity and complexity of these technologies
make it very difficult to reach a fast consensus among the experts on the content of the standards, despite enhanced
cooperation with the Commission services introduced by the Task Force.
21
The insufficient participation of SMEs, civil society organisations, public authorities and
academia in standardisation remains a persistent issue, although the Standardisation Regulation
has delivered clear improvements compared to the pre-2012 framework. However, these
advances have primarily strengthened formal access, while effective and sustained participation
continues to be constrained by structural factors.
The uncertainty on the long-term sustainability of the ESS is also likely to persist.First,
several upcoming rulings by the CJEU are expected to shed light on whether the conditions
under which access is granted to hENs comply with the principles of the rule of law,
transparency, openness and good governance114. Second, while some NSBs have initiated steps
to decrease their financial reliance on the sales of hENs, some NSBs remain dependent on this
source of revenue to finance their standardisation activities and have limited opportunities to
identify alternative revenue sources115. The uncertainty regarding the financial sustainability of
the ESS also increases the risk that ESOs’ incentives to engage in the public/private partnership
for EU standardisation would decrease, thereby endangering the sustainability of the ESS in the
long run as well as the ability of the Union to rely on standards to support legislation and policy.
Last, the current trend of increasing international competition in the standardisation
process is likely to amplify as main actors plan to continue investing in standardisation (China,
the US) and other actors plan to increase their investments (e.g. India). The EU risks further
losing influence in the international standardisation system, impeding its competitiveness and
the ability to support its values in global standardisation systems.
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT?
3.1. Legal basis
The Standardisation Regulation’s legal basis is Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning
of the European Union for the adoption of measures for the approximation of the provisions
laid down by law, regulation or administrative action in Member States which have as their
object the establishment and functioning of the internal market.
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action
EU-level action is necessary to ensure an efficient and harmonised ESS that contributes
to the functioning and competitiveness of the internal market. The EU faces global
competition from other major economic blocs along with various other challenges and needs to
ensure that the internal market remains competitive, accessible, innovative and continues to
promote a level playing field.
Considering the role standards play in guaranteeing the interoperability and safety of products
and services within the EU internal market, improving the ESS responsible for developing
European standards at EU level is necessary. European standards are common across all
Members States and the EEA and significantly decrease the barriers within the internal market
as they foster inter-operability, value-chain integration as well as consumer confidence across
114 T-581/24 Public.Resource.Org, Inc. and Right to Know CLG v Commission, T-53/25, Public.Resource.Org and
Right to Know v Commission. 115 Targeted interviews with NSBs.
22
Member States. Moreover, the problems affecting the functioning of the ESS are of
common EU nature and shared by all Member States.
A cost-effective and timely standardisation system to support Union policy and legislation
is unattainable by Member States acting alone. In the absence of EU level action, the
identified problems would persist, as Member States are unable to enact the appropriate
measures to foster a resilient ESS that supports the internal market and maintains EU global
competitiveness. If no such action is taken, Member States might find alternative pathways to
foster national standardisation outside of the ESS. Fragmentation in approaches by different
national and sectoral actors would erect barriers to entry and risk creating inequalities within
the internal market. Last, the measures concern actors operating at EU level, therefore national
measures would not be able to coherently enact the necessary changes.
3.3. Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action
Action at EU level to tackle the identified problems would be conducive to a more harmonised,
effective, efficient and coherent outcome across the internal market in support of the broader
strategic objectives of the Union. It would address the shortcomings in the current ESS
framework in a comprehensive manner.
The Evaluation shows that the added value of the ESS lies in its contribution to increased intra-
and extra-EU trade, reduced compliance costs, increased influence on international
standardisation and improved inclusiveness in the development of standards, compared to
national systems. Standards are essential to the effective functioning of the internal market and
to EU competitiveness, technological sovereignty and ability to conduct the green and digital
transitions. EU action to improve the functioning of the ESS and address the problems identified
would improve the functioning of the internal market through faster and higher quality hENs
and create economies of scale for Member States, notably in ensuring the inclusiveness of the
standardisation process and in consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation.
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?
4.1. General objectives
Three general policy objectives have been identified for the revision of the Standardisation
Regulation to address the problems identified above, in line with the current objectives of the
Regulation as well as with the Union policy objectives.
Fostering global EU competitiveness and technological sovereignty
The ESS supports innovation and market access by providing a uniform technical
framework that fosters the adoption of innovation by market operators, ensures interoperability
and facilitates trade, allowing businesses to integrate new products into global supply chains
without facing unnecessary technical barriers while ensuring consumer trust in the products and
services. It can help EU technologies achieve first-mover advantages in global markets by
embedding EU-derived technical rules into international standards116. This is only possible,
however, if EU standardisation processes are sufficiently agile, inclusive and strategically
116 For example, China has been adopting several voluntary and mandatory national battery standards to support
its rapidly expanding industry – see analysis from SESEC, China Introduces Mandatory Battery and Vehicle
Standards with Implications for Foreign Stakeholders.
23
coordinated. Standards also prevent lock-in into proprietary solutions, often owned by non-EU
firms. This reduces barriers to export and allows European firms, including SMEs, to compete
more effectively against non-EU firms in strategic sectors. hENs also reduce dependency on
third-country technical regimes, thereby contributing to technological sovereignty, a central
thread of the Compass’s ambition to close the innovation gap and reduce external dependencies.
Ensuring the better functioning of the EU internal market
hENs eliminate technical barriers within the internal market by ensuring that products,
services and systems meeting these standards can circulate freely across all 27 Member States
while safeguarding a high level of consumer protection by embedding health and safety
requirements. This efficiency directly supports the Compass’s goal of removing barriers and
making it easier for companies, especially those operating across borders, to scale without
facing divergent national technical requirements, which requires the timely availability, legal
robustness and consistent application of hENs across Member States.
Reducing regulatory costs for EU businesses, in particular SMEs
hENs are a key simplification tool for businesses as they clarify technical expectations for
compliance with EU legislation. They reduce the need for bespoke compliance solutions and
lower the cost and complexity of conformity assessments. This aligns with the Compass’s target
of cutting regulatory costs, in particular for SMEs. Inclusive standardisation processes leading
to quality hENs can reduce legal uncertainty and the need for multiple national assessments.
4.2. Specific objectives
To achieve these objectives, the revision of the Regulation should address the problems and
their drivers identified in section 2. Three specific objectives have been identified.
Specific Objective 1: Improving the responsiveness of the ESS
This first specific objective focuses on the performance of the ESS. Improving its
“responsiveness” aims at addressing the persistently slow and uneven delivery of hENs, by
making the system faster, simpler and more agile. From an operational perspective, this means
(i) ensuring standards are delivered on time to support EU legislation; (ii) increasing the
overall speed of standardisation in support of EU legislation and policy; (iii) increasing the
flexibility of the ESS to increase reactivity and avoid bottlenecks, and (iv) increasing the
quality of standards, closer to the state of the art.
Specific Objective 2: Ensuring the a financially viable and inclusive ESS
The second specific objective focuses on the functioning of the system, ensuring that relevant
stakeholders actively participate in the process and that rules for access to standards with a legal
effect are stable and predictable and allow for the ESS to continue delivering standards for
Union legislation and policy purpose. From an operational perspective, this means (i) increasing
the incentives for SMEs to participate in the ESS, (ii) improving the inclusiveness of the
ESS for civil society stakeholders, (iii) ensuring continuous incentives for industry and
experts to participate in standardisation, (iv) ensuring the financial sustainability of the ESS
and (v) ensuring free access to standards and providing public information on standards-
development processes. Specific Objective 2 thus aims to address two problems identified in
the Evaluation and in the section 2 of the IA: the lack of balanced stakeholder participation and
uncertainty regarding the sustainability of the ESS linked to the new requirements for free
access to standards. The two problems are linked because they both affect the financial viability
24
of the NSBs. Legal requirements as regards free access to hENs impact the revenues of NSBs
and the financial incentives of ESOs and NSBs to develop and deliver hENs. The financial
sustainability of the NSBs is also closely linked to its inclusiveness as fostering stakeholder
participation in the standardisation process is important part of the costs of NSBs and the
functioning of the ESS. The direct link between financial sustainability and inclusiveness is
also highlighted by the Union’s financial support to the ESS that is directed either at financial
sustainability (financing of ESOs’ operating grants) or at inclusiveness (financing of Annex III
organisations and of industry participation in the standardisation process).
Specific Objective 3: Consolidating the EU influence in international standardisation
The third specific objective aims at consolidating the EU position in international
standardisation, in light of increasing geopolitical strategic competition and of the importance
of international standards for the competitiveness of EU industry. From an operational
perspective, this means (i) improving coordination and participation of EU actors in
international standardisation, and (ii) fostering the ability of the EU to maintain its strategic
autonomy in standardisation.
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS?
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed?
The baseline scenario is based on the existing Standardisation Regulation. It is a “no-
policy-change” scenario: it assumes that non-legislative changes and relevant legislative
initiatives either adopted or proposed are implemented, i.e. the Omnibus IV (expected adoption
in 2026). A description of the current governance and resources in the Commission for
European standardisation is provided in Annex 12. No improvement to the situation identified
in Section 2 is expected, apart from three measures described below, impacting responsiveness
and sustainability of the ESS.
ESO-driven digitalisation of the ESS
While the ESS has traditionally relied on the production and use of human-readable, document-
based standards, ESOs are currently working on digitalising both the standardisation
process, through the Online Standard Development project (OSD) and its deliverables,
through the SMART (Standard Machine Applicable Readable Transferable) project117. The
objective is to move from document-centric to data-centric standards118. Expected benefits
include faster collaboration, automation and iteration, reducing the time needed to resolve
comments119, improved quality through the facilitation of knowledge transfer between research
projects and standardisation bodies, reduced human error, and simplified exchanges and quality
checks120. Moreover, digitalisation is expected to foster the inclusiveness of the standardisation
process by decreasing the costs to participate, notably cutting travel costs to take part physically
in TC meetings. The SMART project of CEN/CENELEC will also enable to develop value-
added services based on standards, such as. training, compliance support, process integration
117 Evaluation Study, p. 111. 118 Standards will become machine readable in a format that provides structured content that can be recognised
and validated by software. 119 Workshop with NSBs. 120 OSD could notably reduce manual extraction, decrease interpretation errors, improved traceability of
requirements for conformity assessment and enable earlier detection of non-compliance.
25
advice on how to apply standards or services to integrate standards in the activity of
customers121.
One of the main effects of the digitalisation process engaged by the ESOs will be to speed
up standardisation. CEN/CENELEC estimate development time could be cut by 25-50 %,
reaching 18-24 months versus the current 3-year average122. Considering that these projects are
on-going, the conservative lower end (-25 %) is retained for the baseline123. The targeted survey
to companies and industry associations confirms the potential of digitalisation: 82 % of
respondents saw digitalisation as contributing to the responsiveness of the ESS124.
The ambitious digitalisation of the ESS will require significant investments, mostly borne
by the ESOs and the NSBs. Through action grants under the Single Market Programme (SMP),
the Commission provided over EUR 1.1 million to finance the SMART and OSD projects until
end 2027125, and is in the process of financing a similar project for ETSI for EUR 0.4 million126.
The Commission also provided EUR 1.7 million127 to improve the ESOs’ IT systems and ensure
their interoperability with the eNorm system. The adjustment costs for the Commission itself
will be limited since investments have already been made to articulate the IT systems (the costs
of the eNorm system are EUR 1.0 million per year over 2025-2027).
Common specifications under Omnibus IV
The Omnibus IV proposal extends the possibility for the Commission to adopt CS to 13
Directives and 4 Regulations of the NLF128. With this proposal, 95 % of hENs would support
a legislation that includes the possibility to adopt CS, up from 50 % – see Annex 9. However,
effects will likely remain limited, as CS do not increase the speed of standardisation as they can
only be adopted when the ESOs are late or fail to deliver. CS have also until now very rarely
been used as a policy tool129. The main benefit is to increase legal certainty by ensuring market
operators can benefit from presumption of conformity even when the standardisation process is
blocked. It would in addition increase the incentives for ESOs and industry to deliver hENs as
the OPC for this IA shows that CS are not among the preferred solutions of stakeholders when
there are no hENs at the time of applicability of the legislation130.
Developing and adopting CS will incur additional administrative costs on the
Commission. It will have the responsibility to mobilise the relevant expertise to draft the CS,
121 The business-oriented benefit of smart standards in standard application processes, 2024, DIN and DKE.
Information retrieved from targeted interviews to NSBs. 122 Impact Assessment study, p. 32. 123 This assumption is reinforced by the results of the OPC, in which stakeholders identified risks in shifting work
to online platforms as this could disrupt the traditional way experts collaborate. 124 Targeted survey to companies and industry associations (203 respondents out of 247). 125 European Commission - Financial Transparency System. 126 The grant agreement supporting the ETSI project to start the process towards the implementation of smart
standards is expected to be signed in 2026 and shall last until 2028. 127 EUR 1.5 million for CEN/CENELEC and EUR 0.25 million for ETSI. European Commission - Financial
Transparency System. 128 See Annex 9 for more information about changes introduced by the Omnibus IV proposal regarding CS. 129 In recent years, the process to Commission adopted CS in the framework of the Medical Device and In Vitro
Medical Device Directives. CS were adopted after 3 to 5 years, showing that the drafting time is not shortened
compared to hEN. 130 Respondents to the OPC preferred using previous editions of standards (26 %, 83 out of 320), technical
specifications developed by ESOs (23%, 74 out of 320) or international standards (17 %, 54 out of 320) ahead of
CS (14 %, 45 out of 320). However, none of these options provides presumption of conformity.
26
notably through dedicated expert groups, and to assess if the CS accurately reflect essential
requirements. The impact would be proportional to the number of CS adopted as there are
limited economies of scale due to their technical nature. The industry would play a similar role
in developing CS as in the standardisation process and bear most of the costs by providing
resources and expertise.
Access to standards through readability platforms
The Commission, CEN-CENELEC and NSBs have cooperated to provide access to hENs free
of charge by creating European131 and national readability platforms132 that give read-only
access to hENs based on individual requests133. This has led to improved access to hENs for
industry, SMEs, and the general public, with limited direct effect on NSBs’ revenues.
Althoughthey have not been in place for a sufficient amount of time (2 years) to draw solid
conclusions, only 3 of 17 NSBs reported a meaningful use of their platform in terms of access
and loss of revenues134. The targeted survey with industry organisations and companies
indicated a very low awareness of such platforms as more than 82 % of respondents were
unaware of or rarely used the platform135. The limited impact on NSBs’ sales is also explained
by the fact that the price of hENs is not perceived as a barrier136. Thus, it is unlikely that the
current conditions of access to hENs affect NSBs revenues137.
The set-up of the readability platforms required significant initial investment from the
Commission, leveraging existing tools such as the EASE platform for access to documents and
the eNorm platform.The Commission also supported the financing of the ESOs and NSBs
platforms with a EUR 5.0 million action grant, running until end 2029138.
5.2. Description of the policy options
Three policy options are considered, while another one was discarded at an early stage.
Policy Option 1: a modernised ESOs’ monopoly retains the core structure of the current
ESS, with ESOs remaining the only standardisation organisations entitled to receive requests
from the Commission. Targeted improvements are introduced to enhance the responsiveness of
the ESS, ensure its sustainability and foster international influence. Policy Option 2: an ESS
centred on ESOs with new flexibilities retains ESOs as the cornerstone of the ESS but
introduces two key innovations:alternative routes for the Commission to request standards
and free and unrestricted access to hENs.Last, Policy Option 3: an open ESS managed by the
Commission marks a fundamental departure from the current ESS, replacing the ESOs’
131 eNorm Platform – Access to harmonised standards. 132 CEN/CENELEC has set up a portal that gives access to all the available national readability platforms:
https://harmonized.standards.eu/. 133 hENs are disclosed according under Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 on Access to Documents. The platforms
also grant access to standards directly referenced in Union legislation with a legal effect. 134 Targeted interviews with NSBs/NCs/NSOs. Impact for these NSBs was a 6 % decrease in sales of hENs. 135 Targeted survey with industry organisations and companies. 29 % (72 respondents out of 247) were unaware,
28 % consulted rarely (68 out of 247) and 25 % never (62 out of 247). 136 Targeted survey with industry organisations and companies. 5 SMEs respondents out of 108 declared to have
requested access when a standard was considered too expensive. 137 The impact on NSBs’ sales could gradually increase with increased awareness of the readability platforms.
However, standards are purchased once and not every year, hence the impact of access on revenues is not
cumulative. In the baseline, a no-revenue loss is assumed. 138 European Commission - Financial Transparency System
27
monopoly with a publicly managed system, in which the Commission can choose the most
relevant SDO for each request and publishes hENs in the OJEU.
Policy Option 1: Modernised ESOs’ monopoly
To address Objective 1 (improving responsiveness of the ESS), a first measure is to foster the
integration of publicly available specifications from other SDOs into the ESS (Measure
1.1). ESOs would be requested specifically in standardisation requests to incorporate high-
quality technical standards or standardisation deliverables developed by other SDOs. ESOs are
already developing this possibility under the PAS (Publicly Available Specification) process,
for which they enter into structural agreements with other SDOs on the integration of their
standards or technical specifications into their own standardisation process. This approach
would enable ESOs to better leverage technical expertise where it is available and closer to the
state of the art, thereby speeding up the standardisation process for critical technologies like AI,
cybersecurity, or clean technologies. An additional measure to improve responsiveness includes
the consolidation of the use of CS by the Commission into the Standardisation Regulation
(Measure 1.2). This will streamline the conditions of use and the process for the Commission
to develop CS when ESOs fail to deliver hENs on time or meet expected quality levels,
including by clarifying the interaction between CS and hENs and allowing the Commission to
build on existing ESO work to develop CS while ESOs continue to develop a hEN to replace
the CS. The option also introduces a presumption of conformity on a temporary basis for
standardisation deliverables other than standards (Measure 1.3). This measure enables
faster market access where hENs are still under development, but essential requirements can be
covered by a standardisation deliverable that has not yet reached the full consensus stage139.
The presumption of conformity would be time-limited and subject to the continuation of the
standardisation process with the objective of transforming the standardisation deliverable into
a hEN. To foster transparency and accountability within the ESS, this measure would improve
strategic planning of standardisation by improving the anticipation of standardisation needs
to support upcoming policies and legislation (Measure 1.4). This would notably take place
through a better articulation of short- and long-term standardisation needs in the Annual Union
Work Programme on European standardisation (AUWP) and through the introduction of KPIs
on the Commission’s and ESOs’ performance, including on timeliness, quality and stakeholder
participation. The introduction of deadlines for the Commission and ESOs would also further
increase transparency about the process, better planning and reduce unnecessary delays. This
will be complemented by the simplification of the legal process to deliver hENs (Measure
1.5). Binding deadlines at key steps in the process would be introduced to improve
predictability. The measure would also accelerate the decision-making process by removing
the requirement for comitology procedure for adopting standardisation requests, by
simplifying the process for formal objections to published hENs and by mandating the
submission of digital hENs and fostering their development using online tools. It would also
introduce a collective decision mechanism on formal objections to hENs to increase legal
certainty and reduce the average duration of the formal objection process.
For Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS),this option retains the current
system of readability platforms providing read-only access to hENs on request. This option
extends the requirements in Article 6 of the Standardisation Regulation applying to access to
139 Such standardisation deliverables could be adopted by ESOs faster through less procedural steps and even in
case no full consensus has been reached on all technical aspects, as long as a majority of stakeholders and NSBs
agree, similar to the process currently used for technical specifications. The standardisation deliverable would still
meet requirements of inclusiveness and transparency and cover the essential requirements.
28
SMEs to all civil society organisations to enhance their participation in the standardisation
process(Measure 1.6). These stricter requirements for NSBs would include financial
incentives, such as free access to draft and adopted standards or special rates for standardisation
activities, as well as procedural incentives, such as identifying relevant projects and allowing
participation without membership. This option also includes measures to increase incentives to
foster experts’ participation in standardisation, in particular targeted at the R&I community,
by increasing awareness of experts on the standardisation process and by better coordinating
public financial support (Measure 1.7). This would notably include greater awareness of
standardisation in research and academic curricula, recognition of pre-norms, closer links
between research results and standards development, free access for researchers to relevant
standards and draft standards, and awareness-raising also for industry experts, in particular
SMEs. Last, the option introduces transparency registers to allow the public identification of
interests represented and active in the standardisation process for hENs (Measure 1.8). ESOs
would be required to set up online transparency registers for this purpose.
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation), this option
introduces an EU-Member States coordination mechanism (Measure 1.9) to improve sharing
of information on international standardisation and foster more coherence of NSBs’ and EU
experts’ positions. This mechanism would include regular coordination meetings chaired by the
Commission to exchange on the EU perspective on key developments in ISO, IEC or ITU,
while NSBs would retain the independence of their vote. It would also include an information-
sharing mechanism between the Commission, ESOs and NSBs. The option would also clarify
the possibility to restrict participation in ESO TCs to EU/EEA actors in specific and
targeted cases involving sensitive sovereignty or strategic areas, such as defence or critical
technologies (Measure 1.10). Any such clarification would need to remain consistent with
WTO rules. The option otherwise maintains the baseline approach to international cooperation,
based on the “international first” principle.
Policy Option 2: An ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibility
To address Objective 1 (improving the responsiveness of the ESS), this option retains measures
1.1 to 1.5 introduced in Option 1. It adds the possibility for the Commission to directly send
standardisation requests to alternative SDOs other than the ESOs (Measure 2.1). The
Commission could address requests to other SDOs under specific conditions, such as when
ESOs decline a request, fail to meet deadlines or quality expectations, or when the Commission
considers that an alternative SDOs would be objectively more relevant after having consulted
the ESOs. To ensure sufficient quality of the provided standards and notably the inclusiveness
of the process conducted by alternative SDOs, the Commission would only be authorised to
rely on vetted SDOs that respect the WTO principles for standardisation, can ensure an
inclusive standardisation process and adequately represent EU interests. These vetted
organisations would have to comply with criteria inspired by the current Annex II of the
Standardisation Regulation. This measure would not eliminate the ESOs’ central role in the
ESS, as they would be consulted first on their ability to deliver hENs. As a significant departure
from current practice, standardisation requests to alternative SDOs would be consulted and
validated by Member States through the Comitology procedure, to ensure all national interests
are taken into account as alternative SDOs would not ensure the same formal representation of
national interests currently enabled by ESOs.
This option also introduces a Chief Standardisation Officer (CSO) in the Commission,
supported by an EU Expert Centre (Measure 2.2). The Centre would be tasked with
coordinating the expertise on standardisation in the Commission and with identifying and
29
managing standardisation requests to alternative SDOs. It would also help ensure that such
requests are aligned with EU priorities, implemented in a consistent manner, while supporting
the mobilisation of experts, the elaboration of common specifications and the coordination of
EU experts in international standardisation.
For Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS), this option introduces free
and unrestricted access to hENs (Measure 2.3). Access would be provided via a central
repository, which could be managed by ESOs, and / or by the Commission140, through an online
portal. Unlike Option 1, which only provides on-demand, read-only access upon request, this
option allows unrestricted access for any user. In practice, this would require a central
repository where users could consult hENs free of charge, under general and non-discriminatory
conditions and without having to identify themselves, with searchable consultation features and
potentially download features. This option introduces binding requirements for NSBs to
foster the participation of SMEs and civil society representatives, based on the current
measures of Article 6 of the Standardisation Regulation(Measure 2.4). This would include
financial incentives at national level, such as reduced fees, as well as measures facilitating
effective participation. The option also retains measures 1.7 and 1.8.
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation), in addition
to measure 1.9 and 1.10, this option introduces the possibility to derogate from the
"international first" principle in defined cases141 (Measure 2.5). This would ensure the
possibility to adopt hENs that reflect EU values and interests in parallel to existing international
standards in strategic or sovereignty-sensitive areas. In such cases, the Commission could issue
requests requiring the EU side to lead under the Vienna/Frankfurt framework142 or,
alternatively, to pursue European standardisation separately from international standardisation,
with limitation of participation to EU-based entities where needed.
Policy option 3: An open ESS managed by the Commission
To address Objective 1 (improving the responsiveness of the ESS), this option retains measures
1.1 to 1.5. This option eliminates the ESOs’ exclusive right to receive standardisation
requests by allowing the Commission to submit standardisation requests to any SDO (Measure
3.1). Unlike Option 2, which retains a sequential preference for ESOs, this option grants the
Commission full discretion to select SDOs based solely on merit, without embedded
preferences or prior obligations. This could be implemented either through an expanded
Annex I, listing vetted SDOs meeting minimum requirements for trust, quality and
inclusiveness, or through a fully open competitive model in which requests could be addressed
to any SDO, with case-specific requirements set in the standardisation request.
To address Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS),this option ensures
public access to hENs by publishing them in OJEU (Measure 3.3). This approach would make
140 Free and unrestricted access would also be granted to hENs stemming from alternative SDOs; this could be
done either through the ESOs/NSBs platform or through the Commission’s platform. 141 Derogations from the primacy of international standards are in principle justifiable under the WTO TBT
Agreement and EU FTAs, in cases where an international standard or relevant parts of it would be an ineffective
or inappropriate means for the fulfilment of the legitimate objectives pursued. 142 The Vienna Agreement and Frankfurt Agreement are framework accords designed to harmonize international
standards with European standards. Their primary purpose is to avoid duplicate work, pool technical expertise,
and streamline global trade by allowing a single standard to be approved simultaneously at both levels. See:
https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/single-market/goods/european-standards/standardisation-
policy/international-activities_en.
30
hENs publicly available in their entirety in all official languages, placing them in the public
domain. This would replace the current practice of publishing only references to hENs in the
OJEU and could have budgetary implications if the Commission were to compensate SDOs for
standards development. To ensure inclusiveness, this option introduces mandatory
participation and inclusiveness requirements for SDOs to be eligible to receive
Commission requests (Measure 3.4). These requirements could include compulsory lower fees
for SMEs, academia and civil society. Additional ad hoc participation requirements could also
be inserted in individual standardisation requests.
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation),this option
retains measures introduced in Option 1 and 2 (Measures 1.9 and 1.10) but also provides the
possibility for the Commission to exercise full discretion on whether to align with the
"international first" principle or prioritise EU-specific standards in strategic sectors
(Measure 3.5). Since this option introduces the possibility to choose on a case-by-case basis the
SDOs requested to deliver a hEN, it would allow the EU to align standards with its priorities,
values, and interests for each standardisation request, but could also widen the gap between
European and international standards.
To support the implementation of all measures, this option establishes an EU Standardisation
Office (Measure 3.2), centralising the Commission’s expertise on standardisation.The Office
wouldidentify the most appropriate SDO for each standardisation request,ensure effective
access and inclusiveness of the standardisation process and coordinate EU positions in global
fora to strengthen global influence. It would also oversee possible compensation for standards
development or acquisition and would regroup Commission resources currently engaged in
implementing the Standardisation Regulation under a more centralised governance model.
The measures introduced in each option are listed in Figure 3 and described in Annex 10.
Options 1 and 2, although presenting important differences, build on one anotherand explore
various improvements to the current ESS without fundamentally modifying the way it
functions. The policy measures are grouped for coherence and level of ambition, with a gradual
approach from relatively lighter regulatory changes in Option 1 to more wide-ranging changes
in Option 2. Option 3 marks a more pronounced departure from both the baseline scenario
and the other two policy options, as it explores a significant change in the way the ESS is both
organised and managed.
Figure 3: Overview of policy measures and options
31
5.3. Option discarded at an early stage
During the initial scoping phase, the option to eliminate the presumption of conformity
provided by hENs was considered to combine the need to comply with the requirements to
provide free access to standards with the preservation of NSBs’ business models. The rationale
was that, without presumption of conformity, hENs would lose their legal effect, thereby
resolving conflicts regarding free public access to hENs. However, this option was discarded at
an early stage due to severe drawbacks that outweigh its benefits. The presumption of
conformity is a cornerstone of the EU’s NLF, serving as a critical tool for harmonisation in the
internal market, facilitating trade and innovation. The option would have led to:
• Increased fragmentation of the internal market: manufacturers could face divergent
national interpretations of essential requirements, increasing technical barriers to trade.
• Loss of legal certainty: businesses would lose a reliable, EU-wide compliance pathway,
increasing regulatory uncertainty and compliance costs that would have to be undertaken at
national level (e.g., duplicate testing for each Member State).
• Weakened EU competitiveness: it would have decreased industry’s incentives to
participate in standardisation to support Union legislation, thereby impeding the EU’s
ability to effectively enforce key legislation for the EU’s competitiveness.
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS?
6.1. Methodology
As highlighted in the Evaluation, assessing the effects of the Standardisation Regulation is a
complex exercise since it supports the implementation of a wide range of sectoral legislation.
Both the use and actual benefits of hENs differ across sectoral legislation, depending on the
requirements with which hENs ensure compliance. There are also few economic literature
and conceptual frameworks on the contribution of hENs to the functioning of the internal
market, competitiveness and technological sovereignty. Last, there is a scarcity of data from
Option 1: ESS centred on ESOs Option 2: ESS centred on ESOs Option 3: Open ESS
1.1 Integration of standards from other SDOs by ESOs
1.1 Integration of standards from other SDOs by ESOs
1.1 Integration of standards from other SDOs by ESOs
1.2 Common specifications as fall- back to hENs
1.2 Common specifications as fall-back to hENs
1.2 Common specifications as fall-back to hENs
1.3 Temporary Presumption of Conformity
1.3 Temporary Presumption of Conformity
1.3 Temporary Presumption of Conformity
1.4 Improved strategic planning and accountability
1.4 Improved strategic planning and accountability
1.4 Improved strategic planning and accountability
1.5 Simplification and digitalisation 1.5 Simplification and digitalisation 1.5 Simplification and digitalisation 2.1 Flexibility to address requests to
alternative SDOs 3.1 Open selection of SDOs for
requests 2.2 EU Expert Centre led by CSO 3.2 EU Standardisation Office
0.5 Readability platforms 2.3 Free and unrestricted access from central repository
3.3 Publication of of hEN in OJEU
1.6 Strengthened obligations on NSBs towards inclusion of civil society
2.4 Binding requirements for NSBs on inclusion of SMEs and civil society
3.4 Fostering inclusiveness in all SDOs
1.7 Increased incentives to foster experts' participation
1.7 Increased incentives to foster experts' participation
1.7 Increased incentives to foster experts' participation
1.8 Transparency requirements on participation to standardisation
1.8 Transparency requirements on participation to standardisation
1.8 Transparency requirements on participation to standardisation
1.9 Improved EU coordination on positions and participation
1.9 Improved EU coordination on positions and participation
1.9 Improved EU coordination on positions and participation
1.10 Possibility to restrict participation to standardisation to EU/EEA
1.10 Possibility to restrict participation to standardisation to EU/EEA
1.10 Possibility to restrict participation to standardisation to EU/EEA
2.5 Possibility to derogate from International First principle
3.5 End of automatic international first principle
Objective 1: Increasing the
responsiveness of the ESS
Objective 2: Ensuring a
legally viable and inclusive
ESS
Objective 3: Consolidating EU
international influence
32
the industry on the costs and benefits of their participation in standardisation, as well as from
the NSBs on their business models as independent organisations. The Impact Assessment
introduces two main innovations (see Annex 4):
• It introduces a quantitative analysis of the direct effects of policy options by estimating the
average savings in compliance costs due to the availability of hENs.
• It estimates the financial impact of policy measures on the expected revenue flows of
ESOs and NSBs to assess the financial sustainability of the ESS.
Economic impacts
Policy measures are assessed based on their impact on the speed and timeliness of the
standardisation process. Benefits for businesses are then estimated based on their savings in
compliance costs, as the earlier availability of hENs decrease conformity assessment costs143.
The efficiency of policy measure is assessed across all relevant stakeholders. As many policy
measures transfer costs from one actor to the other, the analysis focusses on qualifying how
these transfers affect their incentives to support the specific objectives. The costs for the
Commission, in particular stemming from additional resources necessary to implement the
policy options, are detailed144. The macro-economic impacts of options are also assessed.
Social and environmental impacts
The assessment does not consider the environmental and social impacts of each measure.
As a horizontal initiative supporting sectoral products and services legislation, the policy
measures have negligeable direct environmental and social impacts145. hENs can make an
important contribution to the EU environmental, social or societal objectives, such as for
instance improving accessibility, safety and inclusivity of EU products and services. However,
such effects directly depend on the sectoral legislation and on the definition of essential
requirements and should be assessed in that context. A more effective standardisation system
would enhance the ability of sectoral legislation to achieve its environmental and social
objectives146.
6.2. Impacts on Specific Objective 1: increasing the responsiveness of the ESS
The quantitative assessment of impacts under Specific Objective 1 (increasing the
responsiveness of the ESS) is in particular affected by the diversity of sectors concerned and
the difficulty to use sector-specific data due to data scarcity. The impacts are therefore estimated
relying on a mix of quantitative and qualitative data, including surveys, interviews, workshops,
case studies and expert validation. In particular, the quantification of “responsiveness” requires
assumptions both on the time reduction generated by each measure and on the translation of
earlier availability of hENs into compliance cost savings for businesses. These relationships are
143 The assessment relies on the estimate of the average cost saving of EUR 3 700 per standard used for conformity
assessment identified in the Evaluation. The figure provided an estimated average across all sectors. Conformity
assessment costs may however vary widely depending on the complexity and the risk of the product, ranging from
as low as EUR 500 for a toy to over EUR 600 000 for complex medical devices. 144 The assessment of additional resources for the Commission is indicative as the revision of the Standardisation
Regulation will enter into force after 2028. All impact on financial resources of the Commission will take place
under the next Multi-annual Financial Framework. 145 One exception is the digitalisation of the ESS of the Baseline scenario. Digitalisation has a direct positive effect
on CO2 emissions as it reduces the travels required from experts to take part to TCs. These effects occur similarly
in all policy options and are thus not discriminating for identifying the preferred option. 146 Evaluation, p. 39.
33
not directly observable in all sectors and are therefore estimated using conservative
assumptions, triangulated where possible with Evaluation findings, desk research,
benchmarking against standard-setting organisations and international practices, and validation
with experts. The resulting figures should be interpreted as indicative orders of magnitude
primarily supporting the comparison of options.
6.2.1. Policy Option 1: Modernised ESO monopoly
Measure 1.1: Integration of standards from other SDOs by ESOs
The facilitation of the integration of publicly available specifications from other SDOs into the
standardisation process of ESOs could make a significant contribution to cutting the time
necessary for the delivery phase. While the actual time reduction would depend on each
specific case, and on the actual availability of technical specifications developed by SDOs, it
can be estimated to decrease the delivery time to 12 months on average147. This estimation is
based on the current practice of ESOs to develop Workshop Agreements, a fast-track
standardisation process developed in a temporary setting with direct participation of all
interested stakeholders that can deliver in 10 to 12 months148. The total yearly savings in
compliance costs for businesses linked to such reduced duration to deliver hENs are estimated
at EUR 23.5 million overall149. This assumes that this measure would mostly apply to sectors
where alternative SDOs are active and ahead of the state of the art compared to ESOs150.
The measure is considered effective by stakeholders: 75 % of industry respondents (185 out
of 247) considered the use of existing standards from alternative SDOs to accelerate the
standardisation process151 and 57 % (140 out of 247) viewed the use of existing standards as
a benefit152. ESOs are also supporting this measure and actively engaging with other SDOs to
better integrate their specifications153.
Beyond the direct impacts on hENs’ development time, the measure would also contribute to
increase the quality and diffusion of hENs, by ensuring they rely on state-of-the art
discussions held in specialised fora, while benefitting from the inclusive and quality
development process from the ESOs. The measure would also increase the incentives of the
industry and experts, in particular in highly technological areas, to engage in the
standardisation process in specialised SDOs, knowing that this investment would in turn feed
the development of hENs, contributing to limiting duplication of investments.
147 A good example of such potential time gains is given by the case study 3 on electric vehicle charging
infrastructure, See Annex 15. 148 Impact assessment study, p. 40. 149 This figure is obtained by multiplying the expected time reduction multiplied by the reduction in conformity
assessment cost and the number of conformity assessments and companies in scope. The methodology is set out
in Annex 4. 150 The measure is assumed to apply to 10 % of new requested hENs as the upcoming hENs in the digital and new
technology sectors represent 10 % of all expected standards. 151 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. 152 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. Case study 3 on electric vehicle charging
infrastructure highlight a concrete example of how ESOs using existing standards and technical specifications
from other SDOs could improve standardisation outcomes. See Annex 15. 153 Targeted interviews with ESOs.
34
Limited additional costs for the ESS are expected from the measure154. ESOs may incur
some adjustment costs linked to engaging and formalising agreements with other SDOs, which
could lead to some compensation to use technical specifications. These costs are hard to assess
and many SDOs have indicated the possibility to agree to agreements without compensation155.
This could also require additional human resources for the ESOs to identify, engage and
integrate deliverables from other SDOs in the current standardisation development process. The
Commission will incur limited additional costs as the measure would not change the assessment
process but would require more active monitoring of the activities of other SDOs to identify
relevant technical specifications, estimated at 1 additional FTE156.
Measure 1.2: Common specifications as fall-back to hENs
This measure expands the scope of legislation covered by CS by ensuring that all legislation
providing presumption of conformity through hENs can also rely on CS adopted by the
Commission when the standardisation process fails. However, in practice, only a few pieces of
legislation would be added, covering 5 % of the current portfolio of hENs157. Looking
ahead, only 24 of 767 hENs planned for the next 5 years (3.2 %) concern legislation not yet
covered by CS158, confirming the measure's limited direct impact and negligible cost
implications. The measure can however indirectly contribute to the responsiveness of the ESS
by streamlining the possible use of CS and ensuring they are a credible fall-back to hEN, as
mentioned in Section 5.
Measure 1.3: Temporary presumption of conformity
Introducing temporary presumption of conformity to standardisation deliverables other than
hENs would significantly decrease the delivery phase by up to 1 year, as a technical
specification takes on average 24 months from initiation to publication, and can be developed
in 18 months159. This solution could be particularly useful in cases where no previous standards
exist and there is a legislative deadline which would be difficult to meet by the normal
standardisation process needed to develop standards160. The total yearly savings from
conformity assessment costs for businesses is estimated at EUR 23.5 million161. Given its
innovative nature for the ESS and the NLF, this measure may not be applicable to some sectors,
which reduces its overall impact162.
154 Only 18 % (45 out of 247) of respondents to the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies regard
this measure as a potential cost. 155 Targeted interviews with alternative SDOs and ESOs. However, concluding these agreements can be difficult,
in particular to solve intellectual property rights issue, as shown by the example of the cooperation between ESOs
and the open-source community in the development of hENs supporting the CRA. 156 Throughout the IA and in line with Better Regulation practice, the total annual costs of 1 FTE in the Commission
are estimated at EUR 194 000. 157 The main pieces of Union legislation not already including the possibility to adopt CS and not covered by
Omnibus IV are the General Safety Product Regulation (2023/988/EU), the Explosive for Civil Use Directive
(2014/28/EU) and the Pyrotechnic Articles Directive (2013/29/EU). 158 All 24 are requested to support the Pyrotechnic Articles Directive under Standardisation Request M/583. 159 Based on CEN-CENELEC estimates in their Call for Evidence position paper and targeted interviews. 160 This is the situation described in the case study 2 on AI (see Annex 15). 161 This figure is obtained by multiplying the expected time reduction multiplied by the reduction in conformity
assessment cost and the number of conformity assessments and companies in scope. The methodology is set out
in Annex 4. 162 This measure would for instance not be relevant for products with very long lifecycle, such as in the construction
sector (see case study 1 in Annex 15). The measure is assumed to apply to 10 % of new requests. The EUR 23.5
million estimates take into account the fact that the measure would only apply to 10 % of new requests.
35
Stakeholders generally support this policy measure and consider it effective: most
respondents to the targeted survey, including a majority of SMEs, indicated that the use of
technical specifications developed by ESOs as a basis for temporary presumption of conformity
could help accelerate the development of high-quality standards163. CEN/CENELEC's
European Agile Specifications (EAS) pilot projects are specifically designed for this purpose164,
providing a harmonisation effect within the internal market t and effectively preparing the
adoption and diffusion of hENs165. Annex III organisations also support this measure as it
allows ESOs to remain central actors of the ESS166. The measure can however decrease the
inclusiveness of the standardisation process, as the standardisation deliverables providing
temporary presumption of conformity do not benefit from the same level of consensus as a hEN.
The policy measure could incur additional costs to the industry if there are important
changes between the deliverable providing temporary presumption of conformity and the final
hEN.This could trigger additional adjustment costs for businesses to comply with the final
hEN. Businesses however see this risk as limited167. No additional Commission resources
would be required, as compliance assessments are already conducted on a continuous basis
during development.
Measure 1.4: Improved strategic planning and accountability of the ESS
Better strategic planning and foresight of EU standardisation needs can have a direct effect on
the timeliness of the standardisation process. This would notably facilitate the ESOs’
preparatory work, in particular the identification and mobilisation of relevant industry experts
as well as the inclusion of the potentially relevant alternative SDOs in their standardisation
framework. Better strategic planning can reduce the time required for the Commission to
adopt standardisation requests, particularly by shortening the consultation phase on draft
requests. By better anticipating strategic standardisation needs, the Commission would be able
to start the consultation process earlier and thus to cut the overall delivery time. While it is
difficult to quantify this effect consistently, it is estimated that better strategic planning could
lead on average to a decrease of 3 months in the Policy phase168.
However, improved strategic planning can yield measurable effects only if the accountability
of the standardisation process is ensured, and if there is increased trust that each step would be
finalised according to the planning. The measure thus also foresees a more active monitoring
of the standardisation process of ESOs by the Commission, notably through the implementation
of deadlines for ESOs and the Commission at each step of the process. Increased transparency
and accountability on performance can also lead to improvements in the publication phase,
163 In the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, 75 % of respondents (186 out of 247) indicated
that technical specifications developed by ESOs would be a helpful measure where ESOs are unable to deliver
hENs in a timely manner. 164 Contributions from Call for Evidence and OPC; Targeted interviews to ESOs. 165 The EAS would not have to be systematically implemented at national level by NSBs but NSBs would ensure
that EAS do not conflict with existing ENs. This ensures the coherence of the standards’ catalogue across the EU
and the harmonisation effect across the internal market of the temporary presumption of conformity associated to
the EAS. Targeted interviews with CEN/CENELEC. 166 Targeted interviews with Annex III organisations. 167 In the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, 55 % (136 out of 247) of respondents considered
a temporary presumption of conformity for technical specifications developed by ESOs to be a benefit for their
organisation compared with only 20 % (49 out of 247) who considered it a cost. 168 Stakeholders in targeted interviews have notably pointed out to the following sectors where lack of anticipation
led to delays or no response by the ESOs: hydrogen infrastructure, low-carbon cement, cybersecurity, digital
product passport, cybersecurity, quantum technology, and data exchange.
36
where the lack of coordination between Commission, HAS consultants and ESOs leads to
delays in the hENs’ assessments. The potential improvement is estimated at 2 months169. The
total duration of the policy and publication phases could be cut by 5 months in total, generating
savings for the industry estimated at EUR 109 million170 thanks to earlier availability of all
hENs.
Stakeholders confirm the positive effect of improved strategic planning on the
responsiveness of the ESS,identifying the HLF and the AUWP as the tools to implement better
planning171. However, views are mixed as regards increasing the accountability of the ESS
through stronger ESO obligations, monitoring and KPIs. The targeted survey to industry
organisations and companies shows that 62 % (154 out of 247) of respondents consider
increased accountability to contribute at most to a moderate extent to responsiveness172.
Industry fears binding deadlines and KPIs could undermine consensus-building173, while Annex
III organisations and societal stakeholders strongly support them174.
Improving strategic planning and increasing accountability of the ESS would incur
limited additional costs to actors of the ESS. Only 9 % (23 out of 247) of industry respondents
identified greater HLF engagement as a burden175. Ongoing digitalisation through the eNorm
system will absorb increased ESO reporting requirements without raising administrative
costs176. The Commission will have to mobilise 1 additional FTE to improve strategic planning
and to monitor the performance of the ESS on a more systematic basis (based on current
resources mobilised for the AUWP and the HLF).
Measure 1.5: Simplification and digitalisation
The proposed simplification measures have a direct effect on the responsiveness of the ESS by
cutting the time required by the Commission for the phases of the standardisation process
it is responsible. For the policy phase, the estimated gains in the adoption of standardisation
requests are estimated at 3 months, mostly stemming from the Comitology procedure177. For
the publication phase, the estimated gains of simplifying the referencing procedure coupled
with better coordination of the assessment by HAS consultants could lead to an additional 2-
month gain178. hENs would thus be available on average 5 months earlier than the baseline,
leading to savings for businesses of EUR 109 million, as this would apply to all hENs.
169 Impact assessment study, p. 44. Based on interviews with ESOs. 170 This figure is obtained by multiplying the expected time reduction multiplied by the reduction in conformity
assessment cost and the number of conformity assessments and companies in scope. The methodology is set out
in Annex 4. 171 In the targeted survey with industry organisations and companies, 64 % (158 out of 247) of respondents
considered improved strategic planning aimed at addressing standardisation needs earlier in the technological life
cycle to be a benefit. 172 Targeted survey with industry organisations and companies. 173 Contributions to the Call for Evidence and OPC; Targeted interviews with ESOs. 174 Targeted interviews with Annex III organisations. 175 Targeted survey with industry organisations and companies. 176 The Evaluation estimated the total annual administrative costs linked to the Regulation at EUR 0.5 million
combined for the 3 ESOs. The impact of the measure on such costs is estimated to be neutral compared to this
baseline, given that the increased monitoring efforts would be compensated by the facilitated reporting through
better integration of IT systems. 177 Impact assessment study, p. 44. See also Annex 9. The estimated time for the Comitology procedure is between
2 and 6 months, with a minimum time for voting of 2 months. 178 Impact assessment study, p. 44.
37
The measure will further contribute to the responsiveness of the ESS by ensuring that the gains
from digitalisation by ESOs described in the baseline are materialised through the legal
requirement to offer standards in a machine-readable format. A strong consensus over this
measure was registered in the survey sent to industry organisations and companies179.This
would also allow to speed up the assessment phase as HAS consultants would have easier access
to the offered standards. The simplification exercise would be coupled with the introduction of
internal but transparent deadlines at each step of the Commission’s processes, with monitoring
activities conducted under measure 1.4. This would foster actual compliance with the new
shorter process. In addition, in the OPC, 85 % of businesses agreed that the Commission’s
procedures for the request, evaluation and citation of hENs should be simplified180.
This measure, while contributing overall to the responsiveness of the ESS, may also in some
cases lead to increased uncertainty. The comitology procedure, while in a very large majority
of cases mostly formal, contributes to the alignment of interests between the Commission,
Member States, ESOs and Annex III organisations. While removing comitology could increase
Member State disagreements and use of the formal objection mechanism, this risk is mitigated
by the simultaneous simplification of that procedure.
The simplification measure will not induce any additional costs to the actors of the ESS;
it would bring limited administrative costs reduction for the Commission by reducing the
administrative process linked to the comitology procedure, partially offset by increased
resources to manage formal objections and estimated as a reduction of 0.5 FTEs.
6.2.2. Policy Option 2: ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibilities
Measure 2.1: Flexibility to address standardisation requests to alternative SDOs
The flexibility for the Commission to directly address a standardisation request to an alternative
SDO could lead to a significant decrease in the time to deliver hENs. This could be achieved
either through their faster delivery in their field of expertise, or by directly requesting them
existing standards or technical specifications that would already cover essential requirements.
As outlined in section 2.1.1, many alternative SDOs claim a faster standard delivery time than
the current average by ESOs, with an average duration process between 6 and 18 months181.
The estimated time for obtaining a hEN from a SDO is thus estimated at 12 months,
considering that the Commission will only use this possibility when the expectations of fast
delivery would be high, based on consultation with ESOs and alternative SDOs. This faster
delivery time would however be limited by the need to pre-consult ESOs prior to addressing
the request to an alternative SDO as well as by the validation by Member States of the
standardisation request through the Comitology procedure, adding an estimated 3 months to the
179 77 % (190 out of 247) of respondents to the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies supported
a fully digitalised standard development process, including an integrated OSD platform and machine-readable
formats. Case study 1 on construction products highlights the strong support for digitalisation of standards to
improve efficiency, traceability and accessibility, while also facilitating their integration in emerging new tools
such as DPP and reduce administrative burdens on SMEs. See Annex 15. 180 Contributions from OPC, sorted by companies and industry associations, (225 respondents out of 301). 181 One sector-specific SDO reported in the OPC to be able to provide a standard in 6 months.
38
policy phase182. Overall, this could bring the total standard delivery time in such cases to
3.3 years.
The measure is expected to generate annual savings for businesses estimated at EUR 52
million overall183.Its impact depends largely on the extent to which it will be used and on the
number of requests that will be addressed to alternative SDOs. While it is difficult to forecast
precisely the extent to which the Commission will implement the new flexibility, it will remain
a supporting option, targeted at sectors where alternative SDOs can be more efficient than
ESOs, in particular in the digital sector and the transport sector. Based on the upcoming
planning of standardisation requests in the AUWP, it is estimated that no more than 10 % of
standardisation requests would be addressed to alternative SDOs – for an average of 1 or 2
requests per year. The estimation of savings for the industry is of course sensitive to this
assumption, as well as to the ability of alternative SDOs to effectively deliver hENs within the
shorter timeframe.
Stakeholders expressed uncertainty regarding the possibility of opening the ESS to other
SDOs. In the OPC, 61 % of businesses’ respondents (182 out of 297) disagreed that the
Commission should have the option to request the development of new standards to alternative
SDOs even under the conditions that they work in an inclusive manner with balanced
participation of relevant European stakeholders184. The remaining 39 % (115 out of 297) either
agreed or were neutral, suggesting divergent views across sectors and company sizes, in line
with the design of the measure targeted at specific cases. The case study on critical space
technology showed for example that this sector would support standardisation requests to be
addressed to alternative SDOs, in the absence of a competent ESO for upstream space
technologies185. Furthermore, industry’s resistance often stems from implementation concerns
(e.g., ensuring coherence with existing frameworks, avoiding fragmentation, or maintaining the
ESS’s global credibility) rather than outright rejection of flexibility186. NSBs are likewise
divided on the possibility of requesting, using and referencing standards from alternative SDOs,
with 57 % (21 out of 37 respondents) expressing opposition to this measure.
The possibility of addressing standardisation requests to alternative SDOs, coupled with the
right of ESOs to assess requests in priority, will also increase competition across SDOs and
put more pressure on ESOs to improve their process to continue delivering hENs to the
Commission. This will also create dynamic benefits as ESOs would have additional incentives
to deliver hENs on time for the requests they have accepted to prevent the Commission to
address future requests to SDOs. The pre-consultation mechanism between the Commission
and ESOs will also help identify the best-placed SDO for each request, based on sectoral
expertise, reducing the number of cases where hENs are delivered late or not at all.
182 As a significant departure from current practice of the ESS, addressing a standardisation request to an alternative
SDO would require consultation and validation from the Member States, in particular since the different national
interests would not be formally represented in the standardisation process managed by an alternative SDO contrary
to the process managed by ESOs where NSBs are instrumental in aggregating national participation through the
national delegation principle. 183 See Annex 4 for methodology. 184 Results of the OPC, sorted by companies and industry associations. 185 See case study 4 in Annex 15. 186 For example, the EU has already adopted alternative models in certain areas (e.g., the Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive’s EFRAG standards or the European Health Data Space’s CS, see Annex 13), showing that
exceptions are possible when aligned with strategic priorities.
39
The measure will incur adjustment costs for stakeholders of the ESS, ascompanies
concerned may need to duplicate their investments in standardisation to participate both in
ESOs and alternative SDOs – in particular if they concern overlapping technologies. While the
OPC showed that companies view this more as a cost than a benefit (37 % of respondents
expected high or very high costs, 41 % low or very low benefits187), this measure is expected
to be applied in a small number of cases188 and in specific sectors. These costs could be a
relatively higher barrier to participation for SMEs and Annex III organisations, whose ability
to engage in multiple SDOs is lower. A rough and upper-bound estimate of such additional
costs for businesses would be EUR 4.5 million per year189 and for Annex III organisations
EUR 0.1 million per year190.
The measure will also incur additional administrative costs for the Commission to organise
and manage the use of the flexibility to address standardisation requests to alternative SDOs.
The Commission will first have to mobilise additional resources to identify relevant alternative
SDOs and assess if they comply with the quality criteria necessary to deliver hENs. In addition,
it will have to monitor the activities of alternative SDOs to assess on which sectors and
technologies they could bring value added in the delivery of hENs, in a more proactive manner
than for measure 1.2. Last, the management of the standardisation requests to alternative SDOs
will likely require more oversight from the Commission, at least for the first requests addressed
to each new alternative SDO. As these are largely new tasks for the Commission, there is no
benchmark to accurately assess the resources needed, but a conservative estimate would be 3
FTEs, based on the experience of the CRA standards, which involve other standardisation fora
together with the ESOs.
Measure 2.2: EU Expert Centre led by a CSO
The creation of an EU Expert Centre led by a CSO aims to support the implementation of Policy
Option 2. It would host the new tasks of the Commission, in particular relating to requests to
alternative SDOs, as well as formalise the coordination of the internal network of
standardisation experts across Commission services. It will improve the Commission’s
oversight and coordination in standardisation, increasing the accountability of the ESS and its
international influence. 58 % of respondents to the targeted survey to industry (144 out of 247)
organisations and companies support its creation due to its potential to improve coordination
and EU influence in standardisation191. ESOs and NSBs also support the measure192. The Expert
Centre would gather a total of 20 FTEs193 with a central supporting role and coordinate the
network of over 60 staff regularly involved in standardisation within the Commission, which
would have to conduct new additional tasks at sectoral level. This organisation would allow to
187 Results of OPC, sorted by companies and industry associations. 188 This impact assessment assumes 10 % of request will be submitted to alternative SDOs. 189 A DG GROW 2021 study estimates the total costs of developing a EN at EUR 0.8-1.0 million. Considering an
average duration for hEN of 3 years, the duplication of the full participation costs for all standards requested to
alternative SDOs would lead to EUR 4-5 million additional costs compared to the baseline (assuming 10 % of new
hENs requested to alternative SDOs). Study on the Functions and Effects of European Standards and
Standardisation in the EU and EFTA Member States, November 2021, pp. 72-73. 190 The Evaluation estimated the annual average costs of participating in technical discussions for all Annex III
organisations at EUR 1.3 million (Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation, p. 45). Duplicating participation
in alternative SDOs for 10 % of hENs would lead to an increase of EUR 0.1 million, which would in practice
require increased financing by the Commission. This effect is considered negligeable. 191 Targeted survey to companies and industry associations. 192 Workshop with NSBs. 193 The 16.5 FTEs of the current standards policy unit, plus the 4 additional FTE required for the new tasks
identified at central level, minus 0.5 FTE linked to implementation of Measure 1.4.
40
increase synergies across the Commission’s standardisation activities and to enable the new
needs to be covered through redeployment of existing resources. The new tasks and additional
resources’ needs of the Expert Centre would include194:
• Supporting the integration of specifications from other SDOs by ESOs (Measure 1.1): 1
FTE, decentralised in the sectoral services.
• Implementing the strategic planning and the increased accountability of the ESS (Measure
1.4): 1 FTEs, centralised in the Centre.
• Supporting the implementation of the flexibility to address requests to alternative SDOs
(Measure 2.1): 3 FTEs, out of which 1 centralised in the Centre.
• Improving international coordination across EU standardisation actors (Measure 1.9 and
Measure 2.5): 2 FTEs, out of which 1 centralised in the Centre.
• Leading the Centre (CSO, Measure 2.2): 1 FTE.
6.2.3. Policy Option 3: Open ESS managed by the Commission
Measure 3.1: Open selection of SDOs for standardisation requests
This measure enables the Commission to address standardisation requests to any SDO, leading
to an increased number of hENs requested to SDOs compared to Measure 2.1. Its effectiveness
relies on the assumption that alternative SDOs would be on average more efficient than
the current ESOs, either because they have better expertise in a given field or because existing
ESOs face resource constraints. This would introduce higher competition for the delivery of
hENs to the Commission and can indirectly contribute to improve the responsiveness of all
actors, alternative SDOs and ESOs. However, this approach can carry risks to both quality, as
the trust and legitimacy of the ESS could be undermined by a decreased reliance on ESOs, and
inclusiveness, as the representation of societal interests could be lower in alternative SDOs. The
annual savings for businesses compared to the baseline is estimated at EUR 171 million195.
ESOs and NSBs would incur no additional costs but are opposed to this measure, as they
expect it would fragment the ESS, duplicate resources, and undermine the consensus-based
approach guaranteed by the current system196. Stakeholders’ views are also overall negative,
55 % of companies and business associations disagreed with opening the standardisation
framework to other organisations while 32 % agreed197. The measure will likely lead to
duplication of industries’ participation costs (adjustment costs)198, more than the targeted
flexibility of measure 2.1 since it would cover a wider range of hENs. Estimating these
additional participation costs is challenging as this would largely depend on the degree of
194 The additional costs from these tasks have been allocated to each corresponding policy measure. The only
additional resource from this measure specifically is the position of the CSO. 195 The measure could reduce the time for the delivery phase to 1.8 years on average, assuming that ESOs would
deliver hENs according to the average duration of Policy Option 1 and SDOs according to the average duration of
Measure 2.1. Given their wide sectoral expertise and well-established position as lead standardisation bodies in
the EU, it is estimated that ESOs will continue delivering 67 % of requests. 196 In the OPC, 78 % of NSBs (28 out of 36 respondents) strongly disagreed with introducing open selection of
SDOs for standardisation requests. The workshop with NSBs confirmed their strong opposition to the measure. 197 Results of OPC, sorted by companies and industry associations. 161 respondents out of 291 disagreed, 92
agreed. 198 Targeted survey with companies and industry associations. Respondents were uncertain about the impact of
this measure on their organisations, with 37 % (92 out of 247) considering open procurement of standards without
preferential treatment for ESOs to represent a cost, while 32 % (79 out of 247) regarded it as a benefit.
41
sectoral overlaps across SDOs delivering hENs to the Commission. A rough estimate of such
annual additional costs for businesses would be EUR 15 million199.
The Commission would also bear additional administrative costs due to the need to monitor
a more complex standardisation system.The Commission would have to mobilise resources
beyond those introduced to support Measure 2.1 as it would have to manage more requests
addressed to more SDOs. Based on current resources mobilised to manage the ESS, the
Commission would need 6 additional FTEs compared to the baseline200.
Table 1: Overview of savings for businesses for Specific Objective 1 by Policy option201
Measure 3.2: EU Standardisation Office
The creation of an EU Standardisation Office is necessary for Measure 3.1 to function
effectively as the Commission will have to organise the selection of SDOs for each
standardisation request and manage the financing of EU standardisation needs. The Office
would regroup all existing and additional resources in the Commission involved in the
implementation of the Standardisation Regulation for a total of 61.5 FTEs: the existing
standards policy unit (16.5 FTEs), an additional estimated 15 FTEs required for carrying the
new tasks under policy option 3, as well as the current resources in sectoral services of the
199 The same methodology as for Measure 2.1 is used, with a larger extent of possible duplication. 200 The resources needs are based on one third of the current team in charge of managing the ESS to mirror the
share of request from hENs, thus 6 FTEs. 201 The table presents the savings for each path used to request hEN in each Option, resulting from the relevant
combination of policy measures assessed in Section 6.2. For instance, standards obtained in Policy Option 1 from
ESOs through measure 1.1 benefit from the effects of measure 1.1 and from the effects of measure 1.4 (strategic
planning) and 1.5 (simplification) that apply to all hENs. Details of the breakdown by policy measure is provided
in Table 4.2 in Annex 4. Totals may differ due to rounding.
Phase A: Policy phase
Phase B: Delivery
phase
Phase C: Publication
phase
Total average duration
Share of use of hEN path
Financial savings
(EUR million)
Current situation 1.7 3.2 1.2 6.1 Baseline 1.7 2.4 1.2 5.3 Policy option 1* 1.2 2.2 0.9 4.3 265
Standards obtained from ESOs through measures 1.1
1.2 1.5 0.9 3.6 10% 45
Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.3
1.2 1.5 0.9 3.6 10% 45
Other standards obtained from ESOs
1.2 2.4 0.9 4.5 80% 174
Policy option 2* 1.2 2.1 0.9 4.2 295 Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.1
1.2 1.5 0.9 3.6 10% 45
Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.3
1.2 1.5 0.9 3.6 10% 45
Other standards obtained from ESOs
1.2 2.4 0.9 4.5 70% 152
Standards obtained from alternate SDOs through measure
1.5 1.0 0.9 3.3 10% 52
Policy option 3 1.3 1.8 0.9 4.0 348 Standards obtained through ESOs (based on PO1)
1.2 2.2 0.9 4.3 67% 177
Standards obtained through other SDOs (based on 2.1)
1.5 1.0 0.9 3.3 33% 171
Total duration of each phase in years and savings for businesses compared to the Baseline
42
Commission implementing the Standardisation Regulation (30 FTEs, see Annex 12). The new
tasks and additional resources’ needs of the EU Office202 would include:
• The relevant tasks and resources of the Expert Centre, including the CSO: 8 FTEs203;
• The additional resources needed to manage the requests addressed to SDOs other than the
ESOs, including the additional support to Annex III organisations to be involved in SDOs’
standardisation process (measure 3.1 and 3.4): 4 FTEs.
• The management of the budget and the negotiations of agreements to ensure publication of
hENs in the OJEU (measure 3.3): 2 FTEs.
• The support to the international dimension of the open system (measure 3.5): 1 FTE.
Such an Office centralising the Commission’s resources active in standardisation could
generate efficiency gains and a better implementation of the Regulation, through experience
and expertise building. However, it would bear the important risk of losing the sectoral expertise
necessary to steer the standardisation process and to assess whether hENs satisfy the
requirements they aim to cover. The possibility to have the tasks of an EU Standardisation
Office aggregated into a joint office or Authority for NLF and Market Surveillance (the other
elements of the upcoming EPA) was considered, but no potential synergies or overlaps were
identified which would justify such a joint Office. The tasks considered under measure 3.2 do
not have any direct relevance for market surveillance nor for the implementation of the NLF
provisions.
6.3. Impacts on Specific Objective 2: Ensuring a financially viable and inclusive
ESS
The assessment under this objective combines monetised and non-monetised impacts.
Quantification is feasible for some effects, notably certain costs for NSBs and transfers linked
to access to hENs, but more limited for other elements such as the quality of participation or
the practical influence of societal stakeholders. The analysis therefore combines cost estimates
with qualitative evidence from interviews, surveys, case studies and validation workshops.
6.3.1. Policy Option 1: Modernised ESO monopoly
Measure 1.6: Strengthened obligations on NSBs to include civil society organisations
As mentioned in section 2.2.2, civil society organisations face a specific challenge to participate
in standardisation at national level. If implemented by NSBs, the measure can have a
moderate positive effect on the inclusiveness at EU level by addressing one of the key “gaps”
in ESS inclusiveness. Annex III organisations and societal stakeholders consulted expressed
strong support for this measure, as it would help increase inclusiveness by levelling the
differences currently present at national level204. However, the measure remains voluntary for
NSBs, and its impact depends on the number of NSBs implementing the best practices
identified in Article 6 of the Standardisation Regulation and the extent of their implementation.
Its impact should not be overestimated as Annex III organisations have limited representation
at national level and they face resources constraints, such as staff availability, beyond the
headline cost of participation205. While increasing inclusiveness may lengthen time for
202 The additional costs from these tasks have been allocated to each corresponding policy measure. There are no
additional costs relating to setting up of the Office itself. 203 All tasks identified for the Expert Centre, excluding savings from Measure 1.4 not applying in Option 3. 204 Impact assessment study, p. 52. 205 For instance, ECOS is the only EU organisation representing environmental interest in standardisation.
43
consensus building, this risk remains limited as the measure fosters broader early-stage
participation and will be further facilitated by the digitalisation of the standardisation process206.
The measure will create adjustment costs for the NSBs which will be borne principally by
those that do not have such mechanisms in place. These costs are driven by a large set of
different measures across NSBs to extend Article 6 best practices to civil society organisations
and reflect both direct resource allocation and foregone revenue associated with facilitating
participation. These costs are estimated at EUR 1.2 million per year207.
Measure 1.7: Increased incentives to foster experts’ participation in standardisation
This measure is expected to be effective in improving the sustainability of the ESSby
increasing the participation of experts in the standardisation process, in particular from the
R&I community. Addressing the targeted barriers to R&I experts’ participation could
significantly increase the quality of hENs as expertise is the key driver of a successful
standardisation process208 and could contribute to the renewal of standardisation experts, further
strengthening the sustainability of the ESS. The case study on additive manufacturing indicated
that facilitating participation of experts from the R&I community could help reducing the gap
in these technological sectors209.
The results of the targeted survey with industry organisations and companies, including
SMEs, confirm the effectiveness of such measures. 70 % (173 out of 247) of respondents
agree that promoting a standardisation ecosystem better connected to innovation and pre-
normative work would be beneficial210. The results of the OPC also outlined a wide level of
agreement among Annex III organisations and societal stakeholders on fostering capacity
building of European experts211. Stakeholders also highlighted that the main effect on
participation of experts would be achieved through increased public financial support212.
Measure 1.7 is not expected to generate significant direct costs for stakeholders. The main
project conducted so far in the framework of the HLF workstream on Education and Skills (the
pan-European standardisation certificate213) has been collectively developed for free through
the mobilisation of the standardisation community. Some adjustment costs could incur to the
ESOs and NSBs to provide access to draft standards to researchers for free214. The improved
206 Targeted interviews with Annex III organisations. 207 Impact assessment study, p. 52-53. The average costs per NSB to extend the inclusiveness best practices for
SMEs to civil society organisations are estimated based on the costs of the current measure in place for SMEs.
The estimates have been derived from data provided by 14 NSBs through targeted interviews and surveys. The
total additional adjustment costs are estimated considering that only the NSBs that do not already provide such
types of measures would implement them. 208 Targeted interviews with ESOs and the industry. 209 See Annex 15.5. 210 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. 211 Results of the OPC. 71 % of civil society respondents strongly agree (27 out 38) and 26 % somewhat agree (6
out of 38). 212 Financial support or free access measures to facilitate SME participation in TC received notable support in the
OPC. In the dedicated SME Workshop, participants identified these measures as one of the key factors to
encourage SMEs participation, notably in international standardisation. 213 Recommendation on the pan-European Certificate of Knowledge in Standardisation, HLF. 214 Free access to draft standards has been estimated at EUR 25 000 per NSBs for SMEs in Measure 1.6; granting
similar access to researchers would likely bring only marginal additional costs.
44
coordination of existing scattered EU public financial support to experts’ participation in
standardisation would also not increase the costs for the Union but could lead to efficiencies215.
Measure 1.8: Transparency requirements for participation in standardisation
Introducing transparency requirements to participate in standardisation wouldprovide greater
legitimacy to hENs that are part of EU law and would ensure that their development complies
with the principles of transparency, openness and good governance. Transparency regarding
the interests represented and active in the standardisation process can also contribute to foster
participation from under-represented interests, notably civil society and SMEs, and could lead
to increase the overall quality of the process. While transparency requirements may also have
a chilling effect on the participation of some actors, it is overall considered a measure with a
positive effect for the sustainability of the ESS, as outlined by the results of the OPC216. Annex
III organisations and societal stakeholders highlight the need to enhance transparency regarding
the stakeholders involved in TCs developing hEN217 and for ESOs to strengthen their
monitoring and recording activities of the composition of TCs working on hENs.
This measure is expected to generate administrative costs for ESOs as they would have to
set up public platforms disclosing entities and interests working on hENs. As the information
is largely already available to ESOs, the main costs are the platform set-up (estimated at EUR
0.5 million one-off) and maintenance (estimated at EUR 0.6 million per year) to systematically
track participation of the 90 000 experts active in standardisation218.
6.3.2. Policy Option 2: An ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibilities
Measure 2.3: Free and unrestricted access to hENs from central repository
This measure would improve the conditions of access to hENs and reinforce the legal
sustainability of the ESS. Free and unrestricted access through a repository accessible without
prior authentication would significantly contribute to improve access to hENs and compliance
with the judgments of the CJEU. In the OPC, most industry actors and societal stakeholders
agreed that hENs should be freely accessible, while ESOs and NSBs held the opposite view219.
The measure can also have positive spill-over effects as it wouldfoster the use of hENs by all
stakeholders – industry, SMEs as well as civil society representatives and the general public
and decrease compliance costs of businesses as they would no longer have to pay for hENs,
saving EUR 30 million per year.
215 Since the revision of the Standardisation Regulation will enter into force during the next MFF, there is no
information on the future available EU budget for standardisation. It is assumed to be constant. However, the new
MFF organisation, and notably the future European Competitiveness Fund (ECF), is an opportunity to better
coordinate EU investments in standardisation, in line with the objectives of the ECF. 216 In the OPC, 57 % of NSBs (20 out of 35 respondents) indicated they strongly agree with the measure. 217 OPC results, 74 % of Annex III organisations and societal stakeholder strongly agreed. 218 Impact assessment study, p. 57. One-off costs to set up such platforms are usually low. The maintenance of the
platform will require resources to monitor that the information is up-to-date, complete and accurate. 219 OPC results, 71 % of industry respondents (204 out of 291) and 74 % of Annex III and societal stakeholders
respondents (29 out of 39) agreed that the legally relevant content of standards should be published and freely
accessible. ESOs and NSBs disagree with the statement at 83 % (29 respondents out of 35).
45
However, this measure may challenge the financial sustainability of some NSBs, and in turn,
the current functioning of CEN/CENELEC220.NSBs’ business models rely to various degrees
on the sale of hENs to finance their activities – see section 2.2.3 and Annex 8. The measure
could thus endanger the financial viability of certain NSBs, putting the national delegation
principle on which CEN/CENELEC model is based at risk. It could also endanger CEN-
CENELEC and NSBs’ capacities to finance their part of the standardisation development
process, if they cannot recoup their investments in delivering hENs. The free and unrestricted
access to hENs implies a shift of the financial burden of the standardisation development
process currently borne by the users of hENs (through their purchase of hENs) to the ESOs and
NSBs (through a loss of revenues). This additional financial burden on ESOs and NSBs could
decrease their ability to develop hENs and to accept standardisation requests from the
Commission. The contributions from industry to the Call for Evidence and the OPC point out
to the need to compensate the foregone revenues for CEN/CENELEC and its NSBs due to the
free and unrestricted access to hENs to ensure the economic sustainability of the ESS. At the
same time, as the cost to develop hENs is mostly borne by the industry and is broadly
disconnected from the revenues generated by the sales of those hENs by NSBs, the measure is
unlikely to affect the industry’s incentives to participate in standardisation221.
The measure will result for CEN/CENELEC and its NSBs in a maximum revenue loss of
EUR 30 million per year, amounting to the total annual sales of hENs. However, the actual
impact on revenues could be lower due to several factors linked to the requirements on access:
• Conditions of access: downloadable versions of hENs would likely lead to a higher impact
on revenues losses for NSBs.
• Business practices linked to purchasing standards: many users have a subscription to the
platforms of NSBs providing access to the entire standards portfolio, which is not limited
to hENs (which only represent a small share – 12 % – of this portfolio).
• Object of access: access could be granted to the full hENs or only to its legally relevant
part222. In the latter case, most businesses consider that this would not be sufficient for their
work223. Hence it is likely that many users will continue purchasing the full hENs if only
the legally relevant part is accessible free of charge.
There is insufficient information on the marketing activities of CEN/CENELEC and NSBs to
precisely assess how such factors would impact the actual revenue loss. Moreover, the impact
could be further mitigated as they are moving from a document-centric model towards a
data-centric model for standards and hENs – see section 5.1. The digital transformation of
ESOs and NSBs could enable them to compensate the foregone revenues of hENs by new value-
added services to the industry through SMART standards, based on the copyrights they claim
220 The financial sustainability of ETSI would not be affected by the measure, as ETSI standards already benefit
from free and unrestricted access, the costs of the standardisation process for hENs being mostly borne by the
participants to the standardisation process through membership fees. 221 Industries are not financially compensated for their participation in standardisation activities. Instead, they
benefit from having a voice in shaping market trends and from the efficiency linked to adopted standards. 222 Extracting the legally relevant parts from the existing hENs (based on the Annex Z) or developing legally
relevant parts distinctively from the rest of the standard in new hENs could be challenging in practice.
CEN/CENELEC could choose to grant free access to the full hENs rather than only the legally relevant parts
independently from legal requirements. 223 Results of the OPC. Access to the legally relevant part would be insufficient for 66 % of industry respondents
(190 out of 289).
46
on hENs, ensuring that ESOs and NSBs retain a financial interest in developing hENs at the
request of the Commission. Many NSBs are already selling, and expanding, such services224.
The measure will impact mostly the NSBs that are more reliant on the sales of hENs and
are less ready to move to a data-centric model, either due to lack of resources or lack of a
perceived market for such services in their Member States225. Targeted support could be
necessary to ensure the financial sustainability of all NSBs and of the ESS. The annual cost to
support the NSBs most financially exposed to the free access to standards could be around EUR
6 million,assuming that access to the full hENs is granted226. This compensation could be
granted by the Commission through an increase in operating grants to ESOs, that would then
distribute it across relevant NSBs227. This increased compensation could be absorbed by the
current EU budget earmarked for standardisation. However, this would decrease by the same
amount the action grants of the Commission to finance experts’ participation (mostly benefiting
businesses) to standardisation.
The measure entails limited direct operational costs for ESOs to set up the repository.
NSBs have indicated a willingness to manage such a repository and to host the hENs to which
access is granted, which would allow them to maintain their relationship with their customers.
The investments already incurred to set up the readability platforms are likely to cover the costs
of the central repository as only limited changes would be necessary. CEN/CENELEC are also
considering hosting hENs from other SDOs on their repository to be able to provide a
comprehensive service of access to hENs. However, the repository would fulfil a legal
requirement and a public service that the Commission will have to enforce. This could be
achieved through a repository managed directly by the Commission, based on the current
eNorm database, that would ensure centralised access to the catalogue of hENs and the
integration of hENs from alternative SDOs, redirecting users to the ESOs’ repository. Limited
additional costs are expected in view of the investments already incurred to develop the
readability platform of the Commission228.
Measure 2.4: Binding requirements on NSBs on including SMEs and civil society
The effects of this measure will be similar to the effects of measure1.6but with a higher
effectiveness given its legally binding nature229. Evidence from the OPC suggests broad
recognition of the potential of stronger legal obligations, although views differ regarding their
likely effectiveness and the type of measures considered most impactful230. Most respondents
224 Targeted interviews with NSBs. 225 Workshop with NSBs. 226 NSBs financial exposure to the sales of hENs varies widely, from 1 % to 25 % of their total revenues. Assuming
a compensation up to 5 % of revenue loss, the support would concern 14 NSBs for a total of EUR 6 million. If the
support is targeted on smaller NSBs, generating less than EUR 20 million per year, regardless of their exposure to
hENs, the support would amount to EUR 5.5 million and benefit 20 NSBs. 227 The loss in hENs’ sales could also be compensated by increased public financing from Member States or by an
increase in NSBs’ membership fees, moving closer to the standardisation model of ETSI and other SDOs. For the
IA, the assumption is that the EU budget would cover the compensation. 228 The measure will not have impact on resources in the Commission as the new tasks created to oversee the
implementation of central repository could be covered by the redeployment of staff implementing the readability
platforms and managing access to document requests to standards. 229 In case study 1 on construction products, the results of a targeted survey suggest that binding legal requirements
on NSBs for involving SMEs could be effective in the construction industry (see Annex 15). 230 Contributions to the Call for evidence and position papers from the OPC.
47
to the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (61 %, 151 out of 247) also
consider that strengthening legal obligations would improve inclusiveness231.
This measure is expected to generate adjustment costs for the NSBs. Applying the same
methodology as for measure 1.6, these costs are estimated to reach EUR 1.9 million, as it would
require several NSBs to increase their support to both civil society and SMEs232.
6.3.3. Policy Option 3: Open ESS managed by the Commission
Measure 3.3: Publication of hENs in the OJEU
This measure ensures access to hENs by publishing their text in full in the OJEU,
regardless of whether they are delivered by ESOs or alternative SDOs. The publication of hENs
in the OJEU will solidify the legal status of hENs as part of EU law. It would benefit all users
who would be able to consult, download and use them for free – businesses as well as
stakeholders involved in standardisation, notably the R&I community.
However, the measure would strongly challenge the financial sustainability of the
standardisation process supporting Union policy and legislation. The publication of hENs in
the OJEU will have much broader effects on the ESOs and NSBs’ revenues than measure 2.3.
First, it will lead to a total loss of revenue from the sales of hENs for NSBs, for an amount of
EUR 30 million. Second, it would hamper the ESOs’ ability to offer value added services based
on hENs and recoup the costs incurred to develop them. ESOs would still be able to offer such
services but would lose their privileged position and face potential competition from other
actors. According to some NSBs, this could lead to a decrease in the overall trust in standards,
as such actors would not be able to offer the same guarantee of quality as ESOs233. ETSI would
be affected as well as it claims copyrights on the standards it adopts. The publication in the
OJEU would also affect the ability of the Commission to obtain standards from alternative
SDOs as their incentives to engage in the standardisation process would be limited if they
cannot claim copyrights on these hENs.
The measure might lead to a loss of revenues from ESOs that goes beyond the sales of hEN
as it would also decrease the potential for selling services relying on hENs.There is no
information on the share of current revenues from ESOs not directly linked to sales that depend
on hENs, but an estimate would be EUR 18 million234. To ensure the sustainability of the ESS,
the Commission may need to financially support ESOs and SDOsto deliver hENs; the actual
costs incurred are difficult to estimate as there is no benchmark for such support, but the total
budget needed would likely amount to at least EUR 15 million235, exceeding the flexibilities of
231 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. 232 Impact assessment study, p. 58. 233 Workshop with NSBs. 234 Assuming that the total revenues from NSBs (EUR 500 million per year) are related to standardisation activities,
and assuming that such revenues are proportional to the actual sales of standards, this would indicate an estimate
of EUR 18 million in hEN-related services for the NSBs from CEN/CENELEC, which would be at risk in addition
to the EUR 30 million of direct sales. Impact Assessment Study, p. 60. 235 Building on the 2021 DG GROW study estimating the total costs of developing a standard at EUR 0.8 to 1
million, the maximum costs would be EUR 120-150 million for an average of 150 hENs adopted per year.
However, the actual share of costs incurred by SDOs is lower; the industry usually considers that they cover 90 %
of the total costs for developing a standard, which would bring the estimate down to EUR 12-15 million. These
estimates are indicative and only concern new hENs. Applying the same reasoning to the stock of hENs would not
be relevant as the value of an adopted hENs depends on its amortisation over time.
48
the current EU budget for standardisation236. As a consequence, the Commission may need to
reduce the number of hENs requested, thus having a negative impact on the functioning of the
internal market. Finally, the publication in the OJEU would have an impact on the timeliness
of their legal effect, as they would have to be translated in all other EU languages, which would
also increase the costs of the measure237. This will also require new tasks for the Commission
such as negotiating the conditions of publication in the OJEU and managing the corresponding
budget, which are estimated at 2 FTEs.
Measure 3.4: Fostering inclusiveness in alternative SDOs
The measure will increase the inclusiveness and quality of the hENs offered by alternative
SDOs. 61 % of SME respondents in the targeted survey considered the measure to have a
positive effect on inclusiveness and participation238. Annex III organisations however expressed
concerns that such obligations for alternative SDOs would remain formal and would not
contribute to their effective influence. Mandatory inclusiveness requirements to each request to
an alternative SDO were viewed as a necessary pre-condition by stakeholders239. However, the
potential increase in the number of alternative SDOs developing hENs will likely challenge
maintaining the current level of inclusiveness of the ESS. The adaptation of Annex III
organisations, and more generally of SMEs and civil society experts, to the alternative SDOs
may take time and risks fragmenting their effective participation.
This measure will generate additional costs for the Commission, that would have to support
Annex III organisations’ participation in standardisation in alternative SDOsto ensure a high
level of inclusiveness across all hENs240. Ensuring inclusiveness in alternative SDOs would
require one additional FTE in the Commission to monitor their actual practice and to support
Annex III organisations in their participation work in multiple alternative SDOs.
6.4. Impacts on Specific Objective 3 – International influence
This objective is intrinsically more difficult to quantify than Specific Objectives 1 and 2. Its
geopolitical and strategic dimensions, including the possible benefits of stronger reflection of
EU values and interests and the possible costs of decoupling from the “international first”
principle, do not lend themselves to robust monetisation on the basis of the available evidence.
The assessment for this objective therefore relies predominantly on qualitative evidence,
including stakeholder surveys, interviews, case studies.
6.4.1. Policy Option 1: Modernised ESO monopoly
Measure 1.9: Improved EU coordination
This measure will strengthen the EU’s impact in international standardisation by
supporting a more coherent and coordinated EU voice. The experience of the HLF highlights
236 In this option, all the available budget currently targeted at fostering experts’ participation in standardisation
under the SMP (EUR 10 million per year) would be absorbed the compensation, leaving a gap of EUR 2-5 million. 237 There are limited benchmarks available to assess translation costs of hENs. The Commission financed several
projects for translating hENs into Ukrainian in 2024. In this project, the average cost of translation of one hEN is
EUR 1 000. This would lead to total costs of maximum EUR 69 million to translate the entire portfolio of hENs
in all languages (3 270 standards in 21 languages, as hENs are generally available in French, German and English). 238 Targeted survey to industry and companies, 91 out of 148 SME respondents. 239 Interviews with Annex III organisations. 240 The estimated additional costs are EUR 0.4 million using the same approach as for measure 2.1. Similarly to
measure 3.1, this would decrease the action grants to support industry experts’ participation.
49
that better coordination across all European stakeholders involved in standardisation – industry,
ESOs and NSBs, Member States and the Commission – can increase collective involvement in
priority standardisation processes at international level241. 73 % of industry representatives
consulted in the targeted survey indicated that increased Commission involvement and
coordination of EU experts would strengthen EU impact in ISOs from a moderate to a very high
extent242. Stronger EU coordination was considered particularly necessary to promote shared
strategic positions in innovative sectors such as fuel cells, circular economy, cybersecurity, AI
or quantum243. This view is also shared by Annex III organisations and national societal
stakeholders244, whereas ESOs and NSBs insist on the importance of ensuring their
independence in ISOs.
Additional coordination efforts will incur administrative costs for the Commission.The
additional costs for the Commission are estimated at 1 FTE to animate the network of EU
stakeholders involved in international activities, based on the current experience of the HLF. In
the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, respondents do not identify
increased coordination as additional costs245.
Measure 1.10: Possibility to restrict participation in standardisation to EU/EEA
This measure can be effective to provide a safeguard for the protection of EU interests,
values and strategic prioritiesin standardisation activities linked to sensitive areas of
sovereignty or security. This can in turn contribute to increase EU influence in international
standardisation by ensuring that EU interests and values are first reflected in EU-driven
standards and then projected internationally, in particular if the EU standardisation process
becomes faster. Stakeholders generally support this measure, particularly where standardisation
outcomes may have implications for strategic autonomy and critical technologies or
infrastructure, such as electrical vehicle infrastructure or space technologies246. However, the
effectiveness of the restriction would depend on the available expertise within the EU in the
given technology and the ability of ESOs to exclude some of their non-EU/EEA experts247.
This measure is not expected to generate additional direct costs for the Commission. ESOs
could rely on the transparency obligations under Measure 1.8 to enforce the restrictions.
Businesses are however uncertain about the impact of this measure on their organisations: 36 %
of respondents in the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (89 out of 247)
consider it to be a benefit, while 27 % (67 out of 247) consider it to represent a cost248.
241 As shown by the examples of workstreams of the HLF on DPP or Hydrogen. See Annex 12. 242 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. 179 respondents out of 247. 243 Impact Assessment Study; p. 64. See also the case study 5 on AI (Annex 15). 244 According to the results of the targeted interviews with Annex III organisations, this measure should be
complemented by long-term financial support to enable experts from civil society and SMEs’ participation in
international standardisation fora. 245 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies. 16 % of respondents identify it as a cost (40
respondents out of 247). 246 See case study 3 on electric vehicle charging infrastructure and case study 4 on critical space technologies in
Annex 15. 44 % (108 out of 247) of respondents to the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies
indicated that the measure would strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation and 36 %
(100 out of 247) that it would have no or small impact. 247 Impact Assessment Study, p. 64-65. 248 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies.
50
6.4.2. Policy Option 2: ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibilities
Measure 2.5: Possibility to derogate from ‘international first’ principle
The measure could also increase EU influence in ISOs by improving the negotiating
positions of ESOs through the legal possibility for the EU not to incorporate an international
standard as a hEN. The positive effects on EU strategic autonomy and competitiveness in key
strategic technologies were highlighted in the case of the standard for electrical vehicle charging
systems, where the technological solution agreed in IEC was not considered to reflect the EU
ecosystem and where it was decided prioritise EU developed standards249. The measure would
facilitate such decisions and make them more legally grounded.
Activating the measure could however lead to partial decoupling from the international
standardisation process, with potential negative implications for market access,
interoperability and cost efficiency of EU businesses. Industry organisations consider that such
restrictions could lead to significant additional costs for EU producers active in international
markets who would have to ensure compliance with both European and international
standards250. Stakeholders, in particular CEN-CENELEC and NSBs, cautioned that any
derogation should be limited to very specific cases and well-justified. The additional costs to
the Commission to implement the measure is estimated at 1 FTE.
6.4.3. Policy Option 3: Open ESS managed by the Commission
Measure 3.5: End of the automatic ‘international first’ principle
This measure has similar effects as measure 2.5; it can have a positive impact on EU ability to
implement strategic autonomy and could contribute to increase the EU’s negotiating position
in ISOs. However, stakeholders assess that it would lead in practice to negative effects on the
EU’s influence in international standardisation. Industry considers that it would isolate the
EU, potentially leading to decoupling and a reduction in competitiveness through the additional
costs incurred for EU businesses to develop separate products for the European and
international markets251. Likewise, for ESOs and NSBs, the Vienna and Frankfurt agreements
are a major driver of EU influence in ISOs and turning back on their automaticity would
decrease such influence252. It is also unlikely that more requests addressed to alternative SDOs
would increase EU influence, although alternative SDOs may have their own international
agreements. Moreover, the implementation of the measure, and the ad hoc assessment of the
benefits of applying the ‘international first’ principle for each request, would require additional
resources from the Commission estimated at 2 FTEs.
6.5. Macro-economic impact of policy options
The implementation of each option impacts EU competitiveness, the functioning of the internal
market and EU innovation performance. This section presents the main result of a macro-
economic analysis examining the impact of the policy options (measured as a variation of the
249 See Annex 15, case study 3. The possibility to derogate form the ‘international first’ principle was also
advocated by stakeholders in case study 4 on critical space technology. 250 Interviews with industry organisations and HAS consultants. In addition, 30 % of respondents of the targeted
survey to industry associations (74 out of 247) expected opt-outs to lead to no or only a small impact, while 26 %
(64 out of 247) expected a large or very large impact. 251 Contributions to the Call for Evidence and position papers from the OPC. 252 Contributions to the Call for Evidence and position papers from the OPC.
51
available stock of hENs) on three dimensions capturing the general objectives of the initiative:
EU GDP, innovation performance and trade performance. Methodology, assumptions and
details are provided in Annex 4.
The impact on GDP would range between an additional EUR 0.88 billion for Option 1,
EUR 0.98 billion for Option 2 and EUR 1.15 billion for Option 3253, an overall marginal
contribution to EU growth of less than 0.01% in all cases. All options contribute to EU
competitiveness by fostering faster adoption and diffusion of hENs, thus decreasing
transactions costs within the internal market. Option 2 can make a more decisive contribution
to EU competitiveness by accelerating the availability of hENs in key strategic sectors essential
to EU long term competitiveness, notably in the digital and clean technologies areas. Option 3
offers higher long-term competitiveness potential by allowing to rely on the most relevant
SDOs for each hEN but incurs high implementation risks that can disrupt the functioning of the
ESS and ultimately slow the delivery of hENs. All options will have a positive impact on SME
competitiveness as SMEs are expected to benefit most of the improved availability of hENs. It
is estimated that for all options, SMEs will capture around 78 % of savings in conformity
assessment generated254.
Innovation can be positively affected by the options due to the role of standardisation in
technology transfer and market access255. However, the economic analysis did not find a
correlation between an increased in stock of hENs and innovation performance256. Options 2
and 3 can contribute more to innovation by ensuring that hENs better reflect the state-of-the art
and are developed faster in high-innovation sectors.
The options can also positively impact on trade. Standards play a pivotal role as a key non-
tariff barrier under the WTO’s Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Agreement and hENs can cut
trade costs significantly257. The economic analysis finds a significant elasticity of 0.0632 on the
stock of hENs, indicating that a hypothetical 10 % increase in the total stock of hENs would
contribute to an increase of 0.632 % in overall exports (intra-EU and extra-EU)258.
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?
7.1. Effectiveness of the proposed policy options
The effectiveness of each policy option against the specific policy objectives is summarised in
Table 2 below.
Table 2: Overview of the effectiveness of each policy option
253 Impact assessment study, p. 70. 254 See Annex 6. SMEs represent 99 % of the companies affected by the Options but on average develop 28 times
less new models than large undertakings per year, thus requiring 28 times less conformity assessment. 255 The Council Recommendation on the guiding principles for knowledge valorisation (EU) 2022/2415, the
Commission Recommendation on the Code of practice on standardisation (EU) 2023/498 and the Oslo Manual
recognises standardisation as an innovation activity, highlighting its role in spreading new technologies, fostering
open, cross-industry collaboration and strengthening industry-academia cooperation. 256 Impact assessment study, p. 70. 257 International harmonised standards are estimated to have contributed up to 13 % of the growth in global trade.
Journal of International Economics 137 (2022) 103619, Julia Schmidt/Walter Steingress: No double standards:
Quantifying the impact of standard harmonization on trade. 258 Impact assessment study, p. 70-71.
52
All proposed options will significantly contribute to increasing the responsiveness of the ESS
(Specific objective 1). The set of measures included in Option 1 to accelerate the development
of hENs will contribute to decreasing the average time to obtain a hEN from ESOs by 1 year
(- 19 % compared to the baseline). Option 2 will be more effective by adding flexibility for the
EU to address standardisation requests to alternative SDOs. The additional impact on the
average time to deliver a standard would however be limited as the flexibility would apply to
only a few cases but can make an essential contribution to competitiveness and technological
sovereignty in the cases where it will be used. Moreover, it also increases the incentives of
ESOs to deliver hENs as they could face competition from other SDOs, increasing its overall
effectiveness on responsiveness. Option 3 is also highly effective as it allows the Union to
choose the most relevant SDOs to deliver on each standardisation request, ensuring fast
availability of quality hENs – although this depends on the actual ability of alternative SDOs
to deliver hENs in line with their claimed standardisation practices, which has not yet been
tested. The absolute magnitude of these effects remains sensitive to assumptions on time
reduction and use of new flexibilities. However, this uncertainty does not affect the relative
ranking of options under this objective, as the assumptions were applied consistently and
conservatively across options.
As regards specific objective 2, Option 1 is effective, principally because it is the less disruptive
to the current functioning of the ESS. Improvement in ESOs’ standardisation process will foster
participation of all actors – industry and civil society organisations – in standardisation
activities from the ESOs, which will retain the ability to finance their functioning and the
planned improvements. Option 2, although introducing stronger requirements on free access to
hENs, can also ensure the sustainability of the ESS from a legal and financial point of view and
will foster the inclusiveness of the ESS by addressing the main gap in national inclusiveness.
Option 3 would have a negative impact on the sustainability of the ESS compared to the
baseline as it will suppress the financial incentives from ESOs to deliver hENs and could have
an adverse effect on participation of the industry into the process.
Policy Options 1 and 2 will be more effective than the baseline to consolidate EU influence in
international standardisation (specific objective 3) but differ in how they balance coordination,
flexibility and strategic control. Option 1 represents the most incremental approach, focusing
on improved coordination and targeted safeguards to increase the participation of all EU
stakeholders in international standardisation. Option 2 introduces greater flexibility by
Effectiveness of policy options against specific objectives
Specific Objective 1 Increasing the
responsiveness of the ESS
Specific Objective 2: Ensuring the sustainability
of the ESS
Specific Objective 3 Consolidating EU influence
in international standardisation
Policy Option 1 Modernised ESOs monopoly
++ ++ +
Policy Option 2 ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibilities
+++ ++ ++
Policy Option 3 Open ESS managed by the Commission
+++ - +/-
Legend: +++ significant positive impact; ++ positive impact; + minor positive impact +/- no or neutral impact; '- negative impact
53
allowing targeted derogation from the ‘international first’ principle, strengthening the EU
ability to protect strategic interests. Option 3 has overall a neutral effect on the objective. It
introduces the possibility to align EU and international standards on a case-by-case basis,
increasing strategic control but decreasing the alignment between EU and international
standards, in turn limiting EU influence in international fora.
7.2. Costs and benefits of the proposed policy options
The summary of costs and benefits associated with each option as quantified where possible in
Section 6 is presented in Table 3 below, supported by analyses in Annex 4.
Table 3: Costs and benefits of each policy option259
Building on the existing ESS whose cost-efficiency was highlighted in the Evaluation,
Option 1 will generate important savings for EU businesses with limited additional
resources from NSBs and the Commission, making it very efficient in terms of financial
benefits. However, non-monetary benefits, such as improved inclusiveness, the increased EU
influence in international standardisation and stronger legal certainty regarding access to
standards, which cannot be quantified, are relatively limited due to the less-ambitious nature of
the measures proposed.
Option 2, also largely relying on the current ESS, is also very efficient. Potential benefits for
businesses are larger than in Option 1 (by EUR 66.7 million per year) through additional
savings from a more responsive system, for an additional cost of EUR 44.9 million (i.e. a net
financial gain of EUR 21.8 million compared to Option 1). The option incurs additional net
costs for the Commission and NSBs to implement the Expert Centre and increase inclusiveness
at national level, as well as costs linked to participation in other SDOs for businesses. The
option involves important monetary transfers within the ESS. The free access to hENs is a
transfer of resources from ESOs and NSBs to the end-users of standards (businesses). These
transfers do not affect the overall efficiency of the option, which is however dependent on the
ability of ESOs to generate new revenues to absorb the loss of hENs sales. The cost-benefit
259 Details of the calculations and of the transfer of costs across actors are available in Table 4.3 Annex 4.
Costs and benefits under each policy option by main stakeholders affected (per year)
Policy Option 1
Modernised ESOs monopoly
Policy Option 2
ESS centred on ESOs
with new flexibilities
Policy Option 3
Open ESS managed by the
Commission
Benefits Costs Benefits Costs Benefits Costs
Industry & companies EUR 265 million 0 EUR 325 million EUR 10.5 million EUR 378 million EUR 25 million*
ESOs and NSBs n.a. EUR 2.2 million EUR 6 million EUR 32.9 million EUR 10 million EUR 49 million
Annex III and civil society organisations
EUR 1.2 million 0 EUR 1.9 million 0 EUR 0.4 million 0
European Commission n.a. EUR 0.5 million n.a. EUR 1.5 million n.a. EUR 8.1 million**
Overall efficiency ++ ++ +/-
Legend: ++ very efficient; + efficient ; +/- neutral; - inefficient; n.a. non applicable * Not including additional costs not quantifiable linked to possible divergence between EU and international standards ** Excluding potential translation costs linked to publication of hEN in the OJEU
54
ratio of monetary gains for Option 2 is lower than for Option 1 (99 for Option 1 versus 7 for
Option 2). However, non-monetary (and non-quantifiable) gains related to stakeholder
inclusiveness into the standardisation process, legal certainty regarding access to standards and
the EU’s influence in international standardisation are larger for Option 2 than for Option 1. As
such, Option 2 can be considered as efficient as Option 1: Option 1 incurs lower costs but
provide less overall benefits related to the policy objectives, while Option 2 is more expensive
but go further in achieving the policy objectives.
The impacts of Option 3 on the ESS are of a different nature. This option can generate
important benefits for the industrythrough a more responsive system based on both ESOs and
alternative SDOs and through free access to hENs published in the OJEU. However, the
increased responsiveness generates costs from the Commission to manage this new approach
to EU standardisation, while the publication in the OJEU limits the ability of the ESOs and
NSBs to create value from hENs. This leads to net additional costs for the entire system (and
not only transfers from one stakeholder to another) that make this option the least efficient.
There are also extra costs for industry linked to participation in multiple SDOs as well as costs
linked to the increased divergence between EU and international standards.
7.3. Coherence and proportionality
The revision of the Standardisation Regulation will take place in coordination with the
upcoming EPA, a comprehensive legislative initiative to modernise the product safety and
compliance framework across the internal market. Each policy option has been designed to
ensure coherence with the EPA and its main objective of improving the competitiveness of the
internal market, by ensuring that a sustainable, responsive and internationally relevant ESS
delivers the hENs necessary to the functioning and competitiveness of the internal market.
Option 1 is fully coherent with the reform of the NLF by strengthening the ESOs’ ability to
deliver the hENs needed for the efficient implementation of sectoral legislation. Option 2 is
even more coherent with EU law and policy objectives, as it introduces better conditions for
accessing hENs, facilitate the delivery of hENs in new technology areas covered by the NLF
and allow to implement strategic autonomy in European standardisation when necessary.
Option 3 is also overall coherent with EU law but can lead to disruption in the functioning of
the NLF by halting the long-term partnership with ESOs to support its implementation. It will
also create uncertainties for EU companies trading with international partners.
As regards proportionality, Options 1 and 2 are proportionate as they incur limited additional
costs compared to the baseline while being effective to reach the specific objectives. The
proportionality of Option 3 is more uncertain: it involves significant changes to the functioning
of the ESS that come with important implementation risks which can affect both the functioning
of the internal market and the sustainability of the ESS. These costs and risks are not necessary
to achieve the objectives pursued.
7.4. Summary of assessment
Stakeholders express general support for Option 1 as they assess that it will bring significant
improvements to the ESS compared to the baseline while building on its existing strengths.
Stakeholders’ views are more mixed towards Option 2. Industry and companies express
some support for this option as they see benefits in the increased responsiveness of the system.
While the views on the possibility for the Commission to address requests to alternative SDOs
55
are mixed260, the specific sectors potentially most concerned by such a possibility consider it
beneficial, as highlighted by the case studies. Annex III organisation and representatives of civil
society interest generally support Option 2 as long as the use of alternative SDOs does not
decrease the inclusiveness of standardisation. ESOs and NSBs prefer Option 1 as it would have
less impact on their current business model. No stakeholder group expressly supports
Option 3, albeit for different reasons. Businesses fear that it will disrupt the delivery of hENs
and entail too much risk on the activities of ESOs. They also oppose the possible divergence
from international standardisation that an ad hoc application of the ‘international first’ principle
could lead to. Annex III organisations also oppose this option as it would affect their ability to
participate to standardisation. ESOs and NSBs are the most strongly opposed, as it would
require an overhaul of their financing structure.
Table 4: Stakeholders’ support by Policy Option
Option 1 would have a strong positive impact on the functioning of the internal market, by
increasing the timely availability of hENs. Option 2 can have a stronger impact than Option 1
in supporting the EU competitiveness agenda, in particular in new strategic technologies thanks
to the flexibility to address requests to alternative SDOs. Both options are efficient, although
Option 2 incurs more costs and more changes to the ESS. The assessment concludes that
Option 3 is both the less effective and efficient option.
Table 5 below summarises the assessment and the comparison of Options, providing an
overview of their effectiveness, efficiency, coherence with EU law and proportionality.
Table 5: Assessment overview
260 37% of all respondents (196 out of 588) in the OPC agreed that the ESS should be opened to allow other
organisations or consortia to respond to specific standardisation requests alongside the recognised ESOs, while
49 % disagreed (288 out of 588) and 14 % were neutral or did not know (82 out of 588).
Summary of stakeholders' support for policy options Businesses ESOs/ NSBs
Annex III organisations and
civil society
Policy Option 1 Modernised ESOs monopoly
++ ++ ++
Policy Option 2 ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibilities
+ - +
Policy Option 3 Open ESS managed by the Commission
- -- -
Legend: ++ strongly support; + support; +/- neutral position; - oppose; -- strongly oppose
56
8. PREFERRED OPTION
8.1. Summary of preferred option
The preferred option is Option 2: an ESS centred on ESOs with new flexibility. It retains
the benefits of the current ESS and brings significant improvements to its functioning, while
creating the possibility to leverage alternative SDOs when they could contribute faster and more
quality hENs than the ESOs.
Both Policy Options 1 and 2 can make a significant contribution to the specific and general
objectives but Option 2 features three important advantages: it better supports EU
competitiveness and technological sovereignty by enabling access to state-of-the-art
expertise in critical technologies; it improves ESO performance by introducing a degree of
competitive pressure; and it is more future-proof, ensuring free and unrestricted access to
hENs and allowing the system to adapt if ESOs modify their sectoral coverage or new SDOs
emerge as leaders in specific fields.
The key features of the preferred option are:
• An ESS centred on ESOs, who will retain the responsibility to deliver most of the hENs
to the Commission, under a simplified, more efficient and inclusive process.
• The possibility for the Commission to address standardisation requests to alternative
SDOs, to leverage the latest state-of-the-art expertise in key strategic technologies.
• Free and unrestricted access to hENs, through a central repository managed by the ESOs
or the Commission.
• Strengthened EU coordination in international standardisation, with targeted
flexibilities to ensure its strategic autonomy.
• An EU Expert Centre led by a CSO to improve Commission oversight on the ESS.
8.2. REFIT (simplification and improved efficiency)
The Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation highlighted the potential and need for
simplification of the processes to deliver hENs. The preferred policy option will bring
simplification and improved efficiency through the following means:
• The faster availability of hENs will significantly reduce businesses’ compliance costs and
facilitate the conformity assessment of their products and services.
Overall assessment Effectiveness Efficiency Coherence Proportionality
Policy Option 1
Modernised ESOs
monopoly
++ ++ + ++
Policy Option 2
ESS centred on ESOs
with new flexibilities
+++ ++ ++ ++
Policy Option 3
Open ESS managed by
the Commission
+ +/- +/- -
Legend: +++ very positive impact; ++ positive impact ; + moderate positive impact +/-neutral impact; '- negative impact; -- very negative impact
57
• The central repository for hENs will simplify access to hENs for all stakeholders of the
ESS, not only reducing costs for users through free access but also facilitating their
consultation and use.
• The new obligations on NSBs for including civil society organisations and SMEs will
simplify the participation of these stakeholders to the standardisation process, notably by
reducing their participation costs.
• The simplification measures introduced in the legal process to adopt standardisation
requests and reference hENs will accelerate the regulatory process for adopting hENs.
• The improved organisation within the Commission through the Experts’ Centre,
coupled with the on-going digitalisation of the exchanges between ESOs and the
Commission, will create efficiencies and contribute to improve the quality and efficiency
of reporting and monitoring activities.
8.3. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach
The preferred option complies with the ‘one-in, one-out’ (OIOO) principle by ensuring that
newly introduced administrative and other compliance costs are more than offset by reductions
in existing burdens. Overall, the preferred option delivers a substantial reduction in
compliance costs for businesses of EUR 295 million, benefitting from savings from earlier
availability of hENs, while not incurring any additional administrative costs compared to the
baseline.
The preferred option increases administrative costs for ESOs through the transparency
register but does not create additional administrative costs linked to reporting obligations due
to efficiencies expected from the on-going digitalisation process. These costs are estimated at
EUR 1.0 million for ESOs and NSBs and are proportionate to the scale of economic benefits
and improvements in the functioning of the internal market. The preferred option requires an
increase in resources of the Commission for its efficient implementation with the creation of
the Expert Centre, estimated at EUR 1.5 million additional administrative costs.
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?
The improved monitoring of the implementation of the Standardisation Regulation by the
Commission is a key dimension of this initiative. The preferred option plans the introduction
of tools and mechanisms to improve transparency and increase accountability of the ESS for all
stakeholders. The Commission will monitor the improvements in the responsiveness of the ESS
by setting up key performance indicators on speed, timeliness, quality and flexibility.
Monitoring of the sustainability of the ESS will help assess the ability and incentives of
stakeholders to engage in standardisation activities. The Commission will also monitor
effective access to hENs, engagement of ESOs, participation of experts as well as
inclusiveness. The overall EU influence in international standardisation will be monitored
through: EU involvement in ISOs, ability of the EU to ensure strategic autonomy and actual
influence in ISOs. The monitoring will mainly rely on data reported by the ESOs and SDOs
through the eNorm platform.
The Commission will conduct an evaluation of the revised Standardisation Regulation 5 years
after its entry into force, based on indicators from Table 6.
Table 6: Planned indicators for monitoring the impact of the initiative
58
Objective Indicators
Improving the
responsiveness
of the ESS
• Speed and timeliness: average duration for referencing a hEN, for each step of the
process, and share of hEN available on time to support Union legislation
• Quality: number of offered hEN rejected by the Commission
• Flexibility: share of hENs involving alternative SDOs and number of CS adopted
Ensuring a
financially
viable and
inclusive ESS
• Effective access: number of consultations of hENs in the central repository
• Engagement of ESOs: share of requests rejected by the ESOs
• Participation of experts and inclusiveness: total number of experts engaged in EU
standardisation activities, including SME, civil society and R&I experts
EU influence
on
international
standardisation
• EU influence in ISOs: number of TC in ISO/IEC chaired by the EU and number of
international standards influenced by EU
• Ability to ensure strategic autonomy: number of requests restricted to EU/EEA,
number of derogations to the ‘international first’ principle
59
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION
1. LEAD DG, DECIDE PLANNING/CWP REFERENCES
Lead DG: DG Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (DG GROW),
Directorate: H: Construction, Machinery and Market Surveillance.
This impact assessment corresponds to the initiative with the
Decide reference PLAN/2024/2488, revision of the EU Standardisation Regulation.
This initiative is also part of the 2026 Commission Work Programme, under the header ‘Single
Market’, with the Commission’s proposal planned by Q3 2026.
2. ORGANISATION AND TIMING
The call for evidence feedback period ran from 23 June 2025 until 21 July 2025.
The public consultation period ran from 24 September 2025 until 17 December 2025.
An inter-service coordination group (ISCG) was convened and chaired by DG GROW. The
following Directorates-General participated: CLIMA, CNECT, COMP, DEFIS, DGT, DIGIT,
ENER, ENEST, FISMA, HOME, JUST, JRC, RTD, SANTE, SG, TRADE. The ISCG met
7 times. The last meeting on the final draft impact assessment report was held on 11 May 2026.
3. CONSULTATION OF THE RSB
The RSB was consulted in an informal upstream meeting on 8 September 2025.
This impact assessment was submitted to the RSB on 20 May 2026.
The meeting with the RSB took place on 17 June 2026.
The RSB provided an overall positive opinion on 19 June 2026. Following the opinion of the
RSB, changes were made to the IA to reflect the recommendations of the Board. A summary
of the RSB's recommendations and how these have been addressed is provided below.
Summary of the RSB findings and how the comments have been addressed:
Opinion of the RSB How the comments have been addressed
Key issue 1
The report does not sufficiently analyse how the participation of stakeholders in the
standardisation process affects the quality of the EU harmonised standards and their timely
delivery.
What to improve:
(1) The report should draw on additional
evidence to analyse the impact of
stakeholder participation from both
SMEs as well as from civil society
organisations on the quality and timely
delivery of standards.
(1) The revised report expands the
analysis on “Problem 2 – Lack of
balanced stakeholder participation
challenges the quality of standards” by
referring to existing scientific literature
on the link between inclusiveness and
60
standard quality and to the results of
the stakeholders’ consultation.
Key issue 2
The second specific objective is not defined sufficiently clearly to address the identified
problems, including the issue of balanced stakeholder participation.
What to improve:
(2) The report should better explain how
the second specific objective relates to
the identified problems. The objective
should be redefined to better reflect
that it aims to ensure a balanced
stakeholder representation, inclusive
access to harmonised standards and a
legally and financially viable
standardisation system providing EU
harmonised standards.
(2) The revised report redefines Specific
Objective 2 to better reflect that it
covers both the sustainability of the
ESS in the financial sense and its
ability to mobilise stakeholders’
participation. The description of the
objective also clarifies the interaction
between access to standards, financial
viability and inclusiveness and why
these dimensions are covered under
the same specific objective.
Key issue 3
The report does not describe in sufficient detail some of the policy measures making the
assessment of their impacts uncertain. The analysis of efficiency is not sufficiently clear to
inform the comparison of options.
What to improve:
(3) The report should provide, to the extent
possible, more details on the policy
measures to be implemented such as
requirements for stakeholder
participation or approach to deadlines
and the possible costs for stakeholders.
The report should be clearer and
comprehensive about the costs for all
concerned stakeholders, including the
EU budget.
(3) The revised report expands the
description of policy options, based on
Annex 10, and strives to assess impacts
on costs for all stakeholders for
measures where it is possible, including
costs that are transfers from one
stakeholder group to another, as
illustrated in tables 4.3 of Annex 4.
(4) Building on a more comprehensive
assessment of the costs to all
stakeholders, the efficiency analysis
should follow the standard
methodology, i.e. be based on societal
benefit cost ratio. In case other
approaches to efficiency assessment
are used in addition to societal benefit
cost ratio, the report should explain the
methodology.
(4) The revised report includes a more in-
depth analysis of efficiency of policy
option based on two metrics for
efficiency: benefit/costs ratio and net
social benefit. This allows to refine the
assessment of efficiency and to assess
Option 2 and Option 1 as similarly
efficient.
(5) The limitations and uncertainties
related to the analysis of the problems
and the impacts need to be further
clarified as well as the extent to which
they affect the comparison of options.
(5) The revised report adds a liminary
section for the assessment of all specific
objectives to highlight the key
limitations in the methodology
employed and clarifies that these
limitations do not affect the relative
comparison of options.
61
4. EVIDENCE, SOURCES AND QUALITY
The Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation261 identified the key areas for the revision. It
was supported by a study conducted by an external contractor262.
This Impact Assessment is also supported by a new study263 undertaken by an external
contractor, who carried out dozens of interviews, analysed data from both public and targeted
consultations and conducted desk research. The targeted consultations include an SME
Workshop (see Annex 6), an NSBs Validation Workshop and a meeting with the Committee
on Standards. More details on the consultation process are provided in Annex II. The High-
Level Forum on European Standardisation was held on 19 March 2026 to facilitate policy
discussions on the revision, while technical meetings with the High-Level Forum Sherpas were
organised to discuss, consult on and provide updates regarding the process.
Annex 4 provides more details on the analytical methods to collect the evidence supporting this
impact assessment.
261 Evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October
2012 on European standardisation. 262 Evaluation Study of the regulation (EU) 1025/2012 on European standardisation:
https://op.europa.eu/publication-detail/-/publication/57cb8a80-4fe4-11f0-a9d0-01aa75ed71a1. 263 Impact Assessment supporting Study accompanying the revision of the EU standardisation Regulation EU
1025/2012, Intellera Consulting SpA, Fraunhofer ISI.
62
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT)
1. CONSULTATION ACTIVITIES
The consultation strategy included a range of public and targeted activities designed to
triangulate the findings with other sources of information. The purpose was to get stakeholder
feedback on the revision of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, hereafter the Standardisation
Regulation, notably on the problem definition, the possible policy options and possible impacts
of those on the stakeholders. It was particularly important to gather views and data of
stakeholders that are often under-represented in the standardisation process, e.g. SMEs.
The consultation activities were conducted between June 2025 and May 2026, and included:
• The call for evidence, launched on the Have your say portal between 23 June 2025 and
21 July 2025.
• The open public consultation (OPC), opened from 24 September to 17 December 2025.
• One targeted online survey for industry organisations and companies, including SMEs,
to gather specific feedback on costs and benefits to be expected from the different
options.
• In-depth interviews with 17 NSBs/NCs/NSOs, to gather quantitative details on the
potential impact of policy options on revenues, costs, and business models.
• In-depth interviews with CEN-CENELEC and five EU industry organisations to fine-
tune quantitative analysis of impacts expected for ESOs, NSBs/NCs/NSOs and
companies.
• In-depth interviews with all four Annex III organisations to assess the impact of policy
options on the representation of societal interests and SMEs in European and
international standardisation.
• In-depth interviews with relevant DGs of the European Commission to gather a sector-
specific assessment.
• Five workshops with (i) SMEs and their EU representative organisations, (ii) HLF
sherpa sub-group and (iii) NSBs/NCs/NSOs.
Additional interviews were carried out between April and May 2026 to gather quantitative and
qualitative insights for the five sectoral case studies detailed in Annex 7.
The OPC and the targeted surveys were conducted online, through the EU Survey Tool264, and
they were widely disseminated among stakeholders using different channels, from direct emails
to engagement of relevant multipliers (EU industry organisations, ESOs, SBS, and the
European Enterprises Network).
264 https://ec.europa.eu/eusurvey/home/welcome.
63
The dissemination activities were regularly monitored, and the overall strategy was constantly
updated to fill gaps emerging both in terms of geographical coverage and representativeness of
stakeholder groups. All interviews were conducted virtually.
1.1. Call for evidence
A call for evidence was launched on the Have your say portal between 23 June 2025 and 21
July 2025. A total of 198 valid feedback265 was received from 24 countries, with the highest
participation coming from Belgium (30 %, 59 responses), Germany (18 %, 36 responses),
France (10 %, 20 responses), and Spain (6 %, 12 responses). The call for evidence also received
responses from representatives outside EEA, including Mexico, Türkiye, United Kingdom.
Business associations accounted for the largest share of participants, with a total of 81 replies
(41 %). NGOs (non-governmental organisations) represented 15 % of respondents (30 replies),
followed by 12 % (23 replies) of companies/businesses, 9 % (18 replies) of EU citizens, 4 % (8
replies) of public authorities, 2 % (4 replies) of academic/research institutions, 2 % (3 replies)
of consumer organisations, 2 % (3 replies) of trade unions, 1 % (2 replies) of non-EU citizens.
A further 13 % (26 replies) of respondents selected “other” as stakeholder category. The figure
below summarises the stakeholder categories of respondents.
Figure 1-1 Distribution of responses by stakeholder groups
1.2. Open public consultation (OPC)
The OPC on the proposal for the revision of the Standardisation Regulation took place from 24
September to 17 December 2025. The consultation aimed to collect relevant evidence on the
key challenges and opportunities for the revision, including the policy options under
consideration and their impacts.
599 valid replies were submitted to the public consultation from 32 different countries.
Respondents were distributed across 11 stakeholder groups.
265 Total feedback received amount at 200, but 2 duplicates were detected.
64
Businesses represented the largest share of participants, for a total of 135 business associations
and 155 companies. The number of SMEs amounted to 12 % (69 replies), where 21 were small
enterprises (10 to 49 employees) and 25 were micro-enterprises (1 to 9 employees). 13 % of
respondents were citizens (79 replies; 77 from EU countries and 2 from non-EU countries). All
the four organisations recognised in Annex III of the Standardisation Regulation as well as all
three European Standardisation Organisations (ESOs) participated to the survey. The figure
below summarises the stakeholder category of respondents.
Figure 1-2 Distribution of responses by stakeholders groups
1.3. Targeted surveys (TS)
1.3.1. Industry organisations and companies
A total of 247 responses were received through the targeted survey with industry organisations
and companies, 67 % (165 out of 247) from companies and 33 % (82 out of 247) from industry
associations. Respondents covered 26 countries, mainly in the EEA area. The geographical
distribution of responses varied across countries: Portugal accounted for the highest share, with
30 % of total responses, followed by Germany and Belgium, each accounting for 12 %. The
remaining countries each represented between 2 % and 8 % of total responses. This distribution
is presented in the chart below.
65
Figure 1-3 Geographical distribution of industry TS participants
Among the companies replying to the survey, 53 % (87 out of 165) were SMEs (18 % micro,
12 % small, and 22 % medium enterprises), and 47 % (78 out of 165) were large enterprises.
Respondents also differed in terms of their level of operation, 35 % operate at national level,
20 % at the EU/EEA level, 45 % at the international level.
Figure Size distribution of TS participants by company (a) and operational level distribution of industry TS participants (b)
1.3.2. National standardisation bodies, national committees and national
standardisation organisations (NSBs/NCs/NSOs)
A total of 37 responses were received through the survey, representing 25 countries, mainly in
the EEA area. Regarding ESO membership, since NSBs may hold memberships in more than
one ESO, the survey received contributions from 26 CEN members, 25 CENELEC members,
and 19 ETSI members. CEN-CENELEC affiliates participated in the survey, including NSBs
from Ukraine and the Republica of Moldova.
1.4. Workshops
The following workshops have been conducted:
66
• Two workshops with the HLF sherpa sub-group, to discuss policy options and their
potential implications with Member States representatives and ESOs (13 October 2025)
and to validate the analysis considering the feedback of Members States and ESOs (20
April 2026.
• Two workshops with NSBs/NCs/NSOs, to gather specific feedback on costs and benefits
to be expected from the different options (21 November 2025) and to validate the analysis
considering the specific costs and benefits for NSBs/NCs/NSOs (24 April 2026).
• One workshop with SMEs and their EU representative organisations, to validate the
analysis considering the specific costs and benefits on SMEs (27 March 2026).
2. MAIN RESULTS OF CONSULTATIONS
The stakeholder groups consulted show different levels of support towards the different policy
options, which is summarized in the following table.
Policy option Industry
organisations
and companies
of which SMEs
and their
representatives
European and
National
standardisation
organisations
Annex III
organisations
and societal
stakeholders
Policy option
1 ++ ++ + ++
Policy option
2 + + - +
Policy option
3 - - -- -
Legend: “++” strong support”, “+” support, “0” neutral, “-“ opposition, “--” strong
opposition
All stakeholder groups expressed strong support for Policy Option 1, as they expect it will bring
significant benefits to the ESS compared to the baseline, without hampering the current
strengths of the public-private partnership between the Commission and the ESOs.
Stakeholders’ views are more mixed towards Policy Option 2. ESOs and NSBs oppose both (i)
the possibility for the Commission to address requests to alternative SDOs, and (ii) the free
access to hENs. This is particularly the case for the NSBs that rely mostly on sales of hENs to
finance their activities and to organise the contribution of their national stakeholders to the
standardisation process. Industry representatives and businesses express some support for
Option 2 as they see benefits in the increased responsiveness of the system. Annex III
organisations and representatives of societal stakeholders generally support Option 2 provided
that the current guarantees regarding inclusiveness are maintained, including when other SDOs
are involved.
No stakeholder group explicitly supported Policy Option 3 over the other options. ESOs and
NSBs were strongly opposed to Option 3 in what regards the open selection of SDOs for
standardisation requests while industry and business associations were more nuanced on the
67
impact of such measure, ESOs and NSBs and industry generally oppose the publication of hENs
in the OJEU as it would strongly challenge the financial sustainability of the ESS. They also
oppose the end of the automatic ‘international first’ principle as it would isolate the ESS from
international standardisation processes. Annex III organisations also oppose this option as it
would affect their ability to participate in the standardisation process.
The detailed analysis of stakeholders’ feedback is provided here below by objective and option.
2.1. SO1: increase responsiveness of the ESS
PO 1: modernised ESO’s monopoly
Industry organisations and companies support the measures proposed to increase the
responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 1. More specifically:
• In the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, most respondents
indicated that the use of a technical specification developed by the ESOs for temporary
presumption of conformity until harmonised standard is ready would contribute to
accelerating the standardisation process, to a moderate (28 %, 69 out of 247), large
(30 %, 73 out of 247), or very large (18 %, 44 out of 247) extent266. In line with this, the
impact of this measure was also assessed as moderately (31 %, 77 out of 247) or highly
(25 %, 61 out of 247) beneficial to respondents’ organisations. This is in line with the
views already expressed in the OPC where the use of previous editions of standards and
of technical specifications developed by the ESOs or the use of European Agile
Specifications (EAS)267 received a broad support.
• This position is also confirmed by SMEs268. Specifically, most SMEs participating in
the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies evaluated the use of
technical specifications developed by the ESOs for temporary presumption of
conformity until harmonised standard to be effective, to a moderate (28 %, 41 out of
148), large (28 %, 42 out of 148), or very large (20 %, 29 out of 148) extent, in
streamlining the development of standards. Moreover, the majority of respondents also
recognised this measure to be moderately (24 %, 36 out of 148) or highly (30 %, 45 out
of 148) beneficial to their organisation.
• Similar support was shown for the measure of using existing standards when the ESOs
cannot deliver. Overall, most respondents to the targeted survey to industry
organisations and companies agreed with the measure, to a moderate (28 %, 68 out of
247), large (27 %, 67 out of 247), or very large (20 %, 50 out of 247) extent, and
266 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (Q19: To what extent do you believe that these
measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality
standards?). Sample size, N = 247. 267 Contributions from the OPC, sorted by industry and companies (Q9: What measures could be implemented
when there are no harmonised standards or when such standards are delayed or unavailable at the time of
applicability of the legislation they are supporting? For example: common specifications, interim solutions, use
of previous standards). Sample size, N=320. 268 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies – SMEs (Q19: To what extent do you believe that
these measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-
quality standards?; Q21: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below impact your company).
Sample size, N = 148.
68
assessed it as moderately (28 %, 70 out of 247) or highly beneficial (28 %, 70 out of
247) to their organisation.
• Among SMEs replying to the to the targeted survey to industry organisations and
companies, 79 % of respondents considered this measure positive to accelerate the
development of standards to a moderate (32 %, 48 out of 148), large (25 %, 37 out of
148), or very large (22 %, 32 out of 148) extent. At the same time, the majority of SME
respondents to the survey considered the use of existing standards as moderately (30 %,
45 out of 148) or highly (28 %, 41 out of 148) beneficial for their organisation269.
Figure 2-1 Q19: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards? Sample size=247
Source: Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies
• In the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, most respondents
indicated that introducing legal deadlines and strengthen ESO obligations, including
monitoring and KPIs would help to a moderate (26 %, 25 out of 247), large (22 %, 55
out of 247), or very large extent (10 %, 25 out of 247) to speed up the development of
high-quality standards. In addition, several respondents considered this measure to be
moderately (25 %, 61 out of 247) or highly (15 %, 36 out of 247) beneficial to their
company270.
• Respondents to the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies were also
in favour of the digitalisation of the standardisation process through machine-readable
format hENs and the use of an Online Standards Development (OSD) platform,
considering that it would make a positive contribution to simplifying and accelerating
269 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies – SMEs (Q19: To what extent do you believe that
these measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-
quality standards?; Q21: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below impact your company).
Sample size, N = 148. 270 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (Q15: To what extent do you believe that this measure
will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?;
Q17: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below impact your company). Sample size, N=247.
69
the development of high-quality standards.271 In particular, most respondents indicated
that requiring all hENs to be provided in a machine-readable format would contribute
to the objective to a moderate (20 %, 49 out of 247), large (29 %, 71 out of 247), or very
large (22 %, 54 out of 247) extent272, At the same time, 82 % of respondents reported
the same for the digitalisation of ESO activities through an OSD platform. Overall, most
respondents considered that a fully digitalised standards-development process,
including an integrated OSD platform, machine-readable formats, and translation tools,
would contribute to a moderate (25 %, 62 out of 247), large (30 %, 74 out of 247) or
very large (22 %, 54 out of 247) extent. However, a full digitalised standardisation
process, despite being reported to speed up the standard development, was perceived to
be costly by 41 % of respondents (102 out of 247).
Figure 2-2 Q15: To what extent do you believe that this measure will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards? Sample size=247
Source: Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies
• Some concerns have been raised about the introduction of legal deadlines and stronger
ESO obligations - including monitoring and KPIs: 37 % of SMEs participating in the
targeted survey to industry organisations and companies perceived its impact as a
benefit, while 31 % regarded it as a cost273.
271 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (To what extent do you believe that this measure will
support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?; Please
indicate the extent to which the measures listed below impact your company). Sample size, N=247. 272 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies (To what extent do you believe that this measure will
support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?; Please
indicate the extent to which the measures listed below impact your company). Sample size, N=247. 273 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q17: Please indicate the extent to which the measures
listed below impact your company). Sample size, N = 148.
70
Figure 2-3 Q19: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards? Sample size=148
Source: Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies - SMEs
Consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for the measures proposed to increase the responsiveness of the ESS
under Policy Option 1 .
• The majority of respondents to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (46 %, 17 out
of 37 respondents) indicated that introducing a temporary Presumption of Conformity
for standardisation deliverables other than standards would contribute to simplifying
and accelerating the development of high-quality standards to a very large extent274. To
the contrary, only 3 % (1 out 37 respondents) of respondents indicated that this measure
would not contribute to achieving the objective275.
• NSBs/NCs/NSOs were generally not supportive of the use of Common Specifications
by the European Commission as fall-back to harmonised standards. Most of respondents
to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (65 %, 24 out of 37) indicated that the
measure would not contribute to simplifying and accelerating the development of high-
quality standards, and 5 % (2 out of 37 respondents) indicated that the measure would
only contribute to the goal to a small extent276. Concerning the share of respondents
endorsing the measure, 3 % (1 out of 37) indicated “to a very large extent”, 5 % (2 out
274 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 275 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 276 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37.
71
of 37 respondents) “to a large extent”, while 11 % (4 out of 37 respondents) indicated
“to a moderate extent”277.
• Similarly, the results of the to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs reveal overall
low support from NSBs for including stronger ESO obligations, monitoring and KPIs,
to anticipate and address standardisation needs earlier in the technological lifecycle. The
majority (51 %, 19 out of 37 respondents) indicated that this measure would not support
the achievement of the objective, and 14 % (5 out of 37 respondents) indicated that the
effect would be small278. However, some NSBs showed moderate support for this
measure, with 22 % (8 out of 37 respondents) indicating that it would contribute to the
objective “to a moderate extent” and 14 % (5 out of 37 respondents) indicating “to a
large extent”279. This is consistent with the results of the Public Consultation, where
72 % (26 out of 37 respondents) of NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the
consultation revealed the same scepticism for this measure280.
• NSBs/NCs/NSOs show positive views on the simplification and digitalisation of the
process, even though they are generally more cautious about its impact compared to
other measures endorsed. Most respondents (41 %, 15 out of 37 respondents) indicated
that the measure would contribute to the objective to a moderate extent281.
Approximately a third of respondents (32 %, 12 out of 37 respondents) indicated that
the contribution would be large, while 24 % (9 out of 37 respondents) indicated that it
would be very large282. In their responses to the OPC, NSBs/NCs/NSOs showed strong
support for the simplification of the standardisation process. The majority of
respondents among NSBs/NCs/NSOs (92 %, 33 out of 37) indicated that they strongly
agree with the measure283. Similarly, 72 % of respondents (26 out of 37 respondents)
strongly agreed that the process should be digitalised284.
Consultations with the ESOs indicate overall support for the measures proposed to
increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 1.
277 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?) Sample
size, N = 37. 278 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q10: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 279 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q10: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 280 Public consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following approaches to improve speed
and flexibility of standardisation processes: Level of agreement). Sample size, N = 37. 281 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q10: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 282 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs. (Q10: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 283 Public Consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following approaches to improve speed
and flexibility of standardisation processes: Level of agreement). Sample size, N = 37. 284 Public Consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following approaches to improve speed
and flexibility of standardisation processes: Level of agreement). Sample size, N = 37.
72
• In-depth interviews with CEN-CENELEC and the workshop with the HLF sherpa sub-
group confirmed that Policy Option 1 could bring benefits by reinforcing ongoing
efforts by the ESOs and NSBs to streamline the drafting of Ens, for instance greater
digitalisation of processes, earlier quality checks before submission to the Commission,
and agreements with other SDOs to integrate their standards into the ESS. ETSI also
expressed overall support towards this option although it adopted a more neutral stance
towards the revision of the Standardisation Regulation.
Annex III and societal stakeholders also support for the measures proposed to increase
the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 1, as it would preserve the integrity of
their influence and ensure their continued inclusiveness in the ESS.
PO 2: ESS centred on ESO’s with new flexibilities
Industry representatives and companies, including SMEs, expressed mixed views towards
the measures proposed to increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 2
and would support it only in certain specific cases.
• Industry representatives and companies expressed uncertainty regarding the possibility
of opening the system to other SDOs. In the OPC, 61 % of industry representatives and
companies (182 out of 320) disagreed that the Commission should have the option to
request the development of new standards by actors beyond the existing European
Standardisation Organisations, provided that they work in an inclusive manner with
balanced participation of relevant European stakeholders285. This view was also
reflected in the targeted survey to industry and companies, in which most respondents
considered that revising the list of ESOs in Annex I to the Regulation would have no
(32 %, 79 out of 247) or small (17 %, 41 out of 247) impact on speed and
responsiveness286. Some contributions expressed concern that opening requests to other
SDOs might lead to market fragmentation, reduced inclusiveness, and divergent
approaches that may be challenging for SMEs to navigate. At the same time, some
contributions suggested that, in fast-moving technological sectors, increased flexibility
could improve the responsiveness of the system287.
• In the targeted survey to industry and companies, respondents considered the re-
establishment of a EU Chief standardisation officer, with increased resources, to be
beneficial for ESS. Most respondents perceived increased involvement and
coordination of EU experts by the European Commission in international
standardisation, and promotion of the European Commission as a centre of expertise,
as a moderate (34 %, 83 out of 247) or high (25 %, 61 out of 247) benefit, compared
with 16 % (39 out of 247) who viewed it as a cost288.
285 Public Consultation - companies and industry associations (Q8. Please share your views on the following
approaches to improve speed and flexibility of standardisation processes). Sample size, N=320. 286 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q15: To what extent do you believe that this measure will support
achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample size,
N = 247. 287 Contributions from the Call for Evidence, Public Consultation (position papers) and targeted survey (Free text
comments following Q15: To what extent do you believe that this measure will support achieving the objective of
simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). 288 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q51: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below
impact your organisation). Sample size, N = 247.
73
• Representatives of SMEs were also cautious about involving other SDOs in the system,
noting that the current framework plays an important role in ensuring contributions from
all Member States and affected stakeholder groups. In the OPC, 44 % of respondents
among SMEs (32 out of 72) agreed that the standardisation framework should be
opened to allow other organisations or consortia to respond to specific standardisation
requests alongside the recognised ESOs, provided they meet a set of pre-defined
criteria, such as inclusiveness, ensuring the quality of their work. In addition, 44 % of
respondents among SMEs (32 out of 72) agreed that the Commission should have the
option to request the development of new standards by actors beyond the existing
European Standardisation Organisations, provided that they work in an inclusive
manner with balanced participation of relevant European stakeholders289, while 37 %
(24 out of 72) disagreed. At the same time, in the targeted survey to industry and
companies, SME representatives considered the creation of an EU Expert Centre to be
beneficial for the ESS. In particular, 59 % (88 out of 148) of respondents perceived
increased involvement and coordination of EU experts by the European Commission in
international standardisation, and promotion of the European Commission as a centre
of expertise, as a benefit, compared with 17 % (25 out of 148) who viewed it as a cost290.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for the measures proposed to increase the responsiveness of the ESS
under Policy Option 2.
• With regards to the possibility of sending Standardisation Requests to other SDOs in
pre-defined cases, and the possibility to use and reference standards from other SDOs,
the majority of respondents to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs indicated that
they do not support the measure (57 %, 21 out of 37 respondents), and 14 % (5 out of
37 respondents) indicated that the measure would contribute to a small extent to
achieving the objective291. NSBs are also less supportive towards integrating existing
standards and technical specifications from other SDOs when ESOs cannot deliver. The
majority of respondents to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs indicated that they
do not support this measure (57 %, 21 out of 37 respondents), and 14 % (5 out of 37
respondents) indicated that the measure would contribute to a small extent to achieving
the objective292. Similarly, 58 % (22 out of 37 respondents) of NSBs which responded
to the OPC indicated that they strongly disagree with the measure, and 11 % (4 out of
37) indicated that they somewhat disagree293.
• Concerning the creation of an EU expert Centre, led by a Chief Standardisation Officer
to pilot the ESS and lead development of common specifications, most of respondents
to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (65 %, 24 out of 37 respondents) indicated
289 Public Consultation – SMEs (Q8. Please share your views on the following approaches to improve speed and
flexibility of standardisation processes). Sample size, N=72. 290 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q51: Please indicate the extent to which the measures
listed below impact your organisation). Sample size, N=148. 291 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 292 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 293 Public Consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following approaches to improve speed
and flexibility of standardisation processes: Level of agreement). Sample size, N = 37.
74
that the measure would not contribute to simplifying and accelerating the development
of high-quality standards, and 5 % (2 out of 37 respondents) indicated that the measure
would only contribute to the goal to a small extent294.
Consultations with the ESOs indicate overall less support for the measures proposed to
increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 2 than for Policy Option 1.
The main concerns expressed by CEN-CENELEC relate to policy measures involving other
SDOs, as they consider that these could create risks and uncertainties regarding users’ trust in
the standardisation process295.
Annex III organisations and societal stakeholders support the measures proposed to
increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 2, provided that existing
guarantees of their inclusiveness are maintained, including in cases where other SDOs are
involved. One of the concerns expressed in the OPC and in the in-depth interviews with Annex
III organisations is that participation in other SDOs might increase their costs as their experts
would have to cover other organisations beyond the ESOs.
PO 3: Open ESS managed by the Commission
Industry organisations and companies are generally opposed to the measures proposed to
increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 3.
• The main concerns were a lower guarantee of consensus-building in the standard
development process, and a fragmentation that would overcomplicate the system296.
These concerns are confirmed by the results of the targeted survey to industry and
companies, where most of respondents indicated that open procurement of standards,
with no privileges for ESOs, would contribute to simplifying and accelerating the
standard development system to no (33 %, 81 out of 247), small (13 %, 33 out of 247),
or a moderate (19 %, 46 out of 247) extent297. Similarly, in the OPC, 55 % of
respondents among companies and business associations (161 out of 291) disagreed
about that the standardisation framework should be opened to allow other organisations
or consortia to respond to specific standardisation requests alongside the recognised
ESOs, provided they meet a set of pre-defined criteria, such as inclusiveness, ensuring
the quality of their work, while 32 % (92 out of 291) agreed. At the same time,
respondents from companies and industry associations replying to the OPC showed
broad support for the necessity of a set of clear criteria that standardisation
organisations must meet to be recognised as an ESO, with 83 % (240 out of 320)
agreeing298.
• SME representatives were uncertain about whether open selection of SDOs for
standardisation requests would simplify or accelerate the development of high-quality
294 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs: Q13: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards? Sample
size, N = 37. 295 Targeted interview with ESOs. 296 Contributions by the Call for Evidence, Public Consultation and case study interview. 297 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q51: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below
impact your organisation). Sample size, N=247. 298 Public Consultation - companies and industry associations (Q11. Please share your views on the following
approaches related to the role of the European Standardisation Organisation). Sample size, N=320.
75
standards. In the targeted survey to industry and companies, most respondents among
SMEs indicated that open procurement of standards, with no privileges for ESOs, would
contribute to the objective to no (30 %, 45 out of 148), small (14 %, 20 out of 148), or
moderate (21 %, 31 out of 148) extent299.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) indicate
opposition to the measures proposed to increase the responsiveness of the ESS under
Policy Option 3, especially for the open selection of SDOs for Standardisation requests.
• The majority of respondents to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (65 %, 24 out
of 37 respondents) indicated that the measure would not contribute to achieving the goal
of simplifying and accelerating the development of standards300. This is confirmed by
the results of the OPC where most NSBs/NCs/NSOs (78 %, 28 out of 37 respondents)
strongly disagreed with the measure301. Only 1 National Standardisation Body (3 % of
respondents) showed support for the measure302.
In-depth interviews with CEN-CENELEC confirmed that the measures proposed to increase
the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option 3 are strongly opposed by ESOs, as it
would require an overhaul of their financing structure and their ability to deliver hENs.
Annex III and societal stakeholders are also worried about potential negative spillovers
of the measures proposed to increase the responsiveness of the ESS under Policy Option
3 on their participation in standardisation. Measures considered to mitigate the risks are
considered relevant but not sufficient.
2.2. SO2: ensuring sustainability of the ESS
PO 1: modernised ESO’s monopoly
Industry organisations and companies overall support for the measures related to the
sustainability of the ESS under Policy Option 1. In particular, SMEs clearly expressed strong
support towards the different measures envisaged. More specifically:
• In the targeted survey to industry and companies, most respondents supported the
introduction of strong obligations concerning SMEs and societal stakeholders’
involvement, including on voting rights to enhance the level of inclusiveness and
involvement in the standardisation processes to a large extent (19 %, 47 out of 247
respondents) and to a very large extent (21 %, 52 out of 247 respondents)303. In addition,
most respondents consider improved support for expert participation is offered and/or
the relation between EU Research and Innovation (R&I) funded projects and
299 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q51: Please indicate the extent to which the measures
listed below impact your organisation). Sample size, N=148. 300 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q16: To what extent do you believe that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality standards?). Sample
size, N = 37. 301 Public consultation (Please share your views on the following approaches related to the role of the European
Standardisation Organisation (ESOs): Agreement). Sample size, N = 37. 302 Public consultation (Please share your views on the following approaches related to the role of the European
Standardisation Organisation (ESOs): Agreement). Sample size, N = 37. 303 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q37: To what extent do you think that these measures will support
the achievement of the objective to inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation processes?). Sample size,
N = 247.
76
standardisation processes to be beneficial for participation and inclusiveness of the ESS,
to a large (24 %, 60 out of 247 respondents) or very large extent (30 % , 74 out of 247
respondents).
• Similar support was expressed for promoting a standardisation ecosystem for innovation
and pre-normative work. Most respondents to the targeted survey to industry and
companies indicated that the measure would be beneficial to a large (23 %, 57 out of
247 respondents) or very large extent (22 %, 54 out of 247 respondents)304. In addition,
as outlined in the SME workshop, the time required from expert staff to engage in these
processes has emerged as one of main barriers to participating in standardisation
activities. This time cost is partly linked to the difficulty of knowing precisely when,
during lengthy meetings, topics of direct relevance to specific experts will be discussed.
More streamlined organisation of standardisation activities, allowing experts to be
involved only in the phases where their contribution is effectively needed, could
therefore strengthen incentives for SME participation in the ESS305. This could be
further supported by making greater use of online participation tools, where appropriate,
to facilitate the involvement of SME experts306. In the SME workshop, participants also
highlighted the importance of encouraging academic participation in standardisation,
noting that such involvement is not currently valued sufficiently in academic career
assessment. Strengthening the role of standardisation within vocational education and
training was also proposed as a way to broaden the future base of experts able to
contribute to standardisation activities307.
• The measure related to the introduction of transparency requirements on participation
to standardisation also received positive feedback from companies and industry
organisations. In the OPC, most respondents among industry organisations (42 %, 121
out of 291) indicated that they strongly agree that greater transparency is needed
regarding the stakeholders involved in technical committees and working groups
developing harmonised European standards308.
• Results of the targeted survey to industry and companies indicate that most SME
respondents consider improved support for expert participation and the strengthened
link between EU Research and Innovation (R&I) funded projects and standardisation
processes as beneficial, to a large (26 %, 38 out of 148 respondents) or very large extent
(33 %, 49 out of 148 respondents)309. Similar support was expressed for promoting a
standardisation ecosystem for innovation and pre-normative work, most SMEs agreeing
that this would be beneficial to a large (26 %, 38 out of 148 respondents) or very large
304 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q33: To what extent do you think that these measures will support
the achievement of the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation processes?).
Sample size, N = 247 305 SME workshop. 306 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs. Sample size, N = 148. 307 SME workshop. 308 Public Consultation – Industry organisations (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 320. 309 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q33: To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation
processes?) Sample size, N = 148.
77
extent (22 %, 33 out of 148 respondents)310. Moreover, participants to the SME
workshop highlighted the importance of encouraging academic participation in
standardisation, noting that such involvement is not currently valued sufficiently in
academic career assessment.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for the measures related to the sustainability of the ESS under Policy
Option 1. More specifically:
• Interviews with NSBs provided information to assess the impact of accessibility
measures on the market of harmonised standards. Using data gathered from the
interviews with NSBs, the EU standardisation market was estimated at approximately
EUR 500 million annually, with around 61% of revenues originating from other sources,
33 % from the sales of other standardisation deliverables, and 6 % from the sales of
harmonised standards. These figures were validated in the NSBs’ workshop.
• Interviews with NSBs revealed significant variation in the number of standards
downloads across respondents, ranging from 12 000 to 223 000 downloads annually.
Downloads of European Standards (ENs) ranged between 4 005 and 148 000,
accounting for between 38 % and 95 % of all standards downloads. In comparison,
downloads of harmonised European Standards (hENs) ranged from 5 984 to 28 800,
representing between 10 % and 48 % of total downloads. The interviews also
highlighted differences in pricing practices, with the price of ENs ranging from EUR 36
to EUR 150, while hENs were generally priced between EUR 100 and EUR 120. In
addition, respondents indicated that small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)
represented a substantial share of their customer base, accounting for between 50 % and
99 % of users. These figures were validated in the NSBs’ workshop.
• With regard to the impact of readability platforms and open access to standards, the
findings of the consultations with NSBs suggest that the effects on revenues and costs
have so far been limited and uneven across respondents. Only 3 out of the 17
interviewees reported experiencing a significant change in their revenues, with the
average declared loss amounting to approximately 6 % of total revenues. At the same
time, 5 out of 17 respondents indicated that they had not observed any significant
change, while 4 out of 17 reported no impact at all. Despite these relatively limited
immediate effects, all interviewees expressed concern about the potential implications
of introducing open access to standards as a general rule, noting that such a development
could potentially affect up to 100 % of their revenues.
• Regarding increased incentives for experts’ participation in standardisation, most
NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the OPC indicated that they strongly agree with
the measure (88 %, 30 out of 34 respondents to the question)311.
• With regard to transparency requirements on participation in standardisation, most
NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the OPC (57 %, 20 out of 35 respondents to the
310 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q33: To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation
processes?) Sample size, N = 148. 311 Public Consultation- NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to improve
inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37.
78
question) indicated they strongly agree with the measure312. In addition, 23 % of
respondents (8 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that they somewhat agree
with the measure, while 11 % (4 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that
they are neutral313. Conversely, 6 % (2 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated
that they somewhat disagree and 3 % (1 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated
that they strongly disagree314.
Annex III and societal stakeholders confirm strong support towards the measures
envisaged in Policy Option 1 as they could enable a wider inclusion of civil society interests
at European and national level.
PO 2: ESS centred on ESO’s with new flexibilities
Industry organisations and companies overall support for the measures related to the
legal obligations on access to standards under Policy Option 2, although views differ
regarding their likely effectiveness and the type of measures considered most impactful.
• Most respondents to the targeted survey to industry and companies (24 %, 60 out of
247) indicated that the measure proposed under Policy Option 2 with regards to access
to standards would be beneficial to a moderate extent, 21 % (50 out of 247 respondents)
indicated to a “large extent”, and 17 % (42 out of 247) a “very large extent”315.
Figure 2-4 Q33:To what extent do you think that these measures will support the achievement of the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation processes?, Sample size = 247
Source: Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies
312 Public Consultation- NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to improve
inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37. 313 Public Consultation- NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to improve
inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37. 314 Public Consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37. 315 Public Consultation – Industry organisations (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 320.
79
Among industry organisations and businesses, evidence from the OPC confirms a broadly
positive but more differentiated support of inclusiveness measures under Policy Option 2.
• Strongest support is observed for practical facilitation tools rather than binding
governance reforms. For instance, increased capacity building for European experts
receives high levels of agreement, with 50 % respondents among industry
representatives (146 out of 292) expressing indicating that they strongly agree316.
• In the OPC, most industry actors and societal stakeholders think that legally relevant
content of harmonised standards should be freely accessible. However, some industry
contributions to Call for Evidence and OPC expressed the need to compensate the
foregone revenues to guarantee the economic sustainability of the ESS. In the OPC,
most SMEs strongly agreed that the legally relevant content of standards should be
published and freely accessible by default (63 %, 39 out of 62 respondents to the
question)317. This position is also confirmed in the targeted survey sent to industry and
companies, where most respondents among SMEs indicated that the measure would
contribute to achieving the objective to a large extent (33 %, 49 out of 148 respondents)
and a very large extent (16 %, 23 out of 148 respondents)318.
• SMEs strongly supported the measures envisaged in Policy option 2 regarding
inclusiveness. In the targeted survey, most SME respondents considered that
strengthening legal obligations for ESOs and NSBs to promote SME involvement, by
revising Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, would contribute to large (25 %,
37 out of 148 respondents) and very large extent (18 %, 27 out of 148 respondents) to
improving inclusiveness and participation in the standardisation process319.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for measures related to inclusiveness under Policy Option 2.
• The majority of NSBs/NCs/NSOs showed little support for this binding legal
obligations on NSBs for involvement of SMEs/societal stakeholders revising the
provisions in Art. 6. Most NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the OPC indicated that
they strongly disagree (43 %, 15 out of 35 respondents to the question) and somewhat
disagree (43 %, 15 out of 35 respondents to the question) with the measure. Similarly,
most NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (54 %, 24
out of 37 respondents) indicated that providing free access to legally relevant content
would not contribute to achieving the objective. This is confirmed by the results of the
316 Public Consultation – Industry organisations (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 320. 317 Public Consultation – SMEs (Please share your views on the following statements related to potential measures
to improve access to standards). Sample size, N = 72. 318 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q45: To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to improve access to standards and legal quality of the standardisation
process?). Sample size, N = 148. 319 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q33: To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation
processes?). Sample size, N = 148.
80
OPC where 63 % of respondents (22 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated
that they strongly disagree with the measure320.
Annex III organisations and societal stakeholders confirm strong support towards the
measure envisaged in Policy Option 2 with regards to inclusiveness as they could enable a
wider inclusion of civil society interests also at national level.
PO 3: Open ESS managed by Commission
The additional measures envisaged in Policy option 3 to keep the inclusiveness of SMEs
and civil society also in other SDOs were considered necessary by Annex III organisations,
to ensure that their societal interest remain balanced in the standardisation process, if the system
is fully open. However, Annex III organisations and societal stakeholders expressed concerns
whether these measures would be able to mitigate the negative spillovers for participation and
influence analysed under SO1 above. Binding obligations built in the current ESS (cf. Policy
option 2) were considered more effective to increase inclusiveness of SMEs. Annex III
organisations also expressed concerns about a possible voting procedure at the current setting.
They encouraged exploring measures to promote more constructive engagement among
stakeholders, especially civil society, during the consensus-binding process, rather than
focusing on voting rights per se321. Voting procedure may risk of being ineffective due to their
relative voting weight in TCs and WGs. However, in the OPC, national societal stakeholders
were more in favour of the introducing voting rights for SMEs, consumers and other societal
stakeholders (Annex III) in the standardisation process.
Among industry organisations and businesses, there is differentiated support of
inclusiveness measures under Policy Option 3.
• Most SME respondents in the targeted survey to industry and companies considered that
strong obligations concerning SMEs and societal stakeholders’ involvement, including
voting rights, would improve inclusiveness and participation in the standardisation
process to a moderate (24 %, 36 out of 148 respondents), large (25 %, 37 out of 148
respondents) or very large extent (18 %, 27 out of 148 respondents). By contrast, large
enterprises appear more uncertain in their expectations. Among these respondents, the
share expressing support falls to 31 % (31 out of 99), while 39 % (39 out of 99) consider
that the measure would affect the objective to no extent or only small extent.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for policy option 3 as regards inclusiveness.
• Most NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the OPC (77 %, 27 out of 35 respondents
to the question) indicated that they strongly disagree with introducing requirements on
inclusiveness for SDOs to accept Standardisation Requests regarding SMEs and societal
stakeholders’ involvement, including on voting procedures and 6 % (2 out of 35
respondents to the question) indicated that they somewhat disagree322. On the contrary,
11 % (4 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that they somewhat agree with
320 Public consultation – NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following statements related to
potential measures to improve access to standards). Sample size, N = 37. 321 In-depth interviews with all four Annex III organisations. 322 Public Consultation – NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37.
81
the measure and 6 % (2 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that they
strongly agree323.
• The majority of respondents to the targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (54 %, 20 out
of 37 respondents) indicated that publishing legally relevant part of harmonised
standards in the OJEU would not contribute to achieving the objective of increasing
participation and access324. Similarly, 11 % (4 out of 37 respondents) indicated that this
measure would contribute to achieving the objective to a little extent325. On the contrary,
14 % (5 out of 37 respondents) indicated that it would contribute to a moderate extent
and 14 % (5 out of 37 respondents) indicated “to a large extent”326. Only 1 respondent
(3 %) indicated that this measure would contribute to achieving the objective to a very
large extent327.
• Most importantly, interviews with NSBs/NCs/NSOs reveal that there is high concern
that the measures related to access to standards under Policy Option 3 may result
extremely disproportionate costs for them. NSBs sell services linked to standards,
including hENs, in an exclusive way. The range of services could be extremely wide
(training, support in compliance, process integration etc.) and interviews with 17 NSBs
show that many NSBs are already expanding their portfolio of services. Considering
that the share of revenues coming from the selling of standards, including hENs, is a
minor one in almost all NSBs it could be assumed that losing their asserted copyrights
would have a much higher effect on revenues. This effect is not easy to calculate but
could potentially affect the whole business model of many NSBs.
2.3. SO3: Strengthening the EU’s position in international standardisation
PO 1: modernised ESO’s monopoly
Industry organisations and companies overall support for measures related to
strengthening the EU’s position in international standardisation under Policy Option 1.
• In the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, most respondents
indicated that an improved an increased involvement and coordination of EU experts by
the European Commission in international standardisation would contribute to fostering
the EU presence on international standardisation, to a moderate (21 %, 51 out of 247),
323 Public Consultation – NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please share your views on the following potential measures to
improve inclusiveness and stakeholder participation). Sample size, N = 37. 324 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q25: To what extent would you support the following measures to
improve access to standards in line with the requests of the Court of Justice of the European Union?). Sample
size, N = 37. 325 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q25: To what extent would you support the following measures to
improve access to standards in line with the requests of the Court of Justice of the European Union?). Sample
size, N = 37. 326 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q25: To what extent would you support the following measures to
improve access to standards in line with the requests of the Court of Justice of the European Union?). Sample
size, N = 37. 327 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q25: To what extent would you support the following measures to
improve access to standards in line with the requests of the Court of Justice of the European Union?). Sample
size, N = 37.
82
to a large (27 %, 67 out of 247), or to a very large (25 %, 61 out of 247)328. The impact
of this measure was also considered as moderately (34 %, 83 out of 247) or highly
(25 %, 61 out of 247) beneficial to respondents’ organisations329. In OPC, the majority
of industry organisations and companies also endorsed the introduction of additional
measures - such as financial support and capacity building - to improve participation of
experts representing SMEs or civil society in international standardisation process. In
particular, most of respondents supported as a means to strengthen EU’s international
presence, to a somewhat (38 %, 112 out of 320) or to strong (38 %, 112 out of 320) level
of agreement330. Moreover, most of respondents expected that this measure would
benefit their organisation, to a moderate (30 %, 76 out of 320), to a high (21 %, 53 out
of 320), to a very high (19 %, 48 out of 320) extent331. Some contributions from the Call
for Evidence and public consultation further confirm this position. Indeed, stronger EU
coordination of Member States’ positions and expert participation in international
standardisation was considered necessary to strengthen Europe’s influence, promote
shared strategic positions in innovative sectors such as fuel cells, circular economy,
cybersecurity and quantum technologies332.
• SMEs and industry organisations representing SMEs overall agreed on measures under
Policy option 1 to increase EU global relevance. In the targeted survey to industry and
companies, most of respondents outlined that an increased involvement and
coordination of EU experts by the European Commission in international
standardisation, and promotion of the European Commission as a centre of expertise
would increase EU global relevance, to a moderate (25 %, 37 out of 148), to a very
(30 %, 44 out of 148), or to a very large extent (21 %, 31 out of 148)333. Moreover, the
majority of SMEs involved in the targeted survey to industry and companies evaluated
that the possibility to restrict participation to standardisation activities supporting
Standardisation Requests to EU/EEA stakeholders only, for reasons of sovereignty or
security would strengthen the EU presence and its impact in international
standardisation, to a moderate (17 %, 25 out of 148), to a large (13 %, 19 out of 148),
or to a very large extent (14 %, 21 out of 148)334.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for measures related to strengthening the EU’s position in international
standardisation under Policy Option 1.
328 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q49: To what extent do you think that these measures will support
the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N=247. 329 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q51: Please indicate the extent to which the measures listed below
impact your organisation). Sample size, N=247. 330 Public Consultation (Please indicate your thoughts on the following potential measures to strengthening the
EU’s role in international and global standard-setting: Level of agreement). Sample size, N=320. 331 Public Consultation (Please indicate your thoughts on the following potential measures to strengthening the
EU’s role in international and global standard-setting: Expected benefits for me/my organisation). Sample size,
N=320. 332 Contributions from the Call for Evidence and Public Consultation (position papers). 333 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs: (Q49: To what extent do you think that these measures
will support the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international
standardisation?), Sample size, N=148. 334 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q49: To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?),
Sample size, N=148.
83
• Most NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the targeted survey indicated that the
improved EU coordination of EU Member States’ positions and experts’ participation
in international standardisation organisations would contribute to achieving the
objective only to a small extent (43 %, 16 out of 37 respondents)335. Additionally, 16 %
(6 out of 37 respondents) indicated that the measure would not contribute to the
objective at all, while 11 % (4 out of 37 respondents) believed that the measure would
contribute to a moderate extent and another 16 % (6 out of 37 respondents) considered
that it would contribute to a large extent336. In the OPC, most respondents among NSBs
(57 %, 20 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that they somewhat agree
with the measure and 17 % (6 out of 35 respondents to the question) indicated that they
strongly agree337. With regard to the possibility of restricting participation to
standardisation activities supporting Standardisation Requests to EU/EEA stakeholders
only, for reasons of sovereignty or security, NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the
targeted survey (59 %, 22 out of 37 respondents) indicated that the measure would not
contribute to achieving the objective at all338. In addition, 11 % of respondents (4 out of
37 respondents) indicated that the measure would only contribute to achieving the
objective to a small extent, while 14 % of respondents (5 out of 37 respondents)
indicated that the measure would contribute to a moderate extent339.
ESOs generally supported measures related to strengthening the EU’s position in
international standardisation under Policy Option 1. During interviews and in the OPC
ESOs were in favour of increased coordination at the international level and were not against
restricting standardisation activities to EEA actors only, providing that there is a clear rationale
and that there is sufficient time given to organise the work340.
Annex III organisations took a more neutral stance towards measures related to
strengthening the EU’s position in international standardisation under Policy Option 1,
as they recognised the need to strengthen the EU influence and role at international level rather
than restricting participation standardisation activities to EU/EEA stakeholders only, but are
open to evaluate potential benefits of operating in a EU-restricted setting341.
PO 2: ESS centred on ESO’s with new flexibilities
335 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q30: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N = 37. 336 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q30: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N = 37. 337 Public Consultation - NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Please indicate your thoughts on the following potential measures to
strengthening the EU’s role in international and global standard-setting: Level of agreement). Sample size, N =
37. 338 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q30: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?) Sample
size, N = 37. 339 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q30: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?) Sample
size, N = 37. 340 Interviews with ESOs. 341 Interviews with Annex III organisations.
84
Industry organisations and businesses showed differentiated support towards measures
related to strengthening the international influence of the ESS under Policy Option 2.
• In the targeted survey to industry and companies, respondents did not express a uniform
view on the possibility to derogate from the Vienna and Frankfurt agreements, as well
as to the ‘international first’ principle when European strategic and competitive needs
are not regarded or potentially damaged by international standardisation activities and
its impact on the EU’s international presence. In particular, 21 % of respondents (52 out
of 247) assessed that this measure would lead to no impact, 9 % (22 out of 247) to a
small impact, 18 % to moderate impact (44 out of 247), 16 % to a large impact (39 out
of 148), 10 % to a very large extent (24 out of 247), while 26 % of respondents did not
express any assessment on the measure’s effects (65 out of 247)342. Further details are
provided in figure below.
Moreover, it was highlighted that derogation from the Vienna and Frankfurt agreement might
damage European industries by hampering global market access and cost control343.
Figure 2-5 Distribution of answers to Q53 on derogation from the ‘international first’ principle of the targeted survey to industry and companies, Simple size=247344
Source: Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies
• SMEs shared similar views about the impact of the measures related to strengthening
the international influence of the ESS under Policy Option 2. In the targeted survey to
industry and companies, the possibility to derogate from the Vienna and Frankfurt
agreements, as well as to the principle ‘international first’ when European strategic
and competitive needs are not regarded or potentially damaged by international
standardisation activities was expected to lead to no impact for 18 % of respondents
(26 out of 148), to small impact for 9 % (13 out of 148), to a moderate impact for 20 %
(29 out of 148), to a large impact for 14 % (20 out of 148), to a very large impact for
342 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q53:To what extent do you think that these measures will support
the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N=247. 343 Contributions to the Call for Evidence and public consultation sorted by companies and industry associations. 344 Targeted survey to industry and companies (Q53: To what extent do you think that these measures will support
the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?).
85
9 % (14 out of 148), while 31 % of respondents could not provide any evaluations (46
out of 148)345.
The consultations with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs/NCs/NSOs) reveal varying
levels of support for the measures related to strengthening the international influence of
the ESS under Policy Option 2.
• The majority of NSBs/NCs/NSOs which responded to the targeted survey (65 %, 24 out
of 37 respondents) indicated that the possibility to derogate from the ‘international first’
principle when ESOs agreement with international standardisation organisations
challenge European strategic and sovereignty interests would not contribute to
achieving the objective346. Only 11 % of respondents (4 out of 37 respondents) indicated
that it would contribute to a large extent and 5 % (2 out of 37 respondents) believed that
it would contribute to a very large extent347.
As emerged in the workshop, CEN-CENELEC and NSBs/NCs strongly support the Vienna and
Frankfurt agreements and suggest that the possibility to derogate from them should be limited
to very specific cases and duly prioritised in a forum-set up like the HLF. However, according
to them this measure can already be applied using the current Vienna and Frankfurt
agreements348.
PO 3: Open ESS managed by Commission
Industry organisations and businesses showed little support towards measures related to
strengthening the international influence of the ESS under Policy Option 3. Regarding the
End of the automatic ‘international first’ principle, industry organisations, including SMEs, are
uncertain about the impact of this measure. On the one hand, it could support the development
of standards that are more closely aligned with EU interests and values. On the other hand, it
may increase the risk of isolating the European standardisation system from international
standardisation processes, potentially leading to decoupling and a reduction in European
competitiveness349.
ESOs were opposed to measures related to strengthening the international influence of
the ESS under Policy Option 3. ESOs highlighted that moving away from the ‘international
first’ principle could lead to duplication of work, fragmentation, and weaker European
participation in international standardisation. This, in turn, may diminish the EU’s ability to
shape international standards and negatively affect competitiveness and market access for
European industry350.
345 Targeted survey to industry and companies – SMEs (Q53:To what extent do you think that these measures will
support the achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?).
Sample size, N=148. 346 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q32: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N = 37. 347 Targeted survey to NSBs/NCs/NSOs (Q32: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the
achievement of the objective to strengthen EU presence and impact on international standardisation?). Sample
size, N = 37. 348 Online workshop with NSBs/NCs/NSOs. 349 Analysis of written contributions to the Call for Evidence and public consultation, as well as in-depth
interviews, shows that this is the major feedback from industry associations, ESOs and NSBs. 350 Online workshop with NSBs/NCs/NSOs.
86
Annex III organisations also raised proportionality concerns, noting that the measure could
isolate EU stakeholders if not carefully implemented351.
351 Interviews with Annex III organisations.
87
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW?
1. PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS OF THE INITIATIVE
The preferred policy option would have practical implications for businesses, ESOs and NSBs
as well as for societal stakeholders. It will contribute to increase the EU’s competitiveness,
notably in key strategic technologies, and will improve the functioning of the internal market
by facilitating the implementation of sectoral legislation relying on the Standardisation
Regulation. This would in turn impact EU consumers indirectly, as they would be able to benefit
from a high level of protection of public interest, as hENs are turning essential requirements
supporting this high-level of protection into operational guidelines for businesses. Citizens
would also be able to access and consult the hENs for free, improving the transparency and
understanding on EU product and service legislation.
Implications on businesses
The initiative will bring important benefits to businesses. Businesses using hENs to access the
internal market will be able to rely on more standards available faster and timelier, leading to
important savings in conformity assessments costs. Businesses will also benefit from a more
influential ESS in international standardisation organisations through increased opportunities
and competitiveness in international trade. Businesses will benefit from free access to hENs,
leading to savings on their purchase of standards. Last, businesses that wish to take part to the
standardisation process will benefit from targeted improvements that will facilitate their
participation by decreasing the costs of participation. SMEs will benefit from the initiative, as
the different costs and benefits linked to standardisation (conformity assessment costs, costs of
purchasing hENs and costs of participating in standardisation) generally represent a higher
share of their costs than for large undertakings.
Implications on ESOs and NSBs
The initiative will have important implications for ESOs and NSBs and will require them to
undertake changes in the way they operate. ESOs and NSBs will have to compensate the
foregone sales of hENs stemming from the free access to hENs, for example by identifying new
sources of revenues linked to the move to a digital-centric approach to standardisation. This
may in particular create difficulties for some NSBs currently heavily relying on such sales to
finance their activity. ESOs and NSBs will also incur additional costs linked to more stringent
obligations to foster participation of SMEs and civil society and to set up transparency register
to identify the interests represented in the standardisation process. ESOs and NSBs will
indirectly benefit from the initiative as a more responsive ESS would increase the incentives of
EU businesses to take part to the standardisation process and to develop new standards.
Implications on societal stakeholders and civil society taking part in standardisation
activities
Organisations representing societal stakeholders and civil society will benefit from the initiative
through improved access and influence in the standardisation process at national level. Some
additional costs might arise for them to ensure their participation in other SDOs providing hENs
to the Commission. Positive spillovers are also expected for researchers, as their participation
will be incentivised. They will also benefit from the free and unrestricted access to hENs.
88
2. SUMMARY OF COSTS AND BENEFITS
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Description Amount (1) Comments
Direct benefits
Compliance cost
savings
EUR 295 million; Businesses are the recipient
of the benefits. They are the result of a reduced
need for conformity assessments due to faster
availability of hENs.
Businesses
SMEs
hENs costs savings EUR 30 million; Companies are the main
recipient of the benefits. These benefits
represent decreased costs to purchase hENs as
hENs become available for free. The measures
also benefit all the users of hENs (civil society
organisations, research community).
Businesses
Civil society
organisations and
research
community
Citizens
Inclusiveness costs
savings
EUR 1.9 million; SMEs, societal stakeholders
and researchers are the main recipients from
NSBs’ measures to increase inclusiveness.
SMEs
Civil society
organisations
Indirect benefits
Competitiveness in
the Single Market
Not quantifiable; increase in responsiveness of
the ESS will foster timely availability of hENs
and improve the functioning of the internal
market, creating efficiencies for companies and
facilitating trade in and outside the EU. hENs
will also be closer to the state of the art and
facilitate innovation diffusion and
competitiveness in strategic technologies.
Increased EU
strategic autonomy
Not quantifiable; consolidating EU influence in
international standardisation will ensure EU’s
strategic interests are better reflected in
international standards. Increased flexibility to
conduct standardisation activities in EU-
restricted setting will improve ability of the EU
to implement strategic autonomy objectives for
strategic technologies.
(1) Estimates are gross values relative to the baseline for the preferred option as a whole (i.e.
the impact of individual actions/obligations of the preferred option are aggregated together)
89
II. Overview of Costs – Preferred Option (EUR million)
Businesses ESO/NSBs
Annex III
Organisations Commission
One-
off
Recur-
rent One-off
Recur-
rent
One-
off
Recur-
rent
One-
off
Recur-
rent
Measure
1.1
(integration
of other
SDOs spec.
by ESOs)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Limited
costs of
cooperation
agreements
with
alternative
SDOs
Administra
-tive costs
0.194
(1 FTE)
Measure
1.2 (CS)
No
additional
costs
Measure
1.3
(Tempo-
rary PoC)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Limited
costs in case
of mis-
alignment
with final
hEN
Measure
1.4
(strategic
planning)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Very low
(additional
participation
to HLF)
Very low
(additional
participatio
n to HLF)
Very low
(additional
participati
on to
HLF)
Administra
-tive costs
0.194
(1 FTE)
Measure
1.5
(simplificat
ion)
Administra
-tive costs
- 0.097
(-0.5
FTE)
Measure
1.7
(experts’
participa-
tion)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Very low
(access of
draft
standards to
researchers)
Measure
1.8 (Trans-
parency
registers)
Administra
-tive costs
0.4
(set-up of
transparen-
cy registers)
0.6
(mainte-
nance of
transparen-
cy register)
Measure
1.9
(interna-
tional
coordi-
nation)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Very low
(additional
participation
to HLF)
Very low
(additional
participatio
n to HLF)
Administra
-tive costs
0.194
(1 FTE)
90
Measure
2.1
(alternative
SDOs
flexibility)
Indirect
adjustment
costs
4.5
Additional
costs linked
to potential
duplication of
standardi-
sation efforts
Administra
-tive costs
0.582
(3 FTEs)
Measure
2.2 (Expert
Centre)
Administra
-tive costs
0.194
(1 FTE)
Measure
2.3 (un-
restricted
free access
to hENs
through
registry)
Direct
adjustment
costs
Low costs
to set up
registry
based on
existing
readibility
platforms
Opportu-
nity costs
6
(decrease in
action grants
supporting
partici-
pation)
30
(loss of
revenues
from sales
of hENs)
Measure
2.4
(binding in-
clusiveness
measures
on NSBs)
Direct
adjustment
costs
1.9
(binding
measures
on access of
SMEs/civil
society)
Measure
2.5
(targeted
derogation
to Interna-
tional First
Principle)
Indirect
costs
Important
costs in
sectors where
applied to
ensure
compliance
with both
hEN and
international
standard
Administra
-tive costs
0.194
(1 FTE)
91
III. Contribution to the administrative burden reduction targets – Preferred option
Administrative
costs
[M€]
New
recurrent
costs (INs)
(nominal
values per
year)
Removed
recurrent costs
(OUTs)
(nominal values
per year)
Net cost (INs –
OUTs)
(nominal values
per year)
New one-off
costs (INs)
(annualised total
net present
value over the
relevant period)
Removed one-
off costs (OUTs)
(annualised total
net present value
over the relevant
period)
All businesses
EUR 295
million
(savings in
compliance
costs and
purchase of
hEN)
EUR 295
million
(savings in
compliance
costs and
purchase of
hEN)
• in which
SMEs
EUR 253
million
EUR 253
million
ESOs and NSBs
EUR 0.6
million
(maintenance
costs of
transparency
register)
EUR 0.6
million
(maintenance
costs of
transparency
register)
EUR 0.04
million
(set up costs of
transparency
register)
Public
administrations
(European
Commission)
EUR 1.6
million
EUR 0.1
million
EUR 1.5
million
Citizens n.a n.a n.a n.a n.a
92
3. RELEVANT SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
IV. Overview of relevant Sustainable Development Goals – Preferred Option(s)
Relevant SDGExpected progress
towards the Goal
Comments
SDG no. 3 – Good
health and wellbeing
Moderate positive
contribution
Faster development and citation of harmonised
standards will facilitate quicker implementation
of health, safety and consumer protection
requirements under Union legislation. Improved
access to harmonised standards will also support
compliance and safer products and services
across the internal market.
SDG no. 9 –
Industry, innovation
and infrastructure
Significant positive
contribution
The preferred option is expected to strengthen the
responsiveness and effectiveness of the European
Standardisation System, supporting innovation,
industrial competitiveness and technological
uptake. Faster delivery of harmonised standards,
increased flexibility to reference external
standards, and the creation of an EU Expert
Centre will improve the EU’s capacity to support
emerging technologies and strategic industrial
priorities.
SDG no. 13 –
Climate action
Moderate positive
contribution
More responsive standardisation processes are
expected to facilitate faster implementation of
environmental and climate-related legislation.
Improved alignment between standards and EU
policy objectives may support the uptake of
cleaner technologies and sustainable production
practices.
SDG no. 8 – Decent
work and economic
growth
Moderate positive
contribution
The preferred option is expected to generate
substantial economic benefits through reduced
compliance costs, faster market access and lower
conformity assessment needs. Estimated savings
for businesses amount to up to EUR 295 million,
with additional benefits from free access to
harmonised standards. Increased SME
participation and easier access to standards are
also expected to support inclusive economic
growth and competitiveness.
93
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS
1. METHODOLOGY
The methodology was designed by Intellera’s Study Team for DG GROW. In the Inception phase,
the Study team liaised with the Commission to finalise the methodology and set up the data
collection strategy for both secondary data and primary data collection.
As a first task, the Team defined the problems to be addressed and objectives to be pursued
through the revision via a mix of secondary data review and policy interviews with relevant
DGs and experts.
Subsequently, the Study team and DG GROW detailed the policy options and underlying
measures intended to address the problems and pursue the objectives defined. Based on the
options and measures, the Study team identified relevant impact areas, including costs and
benefits, drafted the causal chain analysis, and, consequently, prepared the data collection tools:
an extraction table for secondary data sources, questionnaires for surveys and interviews and a
selection of sectors for the case studies. These outputs were presented in the Interim Report and
discussed during several meetings with DG GROW and the Inter-Service Steering Group.
Several data collection activities were carried out:
• an extensive policy and data review was conducted (see Annex 16 for the long list of
data sources), which included literature, grey literature, official reports and data, as well
as about 300 position papers or documents shared by stakeholders during consultations or
directly via email.
• different consultations targeted at different stakeholder groups (more details in
Annex 2, Synopsis Report), including:
o one public consultation open to all EU citizens and organisations.
o one targeted online survey for industry organisations and companies,
including SMEs, to gather specific feedback on costs and benefits to be expected
from the different options.
o one online workshop with the HLF sherpa sub-group, to discuss policy options
and their potential implications with Member States representatives and ESOs.
o one online workshop with NSBs/NCs/NSOs, followed by a targeted online
survey for NSBs/NCs/NSOs, to gather specific feedback on costs and benefits to
be expected from the different options.
o In-depth interviews with 17 NSBs/NCs/NSOs, to gather quantitative details on
the potential impact of policy options on revenues, costs, and business models.
o In-depth interviews with CEN-CENELEC and 5 EU industry organisations
to fine-tune quantitative analysis of impacts expected for ESOs, NSBs/NCs/NSOs
and companies.
o In-depth interviews with all 4 Annex III organisations to assess the impact of
policy options on the representation of societal interests and SMEs in European
and international standardisation.
o In-depth interviews with relevant DGs of the European Commission to gather
a sectoral-specific assessment.
94
The data collection was complemented with 5 sectoral case studies, based on desk research,
results of the surveys and additional interviews conducted. The following sectors were analysed:
artificial intelligence, electric vehicles, critical space technologies, additive manufacturing and
construction.
The estimation of costs and benefits for affected stakeholders, as well as wider impacts, was
carried out through a mix of techniques, including the standard cost model, cost-effectiveness
analysis, and statistical analysis/regressions.
In addition, several validation exercises were carried out:
• One workshop with SMEs and their EU representative organisations, to validate the
analysis considering the specific costs and benefits on SMEs.
• One workshop with HLF sherpa sub-group, to validate the analysis considering the
feedback of Members States and ESOs.
• One workshop with NSBs/NCs/NSOs, to validate the analysis considering the specific
costs and benefits for NSBs/NCs/NSOs.
These activities informed the comparison among policy options and supported the Commission
in the selection of the preferred option. In addition, once the preferred option had been selected,
a framework for monitoring and evaluating implementation was elaborated.
2. ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES AND MODELS
This section presents a detailed description of the data underpinning the calculations, and an
explanation of the methods and assumptions that were used to calculate costs and benefits in
section 6.
Benefits for businesses generated by faster delivery of hENs
In section 6.2, we estimate the possible average annual savings in each policy option for
companies in compliance cost due to the availability of hENs – expected to be the main
quantitative impact of the responsiveness objective. The results vary according to policy option:
• Policy option 1: EUR 264 670 557
• Policy option 2: EUR 294 707 183
• Policy option 3: EUR 348 276 852
The following calculations were used:
Annual cost savings
=
∑ (Q x P x F / Y)
where
Q = number of companies affected in each sector affected by harmonised legislation
P = cost of undertaking a conformity assessment procedure when hENs are not available
F = Number of conformity assessment “saved” thanks to hENs available in less time compared
to baseline
Y = Time period in which cost savings could be experienced
Key sources:
95
• Q is taken from Eurostat Enterprise statistics by size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity
(from 2021 onwards) [sbs_sc_ovw__custom_21308624]; each legislation linked to
present and future hENs was linked to a specific sector. The affected sectors is reported
in Annex 5, competitiveness check.
• P is taken from the Evaluation Study, which estimate the savings at EUR 3 700 per hEN
used in conformity assessment. It is acknowledged that some sectors declared higher
costs, but in the absence of systematic sectoral evidence, we rely on this conservative
estimate in all sectors.
• F is the number of conformity assessments one company could save thanks to hENs’
presumption of conformity in each sector; the major effect of POs is a reduction of time
to make hENs available and therefore an increase in conformity assessment potentially
“saved” thanks to more hENs available. This relationship is considered not linear, by
using a complexity factor, leading to an expected share of conformity assessment “saved”
of 4.7 % in Option 1, 4.8 % in Option 2, 6 % in option 3.
• Y equals 10 years
Key assumptions and limitations
• Q:
o it is assumed that immediate direct benefits (cost savings) could be expected for
7 % of the total enterprises. This derived from the fact that the annual number of
single downloads of hENs in 34 NSBs is 584 800, which represents around the
7 % of the total number of enterprises. This is certainly an underestimation of the
potential direct and indirect users of hENs. Most importantly, because many NSBs
are adopting a subscription-based model, which give access to a bundle of
standards and, therefore, make the relationship between single downloads and
individual users difficult to estimate. While this conservative estimate was needed
to have a safer and robust figure of direct costs savings, it should be expected that
potentially affected enterprises will be much higher in the medium – long term.
• F:
o it is assumed that two hENs on average are needed per conformity assessment.
This in practice depends heavily on each sector and product.
o It is assumed that for each sector currently covered by hENs, but with no future
hEN foreseen in the next 10 years, 1 hEN will be delivered in the next 10 years.
This method based on sectoral data underwent robustness checks based on aggregated data on
hENs derived from interviews with NSBs and some assumptions. The following calculations
were used:
Annual cost savings
=
(Q x P x F x S x α)/ Y
Where:
Q = number of average number of companies downloading hENs in one NSB in one year
P = cost of undertaking a conformity assessment procedure when hENs are not available
96
F = usage rate of additional hENs more timely available thanks to reduced duration of the
standardisation process
S = number of hENs which will be delivered faster thanks to expected time reduction in POs.
α = complexity factor as computed in section 6.5.1
Y = Time period in which cost savings could be experienced
Key sources:
• Q is taken the 17 interviews with NSBs where the average number of hENs downloads
per year is estimated to be 17 200. This number is multiplied by 34 NSBs and NCs
officially members of CEN-CENELEC.
• P is taken from the Evaluation Study, at EUR 3 700 per product. It is acknowledged that
some sectors declared higher costs, but in the absence of systematic sectoral evidence, we
rely on this conservative estimate in all sectors.
• F is the extent to which each new hENs timelier available (thanks to the effect of POs)
could generate savings through presumption of conformity or less complex conformity
assessments, as we cannot expect that all additional hENs will be used by all companies
at the same time
• S is the number of hENs which will be delivered faster thanks to time reductions expected
in the POs. The relationship is considered not linear and we applied the same complexity
factor leading to an expected share of more timely available hENs of 4.7 % in Option 1,
4.8 % in Option 2, 6 % in option 3.
• Y is 10 to ensure consistency with the sector-based approach above.
Key assumptions and limitations
• Q:
o It is assumed that 1 download equals to 1 company to have an overall aggregation
of companies affected
o The average (17 200) is multiplied by 34 NSBs / NCs in CEN-CENELEC
(584 800)
• F:
o We assume it equals Q divided by the total number of companies affected in the
sectors covered by currently available of requested hENs, taken from Eurostat
Enterprise statistics by size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity (from 2021 onwards)
[sbs_sc_ovw__custom_21308624], i.e. 7%
• S is the ratio of additional hENs on the average number of hENs delivered in the last 7
years (2019-2025), i.e. 232 hENs
The overall results of the sector-based approach and the robustness check are reported below.
Table 4.1 Overall amount of annual costs savings for businesses using hENs, by policy option
Policy Option Sector based approach
1 EUR 264 670 557
2 EUR 294 707 183
97
3 EUR 348 276 852
The savings by policy option are calculated based on the savings generated by each different path
from the Commission to obtain harmonised standards:
• hENs obtained from ESOs, including the effects of Measure 1.4 (strategic planning) and
Measure 1.5 (simplification).
• hENs obtained from ESOs using one of the new flexibilities introduced in Option 1,
either through Measure 1.1 (integration of existing specifications from an alternative
SDOs) or through Measure 1.2 (standardisation deliverable providing presumption of
conformity).
• hENs directly obtained from alternative SDOs through Measure 2.1: in this case, the
average duration time is also reduced by the application of Measure 1.4, but only partly
by the application of Measure 1.5, as some of the gains introduced by the simplification
of the process with ESOs cannot be applied to standards from alternative SDOs (the
gains from not validating the standardisation request from the comitology procedure).
The savings calculated for each different path thus differ from the savings calculated for each
policy measure, i.e. when only the effect of the policy measure on the average standardisation
delivery time is retained. The table 4.2 below provides the details of the calculation and reconciles
the gain from each policy measure with the gains from each standardisation path. The latter
presentation of savings is retained in table 1 of section 6 as it more accurately reflects the
operational implementation of the standardisation requests.
Table 4.2: Breakdown of savings for businesses by policy measure and by standardisation
path used352
Costs for NSBs/NCs/NSOs to apply Art. 6
Data on the costs associated with implementing Article 6 activities were collected through
targeted interviews and a survey conducted with National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs). This
is equal to EUR 1.2 million for policy measure 1.6 and EUR 1.9 million for policy measure 2.3.
The total additional costs associated with the implementation of Article 6 activities were
estimated using the following approach.
352 Totals may not add up due to rounding.
Measure 1.1 Measure 1.3 Measure 1.4 Measure 1.5 Measure 2.1
Financial savings by standard
path
Share of use of
hEN path
Policy option 1 Standards obtained from ESOs through measures 1.1 24 11 11 45 10% Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.3 24 11 11 45 10% Other standards obtained from ESOs 87 87 174 80%
Total savings by policy measure Policy Option 1 24 24 109 109 265 100%
Policy option 2 Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.1 24 11 11 45 10% Standards obtained from ESOs through measure 1.3 24 11 11 45 10% Other standards obtained from ESOs 76 76 152 70% Standards obtained from alternate SDOs through measure 2.1 11 4 37 52 10%
Total saving by policy measure Policy Option 2 24 24 109 102 37 295 100%
Policy option 3 Standards obtained through ESOs (based on PO1) 16 16 73 73 177 67% Standards obtained through other SDOs (based on 2.1) 36 14 121 171 33%
Total savings by policy measure Policy Option 3 16 16 109 87 121 348 100% * Standards from all paths benefit from the effects of policy measures 1.4 and 1.5 that apply horizontally to all hENs; the effect of the simplification measure 1.5 are lower in Policy Option 2 and Policy Option 3 as standards from alternative SDOs do not benefit from the time saved through end of Comitology procedure
Total savings for businesses compared to the Baseline by measure and by standardisation path
98
= ∑( × × )
=1
Where:
= Total estimated additional costs
= Average cost of implementing activity , calculated from targeted interviews and survey
responses
= Number of National Standardisation Bodies not currently implementing activity
= Elasticity factor applied to reflect the expected degree of implementation
= Number of Article 6 activities considered
For Measure 1.6 specifically, the elasticity factor was set at 0.5
Key Sources
• = Average cost of implementing activity , calculated from targeted interviews and
survey responses. This data comes from a total of 10 NSBs.
• = Number of National Standardisation Bodies not currently implementing activity
. This is equal to 8. This has been calculated by subtrascting the total number of NSBs
by the number of NSBs reporting Article 6 activities.
• = Number of Article 6 activities considered. This is equivalent to:
o Identify standardisation projects relevant for SMEs
o Access to standardisation activities without obliging SMEs to become a member
of a NSB
o Abstracts of standards available free of charge on their website
o Special rates for the provision of standards or providing bundles of standards at a
reduced price
o Other activities
Key assumptions and limitations
• For Measure 1.6, an elasticity factor of 0.5 was applied, reflecting the fact that the
strengthened obligation to extend Article 6 activities to civil society organisations would
not be legally binding and would therefore likely only be partially implemented in
practice.
Costs – benefits analysis
As the policy options entail important transfers in terms of costs between the different actors of
the ESS, the table below detail the calculation behind the main costs and benefits assessment in
Section 7.2. They highlight the difference between transfers of costs across stakeholders (for
instance, the free access to hENs is a cost for ESOs and NSBs but a benefit for users of hENs,
mostly businesses) and net costs or benefits that are stemming from each policy option.
The key assumptions are:
99
• Free access to standards benefits entirely businesses; while in practice, Annex III and civil
society organisations will also benefit from free access to hENs, we assume that the
totality of the transfer concern businesses.
• Measures to support SMEs and civil society organisations (measure 1.6 and measure 2.4)
incur costs for NSBs (see above) that entirely benefit Annex 3 and civil society
organisations, while in reality businesses (SMEs) would also benefit from measure 2.4.
• The EU budget to finance standardisation is assumed to be stable in the next MFF.
Measure that requires a compensation from the Commission are considered to be financed
through a decrease in the part of the budget that offers most flexibility: the action grants
to finance experts’ participation in standardisation for priority standardisation requests.
This budget amounts to EUR 10 million per year. Increased support from the Commission
to a stakeholder group (for instance NSBs) is thus considered to be financed through a
decrease in the action grant budget. This is assumed to directly affect businesses, that are
generally the ultimate beneficiaries of such grants.
• In policy option 3, the necessary financial support from the Commission to ensure the
sustainability of the ESS is higher than the available action grant budget. The impact is
thus considered as a “net cost” for the Commission, as it cannot be financed through
internal transfer.
The tables 4.3 below express the impact for each stakeholder by line, including transfers from
other stakeholders of the ESS in column. A positive figure indicates a benefit while a negative
figure indicates a cost. The “Total benefits” and “Total costs” columns sum up the respective
costs and benefits incurred by each stakeholder and are the figure capture in Table 3 Costs and
benefits of each policy option Section 7.
In policy option 3, the costs incurred by the Commission can be decomposed along the following:
EUR 2.7 million linked to the set-up of the EU Standardisation Office (15 FTEs), EUR 5 million
necessary to finance ESOs/NSBs on top of the EUR 10 million action grant available in the
current budget, and EUR 0.4 to finance Annex 3 organisations’ participation in alternative SDOs,
also on top of the available action grant budget.
Table 4.3: Details of transfer of costs by policy option
Policy option 1
EUR million Industry &
companies ESOs and
NSBs
Annex III and civil society
org.
European Commission
Benefits not linked to transfers
Costs not linked to transfers
Total benefits per stakeholder
Total Costs per
stakeholders
Net effect per stakeholder
Industry & companies 265 265 0 265.0
ESOs and NSBs -1.2 -1.0 0 -2.2 -2.2
Annex III and civil society organisations 1.2 1.2 0 1.2
European Commission -0.5 0 -0.5 -0.5
100
3. ESTIMATION OF WIDER IMPACTS
Section 6.7 reports on the macro-economic impacts of policy options. The assessment presented
is based on econometric modelling rooted in the literature and a set of assumptions which are
presented here below.
Available evidence on the macro-economic impacts of standards
Standards have many roles. They contribute to distribution of technical knowledge,
interoperability, a reduced variety of intermediate, but also final goods and quality assurance.
These are the main roles of traditional or non-harmonised standards, which tend to be created by
industry and other stakeholders in a market-driven approach, but also benefiting of input from
research353.
Harmonised European Standards (hENs), however, are created based on a request from the
European Commission and are usually intended to support European regulations. The effects of
hENs, therefore, differ from that of other standards. As underlined by previous studies,
regulations are generated by more of a top-down approach than standards are (see e.g. Blind et
al., 2017354; Blind and Münch, 2024355). The hENs which support the regulations are less top-
down than the regulations, but more so than the non-harmonised standards. The hENs, therefore,
constitute a more driven approach than pure regulation without hENs.
353 Blind, K., Kromer, L., Neuhaeusler, P., Rosenberg, D., Schubert, T. (2024): European Standardisation Panel
Survey, European Commission, Blind, K., Kromer, L. The role of research and other inputs for the development
and impacts of standards. Journal Technology Transfer (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10961-025-10286-8. 354 Blind, K., Petersen, S. S., Riillo, C. A. F. (2017): The impact of standards and regulation on innovation in
uncertain markets, Research Policy,
Volume 46, Issue 1, 249-264, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2016.11.003. 355 Blind, K., Münch, F. (2024): The interplay between innovation, standards and regulation in a globalising
economy, Journal of Cleaner Production, Volume 445, 141202, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2024.141202.
Policy option 2
EUR million Industry &
companies ESOs and
NSBs
Annex III and civil society
org.
European Commission
Benefits not linked to transfers
Costs not linked to transfers
Total benefits per stakeholder
Total Costs per
stakeholders
Net effect per stakeholder
Industry & companies 30 -6 295 -4.5 325 -10.5 314.5
ESOs and NSBs -30 -1.9 6 -1.0 6 -32.9 -26.9
Annex III and civil society organisations 1.9 1.9 0 1.9
European Commission 6 -6 -1.5 6 -7.5 -1.5
Policy option 3
EUR million Industry &
companies ESOs and
NSBs
Annex III and civil society
org.
European Commission
Benefits not linked to transfers
Costs not linked to transfers
Total benefits per stakeholder
Total Costs per
stakeholders
Net effect per stakeholder
Industry & companies 30 -10 348 -15 378 -25 353.0
ESOs and NSBs -30 0 10 -19.0 10 -49 -39.0
Annex III and civil society organisations
0.4 0.4 0 0.4
European Commission 10 -10 -8.1 10 -18.1 -8.1
101
To estimate the stock of harmonised standards per year, the study of the European Commission
(2022)356 has used the EUR-Lex database as a reference to identify all communications of the
European Commission referring to hENs and extracted all hENs that were mentioned in these.
Then these hENs were matched with the standards released by CEN-CENELEC and ETSI to
create a stock of hENs per year. The standards are not always referred to in precisely the same
way in EUR-Lex and by CEN-CENELEC-ETSI, so some hENs may be unmatched. Therefore,
the applied methodology may miss around 10 % of hENs.
The relative growth in the number of hENs was slightly higher than the relative growth of the
remaining ENs from 1997 to 2005. The share of ENs which were harmonised therefore grew in
this period. From 2011 through 2017, the number of hENs stagnated, while the number of ENs
has grown. Therefore, the share of ENs decreased. On average, approximately 15% of ENs are
hENs. Among the sectors with the most hENs are “Manufacturing of Electrical equipment”,
“Machinery”, and “Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply”, while “Coke and
petroleum” and “IT and information services” have the fewest.
In order to estimate the effects of hENs on productivity, regressions were performed with the
stock of hENs and the remaining ENs as the explanatory variables. The time period analysed in
the study by the European Commission (2022) is between 1997 and 2017. The results reveal that
hENs have a productivity effect at the economy-wide level and through value chains, but not at
the sector-specific level. The coefficients for the hENs are also lower than those for the remaining
ENs. In summary, the study by the European Commission (2022) shows that hENs have a
productivity effect, but that the remaining ENs have an almost double productivity effect.
Furthermore, the significant impact of hENs disappears when considering simultaneously the
ENs. Complementary ENs have a higher productivity effect downstream in the value chain for
both hENs and the remaining ENs. Since hENs are intended to fulfil other objectives, e.g., the
protection of health, safety, and security, sometimes being contrary to productivity growth, their
contribution to productivity growth is significantly lower than the remaining ENs (European
Commission, 2022, p.47).
Complementary to productivity effects, the study of the European Commission (2022) also
investigated whether there are systematic correlations between innovation activities and ENs
using data of the Community Innovation Survey 2016.
The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) includes several variables that may be affected by ENs.
The CIS explored two main areas of EN’s impact on innovation: the diffusion of knowledge from
standardisation, and the interplay between standardisation, legislation and innovation. In the study
of the European Commission (2022) two variables are focusing on the numbers of firms that
innovate per sector, and two variables focusing on the interplay between standardisation,
legislation and innovation. The results show that sectors with more ENs also have a higher level
of process innovations, which indicates that ENs have a positive impact on process innovation.
However, the correlations with goods innovations and services innovations are not significant.
When examining all types of innovations together, the results indicate that ENs are positively
correlated with innovation within the sector.
In addition, ENs have more ‘World first’ innovations and more innovations which are new to the
market, which is in line with the hypothesis that standards create a common ground from which
to innovate. Moreover, the results show that sectors with more ENs have fewer innovations which
are new only to the firm. A possible explanation for this is that ENs lead to more knowledge being
356 European Commission (2022): Final report: Study on the functions and effects of European standards and
standardisation in the EU and EFTA Member States and Annexes,
https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/50114/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native.
102
disseminated within the sector, in turn leading the firm not to spend resources on making
innovations that others already know, as the information is made available through ENs. Since
correlations differencing between hENs and the remaining ENs are not displayed in the study of
the European Commission (2022), we assume that they were not significant.
The CIS has several indicators on how legislation affects innovation. Primarily, these indicators
focus on how legislation and regulation may adversely affect innovation. Since hENs often
supplement legislation, therefore, they might hinder innovation. However, hENs are a softer way
of legislating, which may make them a way of achieving government goals with less damage to
innovation. Additionally, as previously mentioned, hENs may contribute to creating a common
ground from which to innovate. To analyse how hENs may affect innovation, the study of the
European Commission (2022) use data from CIS on how many firms state that their “innovation
activities have been affected by legislation or regulations” by subject of the regulation/legislation
that affects them. The legislation is divided into several subjects, of which four are relevant for
this analysis: “Employment, worker safety or social affairs”, “Environment”, “Operational and
worker safety” and “Product safety, consumer protection”. For each of these, there is data on how
big a percentage of firms answer that legislation/regulations result in “Stimulation of innovation”,
“Creation of uncertainty”, “Generation of an excessive burden”, “Lack of consistency across the
EU”, “No major problems caused” and “No impact”.
There are two main hypotheses for how hENs should affect whether firms are affected by
legislation. The first is that hENs constitute a form of regulation, and that sectors with more hENs
should therefore have more firms answering they are affected by legislation. Under this
hypothesis, we would expect that a higher level of harmonised standards in a sector would
correlate with more firms answering that legislation creates uncertainty and a burden. The second
hypothesis is that while hENs are related to legislation, they are a softer approach than the
alternative and allow firms more freedom to find individual solutions and innovate. Under this
hypothesis, sectors with many hENs are expected to have smaller adverse effects of regulation
than sectors with few hENs do. Therefore, in sectors with many hENs, fewer firms would answer
that legislation creates uncertainty, or an excessive burden. Further, fewer firms would answer
that legislation creates a major problem.
In sectors with more hENs, fewer firms answer that legislation/regulation has “no impact” than
in sectors with fewer hENs. In addition, they are more likely to answer that legislation causes “No
major problems”. In other words, these results indicate that firms in sectors with more hENs are
more affected by legislation/regulation, but less likely to be majorly negatively affected by
legislation. This would fit the first mentioned hypothesis: that hENs are a “soft” alternative to
legislation, with less adverse effects on innovation. Overall, the stocks of hENs are no significant
stimulus to innovation based on the CIS.
Assessment on the effects of options
In sections 5.2.1 and 6.2, we estimated the average duration expected in each option as a result of
the policy measures assessed, as reported in the table 4.4 below.
Table 4.4: Summary of effects of policy option on average standardisation time
Total duration of each phase in years
Phase A:
Policy
phase
Phase B:
Delivery
phase
Phase C:
Publication
phase
Total
average
duration
Current situation 1,73,21,26,1
103
Dynamic baseline 1,7 2,4 1,2 5,3
% reduction compared to current situation 0% -25% 0% -13%
Policy option 1 average 1,2 2,2 0,9 4,3
% reduction compared to dynamic baseline -29% -7% -28% -19%
Policy option 2 average 1,2 2,1 0,9 4,2
% reduction compared to dynamic baseline -28% -13% -28% -21%
Policy option 3 average 1,3 1,8 0,9 4,0
% reduction compared to dynamic baseline -25% -24% -28% -25%
We then assume that a reduction of the average duration of the standardisation process will result
in an increased number of hENs available in a given amount of time (i.e. % of time reduction =
% of stock of hEN increase). However, we cannot assume that this relationship is fully linear as
there is an inherent complexity which prevents linearity in the growth of hENs. This complexity
is affected by several factors:
• The capabilities to deliver standards depend primarily on the experts available, and the
availability of experts is facing a demographic challenge (cf. Driver 2.2 in section 2.2)
• The number of hENs delivered depends on the number of Standardisation Requests issued
by the European Commission which will continue in the next years regardless of the
intervention
• Historically, from 2012 to 2025 the compound annual growth rate in the stock of hEN
delivered is around 13%
We summarise these factors in a synthetic complexity factor α = 0,2, needed to scale down
expectations of annual growth in hENs to a more realistic scenario. This isolates the effect of time
reduction and ignores the fact that the number of hENs will increase based on the SRs the
Commission will issue.
Table 4.5: Expected increase in hEN stock in the three options
Time reduction estimated in
sections 5.2.1 and 6.2 Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Average 19% 21% 25%
Average annual increase in the
stock of hENs thanks to time
reduction
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Average time * α = average annual
increase in stock thanks to time
reduction
3,8% 4,2% 5,0%
104
Estimation of the impacts of harmonised European standards on GDP
Following the approach of the study by EU European Commission (2022), the standards valid in
a country from 1990 to 2020 are used by Blind et al. (2026).357
The following countries are generally included in the country panel: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria,
Switzerland, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, Spain, Finland, France,
Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Croatia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sweden. However,
NAUTOS only records the standards for 16 countries. The data was taken from the NAUTOS
database, the successor to PERINORM358. Important to note, we can differentiate between
national, European and international standards359.
Following the approach of Jungmittag et al. (1999)360, which has been replicated in numerous
studies361 and further developed362, the basic model is based on a simple Cobb-Douglas
production function:
=
(1)
In the time series model, is the gross domestic product GDP or gross value added, is capital
and is labor at time in each case. Technical progress is modeled as a time trend in the form
() = 0λ. In the Cobb-Douglas-model, the exponents , and can be interpreted as the
respective production elasticities.363 Technical progress is represented by various indicators. One
measure of innovation in macroeconomic research is R&D expenditure, which is an input-based
approach. However, it does not necessarily lead to innovative output, which is why a more output,
strictly speaking, throughput-based measurement approach based on patents is also used.364
Furthermore, it is not only innovations by domestic companies that contribute to technological
progress in an economy. This is because they also use technologies and innovations from other
companies and research institutions based abroad. License expenditure can be used as an indicator
for this.
357 Blind, K., Neuhaeusler, P., Schubert, T., (2026) The economic effects of the quality infrastructure, Technology
in Society, 84, 103114, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techsoc.2025.103114. 358 See https://www.beuth.de/de/normen-management/nautos. 359 Blind, K.; Mangelsdorf, A.; Niebel, C. & Ramel, F. (2018): Standards in the global value chains of the European
Single Market, Review of International Political Economy, 25:1, 28-48. Blind, K., Ramel, F. & Rochell, C. (2022):
The influence of standards and patents on long-term economic growth. Journal of Technology Transfer 47, 979-
999. 360 Jungmittag, A., Blind, K., & Grupp, H. (1999): Innovation, standardization and the long-term innovation,
standardization and the long-term production function. Journal of Economics and Social Sciences, 119, 205-222. 361 ISO (2021): Standards & economic growth: ISO members' research on the impact of standards on their national
economies https://www.iso.org/files/live/sites/isoorg/files/store/en/PUB100456.pdf 362 Blind, K.; Jungmittag, A. (2008): The impact of patents and standards on macroeconomic growth: a panel
approach covering four countries and 12 sectors, Journal of Productivity Analysis, vol. 29(1), 51-60. Blind, K.,
Ramel, F. & Rochell, C. (2022): The influence of standards and patents on long-term economic growth. Journal
of Technology Transfer 47, 979-999. 363 The production elasticity is the percentage change in the output quantity for a change in the input quantity of a
production factor by an infinitesimally small percentage. It therefore approximates the percentage change in output
for an input increase of 1 percent. 364 Blind, K., Schubert, T. (2024): Estimating the GDP effect of Open Source Software and its complementarities
with R&D and patents: evidence and policy implications The Journal of Technology Transfer 49 (2), 466-491.
105
First, the stock of standards with their impact dimensions is a key factor for measuring the
economic impact of standards. Since - in contrast to patents - the knowledge specified in standards
is generally not protected, they represent a publicly available pool of knowledge that can
theoretically be used by all companies, but also by other organizations.
To estimate equation (1), it is converted into its logarithmic form. Lower case letters denote the
natural logarithm of the variables, including as the intercept value and as the standard error
term:
= 0 + + + + (2)
If the time trend is replaced by the three indicators R&D expenditure, patents, license payments
and different stocks of standards. Standards can be classified according to their regional scope. In
general, a distinction can be made between national, regional and international standards.
National standards are primarily developed by domestic market participants and therefore reflect
domestic technological knowledge. They are tailored to the domestic economy. In addition, there
are regional standards that are tailored to the preferences of certain economic regions, such as the
EN. International standardisation bodies publish international standards that reflect the consensus
of the players operating on the global market.
For the estimation, the standardization variable is defined by the stock of European standards
.365 the regression equation, now looks as follows:
= 0 + + + 1−1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + (3)
The results related to equation 3 are presented in Table 4.6. The total stock of ENs is significant.
Moreover, they also have an important interpretation in terms of magnitude. The significant
elasticity of 0.0122 on the stock of ENs indicates that a hypothetical 10% increase in the total
stock of standards from 2019 to 2020 would contribute 0.122% of GDP in the EU.366
Table 4.6: Influence of standards on GDP367
(1)
Log GDP
Log population -0.22691**
(0.09191)
Log capital stock 0.19489***
(0.03853)
L.Log R&D exp. -0.02868
(0.02415)
Log trans. patent
appl.
0.16862***
(0.01486)
365 In the study on the benefits of European standards, a distinction was made between harmonized European
standards and non-harmonized European standards (see also European Commission, 2022). However, this
information is not available at country level. 366 Here, we assume that the results of the 16 countries included in the panel are representative for the whole EU. 367 Blind, K., Neuhaeusler, P., Schubert, T., (2026) The economic effects of the quality infrastructure, Technology
in Society, 84, 103114, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techsoc.2025.103114.
106
Log license
payments
0.00000
(0.00000)
Log stock eur.
stds
0.01222*
(0.00705)
Constant 28.34109**
*
(1.61915)
Year dummies Yes
Observations 347
R2 0.916
N_g 16
Standard error in brackets; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01
Estimation of the impacts of harmonised European standards on innovation
As the contribution of standards to product and process innovations must also be taken into
account, panel regressions based on time series data for countries were carried out368, following
the approach of Blind (2012) on the impact of regulation on innovation.369
As a first step, the country-specific number of firms with product and process innovations (inno)
from the Community Innovation Survey is used as the dependent variable as in the study of the
European Commission (2022). In a first step, quantification is carried out using a country panel
model based on data from the countries mentioned above for the period from 1993 to 2020.
Taking into account the differentiation in regulatory frameworks and the countries i, the final
regression equation now takes the following form:
= a + αex + + 1 + 2−1 + 3 + 4 + 5 +
(4)
Overall, the regression results in Table 4.7 show that the stock of ENs has no significant influence
on the number of innovators in the EU. In the 2022 EU study (European Commission, 2022),
only a correlation analysis was carried out, in which a significant coefficient was found only for
process innovations.370 Therefore, our results are in line with the previous study. Clearly,
standards as a source of information have no significant influence on the number of innovators
because they do not constitute an exclusive source of knowledge. Furthermore, standards are
certainly also perceived as barriers to innovation, as studies based on company surveys have
shown.371 Overall, they have neither a positive nor a negative impact on innovation, as measured
by the number of innovators. Since impacts of hENs might be closer to regulations, which can
368 Blind et al. (2025): Die Bedeutung der Qualitätsinfrastruktur: Studie zu wirtschaftlichen und nicht-
wirtschaftlichen Wirkungen sowie Trendstudie Digitalisierung. Endbericht10.24406/publica-4411 369 Blind, K. (2012): The influence of regulations on innovation: A quantitative assessment for OECD countries,
Research Policy, Volume 41, Issue 2, 391-400, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2011.08.008. 370 Blind, K.; Münch, F. (2024): The interplay between innovation, standards and regulation in a globalising
economy, Journal of Cleaner Production, 445, 141202, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2024.141202. They use
R&D expenditure and patent applications as indicators of innovation and find that, for a larger panel of OECD
countries, international standards have a positive impact, whereas national standards tend to hinder innovation. 371 Blind, K., Petersen, S.S., Riillo, C. A. F. (2017): The impact of standards and regulation on innovation in
uncertain markets, Research Policy, 46(1), 249-264, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2016.11.003.
107
hinder innovation, this insignificant result could be considered as optimistic assessment. Since
we cannot observe a significant impact of hEN, we do not present a table with the impacts of the
policy options.
Table 4.7: Influence of Standards on Innovation372
(1)
Log
#innovative
firms
Log exports -0.16881
(0.30578)
Log imports 0.82314**
(0.31431)
Log share tert.
educ. empl.
0.09491
(0.23972)
Log R&D exp. -0.39677*
(0.20322)
Log trans. patent
appl.
-0.02927
(0.12409)
Log license
payments
-0.00000
(0.00000)
Log stock eur.
norms
-0.03644
(0.08229)
Constant -2.40783
(5.91334)
Year dummies Yes
Observations 102
R2 0.746
N_g 16
Standard errors in brackets; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01
Estimation of the impacts of harmonised European standards on export
In addition to the effects of standards on economic development, its impact on international
competitiveness—and thus on exports—is particularly relevant373.
The estimation model used to determine the effects of standards on trade follows Blind et al.
(2021, 2025)374 and is defined as follows. The dependent variable takes the values of exports ex.
372 Blind et al. (2025): Die Bedeutung der Qualitätsinfrastruktur: Studie zu wirtschaftlichen und nicht-
wirtschaftlichen Wirkungen sowie Trendstudie Digitalisierung. Endbericht10.24406/publica-4411 373 See Swann, G. (2010): International Standards and Trade: A Review of the Empirical Literature, OECD Trade
Policy Papers, No. 97, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5kmdbg9xktwg-en. 374 Blind et al. (2021). The impact of Open Source Software and Hardware on technological independence,
competitiveness and innovation in the EU economy, Final Study Report. European Commission Brussels. Blind
108
A model of trade flows from the EU country i to the rest of the world (ROW) at time t is estimated,
which is explained by the various types of standards, taking control variables into account.
The influence of the different stocks of standards on exports is determined using the following
estimation equation:
= a + 1gdp + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + (5)
The results of the estimates in Table 4.8 confirm the positive effects of ENs found in earlier
studies.375 The significant elasticity of 0.0632 on the stock of ENs indicates that a hypothetical
10% increase in the total stock of standards from 2019 to 2020 would contribute 0.632% to the
exports of the EU member states.
Table 4.8: Influence of Standards on Exports376
(1)
Log exports
Log GDP 1.23128***
(0.10460)
Log GDP (World) 2.16269
(39.74341)
Log R&D exp. -0.01101
(0.04675)
Log R&D exp.
(World)
-1.39762
(28.29628)
Log trans. patent
appl.
0.13705***
(0.03206)
Log license
payments
0.00000**
(0.00000)
Log stock eur.
norms
0.0632***
(0.01147)
Constant -52.01854
(758.53884)
Year dummies Yes
Observations 360
R2 0.935
N_g 16
Standard errors in brackets; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01
et al. (2025): Die Bedeutung der Qualitätsinfrastruktur: Studie zu wirtschaftlichen und nicht-wirtschaftlichen
Wirkungen sowie Trendstudie Digitalisierung. Endbericht10.24406/publica-4411 375 Blind, K.; Mangelsdorf, A.; Niebel, C. & Ramel, F. (2018). Standards in the global value chains of the European
Single Market, Review of International Political Economy, 25:1, 28-48. 376 Blind et al. (2025): Die Bedeutung der Qualitätsinfrastruktur: Studie zu wirtschaftlichen und nicht-
wirtschaftlichen Wirkungen sowie Trendstudie Digitalisierung. Endbericht10.24406/publica-4411
109
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK
1. OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON COMPETITIVENESS
Dimensions of
Competitiveness
Impact of the
initiative
(++ / + / 0 / - / --
/ n.a.)
References to sub-sections of
the main report or annexes
Cost and price
competitiveness +
6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5
International
competitiveness +
6.2, 6.4, 6.5
Capacity to innovate + 6.2, 6.5
SME competitiveness + 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5
2. SYNTHETIC ASSESSMENT
Costs and price competitiveness
The preferred option, policy option 2, implies significant compliance cost savings for
businesses using hENs. First, the faster availability of hENs is estimated to generate annual
savings of approximately EUR 295 million through reduced costs for conformity assessments
and related compliance procedures. Second, the provision of free access to standards is expected
to generate additional savings of around EUR 30 million for businesses. These savings
correspond to revenues currently earned by National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs) from the
sale of hENs, which would instead remain with companies under the proposed free-access
regime.
International competitiveness
The increased use of hENs – developed not only by ESOs but also by alternative SDOs – could
be particularly valuable for fast-moving technologies where ESOs may lack the necessary
expertise. If these new hENs are delivered in a timely manner, the EU industry could gain a
first-mover advantage in introducing new products and services. A more agile European
Standardisation System could thus help the EU strengthening its influence over international
standardisation processes and further harmonising market requirements between the EU and
international partners. While these hENs might not always reduce costs or prices for
implementing companies, they have the potential to drive innovation if designed in an
innovation-friendly way. Over time, this could enhance the EU industry’s innovativeness
compared to international competitors, ultimately improving its overall competitiveness.
Additionally, the swift development of hENs, alongside better coordination among EU
stakeholders in international standardisation bodies, would benefit export-driven EU companies
by ensuring closer alignment between EU and global standards. This would simplify access to
third-country markets, as businesses could rely on European standards to meet international
requirements, thereby reducing non-tariff trade barriers.
110
However, the provision in the preferred option for the EU to exercise strategic autonomy in
specific cases might reduce international competitiveness in the affected sectors due to potential
misalignment between EU and global standards. On the other hand, it could indirectly boost the
competitiveness of EU firms in those sectors by securing a domestic technological foundation
based on European standards – and projecting that influence internationally.
Capacity to innovate
Free access to hENs could trigger a positive impact on product or process innovation by
facilitating integration of standards close to the state of the art into new products’ development.
The faster availability of hENs introduced by the preferred option should not have direct impact
on the capacity of EU’s companies to carry out R&D, or to generate Intellectual Property
Rights, like patents, as such positive relations could not be observed in the past. However, faster
availability of standards and standardisation deliverables, coupled with the improved
participation of the research community in the standardisation process, could improve the
diffusion of innovation as standards allow research and innovation results to spread into market-
ready solutions. Moreover, in some sectors the savings on conformity assessment and the free
availability of hENs may free up more resources for companies to invest in research and
innovation.
SME competitiveness
SME will benefit from all three dimensions of the positive impacts of the preferred option on
competitiveness.
SMEs will benefit relatively more than larger firms from a more responsive ESS, as the gains
in compliance costs represent a larger proportion of their costs. This will contribute to level the
playing field between SMEs and larger undertakings as the latter are generally more able to
absorb higher compliance costs due to larger economies of scale and can thus access markets
more easily even when hENs are not available. In addition, the preferred option introduces
measures that will facilitate SME’s participation to standardisation process. This will help
SMEs promote their specific interest and ensure that standards are designed closer to their
needs, as well as increase the legitimacy and acceptability of standards by SMEs. The measure
may however increase participation costs for SMEs when hENs are requested to alternative
SDOs, in which they are less likely to be already involved.
SMEs competitiveness should also be improved by the increased EU influence in international
standardisation coupled with the strong alignment between EU and international standards. This
will reduce barriers to trade and facilitate SMEs’ access to third country markets.
SMEs’ capacity to innovate should also be impacted favourably by the preferred option, both
through the ability to get faster access to standards in key technology areas and through the free
access to hENs, which could foster diffusion of innovation. Having free and facilitated access
to draft hENs will also allow SMEs to better anticipate the implementation of new technical
solutions, hence being able to plan and adapt accordingly.
3. COMPETITIVE POSITION OF THE MOST AFFECTED SECTORS
This initiative is horizontal in nature since the Standardisation Regulation affects many
different sectors relying on hENs. Considering the existing stock of hENs, together with
111
currently planned standardisation requests, the most affected sectors are reported in the
following table (according to Eurostat data377).
While all enterprises in sector supported by the Standardisation Regulation could be potential
beneficiaries of the preferred option, a conservative estimate would be that immediate direct
benefits (compliance costs savings) could be expected for 7 % of businesses. This derived from
the fact that the annual number of single downloads of hENs in 34 NSBs is 584 800378, which
represents around the 7 % of the total number of enterprises in concerned sectors. This is likely
an underestimation of the potential number of direct and indirect users of hENs because many
NSBs have a subscription-based model, giving access to a bundle of standards, which are not
counted in the single downloads. While this underestimation was needed to have a more robust
figure of direct costs savings, it should be expected that potentially affected enterprises will be
much higher in the medium – long term.
The
implementation of the preferred option, leading to a significant increase in the timely production
of hENs, will mostly benefit the sectors with the highest stock of hENs. The sectors with the
most hENs are “Manufacturing of Electrical equipment”, “Machinery”, and “Construction”,
while “Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations, perfumes and
toilet preparations”, “Manufacture of rubber products” and “IT and information services” had
the fewest.
The implementation of Option 2 will help increasing international competitiveness via the
timely production of hENs and increased coordination among EU actors leading to more EU
influence on international standardisation. Exporting sectors, such as machinery & vehicles,
377 Enterprise statistics by size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity (from 2021 onwards) 378 These data were collected for the first time in this Study through interviews with 17 NSBs, which on average
claimed that annual downloads of hENs amount at 17.200. This figure was multiplied by 34 to obtain a total
average number. These figures were validated in the “reality check” workshop with NSBs.
Sector Number of
enteprises in EEA Number of SMEs
in EEA % SMEs
Computer programming, consultancy and related activities 1.028.996 1.023.093 99,4%
Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 79.870 77.766 97,4%
Construction 4.133.101 4.115.640 99,6%
Manufacture of electrical equipment 41.272 40.331 97,7%
Manufacture of wearing apparel 131.071 130.852 99,8%
Manufacture of transport equipment n.e.c. 3.986 3.932 98,6%
Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 61.752 61.410 99,4%
Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 957 155 16,2%
Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 748 496 66,3%
Manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 4.269 4.205 98,5%
Manufacture of basic chemicals, fertilisers and nitrogen compounds […] 8.732 8.414 96,4%
Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery 32.089 27.904 87,0%
Postal activities under universal service obligation 7.514 1.010 13,4%
Manufacture of games and toys 8.621 7.492 86,9%
Manufacture of other chemical products 6.182 6.022 97,4%
Technical testing and analysis 86.546 86.151 99,5%
Building of ships and boats 9.310 9.210 98,9%
Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing etc. 10.734 10.449 97,3%
Manufacture of domestic appliances 3.308 2.960 89,5%
Manufacture of plastics products 47.878 46.862 97,9%
Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations […] 13.183 12.937 98,1%
Manufacture of rubber products 7.824 7.631 97,5%
Manufacturing (generic, excluding already listed sectors) 1.716.374 1.712.259 99,8%
Total 7.444.317 7.397.181 99,4%
112
chemicals & pharmaceuticals, and other manufactured goods, are expected to benefit most. The
preferred option could also lead to EU companies gaining a competitive advantage compared
to non-EU competitors in strategic technological sectors through faster availability of standards
closer to the state of the art, for instance in AI, cyber-resilience or quantum technologies.
Finally, taking the investment in R&D as an indicator for innovation displayed by the R&D
Scoreboard, EU companies in the health and energy sectors would benefit most due to
increasing R&D investments. The EU ICT sector might also benefit from an innovation-
friendly implementation of Option 2, notably the new possibility to rely on alternative SDOs
that are closer to the state of the art in these highly innovative fields and that could deliver hENs
faster and closer to market needs.
113
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK
OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON SMES
Relevance for SMEs
Based on the SME filter and the ISCG discussion, this initiative is relevant for SMEs, as they
represent 99% of companies in the key sectors supported by the Standardisation Regulation.
(1) IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND ASSESSMENT OF RELEVANCE
Are SMEs directly affected? (Yes/No) In which sectors?
Yes, SMEs are directly affected by the initiative, across all sectors supported by the
Standardisation Regulation.
Estimated number of directly affected SMEs
The sectors most likely to be affected have been identified together with their respective share
of SMEs, based on the existing stock of hENs. These sectors account for approximately 7.4
million SMEs in total. Although all SMEs operating in these sectors could potentially be
affected by the initiative, a lower-bound estimate suggests that around 550 000 SMEs are
likely to benefit most directly from the resulting cost savings379.
Table 6.1: Number of affected SMEs per sector (NACE rev.2)
379 This estimate corresponds to approximately 7 % of the total number of SMEs operating in the identified sectors.
The percentage is derived by comparing the annual number of downloads of harmonised European standards the
total number of firms active in those sectors. It assumes that the proportion of firms downloading hENs each year
provides a reasonable proxy for the share of SMEs likely to be directly affected by, or making active use of,
harmonised standards.
114
Source: Eurostat Enterprise statistics by size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity (from 2021
onwards); data for 2024, and, where unavailable, from the most recent year available.
Estimated number of employees in directly affected SMEs
The initiative is expected to affect sectors in which SMEs employ more than 31 million people
in total (Table 2). The number of employees in SMEs directly affected, i.e. actually using
hENs, would be 2 million380.
Table 6.2: Number of affected employees in SMEs per sector (NACE rev.2)
Sector Micro Small Medium SMEs total
Manufacturing (generic, excluding sub-sectors listed below) 2.964.946 3.748.631 4.040.624 10.754.201
Manufacture of wearing apparel 196.018 197.112 168.815 561.945
Manufacture of basic chemicals, fertilisers and nitrogen
compounds, plastics and synthetic rubber in primary forms 12.300 40.053 101.382 153.735
380 Eurostat Enterprise statistics by persons employed, size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity (from 2021 onwards).
Data from 2024 and, where unavailable, from the most recent year available.
Sector Micro Small Medium Total
Manufacturing (generic, excluding sub-sectors listed below) 1.482.075 189.953 40.231 1.712.259
Manufacture of wearing apparel 119.073 10.083 1.696 130.852
Manufacture of basic chemicals, fertilisers and nitrogen compounds, plastics and synthetic rubber in primary forms
5.798 1.686 930 8.414
Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations, perfumes and toilet preparations
10.730 1.550 657 12.937
Manufacture of other chemical products 4.096 1.310 616 6.022
Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 16 6 133 155
Manufacture of rubber products 5.639 1.501 491 7.631
Manufacture of plastics products 31.341 11.019 4.502 46.862
Manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 2.716 1.089 400 4.205
Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation; watches and clocks
7.105 2.326 1.018 10.449
Manufacture of electrical equipment 30.523 7.009 2.799 40.331
Manufacture of domestic appliances 2.456 492 12 2.960
Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 50.572 19.831 7.363 77.766
Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery 21.463 3.670 2.771 27.904
Building of ships and boats 7.651 1.198 361 9.210
Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 363 7 126 496
Manufacture of transport equipment n.e.c. 3.195 546 191 3.932
Manufacture of games and toys 7.027 362 103 7.492
Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies
54.275 6.205 930 61.410
Construction 3.872.854 221.388 21.398 4.115.640
Postal activities under universal service obligation 1.008 1 1 1.010
Computer programming, consultancy and related activities 975.297 38.779 9.017 1.023.093
Technical testing and analysis 80.599 4.607 945 86.151
Total 6.775.872 524.618 96.691 7.397.181
115
Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing
preparations, perfumes and toilet preparations 19.760 33.993 69.374 123.127
Manufacture of other chemical products 9.922 29.595 66.210 105.727
Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 1.228 3.920 15.409 20.557
Manufacture of rubber products 13.098 30.539 47.910 91.547
Manufacture of plastics products 81.238 249.109 472.198 802.545
Manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 7.406 23.815 42.440 73.661
Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring,
testing and navigation; watches and clocks 17.932 51.415 109.436 178.783
Manufacture of electrical equipment 64.447 154.144 301.843 520.434
Manufacture of domestic appliances 4.754 11.415 29.470 45.639
Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 134.484 432.557 797.662 1.364.703
Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery 54.249 160.766 293.324 508.339
Building of ships and boats 14.972 24.400 33.863 73.235
Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 858 3.887 14.978 19.723
Manufacture of transport equipment n.e.c. 5.778 11.013 20.698 37.489
Manufacture of games and toys 9.196 7.371 10.416 26.983
Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 112.630 115.546 96.977 325.153
Construction 6.660.361 4.054.726 1.944.851 12.659.938
Postal activities under universal service obligation 2.033 400 727 3.160
Computer programming, consultancy and related activities 1.200.429 815.867 909.942 2.926.238
Technical testing and analysis 130.463 90.183 94.455 315.101
Total 11.718.502 10.290.457 9.683.004 31.691.963
The proportion of employment in SMEs corresponds, on average, to around 61% of total
employment in the sectors covered by the Standardisation Regulation (Table 3)381.
Table 6.3: Proportion of affected employment in SMEs per sector (NACE rev.2)
Sector Micro Small Medium SMEs total
Manufacturing (generic, excluding sub-sectors listed
below) 15% 19% 20% 54%
Manufacture of wearing apparel 28% 28% 24% 80%
381 Eurostat Enterprise statistics by persons employed, size class and NACE Rev. 2 activity (from 2021 onwards).
Proportions were calculated as the number of persons employed in SMEs divided by the total number of persons
employed in SMEs and large enterprises. Data from 2024 and, where unavailable, from the most recent year
available.
116
Manufacture of basic chemicals, fertilisers and
nitrogen compounds, plastics and synthetic rubber in
primary forms
2% 7% 18% 27%
Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and
polishing preparations, perfumes and toilet
preparations
7% 12% 24% 42%
Manufacture of other chemical products 5% 14% 31% 49%
Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 1% 4% 16% 22%
Manufacture of rubber products 4% 10% 16% 31%
Manufacture of plastics products 6% 17% 33% 56%
Manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and containers of
metal 6% 20% 36% 62%
Manufacture of instruments and appliances for
measuring, testing and navigation; watches and clocks 4% 11% 23% 37%
Manufacture of electrical equipment 4% 10% 19% 33%
Manufacture of domestic appliances 2% 5% 13% 20%
Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 4% 14% 25% 43%
Manufacture of other general-purpose machinery 5% 15% 28% 48%
Building of ships and boats 8% 13% 18% 39%
Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 1% 3% 11% 15%
Manufacture of transport equipment n.e.c. 8% 16% 29% 53%
Manufacture of games and toys 16% 13% 18% 47%
Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and
supplies 19% 19% 16% 54%
Construction 46% 28% 13% 87%
Postal activities under universal service obligation 0% 0% 0% 0%
Computer programming, consultancy and related
activities 25% 17% 19% 61%
Technical testing and analysis 24% 17% 18% 59%
Total 23% 20% 19% 61%
Are SMEs indirectly affected? (Yes/No) In which sectors? What is the estimated number
of indirectly affected SMEs and employees?
SMEs are also indirectly affected by the initiative; the same number of SMEs are directly and
indirectly affected.
117
(2) CONSULTATION OF SME STAKEHOLDERS
How has the input from the SME community been taken into consideration?
SMEs and their representatives took part to several consultation activities, conducted
between June 2025 and May 2026, including:
• The call for evidence launched on the Have your say portal between 23 June 2025 -
21 July 2025.
• The public consultation opened between from 24 September to 17 December 2025
(69 SMEs replies).
• One targeted online survey for industry organisations and companies, including
SMEs, to gather specific feedback on costs and benefits to be expected from the
different options (87 replies from SMEs: 30 micro, 20 small, and 27 medium
enterprises).
• One in-depth interview with SBS, the Annex 3 organisation representing the
interests of SMEs in European standardisation.
• One workshop with 30 SMEs and their EU representative organisations held on 27
March 2026.
Are SMEs’ views different from those of large businesses? (Yes/No)
SMEs’ views expressed throughout the consultation for the initiative have not been different
from those expressed by the business community in general. Replies in the OPC and the
targeted surveys showed a high-level of alignment, both as regards the identification of
problems and as regards the preferred policy measures to implement.
On some specific measures, consensus among SMEs is higher than among large enterprises,
while still being aligned with the rest of the industry. In the OPC, 70 % of SMEs either
strongly or somewhat agree to the need to introduce flexibility in the way hENs are
developed and delivered, through both dedicated and simplified formats and procedures and
the use of alternative types of deliverables instead of standards. In addition, 60 % of SMEs
either strongly or somewhat agree to enforce stronger mechanisms such as mandatory
deadlines paired with penalties, to enforce timely delivery of requested (harmonised)
standards. 63 % of SMEs either strongly or somewhat agree to reinforce voting rights for
SMEs, consumers and other societal stakeholders (Annex III) in the standardisation process.
On the measure to introduce binding legal obligations on NSBs for the involvement of SMEs
and societal stakeholders by revising the provisions in Art. 6, the share of SMEs expecting
higher benefits is higher than the share of large enterprises. In the targeted survey to industry
organisations and companies, 65 % of SME respondents expected high or very high benefits
from this measure, compared with 36 % of respondents from large enterprises.
Regarding the support for the participation of experts in technical committees, 89 % of
SMEs either strongly or somewhat agree; SMEs even show a unanimous supporttowards
financial support and capacity building to improve participation of experts representing
SMEs or civil society from the EU in technical committees at the international level.
118
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES382
What are the estimated direct costs for SMEs of the preferred policy option?
Qualitative assessment
The preferred policy option is expected to generate very limited direct costs for SMEs. The
flexibility for the Commission to request hENs to alternative SDOs may lead to increased
participation costs for SMEs that are willing to participate to the standardisation process, if
they are already active in similar standardisation activities within ESOs. SMEs active in the
sectors where a derogation from the ‘international first’ principle would be applied would be
affected similarly as other businesses in the sector.
Quantitative assessment
There is no available data to quantify the potential additional costs for SMEs of participation
to the standardisation process conducted by alternative SDOs.
What are the estimated direct benefits/cost savings for SMEs of the preferred policy
option383?
Qualitative assessment
The preferred option is expected to generate substantial direct benefits and cost savings for
SMEs.
The main benefits include:
• Faster availability of harmonised standards, enabling SMEs to reduce conformity
assessment costs (compliance costs) and to access sooner the internal market,
levelling the playing field with larger businesses that can generally afford higher
compliance costs (notably through conformity assessment not based on a hEN) due
to higher economies of scale.
• Reduced costs for purchasing standards, due to free and unrestricted access to the
harmonised standards. Although the costs of a hEN is not identified as a financial
barrier, SMEs may benefit from this saving as well as from the possibility to access
the full catalogue of hEN.
• Improved participation and representation in standardisation through binding
obligations on National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs) that should further reduce the
costs for SMEs to participation in the standardisation process conducted by ESOs.
• Improved access to international markets, thanks to the increased EU influence at
international level that should lead to overall increased alignment between hENs and
international standards and lower costs for SMEs to access both the EU and the
international markets.
382 The costs and benefits data in this annex are consistent with the data in annex 3. The preferred option includes
the mitigating measures listed in section 4. 383 The direct benefits for SMEs can also be cost savings.
119
Quantitative assessment
The estimated total savings in compliance costs of EUR 295 million generated by the
preferred option will benefit in majority SMEs. Considering that SMEs usually develop less
products and require less conformity assessments that large undertakings, they will benefit
from a lower share than the 99 % of the number of beneficiaries they represent. While there
is no data to estimate the average number of conformity assessments conducted by SMEs and
large undertakings, one indicator from the Impact Assessment on the revision of the NLF384
provide an estimate of the relative difference between SMEs and large undertakings. Large
undertakings develop 28 times more new models requiring separate declarations of
conformity than SMEs (100 per year vs. 3.5 per year)385. This would lead to SMEs benefitting
from 78 % of the savings in compliance costs generated by the preferred option (EUR 230
million).
The savings generated by the preferred option through free access to standards cannot be
differentiated between SMEs and large undertakings, as there is no information on their
respective weight in hENs. Assuming the same repartition as for savings from conformity
assessment, this would generate additional savings of EUR 23 million for SMEs.
What are the indirect impacts of this initiative on SMEs? (Fill in only if step 1 flags
indirect impacts)
(4) MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
Are SMEs disproportionately affected compared to large companies? (Yes/No)
If yes, are there any specific subgroups of SMEs more exposed than others?
The preferred option does not negatively impact disproportionately SMEs compared to large
companies.
The specific subgroup of SMEs that could be more exposed than others are the ones that are
actively engaged in standardisation activities within ESOs in a given sector for which the
Commission would request a hEN from an alternative SDOs. This could limit the ability of
these SMEs to influence the standardisation process in the alternative SDOs and could create
additional costs for them to transfer their standardisation participation to the alternative SDO.
Have mitigating measures been included in the preferred option/proposal? (Yes/No)
Mitigating measures have been included in the preferred option to ensure that the
standardisation process from an alternative SDO would remain inclusive and would allow
voluntary SMEs to participate. Consulted SMEs representatives were not fully confident that
the level of inclusiveness offered by ESOs would be ensured by other SDOs. The preferred
option includes two mitigating measures. First, the Commission could only rely on
alternative SDOs meeting pre-defined criteria that ensure a highly inclusive process, based
on the WTO TBT principles for standardisation and on the current Annex II of the
384 Impact Assessment on the revision of the New Legislative Framework [to be published]. 385 Estimates based on a survey to industry, based on 10 SME respondents and 100 large undertakings respondents.
120
Standardisation Regulation applying to ICT technical specifications from alternative SDOs.
Second, the Commission, depending on the sector and the actual hEN requested to alternative
SDOs, could include ad hoc requirements on inclusiveness of SMEs as a pre-condition in the
standardisation request, depending on the sector.
CONTRIBUTION TO THE 35% BURDEN REDUCTION TARGET FOR SMES
Are there any administrative cost savings relevant for the 35% burden reduction target
for SMEs?
Yes, SMEs will benefit from the administrative burden reduction identified in Annex 3,
which will benefit all businesses equally.
121
ANNEX 7: SCOPE OF THE STANDARDISATION REGULATION AND OF
THE PROPOSED POLICY INTERVENTION
1. STANDARDS SUPPORTING UNION LEGISLATION AND POLICY
1.1. Standards developed under the Standardisation Regulation
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012386 (hereafter the ‘Regulation’) provides a legal basis for using
European standardisation as a policy tool to support EU legislation and policies for products
and for services. It organises the legal interface between the Commission, the European
standardisation organisations (ESOs) as defined in its Annex I387 (CEN, CENELEC and ETSI)
and the national standardisation bodies (NSBs), regarding standards and standardisation
deliverables requested in support of EU law and policies.
There are 2 main types of standards or standardisation deliverables of ESOs388 covered by
the Standardisation Regulation:
1. The focus of the Standardisation Regulation is delivering harmonised standards,
which are European standards adopted by one or more ESOs, following a request from
the European Commission to support Union harmonisation legislation. Where a
harmonised standard satisfies the requirements which it aims to cover and which are set
out in relevant Union harmonisation legislation, its references must be published in the
Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU) by the Commission, or by other means
(like e.g. addition to an Annex via secondary legislation) in accordance with the
conditions laid down in the corresponding legal act – see Annex 8.
2. The Regulation also allows the Commission to request standards or standardisation
deliverables from the ESOs “in support of Union policy and legislation”, without
necessarily providing presumption of conformity to the standard or any direct legal
386 Regulation (EU) 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on European
standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and 93/15/EEC and Directives 94/9/EC, 94/25/EC,
95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC, 2009/23/EC and 2009/105/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decision 87/95/EEC and Decision No 1673/2006/EC of the
European Parliament and of the Council, OJ L 316, 14 November 2012, p. 12-33. 387 As recognised in the regulation the ESOs are the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN), European
Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation (Cenelec) and European Telecommunications Standards Institute
(ETSI). 388 The Standardisation Regulation defines “standardisation deliverable” as “any other technical specification than
a European standard, adopted by a European standardisation organisation for repeated or continuous application
and with which compliance is not compulsory” (Article 2(2)). In practice, standardisation deliverables are
agreements adopted by standardisation organisation with differing level of transparency, consensus and approval
than a full-fledge standard. They can be intermediate step to the adoption of a standard. For instance, CEN
deliverables include notably, CEN Technical Specification (CEN/TS), that serves as normative document in areas
where the actual state of the art is not yet sufficiently stable for a European Standard; CEN Technical Report
(CEN/TR), for information and transfer of knowledge; or CEN Workshop Agreement (CWA), which aims at
bringing about consensual agreements based on deliberations of open Workshops with unrestricted direct
representation of interested parties. See CEN Deliverables. CENELEC has a similar typology (Development of
CENELEC Homegrown Deliverables). ETSI develops more different deliverable, but follows a similar approach,
distinguishing standards and technical specifications (Understanding standards - ETSI).
122
effect, the Commission determining in its request “the requirements as to the content to
be met by the requested document”389.
The Standardisation Regulation thus organises the ex ante development of standards and
standardisation deliverables by the European standardisation organisations390; the legislative
need for a standard precedes the existence of the standard, whose development the Commission
requests to the ESOs. The Regulation also calls to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of
standards and standardisation as policy tools for the Union through cooperation between
European standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies, Member States and the
Commission.
The delivery of harmonised standards primarily supports Union legislation under the New
Legislative Framework (NLF)391, a body of 30 pieces of EU legislation regulating the internal
market for goods and services that rely on harmonised standards to provide a presumption of
conformity. More recently, an increasing number of sectoral legislations have come to rely on
the Standardisation Regulation to deliver harmonised standards that provide a presumption of
conformity. This includes notably the Data Act, the AI Act and the Cyber Resilience Act to
support EU digital transition – see below for an overview of the legislation and policies
supported by the Standardisation Regulation392.
As of 31 March 2026, more than 3 270 standards requested from ESOs have been adopted and
cited by the Commission. Standards from CEN/CENELEC make up the majority of these
standards (95 % of the total). Most of these standards and standardisation deliverables support
ten pieces of Union legislation, together accounting for 80 % of the harmonised standards cited
in the OJEU. Standards supporting the Machinery and Low Voltage Directives alone make up
close to 50 % of the total standards cited393. In addition, there are 178 harmonised standards
from ETSI, supporting mainly the Radio Equipment Directive. See below for a detailed
overview of Union legislation supported by harmonised standards.
Portfolio of harmonised standards by Union legislation
389 Article 10(1) of the Standardisation Regulation. 390 The Regulation also established rules to identifying ICT technical specifications developed by other standard
development organisations other than the ESOs or international standardisation bodies, which may be referenced
in public procurement, primarily to enable interoperability. For instance, at the end of 2024, the Commission
initiated the identification process of ICT technical specifications to be referenced in implementing acts related to
the European Digital Identity (eIDAS) Regulation. 391 New legislative framework - Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs 392 Based on the Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation, p. 24-25. 393 CEN CENELEC in figures - Quarterly, 2026 Q1
123
List of legislation and policy relying on the Standardisation Regulation
Legislation from the NLF Legislation referring to Standardisation Regulation
Other legislation and policy initiatives relying on the Regulation
Toy Safety Regulation Critical Raw Materials Act European Green Deal Transportable pressure equipment Directive Net Zero Industry Act Circular Economy Action Plan Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive
Hydrogen Regulation Clean Industrial Deal
Construction products Regulation Data Act Digital Decade Pyrotechnic Articles Directive General Product Safety Regulation NIS2 Recreational craft and personal watercraft Directive Energy Labelling Regulation Cyber Security Act (CSA) Civil Explosives Directive Cosmetic products Regulation Digital Service Act (DSA) Simple Pressure Vessels Directive REACH Regulation European Digital Identity Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive Interoperability of the rail system
Regulation Financial Data Access
Non-automatic Weighing Instruments Directive Inspection of pesticide application equipment
Interoperable Europe Act
Measuring Instruments Directive Accessibility of the websites and mobile applications of public sector bodies (WAD)
Intelligent Transport System (ITS
Lifts Directive Plastic caps and lids Web 4.0 and virtual worlds strategy ATEX Directive Community eco-management and audit
scheme (EMAS) EU action Plan for Grids.
Radio equipment Directive Active implantable medical devices Multimodal Digital Mobility Services Low Voltage Directive Postal Services Directive Critical Raw Materials Act Pressure equipment Directive Marine Equipment Directive Cableway installations Regulation Personal protective equipment Regulation Gas appliances Regulation Medical devices Regulation In vitro diagnostic medical devices Regulation EU fertilising products Regulation Drones / unmanned aircraft systems Commission Delegated Regulation Batteries Regulation Machinery Regulation Ecodesign requirements for sustainable products Regulation Artificial Intelligence Act Regulation Cyber Resilience Act Regulation Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation
124
1.2. Standards directly referenced in Union legislation
EU legislation can also reference standards outside of the framework of the
Standardisation Regulation. A large array of EU secondary legislation directly references
standards from ESOs, international standardisation bodies or other standardisation
organisations. Such “directly referenced standards” can have an indicative value, providing an
example of how to comply with certain legal obligations, or can be mandatory. Direct references
to standards in EU legislation is thus taking place ex post, leveraging an existing standard or
technical specification, to provide guidance, or impose an obligation.
The practice of directly referencing standards in Union legislation is pervasive. As of December
2025, the Commission estimates the number of unique references to standards in EU
legislation394 at around 3 500395.
2. STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRY USE
While standards developed under the Standardisation Regulation support a wide range of the
EU acquis, they only represent a small part of standards developed and used by industry.
Standards are first and foremost private and voluntary documents, which are market-
driven and adopted based on consensus, establishing common requirements for products,
production processes, services or test methods to ensure interoperability, compatibility, safety
and quality, as well as environmental and consumer protection where applicable. They play an
essential role in creating economies of scale, facilitating exchanges between businesses by
reducing technical barriers to trade and thus have an important impact on promoting the internal
market, innovation and competitiveness. Standardisation in the industry builds on a long
history: national standardisation bodies have been in operation since the beginning of the 20th
century and the three ESOs, CEN, CENELEC and ETSI, were founded by stakeholders in 1961,
1973 and 1988 respectively, thereby preceding the creation of the internal market in their
respective fields.
Many different organisations develop standards and technical specifications to support
interoperability and trade. The TBT Agreement of the World Trade Organization (WTO)396
aims to ensure that technical regulations, standards, and conformity assessment procedures are
non-discriminatory and do not create unnecessary obstacles to trade and requires the WTO TBT
Committee to discuss specific trade concerns (STCs) related to specific laws, regulations or
procedures that affect their trade. In 2000 the WTO TBT Committee defined six principles “for
the Development of International Standards, Guides and Recommendations”, with a view to
guiding Members in developing standards supporting international trade397. These principles
are now used as a benchmark to assess the ability of standardisation organisations to deliver
standards with international relevance. The six principles for the standardisation process are:
394 This number does not include harmonised standards, the references to which have been published in the OJEU
in compliance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012. However, this number may include references
to harmonised standards which have been published in the OJEU outside of this framework. 395 A large part of these directly referenced standards are ISO or IEC standards (more than a third). 396 WTO, Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade. 397 Decision of the Committee on principles for the development of international standards, guides and
recommendations with relation to articles 2, 5 and annex 3 of the TBT Agreement.
125
transparency, openness, impartiality and consensus, effectiveness and relevance, coherence and
taking into account the development dimension.
In turn, these principles were a source of inspiration for the conditions set out in Annex II of
the Standardisation Regulation to identify ICT technical specifications from SDOs that are
not ESOs which may be referenced by the Commission in public procurement, primarily to
enable interoperability. Annex II states that such technical specifications have to be developed
by a “non-profit making organisation which is a professional society, industry or trade
association or any other membership organisation” with sufficient expertise and adopt
specifications through a process that fulfils the openness, consensus, transparency
requirements398. There is no European or international process that formally recognises SDOs
that comply with the WTO TBT principles or with the principles from Annex II.
In general, the following types of organisations are involved in developing and adopting
standards:
• International standardisation bodies: the International Standardisation Organisation,
the International Electrotechnical Commission, and the International
Telecommunication Union399:
• National standardisation organisations: most countries in the world host national
standardisation organisations, which may be governmental or non-governmental
organisations (ISO for instance gathers 195 organisations
from 146 countries/territories).
• Regional standardisation organisations: these organisations gather national
standardisation organisations from the same region such as CEN, CENELEC and
ETSI400 for Europe.
• Independent standardisation organisations, which abides by the WTO TBT
principles mentioned above and that adopt standards in their area of expertise; these can
be institutional sectoral organisations, such as the UPU for postal services or the Codex
Alimentarius Commission for food, food production, food labelling and food safety, or
independent organisation such as IEEE, ASTM, the World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C) or 3GPP – see Annex 13 on alternative standardisation organisations.
Overview of harmonised standards within the standards ecosystem
398 Annex II, paragraph 3 of the Standardisation Regulation. The Annex II also specifies requirements on the
technical specifications themselves, in addition to the requirements on the organisation that developed them. 399 As defined in Article 2(9) of the Standardisation Regulation. ITU status is however different from ISO and IEC
as it is not an association of National Standardisation Organisation but an Agency of the United Nations. 400 While National Standardisation Organisations are members of ETSI and ETSI adopts European Standards, it is
also a membership-based standardisation organisation that adopt standards with international outreach.
126
3. SCOPE OF THE PROPOSED POLICY INTERVENTION
In line with the scope of the evaluation401, the revision of the Standardisation Regulation targets
primarily the ex ante delivery of standards following Standardisation Requests from the
Commission to the ESOs to support Union policy and legislation, thus in practice concerns
harmonised standards.
Thus, the initiative does not cover the direct references by the legislators of existing
standards in Union law, as this concerns a legislative technique rather than the organisation
the European Standardisation System to support Union legislation. Moreover, the current legal
basis of the Standardisation Regulation (Article 114 TFUE) would not allow horizontal
measures that address the practice of directly referencing standards in Union legislation.
The initiative does not cover the entire, privately-run standardisation system but only assesses
the aspects relating to the delivery of standards for EU policy or legislative needs. However,
the initiative, by targeting the ex ante delivery of standards in support of Union legislation and
policy, has clear spill-over effects on the 2 dimensions mentioned above:
• As outlined in Annex 8, the delivery of harmonised standards is an important
activity of the European standardisation organisations. Any changes in this process
will have impacts on their functioning, both in terms of standardisation processes and
financial revenues. While the Standardisation Regulation creates obligations for ESOs
as regards harmonised standards, these obligations have repercussion on their
development of industry-driven standards. Process improvements in the delivery of
harmonised standards can spill-over on improvements in the delivery of standards by
ESOs and make the entire standardisation system more competitive and more
responsive to market and industry needs. By increasing the responsiveness of the
European Standardisation System, the initiative can also contribute to increase the
incentives of the industry to take part to standardisation activities, thus further
401 Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation, p. 5-8.
127
reinforcing the contribution of standardisation to the internal market and the
competitiveness of the EU.
• Policy measures proposed for the revision of the Standardisation Regulation can
also influence the direct referencing of standards in Union legislation. In particular,
the modalities to provide access to harmonised standards (see Annex 14) will influence
the access granted to mandatory standards.
Overview of scope of policy intervention
ANNEX 8: OVERVIEW OF THE FUNCTIONING OF THE EUROPEAN
STANDARDISATION SYSTEM
1. THE EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION ORGANISATIONS (ESOS)
The Standardisation Regulation provides the legal basis for the European
Standardisation System and establishes rules for the cooperation between European
Standardisation Organisations, National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs)402, Member States and
the Commission for the establishment of European standards and European standardisation
deliverables in support of Union legislation and policies.
The Commission can only request European standards to the three ESOs recognised in
the Annex I of the Standardisation Regulation: the European Committee for Standardisation
(CEN), the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation (CENELEC) and the
European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). Each ESO has its own specialised
area of expertise: ETSI covers ICT and digital sectors, CENELEC focus on electrotechnical
standardisation while CEN supports standardisation in a wide range of areas and sectors.
CEN, CENELEC and ETSI are private-law, non-for-profit entities with different
governance, operation and financing models. CEN brings together the NSBs of 34 European
countries, including all 27 Member States. CENELEC has the same organisation but for NSBs
active in the electrotechnical field, the National Electrotechnical Committees. ETSI is an
organisation based on direct membership, where any entity (public or private), which qualifies
in terms of field of activity and expertise, can be a member; ETSI full members shall be
established in one CEPT403 country. It currently has over 900 members coming from 60
different countries. Most EU NSBs are members of ETSI, but do not have a privileged role in
decision-making except when the decisions concern work requested by the Commission.
Member States and EEA countries must notify their NSBs to the Commission, which lists them
in the OJEU404.
CEN, CENELEC and ETSI are standard development organisations but do not
themselves draft the standards. Instead, it is the industry and their experts, research and
societal experts and experts from public administrations that provide the expertise required to
establish those standards, on the basis of different technical, legal and/or economic triggers
from the market, and incur most of the associated costs – in particular, industry is estimated to
bear around 90 % of the total standard development cost, mostly through their investments in
mobilising their own experts405. The ESOs provide the infrastructures and administrative
support necessary to the development of the standards and manage the development process to
402 National Standardisation Bodies are members of CEN, National Committees are members of CENELEC and
National Standardisation Organisations from CEPT countries are members of ETSI, a subset of which National
Standardisation Bodies from European Economic Area (EEA) – for ease of reference, the term NSB is used
generally. 403 European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations 404 Publication of an update to the list of national standardisation bodies pursuant to Article 27 of Regulation (EU)
No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council on European standardisation, OJ C 236, 4.7.2023,
p. 3. 405 Targeted interviews with the industry.
129
ensure quality and compliance with agreed upon standardisation development rules at European
and international level406.
CEN, CENELEC and ETSI are the only organisations to develop European standards407
and other European standardisation deliverables, which have a harmonising effect on the
internal market. NSBs must withdraw all national standards which conflict with adopted
European standards, thus ensuring that there is one single and common standard used in the
internal market. Harmonised standards are a specific type of European standards, adopted by
ESOs following a request from the European Commission to support Union harmonisation
legislation.
The large majority of CEN, CENELEC and ETSI’s standardisation activities are initiated
and carried out on their own initiative based on market needs, independently of requests
from the Commission. Standards developed upon requests from the Commission represent
between 17 % and 26 % of standardisation deliverables adopted by CEN and CENELEC since
2020408. For ETSI, the proportion of own-initiative standardisation deliverable is much higher,
as harmonised standards represent less than 1 % of standardisation deliverables adopted by
ETSI since 2020409. Overall, the contribution of CEN/CENELEC to the adoption of European
Standards and harmonised standards is much larger than ETSI’s – out of the 5 700 European
Standards adopted by the ESOs since 2020, 97 % were from CEN/CENELEC. The importance
of CEN/CENELEC for harmonised standards is similar (96 % of the 1 380 harmonised
standards adopted).
CEN and CENELEC rely on the national delegation principle to develop and adopt
standards. As the only members of CEN and CENELEC’s, NSBs take all decisions on the
development and adoption of CEN/CENELEC standards with each NSB reflecting in its vote
the balance of the positions of all the interested parties in their country. NSBs manage the
standardisation process at national level through national Technical Committees (TC), which
feeds into the European level. They finance CEN and CENELEC through membership fees and
in return have the exclusive right to sell the standards adopted by CEN and CENELEC, which
is one of the main sources of financing of the ESS. Industry and stakeholders participating in
the standardisation process are thus not financially compensated for the standards they develop;
standardisation is an investment for them to have a seat at the table in shaping market trends
that they recoup through easier market integration, interoperability and compliance with legal
requirements when the standard is published in the OJEU. Contributors to standardisation may
406 Such as WTO “Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Agreement”: WTO | Technical Barriers to Trade as well as
provisions in EU free trade agreements. 407 A European standard (EN) is a voluntary technical specification developed by CEN, CENELEC and ETSI,
whereas a harmonised standard is a specific type of European standard developed at the request of the European
Commission and, once cited in the Official Journal of the European Union, provides a presumption of conformity
with relevant EU harmonisation legislation. 408 The historical stock of harmonised standards in the total portfolio of CEN/CENELEC is however lower at 12
%. Recent years have shown an increase in the share of standards adopted upon request of the Commission in
CEN/CENELEC activities. 409 However, harmonised standards represent 33 % of European standards adopted by ETSI since 2020; the large
difference in this proportion is explained by large number of standardisation deliverables (technical specifications)
that are not adopted as European Standards by ETSI – for instance, in 2025, ETSI adopted more than 3 000
standardisation deliverables, but only 41 (1.7 %) were European standards and 22 (0.7 %) harmonised standards.
130
also benefit from licensing patents including in their contributions, as well as for being early
adopters of the standards, or for wide use of their technologies.
ETSI functions differently than CEN/CENELEC as a direct membership organisation. ETSI
does not sell its standards but makes them available for free on its website. Its main revenue
source is thus the membership fees paid by the actors willing to participate in ETSI’s
standardisation activities. One of ETSI’s member categories are the National Standards
Organisations (NSOs, 46 members from CEPT countries) that represent national interests in
ETSI standardisation. The National Standardisation Bodies (NSBs) are the subset of the NSOs
located in the European Economic Area (EEA). To fulfil their role as per Regulation (EU) No
2022/2480 (the amendment of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012), a National Standardisation
Bodies Group (NSBG) was established in 2023. The NSBG votes on the acceptance of
Standardisation Requests by ETSI, the adoption/changes/stopping Work Items related to a
Standardisation Request and the approval and withdrawal of standards and specifications
related to a Standardisation Request.
The European Union also contributes to financing the European Standardisation
Organisations. It covers part of CEN, CENELEC and ETSI’s administrative and operational
costs via operating grants through the Single Market Programme (SMP). It also finances
projects of ESOs aimed at improving the standardisation process in the EU through dedicated
action grants under the SMP, as well as projects to accelerate the development of
standardisation deliverables in support of EU regulations and policies. The Union’s
contribution to the system represents a varying share of ESOs’ total income, from around 6 %
for ETSI to 30 % to 50 % for CENELEC and CEN – see Figure 8.1 for an overview of the
financing structure of the 3 ESOs.
Figure 8.1: Estimates of ESOs’ main revenue sources410
New revenue streams could include providing additional services on the standards, notably
through the concept of “smart standards” to facilitate companies’ understanding and use of the
410 It is important to note that it is difficult to directly compare the revenues sources from ESOs due to their different
business models. The membership fees received from ETSI directly finance the standardisation process. This is a
different from CEN/CENELEC as the membership fees received come exclusively from NSBs in exchange from
the exclusive rights to sell CEN/CENELEC standards.
ESOs main income sources, 2024
* For ETSI, 21pp of 'others' come from funding through 3GPP Source: ESOs' annual reports, 2024
48%
49%
3%
CEN Total income: EUR 20,76 M
66%
32%
2%
CENELEC Total income: EUR 6,65M
72%
6%
22%
ETSI Total income: EUR 28,6 M
Membership fees
EC and EFTA grants
Others*
131
standards. Other possible revenue streams could include increase participation fees from the
industry, moving closer to the current business model of ETSI relying on membership fees.
This could however limit the participation of industries and stakeholders in the process. Last,
financing could come from the public sector, in the form of increased compensation for the
delivery of standards for policy purpose.
2. THE ESS BUSINESS MODEL
2.1. Organisation of the ESS
The ESS model relies on a public-private partnership at three main levels: (1) three ESOs,
which have a (sectoral) monopoly at EU level, (2) a patchwork of NSBs at national level, with
various business models, legal status and resources, and (3) industries, which are either member
of NSBs (in the case of CEN and CENELEC) or directly ESO’s members (in the case of ETSI).
Within the ESS, standards are developed by industries with the support of ESOs and
NSBs. Industry-mandated experts develop European standards (ENs) and harmonised
standards, often in response to mandates issued by the Commission to ESOs, or market needs.
Industries incur around 90 % of the total standard development cost. ESOs provide
infrastructures and administrative support, while NSBs have voting rights on draft standards
through their membership in ESOs’ technical committees. As such, industries are not
financially compensated for the standards they develop; they benefit from ‘having a seat at the
table’ in shaping market requirements.
While industries effectively develop the standards, ESOs ‘own’ them and NSBs sell
them411. CEN, CENELEC and ETSI claim ownership of copyright exploitation rights
associated with the standards developed by industries. However, they do not sell the standards;
instead, ETSI’s standards are available for free and NSBs member of CEN/CENELEC act as
the national distributors of European standards. They sell or license (i.e. access to a catalogue
of standards) the standards to companies and other stakeholders within their respective
countries. This relationship is illustrated in Figure 8.2.
Figure 8.2: Business model of CEN/CENELEC harmonised standards412
411 In this case, this is limited to CEN and CENELEC. 412 Commission own elaboration, based on the information gathered during NSB interviews carried out for the
Impact Assessment Study and the NSB validation Workshop.
132
2.2. Business model of ESOs
All three ESOs largely rely on membership fees to fund their activities. While the
membership structure of CEN-CENELEC is composed of NSBs and National Committees (as
well as other affiliates and partners) from 34 European countries, typically based on the
country-specific indicators (e.g. GDP), ETSI’s membership base is broader and includes
companies (full members), research institutions and public authorities from over 60 countries
– with fees varying depending on stakeholder type and company’s size. Crucially, standards
owned by ETSI are not sold, they are freely accessible413.
The rest of ESO’s resources come from public funding and services fees. The Single Market
Program allocates around EUR 24 million each year to fund the ESS, for which the main part
goes to ESOs414 through operating and action grants – although most of these action grants are
then transferred to industries providing experts work on the development of standards. While
CEN and CENELEC depends on EU grants for respectively half and one-third of their revenue,
ETSI is more ‘independent’. Another particular aspect of ETSI’ revenues is the funding it
receives from its role of global secretariat for 3GPP415.
413 ETSI’s standard may rely on technology under IPR protection from private companies. In those cases, ETSI
standards clearly indicate the IPR protection on the standards, and the companies contributing with patented
technology commit to license their IPRs for the use of the said standard under fair, reasonable and non-
discriminatory (FRAND) terms. 414 But not only. For instance, it also serves as funding Annex III organisations 415 ETSI acts as the global Secretariat (Mobile Competence Centre) for the ‘3rd Generation Partnership Project’ –
a global collaboration project on mobile networks (3G, 4G, 5G and the upcoming 6G). Other members include
ATIS (US), CCSA (China), ARIB&TTC (Japan), TTA (South Korea) and TSDSI (India), which pay a contribution
to ETSI for its Secretariat role.
Develop hENs
(~EUR 0.8 – 1.0 M/
hEN)
Request hENs
Submit hENs
hENs IPR
Sell hENs
~EUR 30M
Membership fees
fees
Action grants
EUR 10M
Grants to CEN/CENELEC
(EUR 4M)
Industries
- Develop hENs through
expertise (~90% of total
development cost)
➢ Contribute in shaping
market requirements
➢ Enjoy Presumption of
Conformity
NSBs
- Local implementation
- Sell hENs and other
deliverables and services
- Various legal forms and
business models (sales can
% % B ’
income)
➢ Can generate profits
CEN/CENELEC (2 ESOs)
• Support development of hENs
…
• Owns Copyrights and IPR
➢ Monopolistic position
Others (ETSI,
Annex III, EC
IT)
~60%
Total standard sales market in Europe (national, EN
and international)
~ EUR 300M
133
2.3. Business of models of NSBs
National Standardisation Bodies present various legal forms. The two main legal forms
identified are private non-profit associations, most common form observed in Western and
Northern Europe, and public entities, prevalent in Central and Eastern Europe416.
The business models are even more diverse than their legal form. While there is little public
data, and no harmonisation or established benchmark to compare them with, the annual report
on NSBs’ website allow to identify certain trends: revenue generated by each NSB varies
widely, as does the scope of their activities. In fact, certain NSBs are focused on standardisation
activities while for others, standardisation only represent a share, sometime minor, of the
services they offer and income they generate.
The variety of legal forms and business models makes it hard to compare and draw
conclusions, but certain trends can be identified. As such, the ESS is largely dominated by
three main players (see Figure 8.3)417. Rather than the size of the nation’s internal market, the
defining factors influencing revenue generation seem to be the legal form and the variety of
services offered. As such, private non-for-profit entities and those offering more services
generate a higher turnover than public ones and those focused on standardisation only.
Importantly, NSBs with diversified activities capitalise on their “NSB status”: by becoming the
national reference point on standardisation, NSBs can use this position to offer and advertise
additional, more profitable services, such as training or certification.
Figure 8.3: EU standards’ market breakdown by cluster of NSBs
416 Only Latvia’s LVS is a private limited company. 417 For the purpose of this note, the ESS is limited to EU’s NSBs. BIS, the British NSB (also member of the ESS)
is otherwise by far the largest NSB in Europe – with above £ 700 million revenue per year.
134
2.4. NSBs’ exposure to the sale of (harmonised) standards
Providing free access may challenge the business models which NSBs rely on. Standards,
including harmonised standards and those referenced in EU legislation, are sold by NSBs. As
the judgments of the CJEU clarified that standards that have a legal effect should be freely
accessible, this business model is being challenged, potentially threatening the financial
stability of some NSBs, as well as ESO’s interest and ability to accept standardisation request
from the Commission and deliver standards that they could not be able to monetise.
Individual exposure varies widely across NSBs, depending on their dependence on the sale of
standards in their total revenues and their capacity to diversify the services they offer. In a
nutshell, smaller NSBs are more exposed, as they derive most of their revenues from
standardisation activities and notably the sale of standards. However, even among the larger
NSBs, exposure can also be high. Figures 4 and 5 below show the individual exposure of 27
NSBs to sales of European standards and of harmonised standards.
The consolidated value shows a limited exposure of NSBs to the sales of harmonised standards:
6 % of total revenues and 15 % of revenues from sales of standards alone – Figure 8.4.
Figure 8.4 – Breakdown of NSBs’ revenues by activity
However, there is a wide disparity across NSBs: exposure to sales of all standards in total
revenues vary from 13 % to 100 % - see Figure 8.5.
Figure 8.5: Exposure to sales of standards by NSB
135
Looking at the share of hENs in the sales of all standards, there is also discrepancies across
NSBs, with exposure ranging from 7 % to 32 %, with one NSB standing out with a 72 %
exposure – see Figure 8.6.
Figure 8.6: Exposure to sales of hENs (over total sales of standards) by NSB
136
The total consolidated sales of hENs in the EU are thus estimated at about EUR 30 million per
year, representing on average 15 % of NSB’s sales of standards (in value) – with varying
individual exposures.
137
ANNEX 9: KEY ELEMENTS AND FUNCTIONING OF THE
STANDARDISATION PROCESS IN REGULATION (EU) 1025/2012
Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 establishes rules with regard to the cooperation between
European standardisation organisations, national standardisation bodies, Member States and the
Commission, the identification of ICT technical specifications eligible for referencing, the
financing of European standardisation and stakeholder participation in European
standardisation and the establishment of European standards and European standardisation
deliverables for products and for services in support of Union legislation and policies.
This involves setting out the mandate for the European standardisation organisations by the
Commission, drafting European standards and standardisation deliverables by the European
standardisation organisations and the assessment of the result by the Commission and the
European standardisation organisations. During this process, several factors contribute to the 6
years on average required to develop a standard and publish its reference in the Official Journal
of the European Union (OJEU).
1. KEY ELEMENTS OF REGULATION (EU) 1025/2012
A harmonised standard is a European standard adopted by one or more European
standardisation organisations (ESOs), following a request from the European Commission, in
order to support Union harmonisation legislation. Where a harmonised standard satisfies the
requirements which it aims to cover and which are set out in relevant Union harmonisation
legislation, its references must be published in the OJEU by the Commission, or by other means
(like e.g. addition to an Annex via secondary legislation) in accordance with the conditions laid
down in the corresponding legal act. A European standard is a standard adopted by one or
more of the European standardisation organisations.
The Annual Union Work Programme (AUWP) for European standardisation outlines priority
areas and objectives that identify potential initiatives to align with standardisation efforts. The
AUWP is developed by the Commission in cooperation with the ESOs, EU Member States, and
other stakeholders, including the High-Level Forum on Standards (HLF). It also serves as a
notice to stakeholders and the public about what to expect in the field of European
standardisation for the upcoming year, as the Regulation mandates publication of the AUWP.
The Regulation lays down requirements for the ESOs in order to ensure a wide range of
stakeholder participation in the standardisation process, in particular when ESOs draft
harmonised standards which will form ‘part of EU law’. The regulation also imposes
obligations on NSBs to facilitate the participation of SMEs in standardisation activities and
facilitate access to standards for SMEs, not necessarily for other stakeholder groups. The
objective is to lower barriers for SMEs to participate, as standardisation is a costly and time-
consuming process. This ensures that the standards reflect a broad set of interests and minimises
any negative impact on the stakeholder groups.
The activities governed by this Regulation are the following:
- Activities to enhance transparency (Articles 3 to 4), whereby the ESOs and NSBs are
required to (i) publish work programmes to enhance transparency between NSBs and
(ii) provide access to standards, including access to draft versions of standards at the
request of the Commission, so that relevant stakeholders can input if need be.
138
- Activities to enhance stakeholder participation and inclusion (Articles 5 to 7), as the
ESOs are required to encourage and facilitate access (i) to all relevant stakeholders,
including SMEs and workers’ organisations, as well as environmental and social
stakeholders, in all standardisation activities, as well as (ii) to research centres,
universities and other legal entities, in standardisation activities concerning an emerging
area with significant policy or technical innovation implications under the multi-annual
framework programmes under Article 182 TFEU. NSBs are required to encourage and
facilitate the access of SMEs to standards and standard development processes, by
implementing specific tasks (Article 6 (1)). Furthermore, they are required to (i)
exchange best practices on how to enhance SMEs participation (Article 6 (2)) and (ii)
send annual reports to ESOs with regard to the activities implemented to favour the
involvement of SMEs. Member States are required to encourage participation of public
authorities, including market surveillance authorities, in national standardisation
activities.
- Activities to support Union legislation and policies (Articles 8 to 12) includes an
obligation for the Commission to publish an Annual Union Work Programme on
European standardisation, as well as a detailed procedure of how the European
Commission requests standards to the European standardisation organisations,
including the roles and responsibilities of the ESOs and the Commission in checking
the compliance of standards with EU legislation before the Commission decides to
publish their reference in the OJEU. As a safeguard, Member States and the European
Parliament have the possibility to initiate formal objection procedures in case they
ascertain non-compliance of harmonised standards with Union harmonisation
legislation.
- Activities to support the identification of ICT technical specifications (Articles 13
and 14) for use in public procurement and in support of the European multi-stakeholder
platform on ICT standardisation.
- Activities to finance European standardisation (Articles 15 to 18), based on grants
the EU budget finances the ESOs and European stakeholders (so-called ‘Annex III
organisations’) that meet the criteria set out in Annex III of the Regulation. The ESOs
and Annex III organisations are required to provide an annual implementation report to
the Commission. Similarly, the Commission is required to provide multi-annual
implementation reports to the European Parliament and the Council (Article 24).
2. DEVELOPING HARMONISED STANDARDS
Findings of the evaluation show that the initial phase of the development of a standard (Phase
A, policy phase), covering the adoption and notification of standardisation request by the
Commission, which includes consultations with ESOs, Member States and stakeholders, takes
on average 1.7 years, an actual increase compared to pre-Regulation (9 months in 2012), but
also compared to 2014 (1.5 year). The second phase (Phase B, delivery phase), covering the
acceptance of standardisation request and the drafting stage (usually comprising the consensus-
building process), accounts for more than three years – a relative decrease compared to the
period before the Regulation was in place but highly fluctuant. The last phase (Phase C,
publication phase), encompassing submission by ESOs to the Commission, and the publication
in the OJEU, covering the compliance assessment by the Commission services, takes on
average 14 months – the most substantial improvement since the Regulation is in place (it took
on average 5.4 years before 2012).
139
2.1. Phase A: policy phase
1. Strategic Planning and the Annual Union Work Programme (AUWP): the European
Commission, in consultation with stakeholders, identifies strategic priorities for European
standardisation and outlines these in the Annual Union Work Programme. The AUWP is
developed by the Commission in cooperation with the ESOs, EU Member States and other
stakeholders, including the High-Level Forum on Standards (HLF). It also serves as a notice
to stakeholders and the public about what to expect in the field of European standardisation
for the coming year.
2. Request from the European Commission: based on the priorities set out in the AUWP,
the Commission issues standardisation requests to the ESOs to develop harmonised
standards.
3. Acceptance of the Request: the relevant ESO (or ESOs) evaluates and may accept or reject
the request. If it accepts the requests, the ESO commits to developing the standard within
the timeframe set out in the request.
A first factor driving the long adoption time for Standardisation Requests relates to
procedural requirements. Standardisation requests are increasingly detailed and specific as
regards the requirements for standardisation deliverables, in particular since the new template
was adopted in 2019418. As a consequence, preparing standardisation requests increasingly
requires technical expertise and the anticipation of the structure and characteristics of the
standardisation deliverables request, in particular for harmonised standards. Moreover, the
Standardisation Regulation requires the positive opinion of the Committee of Standards, in
which Member States are represented, for each standardisation request. In recent years, this step
has become a formality, as all Standardisation Requests have received a positive vote, with the
exception of 2 case in which vote was taken419. Nonetheless this step adds between 2 and 6
months to phase A, due to the time necessary to allow for informing the Committee and the
subsequent vote420.
A second factor responsible for the adoption time of standardisation requests is the
consultation of stakeholders, in particular ESOs. While these consultations are necessary
and improve the quality of the requests, in view of their increased complexity, they can also
lead to long delays in their adoption, notably when there is disagreement between the
Commission and the ESOs. In the case of Cybersecurity Standards for Radio it lasted over five
years counting from the initial discussions to the acceptance of the standardisation request by
CEN and CENELEC (June 2017 to September 2022). While the consultation phase ensures a
418 Following the judgment in case C-613/14 James Elliott Construction. 419 Draft standardisation request as regards structural metallic products, ancillaries and double skin metal faced
insulating panels (August 2025) and draft standardisation request on climate services standards (March 2026,
reference not yet available). The total number of Standardisation Requests submitted to the Committee vote over
the period is 60. 420 The Evaluation Study shows that the comitology procedure on average takes 50 days, but this does not include
the pre-consultation of the Committee of Standards.
140
high acceptance rate of Standardisation Requests by the ESOs, since only 3 requests were
rejected in the past 5 years421, it also contributes to delays the overall standardisation process.
Finally, the adoption of standardisation requests can be delayed by a lack of anticipation
and planning that would allow to align interests of the Commission and the ESOs before
engaging in their preparation. The Evaluation highlighted the difficulties of the ESOs to engage
stakeholders on important topics in the future, despite those noted as priorities in the AUWP422.
For instance, in the case of hydrogen infrastructure, or low-carbon cement, digital product
passport (DPP). The High-level Forum on European Standardisation (HLF) was set up, notably
to address this issue, and to help stakeholders – Member States, ESOs, the industry and Annex
III organisations – coordinate to anticipate standardisation needs. For instance, the HLF set up
dedicated workstreams on the priorities mentioned above – low carbon cement, digital product
passport (DPP), hydrogen, to speed up the preparation of the stakeholders for standardisation.
In the case of the Artificial Intelligence Act, the Commission held regular meetings with the
ESOs before adopting the Standardisation Request in order to anticipate planning of the
activities and aid in mobilising the needed experts. In the digital field, the ICT standardisation
Rolling Plan lists the standardisation needs to support EU regulation and policies, allowing
anticipation of ESOs’ planning. Overall, the slow responsiveness of the ESS to the
standardisation priorities set out in the AUWP contributes to extending the duration of standard
development processes. This is in particular the case in new standardisation areas where the
adoption of requests can be delayed due to the lack of relevant experts or technical committees
available to deliver the harmonised standards, or to uncertainty as to which ESO would be best
placed to work on the standards.
2.2.Phase B: delivery phase
This phase is not explicitly defined in the regulation as it mainly concerns the internal
procedures of the ESOs.
4. Work Programme and Development: the work item is included in the ESO's work
programme. The ESO assigns it to a technical committee or body with the relevant
expertise. This committee is responsible for preparation and drafting the standard. It
involves a consensus-driven process that includes input from various stakeholders, such as
industry representatives, consumer groups, SMEs, and public authorities, including the
European Commission.
5. Public Inquiry and Commenting: a draft standard is made available for public inquiry and
comments. This is an important step for transparency and inclusiveness.
6. Review and Approval: comments are reviewed, the draft may be revised, and the standard
is submitted for formal voting by ESO members, which are the national standardisation
bodies.
7. Adoption and Publication: following a positive vote, the standard is adopted as a
European standard (EN) and published by the ESO(s). Subsequently, the NSBs must adopt
421 The rejections were due to disagreement by the ESOs on the technical content of the requested standards and/or
on the deadlines for the adoption of the standards inserted in the requests. 422 Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation, p. 39.
141
the harmonised standard as a national standard and withdraw any conflicting national
standards.
8. Notification to the European Commission: the ESO notifies the Commission and
provides the reference of the harmonised standard.
The average duration of this process is 3 years, but varies significantly across standards and
sectors, and an upward trend is visible – see Figure 9.1.
Figure 9.1: Evolution of average time to deliver a standard by ESOs423
Here, there is a need to reach consensus and to ensure effective collaboration and
discussion among industry stakeholders and with societal stakeholders to agree on
technical solutions that both mirror their interests and the legislative requirements. Delays often
occur because, in some cases, industry may have limited incentive to participate in developing
standards with societal dimension of for public interest that might cause higher costs than
benefits for their businesses as for instance happened in the case of the common charger.
Moreover, delays may occur due to the lack of availability of relevant industry experts
that can be mobilised by the ESOs. In certain cases, sector-specific organisations may possess
the right expertise to develop timely and high-quality standards but are not eligible to receive
standardisation requests from the European Commission under the current legal framework.
For instance, in the case of standards for drones, ESOs encountered difficulties to mobilise
experts from their constituency while specialised organisations such as EUROCAE could have
developed industrial standards more efficiently424.
The issue of lack of expertise is broader as the delivery of harmonised standards requires a
combination of expertise on technical matters and legal matters to ensure that the proposed
423 Impact assessment study, p. 10. 424 Targeted interviews.
142
standards adequately meet the essential requirement set in the legislation. The absence of
systematic internal quality controls within the ESOs on the legal aspects generates delays and
increases the likelihood that (draft) harmonised standards might receive a negative assessment
from the Commission services, delaying the drafting process further.
Lack of expertise and insufficient participation of relevant experts in the standardisation process
is particularly acute in new technologies where the shortage of European experts is linked to
the nascent nature of the industry, to the lack of European industries in some parts of the value
chain, as well as the prioritisation of the industry on other activities, such as research and
innovation425.
2.3.Phase C: publication phase
9. Notification to the European Commission: the ESO notifies the Commission and
provides the reference of the harmonised standard.
10. Publication in the Official Journal of the EU: the Commission must assess the
compliance of each adopted harmonised standard to determine whether it covers the
essential requirements set out in the request. If it meets the requirements, the Commission
must publish its reference in the Official Journal (to provide a presumption of conformity
or other legal effect depending on the EU legislation concerned).
11. Maintenance: standards are living documents and may need to be updated, amended or
withdrawn over time to reflect technical innovation, changes in regulation, or other factors.
Phase C lasts between 1 and 1.4 years – see Figure 9.2 – and is considered lengthy, in
particular from the viewpoint of stakeholders and ESOs, as the harmonised standard is
ready to be used, having been adopted by the ESO (Date of availability (DAV)) representing
the “state of the art” but the Commission first needs to assess the standards. One of the main
causes of the time required here pertains to quality.
Figure 9.2: Duration of the publication phase (phase C)426
425 Impact assessment study, p. 11. 426 Ibid, p.11.
143
DAV: Date of Availability, meaning the moment when the final text of the standard is made available and sent by CEN and
CENELEC to their national members (the NSBs), for transposition at national level.
Besides issues regarding the quality of the offered standards, procedural and organisational
issues add time to this phase of the process. Whereas until 2017, the references to standards
were published in the C-series of the OJEU in the form of a Commission Communication, today
the references are published in the L-series of the OJEU427 following a Commission
Implementing Decision – a legally binding act – in the sense of Article 291 of the Treaty on the
Functioning of the EU, which requires an adoption process by the College as well as translation
EU official languages. More importantly, due to constraints on resources and expertise, the
Commission has outsourced a large part of the assessment of harmonised standards to external
consultants428 that are tasked with the technical analysis of assessing whether the standard
complies with the essential requirements and the standardisation request. Coordination issues
between the Commission, HAS consultants and the ESOs are frequent reasons for delays in the
assessment429.
Another root cause of delays is the frequent misalignment of standards delivered by ESOs
with the legal requirements laid down in EU legislation as set out in the standardisation
requests, leading to high rejection rates (65 % at first review, 32 % at publication). These
compliance failures trigger repeated revision cycles, additional scrutiny, and prolonged
discussions between the Commission, HAS, experts, and ESOs. A deep dive conducted for the
Evaluation on 525 standards rejected between 2016 and 2024 found 38 % were rejected for
non-eligibility430, mostly due to a misalignment with the supported legislation, and 62 % for
427 Following the judgment in C-613/14 James Elliott Construction. 428 The HAS consultants for most NLF legislation, and another system of consultants for Ecodesign legislation. 429 Impact assessment study, p. 11. 430 Non-eligibility notably includes the cases when legislation supported by the standard had been repealed (58 %
of the cases) or cases when the standard did not support the legislation under which it was proposed (26 %). Impact
assessment study, p. 12.
144
non-compliance (46 % for both formal and substantial reasons431, 32 % for formal only and
22 % only for substantial432) – see Figure 9.3.
Figure 9.3: Assessment of standards by HAS consultants by phase of development433
Contributing to these failures are differing interpretations of essential requirements,
insufficient legal guidance during drafting, ESO internal procedures that hinder late
revisions, and technical experts’ difficulties with hEN formal requirements434. A
November 2024 workshop435 revealed that 71 % of respondents cited poor Commission-HAS-
ESO communication as a key delay factor, while 40 % pointed to the increasing pace of
legislation. The frequently long formal objection procedure, whereby Member States can
challenge the compliance of hENs with essential requirements after they have been referenced,
also add to the uncertainty on the quality and validity of hEN436.
431 Formal reasons mainly concern issues related to the drafting of Annex Z (which regroups the legally relevant
content of the hEN) and the inclusion of undated normative references. Substantive reasons generally involve
conflicts between the content of the standards and legislative requirements, as well as the use of non-verifiable or
non-repeatable requirements. 432 Evaluation Study, p.66. 433 Analysis based on 1 616 assessments conducted by HAS consultants between August 2024 and November
2025. CD: Committee Draft, ENQ: Enquiry stage, FV: Formal vote, LCA: Last Confirmatory Assessment and
PUB: publication stage. 434 Impact assessment study, p. 12. 435 Validation workshop gathering 220 participants from 21 Member States, held online on 6 November 2024,
presenting the preliminary findings of the evaluation study of the Standardisation Regulation to stakeholders. 436 Evaluation, p. 27 and 35. Between 2014 and 2024, Member States filed 41 formal objections, 22 % of which
led to restrictions (hence a limitation of the scope of applicability of the hEN). The mechanism functions slowly
requiring on average 21 months before certainty on the hEN is provided to stakeholders.
145
3. DEVELOPING COMMON SPECIFICATIONS
While not covered by the Standardisation Regulation, several pieces of sectoral Union
legislation provide for the possibility to adopt common specifications437.
The Omnibus IV legislative proposal introduces the possibility for the Commission to further
adopt common specifications as a fall-back option to harmonised standards in an additional 16
regulations and directives438. Some legal acts that rely on harmonised standards do not provide
for the option to establish common specifications439.
The Commission can adopt common specifications as a fall-back to harmonised standards when
they are not available. Common specifications can grant presumption of conformity to
undertakings complying with them, as would harmonised standard. While each sectoral
legislation can have its specific conditions and process to adopt common specifications, the
Commission can generally adopt them only when the standardisation process has failed, either
because ESOs have not accepted the standardisation request, are late in the delivery of the
harmonised standard or have offered a harmonised standards that does not adequately translate
the essential requirements it aims to cover.
Common specifications do not generally increase the speed of standardisation nor contribute to
anticipate when market operators can benefit from presumption of conformity. The
Commission can usually prepare common specifications only when the ESOs are late or fail to
deliver a hEN, so once the standardisation process is already well advanced, and generally close
to the date of applicability of the legislation they are supporting. Second, common
specifications have until now very rarely been used as a policy tool. In recent years, the
Commission only adopted common specifications in the framework of the Medical Device and
437 Directive (EU) 2016/797 (on the interoperability of the rail system), Directive (EU) 2016/2102 (Web
Accessibility Directive), Directive (EU) 2016/1629 (on technical requirements for inland waterway vessels),
Regulation (EU) 2017/745 (on Medical Devices), Regulation (EU) 2017/746 (on In Vitro Diagnostic Medical
Devices), Directive (EU) 2019/882 (European Accessibility Act), Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 (Fertilisers
Regulation), Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 (Machinery Regulation), Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 (on batteries and
waste batteries), Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 (AI Act), Regulation (EU) 2024/1781 (Ecodesign for Sustainable
Products), Regulation (EU) 2024/2748 (emergency procedures for the conformity assessment, presumption of
conformity, adoption of common specifications and market surveillance due to an internal market emergency),
Regulation (EU) 2024/2847 (Cyber Resilience Act), Regulation 2025/2509 (Toy Safety Regulation), Regulation
(EU) 2025/327 (European Health Data Space), Regulation (EU) 2024/3110 (Construction Products), Regulation
(EU) 2023/2854 (Data Act). The Commission’s Proposal for a Space Act (COM(2025)335 final) also foresees the
possibility of adopting Common Specifications 438 Directives that are modified by the Omnibus IV proposals are: Noise emission in the environment by equipment
for use outdoors - Directive 2000/14/EC, Recreational craft and personal watercraft - Directive 2013/53/EU,
Simple Pressure Vessels - Directive 2014/29/EU, Electromagnetic Compatibility - Directive 2014/30/EU, Non-
automatic Weighing Instruments - Directive 2014/31/EU, Measuring Instruments - Directive 2014/32/EU, Lifts -
Directive 2014/33/EU, ATEX - Directive 2014/34/EU, Low Voltage - Directive 2014/35/EU, Radio equipment -
Directive 2014/53/EU, Pressure equipment - Directive 2014/68/EU, Marine Equipment - Directive 2014/90/EU,
Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment - Directive 2011/65/EU.
Regulations that are modified by the Omnibus IV proposals are: Cableway installations - Regulation (EU)
2016/424, Gas appliances - Regulation (EU) 2016/426, Personal protective equipment - Regulation (EU) 2016/425
, Requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products - Regulation (EU)
2008/765. 439 Regulations (EU) 1907/2006, (EU) 1223/2009, (EU) 2019/945, (EU) 2019/2014 and (EU) 2023/988 and
Directives 97/67/EC, 2009/128/EC, 2011/65/EU, 2013/29/EU, 2014/28/EU and (EU) 2019/904.
146
In Vitro Medical Device Directives440. The common specifications were adopted after a period
of 3 to 5 years, showing that the drafting time is not shortened compared to hEN. They were
available either on time for the In Vitro Regulation or with 18 months delay for the Medical
Device Regulation. In these two specific cases, the legislation did not include the requirement
for the Commission to leverage first the standardisation system to obtain a hEN before adopting
the common specifications, but only the requirement that there was no existing relevant hEN,
which allowed the Commission to start the drafting process much earlier than if it had to request
a harmonised standards to the ESOs first.
4. SUPPORT TO INCLUSIVENESS OF THE ESS UNDER THE STANDARDISATION REGULATION
4.1. SMEs and civil society representation and participation
Article 5 of the Regulation requires ESOs to “encourage and facilitate an appropriate
representation and effective participation of all relevant stakeholders, including SMEs,
consumer organisations and environmental and social stakeholders in their standardisation
activities”. To support this objective, the Union finances the participation of European
stakeholder organisations listed in Annex III of the Regulation.
At CEN and CENELEC, participation by Annex III organisations in technical discussions,
including technical committees, sub-committees, working groups and other miscellaneous
groups, has increased over time. At ETSI, the number of representatives increased for all Annex
III organisations (except for ANEC which has remained at the same level), although no figures
on the effective participation are reported. To increase the visibility of societal stakeholders and
SMEs in standardisation, ETSI also launched the "3SI programme", including the nomination
of an advocate for societal and SME interests.
However, targeted interviews with Annex III organisations reveal that participation is not
always perceived as leading to real effects. Beyond participation, Annex III organisations can
formally vote in ETSI in the same way as all other members, while in CEN and CENELEC
they can express formal opinions. CEN reports an increasing number of opinions, with a
growing share of non-favourable opinions received in the last three years (16% in 2020, 39%
in 2022). The number of opinions received by CENELEC is overall more stable. Participation
of societal stakeholders at national level (as a percentage of NSBs in which societal interests
are represented) varies between 47% and 77%, in 2025. While 67% of respondents to the OPC
(401 out of 599) consider the national level as the most inclusive, targeted interviews with
Annex III organisations, public authorities and national societal organisations suggest that
national societal organisations are not adequately represented in NSBs.
Representation and direct participation by SMEs in both national and European technical
committees is recognised as crucial for the functioning of the ESS (Recital 20 of the
440 Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/1107 of 4 July 2022 laying down common specifications for
certain class D in vitro diagnostic medical devices for the In Vitro Medical Device Regulation and Commission
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2346 of 1 December 2022 laying down common specifications for the groups
of products without an intended medical purpose listed in Annex XVI to Regulation (EU) 2017/745 of the
European Parliament and of the Council on medical devices.
147
Regulation). Article 6 of the Regulation requires NSBs to encourage access of SMEs to the
standards development process.
In reality, their involvement varies, with 31 out of 34 in CEN-CENELEC’s NSBs and 26 out
of 39 in ETSI’s NSOs involving SMEs. Financial support for SME participation in
standardisation varies widely across Member States. The Commission provides annual subsidy
to an organisation representing SMEs interest in standardisation. 77 % of NSBs liaise with
stakeholder groups to recruit SME representatives for technical committees and working
groups. 22 % of ETSI’s membership is made up of SMEs. Targeted interviews with companies
and industry associations show that the representation of SMEs has improved under the
Regulation, yet barriers remain, notably a lack of resources for SMEs and startups to participate
effectively and a lack of expertise in standards development.
4.2. The articulation between standardisation and research and innovation (R&I)
Standardisation is an important valorisation channel for research results to turn into
innovative products and services which can be scaled on the market and gain consumers’ trust.
To ensure that research results can be translated into standardisation deliverables, and that
standards can accelerate innovation and support timely market uptake, it is important to rely on
a consistent mechanism for supporting the link between research and R&I actors and
standardisation, especially if publicly funded. The EU framework programmes, in particular
Horizon Europe, can play a key role in supporting standardisation through pre-normative
research, expert mobilisation and the integration of standardisation activities in project design
to increase awareness of the processes involved.
Article 5 of the Standardisation Regulation introduced requirements for ESOs to encourage
and facilitate the appropriate representation, at technical level, of research and innovation actors
funded under a multiannual framework programme for activities in the area of research,
innovation and technological development. CEN, CENELEC and ETSI have introduced
various workstreams to foster cooperation with universities and researchers441.
The articulation of the standardisation and R&I communities is also essential to ensure a timely
identification of future standardisation needs, which is implemented through the Annual Union
Work Programme on European Standardisation under Article 8 of the Standardisation
Regulation. As standardisation can be an essential instrument of international competitiveness,
several countries are increasingly adopting integrated approaches that combine research,
industrial policy and standardisation, which may facilitate a faster translation of innovation into
internationally recognised standards. In this context the Commission is engaging with India
under the current EU-India Trade and Technology Council to promote standards harmonisation
and information sharing. International competitiveness and realising the first-mover advantages
depends not only on faster standard-setting processes but also on the EU's capacity to generate
the underlying measurement science and reference data and materials before its competitors.
For example, China's standardisation strategy is backed by a strategic investment plan in
national metrology infrastructure (5-year Metrology plan 2025-2030) as they recognise that
state-of-the-art measurement capability is a precondition for influencing international technical
441 CEN and CENELEC have implemented four main workstreams and ETSI reported to have 130 research bodies
and universities as members in 2021. For further information, see Evaluation Study, p.84-85.
148
standards. In the EU, these are provided, among others, by National Metrology Institutes
(NMIs) and designated institutes operating within the European Association of National
Metrology Institutes (EURAMET).
149
ANNEX 10: DESCRIPTION OF POLICY OPTIONS
1. OPTION 1: MODERNISED ESOS’ MONOPOLY
This first option retains the core structure of the current ESS, with ESOs remaining the only
standardisation organisations entitled to receive and accept standardisation requests from the
Commission. Targeted improvements are introduced to enhance responsiveness, ensure the
sustainability of the ESS and foster international influence.
To address Objective 1 (improving responsiveness of the ESS), the main policy measure is to
facilitate the integration of publicly available specifications from other standardisation
development organisations (SDOs) into the ESS (Measure 1.1). ESOs would be incentivised
or requested specifically in standardisation requests to incorporate high-quality technical
standards or standardisation deliverables developed by other SDOs. ESOs are already
developing this possibility under the PAS (Publicly Available Specification) process, for which
they enter into structural agreements with alternative SDOs on the integration of their standards
or technical specifications into their own standardisation process. This approach would enable
ESOs to better leverage technical expertise where it is available and closer to the state of the
art, thereby speeding up the standardisation process for critical technologies like AI,
cybersecurity, or clean technologies.
An additional measure to improve responsiveness includes the consolidation of the use of
common specifications by the Commission into the Standardisation Regulation (Measure
1.3). This will streamline the conditions of use and the process for the Commission to develop
common specifications when ESOs fail to deliver hENs on time or meet expected quality levels.
This aligns with the Omnibus IV simplification package and will further expand the use of
common specifications as a fall-back option to all legislation leveraging standards to provide
presumption of conformity. This measure will also clarify the interaction between common
specifications and harmonised standards which ESOs have failed to deliver. It could notably
allow the Commission to build on existing work conducted by the ESOs to accelerate the
adoption of common specifications, while the ESOs would continue to work on delivering a
harmonised standard to replace common specifications.
The option also introduces a presumption of conformity on a temporary basis for
standardisation deliverables other than harmonised standards (Measure 1.3). This measure
aims to enable faster market access for products where harmonised standards are still under
development – for example, due to protracted stakeholder negotiations or technical
complexities – but where essential requirements are alreadytranscribed in a standardisation
deliverable that has not yet reached the full stage of harmonised standards. In other words, this
would provide a temporary presumption of conformity to a standardisation deliverable that
meet essential requirements. This could, for instance, apply to the new deliverable under
development by CEN and CENELEC – the European Agile Specifications (EAS) – which CEN
and CENELEC consider for technical specifications reflecting a high level of consensus, but
having not yet reached the maturity to be adopted as a full-fledged standard. EAS defers from
a standard in two main ways: there is no public consultation before its adoption and the
agreement to the deliverable can be reached at TC level after a voting procedure and does not
need to reach the full consensus and approval of all Members. This instrument would also help
150
harmonising conflicting national deliverables. Under this mechanism, the Commission would
grant a time-limited presumption of conformity to these intermediate deliverables, with a fixed
sunset clause (e.g. 24 months or a predefined end date), and under the condition that the
standardisation process continues with the objective of transforming the intermediate
deliverable into a harmonised standard.
To foster transparency and accountability with the ESS, Measure 1.4 would improve
strategic planning of standardisation, notably by improving the anticipation of standardisation
needs to support upcoming policies and legislation. This would take place through a better
articulation of short term and long-term standardisation needs in the Annual Union Work
Programme to improve the synergies between standard developments, policy objectives and
research and innovation, to improve the synchronisation of standard deliverable availability
with market needs, especially in emerging sectors. The measure would also introduce Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs) on the Commission’s and ESOs performance to better track and
report on ESOs’ and Commission’s performance in the standardisation process. These KPIs
would for instance monitor timeliness, quality, and stakeholder participation, and would
contribute to increase the accountability and transparency of the ESS. The measure would also
foster regular performance monitoring, for instance through the creation of an online platform
that would allow to follow the state of play of standardisation requests’ execution442. This would
allow to increase ESOs’ accountability regarding their performance as well as public
transparency of this performance. The introduction of a more structured institutional dialogue
with ESOs (high-level structural dialogue) would also help improve transparency and
accountability to the Commission and enable to identify and agree on corrective measures when
deadlines are not met.
To simplify the legal process to deliver standards for Union legislation and policy
purposes, another measure (Measure 1.5) would introduce binding deadlines at key steps in
the process, especially regarding the consultation phase on draft standardisation requests, to
improve the predictability of the standardisation process. It would also accelerate the decision-
making process for adopting standardisation requests by removing the requirement for
comitology procedure or at least introduce this simplification for non-essential amendments
to standardisation requests, such as modifying deadlines. Furthermore, the decisions to publish
references to hENs in the OJEU are currently taken by the College of Commissioners and could
be delegated to responsible Director-Generals of the Commission as the publication of the
references to standards is a technical assessment and does not require decisions of a political
nature. To further simplify the process to deliver standards, the ESO-led digitalisation would
be supported by explicitly mandating in the Regulation that requested standards be delivered in
a digital format and be developed using online development tools. Last, it would introduce
simplification in the formal objection mechanism to increase its legal certainty and reduce its
average duration time. The simplification will introduce a collective decision mechanism on
formal objections. A Member State or the European Parliament would notify the Commission
and other Member States of its formal objection to a published standard, giving Member States
or the Commission the opportunity to contest the relevance of the objection. In case the formal
objection remains uncontested, the hENs would be automatically withdrawn. This new process
442 A possible model for such an online platform could be the European Parliament’s legislative train, which allows
the public to follow the state of play of legislative initiatives.
151
would bring important simplification as it would ensure that a formal objection would have an
automatic formal end, thereby increasing legal certainty.
For Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS), this option retains the
current system described in the baseline of online platforms providing read-only access to
hENs on request, in line with the Access to Documents Regulation443. This option also
introduces more specific and stricter requirements for NSBs to enhance civil society’s
participation in the European standardisation process (Measure 1.6). This measure extends
the current NSBs inclusiveness best practices outlined in Article 6 of the Standardisation
Regulation, which currently apply only to SMEs, to also cover civil society organisations.
Based on the conclusions of the HLF report on NSBs’ best practices, these include financial
incentives (free access to draft and adopted standards, free or special rates access to
standardisation activities) as well as procedural incentives (identification of relevant
standardisation projects, possibility to participate without being a member).
This option would also introduce measures to increase incentives to foster expert
participation in standardisation (Measure 1.7). The measure notably targets the Research &
Innovation community through increased awareness efforts on standardisation in research and
academic curricula, through giving pre-norms official standing, and overall foster the efforts of
the Commission and ESOs to better connect research results with standards’ development. This
would notably include ensuring researchers have free access to the standards and draft standards
relevant to their work. The awareness efforts would also be extended to experts from the
industry, in particular SMEs. Last, the measure would also streamline the public financial
support available for experts’ participation, notably by ensuring a better articulation between
the different EU programmes financing experts’ participation in standardisation. The option
also introduces transparency requirements on participation (Measure 1.8) in standardisation
to incentivise enhanced inclusiveness in the standardisation process. ESOs would have to set
up online transparency register to allow the public identification of interests represented and
active in the standardisation process for hENs.
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation), this
option introduces an EU-Member States coordination mechanism (Measure 1.9) to
improve sharing of information on international standardisation and foster more coherence of
NSBs’ and EU experts’ positions in international fora. This mechanism would include regular
coordination meetings chaired by the Commission to exchange on the EU perspective on key
developments in ISO, IEC or ITU, while NSBs would retain the independence of their vote.
The measure would include an information sharing mechanism between the Commission, ESOs
and NSBs.
The option would also clarify the possibility to restrict participation in ESOs technical
committees to reliable EU/EEA actors only in specific and targeted cases involving sensitive
sovereignty or strategic areas, such as defence or critical technologies (Measure 1.10).
Establishing a clear and legally robust definition of “European stakeholders” for participating
in the standardisation process may be difficult, given the diversity of legal frameworks,
corporate structures and ownership arrangements - no single criterion would necessarily ensure
443 Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2001 regarding public
access to European Parliament, Council and Commission documents, OJ L 145, 31 May 2001, p 43–48.
152
that entities classified as European are free from foreign influence. The measure would have to
respect WTO rules that allow national preferences only under certain conditions.
The option maintains the baseline approach to international cooperation, upholding the
‘international first’ principle under the Vienna and Frankfurt agreements and WTO rules.
In this option, the current governance of the ESS by the Commission would remain
unchanged.
2. OPTION 2: AN ESS CENTRED ON ESOS WITH NEW FLEXIBILITIES
This option retains ESOs as the cornerstone of the European Standardisation System
(ESS) but departs from the baseline and Option 1 by introducing two key innovations:
alternative routes for the Commission to request standards and increased oversight of the
ESS by the Commission.
To address Objective 1 (improving the responsiveness of the ESS), this option retains the
integration of standards from other SDOs by the ESOs (Measure 1.1), the consolidation of
common specifications in the Standardisation Regulation (Measure 1.2), the temporary
presumption of conformity for standard deliverables other than harmonised standards
(Measure 1.3), the improved strategic planning and accountability (Measure 1.4), the
simplification and digitalisation of standardisation process (Measure 1.5).
However, it introduces the possibility for the Commission to send standardisation requests
to alternative SDOs other than the ESOs listed in Annex I of the Standardisation Regulation
(Measure 2.1). Under this option, the Commission would be empowered to address
standardisation requests to other SDOs under specific conditions, such as when ESOs decline
a request, fail to meet deadlines or quality expectations, or when the Commission considers that
an alternative SDO would be objectively more relevant after having consulted the ESOs. This
measure would thus not eliminate the ESOs’ privileged position, as they would be consulted
first on their ability to deliver the hEN. It would however introduce a secondary route, applying
pressure on ESOs to deliver standards more efficiently by creating a competitive dynamic. To
ensure sufficient quality of the provided standards and notably the inclusiveness of the process
conducted by alternative SDOs, the Commission would only be authorised to rely on vetted
standardisation organisations that would have to comply with criteria inspired from the current
Annex II of the Standardisation Regulation that defines a quality standardisation process. Given
that standards would be requested outside of the current ESS, such requests will be subject to
the validation of Member States under the Comitology procedure to ensure that Member States
can validate the choice of leveraging an alternative SDO. This validation by Member States is
essential as the alternative SDO’s development process would likely not rely on the national
delegation principle and the different national interests would not be formally represented in
the standardisation process managed by an alternative SDO. To ensure that all interests in the
internal market are adequately reflected, the validation of the Member States through the
comitology procedure is required. In addition, given that an alternative SDO might not have the
same level of inclusiveness as ESOs, it will be necessary to consult the Annex III organisations
before launching the comitology procedure.
This option also introduces a Chief Standardisation Officer in the Commission, supported
by an EU Experts Centre (Measure 2.2). This new structure would be tasked with identifying
153
and managing standardisation requests to alternative SDOs. The Experts Centre, federating
public expertise on standardisation from EU institutions, agencies and Member States, would
provide technical and strategic support, ensuring that requests to alternative SDOs are well-
founded, aligned with EU priorities, and avoid duplication. The EU Experts Centre will also
support mobilising experts in European and international standardisation and facilitate the
elaboration of common specifications and the coordination of EU experts in international
standardisation.
For Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS), this option introduces free
and unrestricted access to harmonised standards (Measure 2.3). Access would be provided
via an online portal, which could be managed either by ESOs and NSBs, as is currently the
case, and / or by the Commission444. Unlike Option 1, which only provides restricted, read-only
access upon request, this option allow unrestricted access, meaning standards could be
consulted, and potentially downloaded, from the portal by any user. In practice, the measure
will require setting-up a central repository, managed by the ESOs and/or by the Commission,
where users can consult hENs free of charge. The measure would thus go significantly beyond
the current readability platforms set up by ESOs, NSBs and the Commission, in particular as
regards the conditions of access (general and non-discriminatory access, without requirements
for the user to identify themselves), and the extent of access (unrestricted access would require
searchable consultation features and potentially download features).
This option introduces binding requirements for NSBs to foster the participation of
stakeholders (Measure 2.4). This would include financial incentives at national level, such as
reduced fees, as well as measure to facilitate meaningful participation by SMEs and civil society
representatives based on the current Article 6 of the Standardisation Regulation.The option
also retains measures from Option 1 to foster expert participation in standardisation (Measure
1.7) and introduces transparency requirements on participation to hENs development, applying
to both ESOs and alternative SDOs when relevant (Measure 1.8).
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation), in
addition to the improved EU coordination on positions and participation (Measure 1.9) and the
possibility to restrict participation to standardisation to EU/EEA members (Measure 1.10), this
option introduces a derogation from the ‘international first’ principle in defined cases
(Measure 2.5). This would ensure the possibility to adopt hENs that reflect EU values and
interests in parallel to international standards in strategic or sovereignty-sensitive areas. The
measure would introduce a legal possibility to derogate from the ‘international first’ principle
when European strategic autonomy might be limited by international standardisation
activities445. Currently, ESOs implement the Vienna/Frankfurt Agreements without direct
involvement of the Commission or EU Member States – see Annex 11. ESOs frequently offer
international standards from ISO/IEC as hENs. Under the new geopolitical conditions, this
might no longer be appropriate in specific cases, notably when it comes to core European
444 Free and unrestricted access would also be granted to hENs stemming from alternative SDOs; this could be
done either through the ESOs/NSBs platform or through the Commission’s platform. 445 ESOs mention that the measure can already be applied under the current Vienna and Frankfurt agreements, by
specifying in the standardisation requests that hENs should be developed either at European level or with the ESOs
in the lead. But this is currently not a realistic scenario, given that the ESOs do not have internal rules allowing
such a scenario. Providing a legal provision in the Standardisation Regulation would oblige the ESOs to adapt
their internal rules and their agreements with ISO/IEC. Targeted interviews with ESOs.
154
interests, e.g. in dual-use goods, sensitive security issues or vital economic interests. In addition,
participation of SMEs and civil society representatives may be more difficult in ISO/IEC. In
such cases, the Commission would issue standardisation requests that either require the EU side
to lead within the framework of the Vienna/Frankfurt Agreements or alternatively to pursue
European standardisation separately from international standardisation, with a limitation of
stakeholders’ participation to EU-based entities as needed.
Derogations from the primacy of international standards are in principle justifiable under the
WTO TBT Agreement and EU FTA. For dual-use products and technologies, an additional
legal basis to introduce restrictions could be provided e. g. by the Wassenaar Arrangement446.
3. OPTION 3: OPEN ESS MANAGED BY THE COMMISSION
This option represents a fundamental departure from the current European
Standardisation System (ESS), replacing the ESO monopoly with a publicly managed
system under an EU Standardisation Office. The exclusive role of ESOs (CEN, CENELEC,
ETSI) in receiving standardisation requests would be removed. The system would open
standardisation in support of Union legislation and policy to full competition, allowing the
Commission to direct requests to any qualified SDO, while a new EU Standardisation Office
for Standardisation would oversee management, coordination, and strategic alignment. Given
their expertise and scope, the ESOs would still likely be addressed most standardisation
requests, but the share of standards provided by alternative Standardisation Organisations could
be significantly higher than in Option 2. Moreover, ESOs would no longer be consulted first on
standardisation requests; the decision to which SDO to address the Standardisation Request will
lie with the Commission.
To address Objective 1 (improving the responsiveness of the ESS), this option retains the
integration of standards from other SDOs by the ESOs (Measure 1.1), the consolidation of
common specifications in the Standardisation Regulation (Measure 1.2), the temporary
presumption of conformity for standard deliverables other than harmonised standards
(Measure 1.2), the improved strategic planning and accountability (Measure 1.4), the
simplification and digitalisation of standardisation process (Measure 1.5).
This option eliminates the ESO exclusive right to receive standardisation requests entirely
by allowing the Commission to submit standardisation requests to any SDO (Measure 3.1).
Unlike Option 2, which retains a sequential preference for ESOs, this option grants the
Commission full discretion to select SDOs based solely on merit, without embedded
preferences or prior obligations. Competition would be introduced through two potential
approaches. The first approach involves expanding Annex I to create a trusted list of
accredited SDOs, which would allow the Commission to choose from a pre-selected pool of
SDOs meeting minimum requirements for trust, quality, and inclusiveness. The second
approach adopts a fully open competitive system, similar to the US model447, where the
Commission could direct requests to any SDO, including industry consortia, research
446 https://www.wassenaar.org/ 447 In the US system, any organisation (including companies, consortia, or nonprofits) can develop and publish
standards, and if they meet ANSI’s consensus-based criteria (e.g., openness, balance, due process), they can be
adopted as national standards.
155
organisations, or international bodies, without prior accreditation requirements, but with
specific case by case requirements defined in the standardisation request. This model would
maximise competition, forcing all SDOs – including ESOs – to compete on speed, quality, and
cost to secure Commission’s request.
To address Objective 2 (ensuring a financially viable and inclusive ESS), this option
ensures full public access to hENs by publishing them in OJEU (Measure 3.3), replacing
the current practice of only publishing a reference to them in the OJEU. This approach would
remove all restrictions, making hENs available to the public in their entirety in all languages,
placing hENs in the public domain. This would replace the current practice of only publishing
a reference to them in the OJEU. Budgetary implications might arise where the Commission
might compensate SDOs for standards’ development.
To promote inclusiveness, this option introduces mandatory participation and inclusiveness
requirements for SDOs to be eligible to receive requests (Measure 3.4). These requirements
would include compulsory lower fees for SMEs, academia and civil society. Additional ad hoc
requirements (e.g., which specific stakeholders should be able to participate to the
standardisation activities) could be inserted on a case-by-case basis in each standardisation
request.
For Objective 3 (consolidating the EU’s influence in international standardisation), this
option retains measures introduced in Option 1 and 2 (Measures 1.9 and 1.10) but also provides
the possibility for the Commission to exercise full discretion on whether to align with the
‘international first’ principle or prioritise EU-specific standards in strategic sectors (Measure
3.5). Whereas measure 2.5 maintains the central role of the ESOs and the primacy of
international standards in principle, measure 3.5 would end these arrangements, i.e. there would
no longer be a systematic preference for ESOs and ISO/IEC/ITU to elaborate technical
standards; the Commission would have the choice for every standardisation request. While the
majority of the requests would still likely be addressed to the ESOs, the Commission would
rely on alternative SDOs for a significant number of hENs and could thus implement a more
proactive and independent approach to international standardisation. Since this option
introduces the possibility to choose on a case by case the SDOs requested to deliver a hEN, it
would allow the EU to align standards with its priorities, values, and interests for each
standardisation request, but could risk widening the gap between European and international
standards.
To support the implementation of all measures, this option establishes an EU Standardisation
Office (Measure 3.2).The Office wouldidentify the most appropriate SDO for each
standardisation requestto improve responsiveness (Objective 1),oversee potential
compensation for standards development or acquisitionto ensure access and inclusiveness
(Objective 2), and identify EU priorities, monitor international standardisation work, and
coordinate EU positions in global fora to strengthen global influence (Objective 3). The office
would regroup all Commission resources actively engaged in implementing the Standardisation
Regulation, introducing a centralised governance model replacing the current governance,
where each service is responsible for the implementation of standardisation requests in its field
of activities.
Figure 10.1 summarises the different paths for requesting hENs under each policy option.
156
Figure 10.1: Paths for requesting harmonised under each policy option
ANNEX 11: SYSTEMIC DIFFERENCES BETWEEN EUROPEAN
STANDARDISATION AND OTHER COUNTRIES
The European Standardisation System (ESS) is worldwide unique, due to
a) its intricate links with European legislation through the New and Global Approach, the
New Legislative Framework (NLF) and EU free trade agreements (FTA),
b) its integration with international standardisation,
c) its design as a public-private partnership – a compromise between direct governmental
control and a private-sector-driven bottom-up approach.
1. LINKS WITH EUROPEAN LEGISLATION
European standards have been a key tool to eliminate non-tariff barriers among EU Member
States. Under the traditional ‘Old Approach’ detailed mandatory specifications were imposed
by EU legislation, often after lengthy negotiations with EU Member States. From 1985, the
‘New Approach’ restricted the content of mandatory legislation to ‘essential requirements’
leaving technical details to European harmonised standards. As the New Approach turned out
to be very successful, it spread into many areas of standardisation through the ‘Global
Approach’ and finally the ‘New Legislative Framework’ (NLF) from 2008. Together with the
NLF, the EU now has a comprehensive package of regulation, from standardisation to
conformity assessment, accreditation and market surveillance, including the control of products
from outside the Union.
The EU has been promoting this system in international fora such as the World Trade
Organization (WTO) and through free trade agreements (FTA) with third countries. EU FTAs
stipulate in particular the primacy of international standards to avoid technical barriers to trade,
in accordance with the WTO TBT Agreement. Although exceptions are possible under certain
conditions, WTO rules in principle bind its members and are subject to WTO dispute resolution
mechanisms. Besides, FTA provisions are part of international law and therefore binding for
the contracting parties, becoming part of their domestic legal order.
2. INTEGRATION WITH INTERNATIONAL STANDARDISATION
For the purposes of technical standardisation, the Standardisation Regulation recognises ISO,
IEC and ITU as international standardisation bodies. ISO and IEC are private-sector
organisations that gather the national standardisation bodies from most countries in the world.
National standardisation bodies of EU Member States are all members of ISO and IEC, while
the Commission has liaison status only in certain technical committees. ISO/IEC and
CEN/CENELEC are closely cooperating on the definition and the improvement of their
standardisation processes; they are notably implementing joint tools to foster online standards
development to speed up standardisation and facilitate access.
CEN and CENELEC have cooperation agreements with ISO and IEC respectively that organise
the articulation between the European and the international systems – the Vienna and Frankfurt
Agreements.While each agreement has its own specificities, they both aim at ensuring the
primacy of international standards and avoiding duplicative or competing standards
development leading to conflicting standards at European and international levels. In practice,
these agreements ensure that European and international standardisation organisations agree
158
which new standardisation projects are undertaken jointly and who is going to take the lead –
generally the international level. Resulting standards are then voted on and adopted in parallel,
with some adaptations if needed. Once international standards have been adopted as European
standards, the national standardisation bodies of CEN-CENELEC have to transpose them into
national standards and withdraw any conflicting standard. The Vienna and Frankfurt
agreements thus operationalise the ‘international first’ principle, whereby i) the opportunity to
conduct standardisation activities in a specific field should be first investigated at international
level and ii) European standards should in principle not compete with international standards,
unless under special circumstances.
As a consequence, more than one third ofCEN’s portfolio (European standards and European
standardisation deliverables) is identical to, or based on, ISO standards while this proportion
reaches 81 % for CENELEC standards in relation to IEC standards448. Moreover, the alignment
also concerns the standards supporting Union legislation and policy by the Commission: 28 %
of deliverables requested to CEN by the Commission are identical to, or based on, ISO
standards and 65 % of deliverables requested to CENELEC are identical to, or based on, IEC
standards.
The case of ETSI is different, since it allows direct membership of companies and stakeholders,
with over 900 members from more than 60 countries. ETSI too is highly involved in
international standardisation, but with a different model of engaging in partnership agreements
with international, regional and national organisations to jointly deliver standards with
international reach. ETSI is both a European Standardisation Organisation and a globally
recognised Standards Development Organisation (SDO) - it aims at developing standards that
are both European and international. It has no Frankfurt or Vienna-type agreements with
international standardisation bodies and no special status at ITU, as ITU is a specialised UN
agency for ICT and telecommunication technologies, having countries as principal members.
ETSI is however actively engaging in international standardisation through cooperation
agreements. It has developed over the years a partnership portfolio to establish consistency
between ETSI standards and its partners, to avoid duplication of efforts, increase convergence
of technologies and foster the outreach of ETSI standards. ETSI is for instance a founding
partner of global partnerships such as 3GPP and oneM2M.
3. PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP VS. DIFFERENT GOVERNANCE MODELS
Over the course of several years the ESS has developed together with EU efforts to create and
deepen the internal market. It is based on a public-private partnership between government
entities, European and national standardisation bodies, companies and other relevant
stakeholders – a complex system with many checks and balances to ensure legitimate public
and private interests. Although technical standards have never been neutral or purely technical
matters, they rarely appeared on the political agenda in the past, neither in Europe nor
elsewhere. Standards have now become part of industrial policy, the weaponisation of
economic ties and broader security issues. National governments pay more attention to
standardisation and try to use it for their purposes.
448 CEN CENELEC in figures - Quarterly, 2026 Q1
159
China has particularly high ambitions in standardisation, as well as the ability to closely align
political will with significant national resources and implementation on the ground. Under the
old Communist system, Chinese standards were mandatory and directly written by sectorial
ministries. After successive reforms, China now has both mandatory and voluntary national
standards, in addition to local/regional and industry standards as well as company and
association standards; none of them are mandatory, unless they get officially endorsed as such
by the Standardization Administration of China (SAC), a government body. Each type of
standards has its own standardisers who do not necessarily coordinate or cooperate, leading to
many competing and overlapping domestic standards. The relatively new association standards
were created to allow for bottom-up, industry-driven standardisation like in the US. In practice,
nothing happens without government oversight, and the system remains state-driven, rather
unwieldy and opaque. Despite these domestic issues, SAC has pursued an active policy to
increase the participation of Chinese experts in international standardisation organisations, such
as the ITU, ISO, IEC or 3GPP - with some success. Chinese standardisers often get subsidies if
they manage to export Chinese content to the international level, which explains part of the
quantitative increase of China’s role in international standardisation. In parallel, China also tries
to impose its standards in bilateral relations with other countries, through mutual recognition or
the Belt & Road Initiative. Chinese standardisers benefit from political support and extensive,
well-resourced domestic training programmes. Standards are a priority in China, also as a tool
to boost quality and technological advances.
Systematic industrial standardisation in Japan began in 1921, when a study committee
established 520 "Japanese standards" and then 931 "Tentative Japanese standards" primarily
for military-use commodities. After WW2, standardisation played a significant role in
improving the quality and competitiveness of Japanese products, as part of Japan’s industrial
policy that accompanied the rise of its industry. Today, Japan’s national standardisation body
is the Japan Industrial Standards Committee (JISC), under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of
Economy, Trade and Industry (METI). JISC has been an active member of both ISO and IEC,
representing Japan in these organisations. There are some 11 000 voluntary Japan Industrial
Standards (JIS) administered by JISC/METI and made available by the Japan Standards
Association (JSA).
The United States appears to be shifting towards a more government-driven style on
standardisation, away from its traditional bottom-up, market-driven approach - the 2025
National Security Strategy is a case in point.449 The American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) was first established as the American Engineering Standards Committee in 1918, but
never had the power to coordinate the many different American standards developers; it does
however represent the US at ISO and IEC. US standardisation is private-sector-led, where
multiple stakeholders try to achieve a voluntary consensus, based on general principles. US
standards are not binding, unless made obligatory by specific legislation. Industry consortia
play an important role in international ICT standardisation. Despite this private-sector-led
approach, the US federal government is an important user of specifications and standards, with
more than 44 000 distinct statutes, technical regulations or purchasing specifications. The
National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST – a government agency) also develops
standards, such as the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS), and engages with
449 National Security Strategy of the United States of America, November 2025, The White House / Washington.
160
international counterparts. Adding the more than 50 000 standards estimated to come from the
private sector, the total inventory approaches 100 000 standards, produced and maintained by
hundreds of standards organisations in the US450.
The following table 11.1 highlights key differences between standardisation systems in the EU,
China, Japan and the US451.
Table 11.1: Comparison between the EU, Chinese, Japanese and United States’ approach to
standardisation for public policy purposes
European
Union
United States China Japan
Standard-
setting
system
The
Commission
can mandate
the
development of
harmonised
European
standards to
designated
European
standardisation
organisations
to support EU
laws/legislatio
n. The
standards are
hence
developed
based on a
standardisation
request based
on the needs of
the
Commission.
This process is
organised by
Regulation
(EU)
1025/2012.
EU legislators
can also
No
government-
mandated
standards.
Decentralised
system with
approximatel
y 300
Standards
Development
Organisations
(SDOs).
Standards can
compete and
can conflict.
Standards-
development
is fully left ‘to
the market’.
The legislator
decides which
standards are
referenced
(and made
mandatory) in
U.S.
legislation.
Standards can be
government-
developed and
private.
▪ Government-
developed
standards: SAC
(Standards
Administration
of China)
develops
national
standards
(compulsory and
voluntary),
promulgated in
the name of the
State Council. In
addition,
voluntary local
standards can be
formulated by
provincial or
municipal
governments
and must be filed
with the SAC
and relevant
State Council
departments.
No government-
mandated
standards.
The national
standardisation
body JISC
(Japanese
Industrial
Standards
Committee) is
part of Japanese
government/ME
TI (Ministry for
Economy, Trade
and Industry) but
works
independently, in
accordance with
the WTO TBT
Annex III
criteria. It
develops national
standards, not
necessarily at the
request of the
Japanese
government but
based on
stakeholder
requests.
450 Overview of the U.S. Standardization System 451 Evaluation of the Standardisation Regulation, Annex X.
161
European
Union
United States China Japan
directly
reference
standards (not
only European
ones) in
secondary
legislation (this
process is not
regulated by
Regulation
(EU) No
1025/2012).
▪ Private
standards: this
includes
association/
group standards
(adopted by
academies,
associations,
chambers of
commerce, and
federations) and
enterprise
standards
(functional or
performance
indicators of
products or
services). Group
standards do not
require
government
approval, but
their formulation
is subject to the
regulation,
guidance, and
supervision of
the SAC and
relevant State
Council
departments.
In a Japanese law
from 2018, any
Japanese
standards
organisation can
ask JISC to be
accredited to
prepare national
JIS standards.
Main actors European
standardisation
organisations
CEN,
CENELEC and
ETSI; national
standardisation
bodies.
Industry-
driven
consortia also
exist, but are
not defined in
Hundreds of
stakeholder
driven
standards-
development
organisations.
The American
National
Standards
Institution
(ANSI) is an
umbrella
Government-
developed
standards:
• Standardisation
Administration of
the People's
Republic of China
(SAC): unified
management,
supervision and
overall
coordination of
JISC (Japanese
Industrial
Standards
Committee).
162
European
Union
United States China Japan
the EU
Standardisatio
n Regulation
and only play a
role in the
Regulation in
the context of
ICT
specifications.
organisation
(does not draft
standards, but
issues
American
national
standards and
accredits U.S.
standardisatio
n
organisations
as responding
to the WTO
TBT Annex
III criteria).
standardisation
work in China.
• State Council
Departments
Ministries and other
bodies such as
Ministry of
Industry and
Information
Technology
(MIIT), Ministry of
Environment,
Ministry of
Transport,
responsible for
drafting standards,
soliciting public
opinions and
formulation of
standards.
• Provincial/municip
al governments
Private standards:
associations,
industry, individual
companies.
International
representatio
n
ISO/IEC: CEN
is an observer
in ISO.
CENELEC is
an observer in
IEC. There is
an enshrined
cooperation
between both
organisations.
The members
of CEN and
CENELEC
(national
standardisation
bodies) are also
members of
ISO/IEC:
ANSI
represents the
U.S. by
coordinating
the U.S.
national
delegation
formed by
sector experts.
ITU:
Different
government
departments.
ISO/IEC: SAC
represents China.
SAC is responsible
for organising the
activities of the
Chinese National
Committee for ISO
and IEC. SAC
approves and
organises the
implementation of
international
cooperation and the
exchange of projects
on standardisation.
JISC represents
Japan in
ISO/IEC. Japan
has a similar
attitude to the
European one
regarding
international
standards, and
also a similar
degree of
implementation
of international
standards as
national ones.
163
European
Union
United States China Japan
ISO and IEC,
respectively.
ITU: national
governments,
the European
Union is
observer.
ITU: Ministry of
Industry and
Information
Technology (MIIT)
represents China.
In this new global environment, Europe’s hybrid model, combining EU guidance with a bottom-
up process that involves companies and stakeholders, has both strengths and weaknesses. The
subject attracted new interest from academics and think tanks452. The EU model now has to
compete directly with powerful, coordinated efforts by other global actors, including large
multinational ICT companies that try to impose their own standards.
So far, the NSBs of EU Member States maintain an active role in international standardisation,
highlighted by Figure 11.1. However, China is catching up fast and Japan (JISC) has also
increased the number of its secretariats in ISO technical committees over the years.
Figure 11.1: Evolution of number of active technical committee secretariats at ISO (2003-
2024 / national NSBs)453
452 For example: Raising the standard: How to unlock the geopolitical potential of Europe’s internal market -
Clingendael Report, October 2025: Raising the standard: How to unlock the geopolitical potential of Europe’s
internal market | Clingendael; Technological evolution, looming geopolitics. Embarking on 6G standards
definition - The Swedish Institute for International Affairs, 2025: ui-brief-no.-6-2025---6g-standards.pdf; The
geopolitics of technology standards: historical context for US, EU and Chinese approaches - International Affairs,
Volume 100, Issue 4, July 2024: geopolitics of technology standards: historical context for US, EU and Chinese
approaches | International Affairs | Oxford Academic 453 AFNOR, Diplomatie des normes la France à la croisée des chemins, 2025
164
The influence of the EU is however less strong in new strategic technologies, as illustrated by
table 11.2.
Table 11.2: Leadership in key ISO Technical Committees454
Technical
Committee Title
Published
standards
Standards
under
development
Secretariat/NSB
ISO/IEC JTC 1 Information technology 3 680 570 US
IEC/ISO JTC 3 Quantum technologies 1 1 UK
ISO/TC 20
Aircraft and space
vehicles 692 107 US
ISO/TC 197 Hydrogen technologies 26 23 Canada
ISO/TC 204
Intelligent transport
systems 369 72 US
ISO/TC 229 Nanotechnologies 117 35 UK
ISO/TC 276 Biotechnology 48 45 Germany
ISO/TC 298 Rare earth 15 7 China
ISO/TC 299 Robotics 33 24 Sweden
ISO/TC 301
Energy management and
energy savings 22 3 US
ISO/TC 333 Lithium 1 17 China
454 https://www.iso.org/technical-committees.html
165
ANNEX 12: CURRENT COMMISSION GOVERNANCE TO MANAGE THE
ESS
1. RESOURCES TO MANAGE THE ESS IN THE COMMISSION
The Commission’s standardisation activities are managed by 16.5 FTEs within DG
GROW’s dedicated Standards Policy Unit, which is responsible for overseeing and
managing the implementation of the Standardisation Regulation and more generally the ESS
framework. Additionally, around 60 staff members from various Commission services,
representing 30 FTEs455, including the European Innovation Council as well as the European
Innovation and SMEs Executive Agency (EISMEA), are involved in developing
standardisation requests on a yearly basis, monitoring the technical work of ESOs to deliver on
these standardisation requests and assessing the offered standards against the essential
requirements set out in the standardisation requests. They also monitor and participate in
European and international standardisation work of relevant SDOs, fora and consortia on topics
related to EU policies. In addition, the Commission provides technical and scientific expertise
to the standardisation work of ESOs, ISOs and SDOs through the participation of 35 to 80 staff
members from the Joint Research Centre (JRC), who support the development of standards in
their areas of scientific expertise.
The ESS is supported by the Single Market Programme (SMP) with an average annual
budget for standardisation activities of EUR 24 million. EUR 6 million are allocated to the
three ESOs through operating and action grants to finance the functioning of the ESS and
investments for its improvements, notably digitalisation. EUR 5.4 million are directed toward
Annex III organisations (SBS, ANEC, ECOS, and ETUC) to promote inclusiveness for small
and medium-sized enterprises, consumers, and civil society in the European standardisation
process. EUR 3 million support the Commission’s internal operations, including the
maintenance of IT systems and the outsourcing of assessment tasks to HAS Consultants. The
remaining EUR 9.6 million are dedicated to action grants for specific standardisation priorities.
While these grants are addressed to the ESOs, they ultimately benefit industry experts involved
in the development of standards by covering the costs of their participation. This budget is
expected to remain stable in the ongoing discussions of the Multiannual Financial Framework
(MFF).
European standardisation is also supported through other EU financing programmes that
aim at fostering experts’ participation in technical work, notably Horizon Europe and the
Digital Europe Programme. The budget for ongoing projects related to topics such as ICT,
455 Most Commission services use the ESS to support their legislation and policy. The most active users are
DG CLIMA, DG CNECT, DG DEFIS, DG ENER, DG ENV, DG GROW, DG JUST, DG MOVE, DG SANTE
and DG TAXUD. Resource involvement from these services may vary significantly from one year to the next,
depending on their standardisation needs. The Excellence Hub on Standardisation that connects Commission
officials involved in standardisation mobilises 60 persons on average (out of a total of over 300 colleagues
registered), which is a good indicator of the actual number of staff engaged in standardisation activities at any
point in time. The actual contribution of each person involved is estimated at 50 % as this significantly vary from
one service to the next.
166
cybersecurity, AI and blockchain in standardisation is EUR 23.5 million456 while future projects
foreseen under Horizon Europe and the Digital Europe Programme add up to over EUR 19.5
million457.
2. THE HIGH-LEVEL FORUM ON EUROPEAN STANDARDISATION
The High-Level Forum on European Standardisation (HLF or the Forum) was established in
January 2023 as a key initiative under the EU Standardisation Strategy, with the primary aim
of providing high-level advice and support to the European Commission on
standardisation policy. Its mission focuses on enhancing the European standardisation system
to support a green, digital, and resilient internal market.
The Forum’s mandate has been prolonged for 3 additional years until the end of 2028.
2.1. Functioning of the Forum
The HLF currently has 56 members: the 27 Member States and Norway, the 3 European
Standardisation Organisations, the 4 Annex III organisations (SBS, ANEC, ECOS and ETUC)
as well as industrial associations of 17 sectors. It includes 1 university, 1 research association
and 2 SME associations.
To support its technical work, the HLF can also rely on ad-hoc external experts, upon agreement
of its members. National Standardisation Bodies can also participate in the discussions upon
invitation.
The Forum is organised in 3 different layers:
• the main group, where members are represented at senior level (CEO , Minister, State
secretary), chaired by one of the Commission Executive Vice-Presidents . It generally
meets once per year.
• the sherpa group: the main group is supported by a group of sherpas who conduct the
technical work. Members can be represented by up to 3 Sherpas, one for each sector of
expertise (green, digital and resilience). The sherpa group is chaired by the Director of
GROW H and convenes 3-4 time per year to prepare proposals to the main group for
final endorsement.
• thematic groups (workstreams), selected according to topic relevance:workstreams
regroup voluntary members (at least six), are led by one or two members and supported
by the relevant Commission services. During the first mandate of the HLF, 16
workstreams and one thematic analysis have been carried out.
The final deliverables (recommendations, reports) of the Forum are generally prepared within
the thematic groups and then endorsed by the Forum through a two-step validation process,
456 E.g. INSTAR EUR 1.5 million, StandICT.eu 2026 and 2029 EUR 4.5 million and EUR 6 million respectively,
SeeBlocks EUR 1 million and ADRA-e EUR 4 million. 457 E.g. SNS ICE EUR 3 million, standards for Quantum Technologies EUR 1 million, standardisation for the
EuroQCI EUR 3 million and Future StandICT.eu EUR 7 million.
167
first at sherpa group level and then formally by the main group. The Forum can also adopt
horizontal recommendations prepared directly at sherpa level. Deliverables are publicly
available458.
2.2. Key achievements of the Forum
Over its initial three-year term, the Forum has played a crucial role in aligning standardisation
priorities with EU policies and legislation, fostering dialogue among diverse stakeholders. It
filled a gap by coordinating the very diverse stakeholders active in standardisation and
was instrumental in the implementation of the 2022 Standardisation Strategy. It contributed to
build the current consensus that EU standardisation policy should also be considered as a
tool for industrial policy, and not merely as a technical topic.
Improved strategic coordination is particularly important and needed in international
standardisation where EU Member States and NSBs actively participate whereas the
Commission does not enjoy membership rights in key organisations (see Annex 11).
Furthermore, a ‘Team Europe’ spirit tends to increase the involvement and commitment of
European experts, particularly if it produces concrete results. For example, the EU and Member
States successfully supported the creation of a Joint Technical Committee at ISO/IEC on the
Digital Product Passport, a key EU project. Besides, substantive recommendations for increased
inclusion of civil society and SMEs in standardisation at international level were made by the
relevant HLF thematic group. The HLF will thus continue its work in these important areas.
Its multi-stakeholder approach was recognised as a model for inclusive consultation and timely
consensus building; national mirror fora were established according to its model by some
Member States.
The HLF also produced concrete deliverables that are considered as reference documents by
stakeholders.
• On cross-cutting standardisation topics: the HLF adopted recommendations on
increasing funding for standardisation activities at international level, on improving the
inclusiveness of the standardisation process at national and international level, as well
as on improving education and skills for standardisation. The latter recommendation
included a voluntary pledge by members to invest more in education and skills and the
introduction of a Pan-European Certificate of Knowledge in Standardisation. The
Forum also contributed to the better planning of the European standardisation activities
by advising on future standardisation needs in the framework of the Annual Union Work
Programme for European Standardisation (AUWP).
• On sectoral standardisation priorities: the HLF adopted recommendations on
Quantum, Green Electricity systems, Smart and sustainable cities, Critical raw
materials, Clean Hydrogen and Wind Power. It also adopted recommendations on Data
interoperability and Low Carbon Cement that provided direct contributions to two
standardisation requests. The workstream on the Digital Product Passport (DPP)
458 On the Commission website: https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/single-market/goods/european-
standards/standardisation-policy/high-level-forum-european-standardisation_en.
168
contributed to consensus building to amend the respective standardisation request. The
workstream on Artificial intelligence delivered around 65 AI standards awareness-
raising activities during 2024/2025.
2.3. Priorities and proposed workplan for the new mandate
The Forum decided to engage in the following tasks and activities for the second mandate:
(1) Support the Commission in the revision of the Standardisation Regulation. The
Forum could in particular serve as a ‘sounding board’ to test the relevance and
acceptability of proposed policy orientations.
(2) Issue technical and policy recommendations on priority standardisation topics,
prepared in dedicated thematic workstreams.
(3) Monitor the implementation of the recommendations endorsed during the first
mandate.
(4) Contribute to the identification and dissemination of best practices in
standardisation across Member States and sectors.
The Forum contributes to the yearly strategic planning and AUWP on standardisation. Based
on the EU policy objectives and feedback from the members, the following priorities areas have
been identified and planned. For 2026,Education & Skills on standardisation, Global standard
setting and the EU position, Digital Product Passport, Quantum, Electricity System for Energy
Transition, Standardisation for dual-use technologies. For 2027,Funding and investment in
standardisation, Synergies with Research & Innovation policy, EU Digital Transformation of
Quality Infrastructure, Innovative Ports & Terminals, Bio-Economy. For 2028, topics will be
selected according to future needs.
ANNEX 13: ALTERNATIVE STANDARDS DEVELOPING
ORGANISATIONS (SDOS)
1. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDISATION BODIES
Art. 2(9) of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 (the Standardisation Regulation) specifically states
that the definition of ‘international standardisation body’ means the International Organisation
for Standardisation (ISO), the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and the
International Telecommunication Union (ITU). There is a consensus in all jurisdictions that
these bodies are leading international standardisation organisations which fulfil all core
principles for the development of international standards established by the WTO/TBT
Committee in its “Decision on Principles for the Development of International Standards”459
(originally adopted in 2000). This Decision provides six core principles - transparency;
openness; impartiality and consensus; effectiveness and relevance; coherence; development
dimension - to ensure international standards facilitate global trade rather than create technical
barriers. These principles guide whether standards are considered "relevant" under the TBT
Agreement.
In line with the above, policy makers around the world have confidence that by using IEC, ISO
or ITU International Standards for regulatory purposes they comply with their WTO obligations
under the Technical Barriers to Trade Agreement and are thus not creating any unnecessary
obstacles to international trade. Hence, also the EU has facilitated the legislative use of such
standards, either by allowing their incorporation into European harmonised standards or by
directly referencing to such standards in EU law. Additionally, references to ISO, IEC or ITU
standards done within European harmonised standards (so-called ‘normative references’) are
accepted in principle.
2. OTHER RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL SDOS
While there is thus consensus over the three-above mentioned organisations as recognised
international SDOs, the global standardisation landscape encompasses a myriad of additional
bodies, acting at either sectoral, national, regional or global level. Certain of these SDOs have
been implicitly recognised by the EU as international SDOs via their inclusion in some of the
FTAs signed with third countries. These entities are:
- Codex Alimentarius Commission;
- International Civil Aviation Organisation (“ICAO”);
- World Forum for Harmonisation of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) within the framework
of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (“UNECE”);
- United Nations Sub-Committee of Experts on the Globally Harmonized System of
Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (“UN/SCEGHS”);
- International Council on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals
for Human Use (“ICH”);
- International Maritime Organisation (“IMO”);
- International Organisation of Legal Metrology (“OIML”);
- International Olive Council (“IOC”);
- Universal Postal Union ("UPU");
459 WTO | Principles for the Development of International Standards, Guides and Recommendations
170
- Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (“BIPM”).
3. US SDOS FOR WHICH THERE IS NO CONSENSUS ON THEIR INTERNATIONAL STATUS
However, there are several other SDOs for which there is no consensus on their status s
international standardisation bodies, with different views e.g. between the EU and the USA.
For the EU, EFTA, EU Member States, European and national standardisation bodies of the
EU/EEA and many European stakeholders, an international standard is a standard drafted
complying with the WTO/TBT Committee's Decision on Principles for the Development of
International Standards, Guides and Recommendation (first criterion), but by a recognised
international standard body (i.e., ISO-IEC-ITU) or by an international treaty organisation such
as Codex Alimentarius, UNECE etc (second criterion).
To the contrary, for the USA the application of the WTO TBT Committee Decision is a
necessary and sufficient condition to qualify an SDO as an international standardisation body,
while for the EU it is a necessary condition but not sufficient.
The WTO/TBT Committee Decision on the Principles for the Development of International
Standards does not represent a legally binding definition for the term of "international
standard". Therefore, the EU view is that neither properly developed European standards from
CEN/CENELEC/ETSI (ESOs), nor those from US-based standardisation organisations (e.g.,
ASTM, ASME, IEEE, SAE…) can be considered as "international standards", although they
may have been developed in accordance with the WTO/TBT principles.
This difference of interpretation concerns many leading SDOs based in the USA, like e.g. the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International), the Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE International)
or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The fact that the EU does not recognise
these entities as international SDOs means that their standards are not accepted as normative
references in European harmonised standards. Nevertheless, from a technical point of view the
standards developed by these entities might be the most used globally in certain sectors and for
certain products.
4. OTHER SDOS ACTIVE IN FIELDS REGULATED BY EU LAW
Independently from the discussion on the status of international SDO or not, many SDOs
develop standards and/or technical specifications, particularly in the digital sector, which are of
global relevance and are broadly accepted and used by the market. Some are entities which
comply with the WTO/TBT principles; some others are purely private consortia with no such
claim. But the fact that in some cases there is no way around the standards/specifications
developed by these other SDOs is at the basis of Art. 13 of the Standardisation Regulation,
which provides for a process to give legal value to ICT technical specifications for the purpose
of public procurement, in specific circumstances and under a set of criteria defined in Annex 2
of the regulation.
Some of the most relevant SDOs active in digital standardisation are:
- W3C - World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), which develops standards and guidelines
to facilitate a web based on the principles of accessibility, internationalisation, privacy
171
and security. Their guidelines are the basis and incorporated into the harmonised
standard to support eAccessibility and the Web Accessibility Directive. And many W3C
standards are being considered in the context of the EIDAS Regulation and EU Digital
Identity Wallet, on web authentication, verifiable credentials.
- OASIS Open: The Organization for the Advancement of Structured Information
Standards, also known as OASIS Open, is an industry consortium that develops
technical standards for information technology.
- The already mentioned Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), which
develops global standards in a broad range of industries, including: power and energy,
artificial intelligence systems, internet of things, consumer technology and consumer
electronics, biomedical and health care, learning technology, information technology
and robotics, telecommunication, automotive, transportation, home automation,
nanotechnology, information assurance, emerging technologies, and many more.
- Ecma International: is a non-profit organization that develops standards for
information and communication technologies. It covers topics such as natural language
interaction, information storage, programming languages or software and system
transparency, amongst others.
- GS1: their standards enable organisations to identify, capture and share information
smoothly, creating a common language that underpins systems and processes all over
the world. GS1 standards could be relevant in the context of product information and e-
commerce, such as barcodes, QR code or RFID.
- 3GPP, which produces Technical Specifications in the domain of mobile
communications (3G, 4G, 5G, 6G), to be transposed by seven Standardisation Bodies
from EU, US, China, India, Japan and Republic of Korea (Organisational Partners) into
their appropriate deliverables (e.g., standards). This is done by ETSI for the EU.
- oneM2M sets standards for the Internet of Things, by creating the global technical
standard for interoperability concerning the architecture, API specifications, security
and enrolment solutions for Machine-to-Machine and IoT technologies based on
requirements contributed by its members. Their standards are also often transposed in
the EU via ETSI standards.
- Linux Foundation Europe: some Linux Foundation hosted projects have been initiators
of international standards, brought to ISO/IEC through the PAS process, e.g. for
interoperable and secure EV charging.
- Eclipse Foundation (strictly speaking not an SDO, but an Open-Source organisation):
their specifications drive open-source collaboration and innovation Eclipse Foundation
actively contributes to the standardisation work related to the Cyber Resilience Act.
- OpenID Foundation (OIDF) is a non-profit organisation established in 2007 that
develops and promotes open standards for digital identity and authentication, facilitating
secure online interactions across various platforms. OpenID standards are being
172
considered in the context of the EIDAS Regulation and EU Digital Identity Wallet, on
issuance of verifiable credentials or identity assurance.
The above is a representative, but by far non-exhaustive list of SDOs which contribute
significantly to shape the technical state-of-the-art for important market sectors. But there are
many more, in all types of sectors and technologies, that are or would be potentially very useful
for legislative purposes. For instance, the European Health Data Space will necessarily have to
be supported for its implementation by technical specifications developed by SDOs like Health
Level Seven International (HL7)460, SNOMED461, Integrating Healthcare Enterprise (IHE),
and others.
Other examples of SDOs which produce standards that are relevant for EU legislation and
policies are the European Organisation for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) which
deals exclusively with aviation standardisation, for both airborne and ground systems and
equipment; or ASD-STAN, an association which establishes, develops and maintains standards
on behalf of the European aerospace industry. Over the years, ASD-STAN has established a
standardisation process for European aerospace standards in agreement with the European
Committee for Standardisation (CEN), but there have been some problems in the mutual
collaboration, e.g. from the angle of inclusiveness of the ASD-STAN system as per relevant
provisions in the Standardisation Regulation. For financial reporting standards, an important
entity is the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG), established in 2001 with
the encouragement of the European Commission to serve the public interest. In 2022, the group
extended its mission to providing technical advice to the European Commission in the form of
fully prepared drafts of EU Sustainability Reporting Standards (CSRD).
In the field of railway transport, the standards developed by the International Union of Railways
(French: Union internationale des chemins de fer, UIC), an international rail transport industry
body founded in 1922 and based in Paris, play an essential role in the sector. It has a structural
collaboration with the European Union Agency for Railways (ERA), and the standards and
technical specifications developed by UIC are at the basis of railways interoperability and
railway communications technology, like e.g. the next-generation Future Railway Mobile
Communication System (FRMCS) programme, currently under development, which plays a
very important role in EU transport policy.
In the USA alone, where the standardisation system is not as regulated as in the EU, the federal
administration, the state-level administrations and the public agencies rely on standards and
technical specifications developed by hundreds of different SDOs, consortia and industry
associations. Most of these entities do however not comply with the WTO/TBT principles, and
their standards/specifications do not have in most cases global technical relevance. Also, not
all of these entities do for instance offer licensing based on fair, reasonable and non-
460 HL7 is a non-profit, ANSI-accredited organisation providing international standards for the exchange,
integration, sharing, and retrieval of electronic health information. HL7 standards enable different healthcare
systems to securely communicate patient data, such as lab results and administrative records. 461 SNOMED International is an international non-profit standards development organisation, located in London,
UK. SNOMED International is the trading name of the International Health Terminology Standards Development
Organisation (IHTSDO), established in 2007.
173
discriminatory (FRAND) conditions for IPRs essential to the implementation of their
standards/specifications.
174
ANNEX 14: RELEVANT JURISPRUDENCE ADDRESSING PROVISIONS
OF THE STANDARDISATION REGULATION
1. CASE C-613/14 JAMES ELLIOTT CONSTRUCTION LTD V IRISH ASPHALT LTD
The first ruling of the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) concerning harmonised
standards was delivered in case C-613/14 James Elliott Construction Ltd v Irish Asphalt Ltd on
27 October 2016. The case was referred to the CJEU by the Irish Supreme court for a
preliminary ruling, requiring the CJEU to provide guidance on the relevant EU law, under
Article 267 TFEU. At national level, the construction company James Elliott Construction Ltd
sought compensation from the cement aggregate supplier Irish Asphalt Ltd before the Irish
Supreme Court, as their cement caused damage to a construction […]. The plaintiff alleged that
the supplied products did not comply with the Irish transposition of standard EN 13242:2002,
harmonised with the Construction Products Directive 89/106/EEC, and published in the Official
Journal of the European Union (OJEU). The Irish Supreme Court referred specific questions to
the CJEU concerning the legal nature of European harmonised standards and the status of
national standards adopted pursuant to a harmonised standard, the scope of jurisdiction of the
CJEU, the interpretation of the scope and content of European standards, in particular as regards
presumption of conformity, and rules for its rebuttal.
These questions were crucial in determining whether the product of Irish Asphalt, which
complied with the harmonised standard, the reference to which was published in the OJEU, met
the necessary requirements under EU law.
The key findings of the Court to note are:
1. Harmonised standards are part of EU law
Harmonised standards, developed by European standardisation organisations under a mandate
from the European Commission, form part of EU law. While these standards are voluntary,
compliance with them confers on them a presumption of conformity with the essential
requirements set out in EU secondary legislation, thereby allowing products to be placed on the
market. Therefore, harmonised standards form part of EU law.
2. Jurisdiction of the Court of Justice
The CJEU has jurisdiction over the interpretation of harmonised standards when they are linked
to EU secondary legislation. This ensures uniform application of these standards across the EU
and reinforces the role of the CJEU in resolving disputes involving harmonised standards.
3. Presumption of conformity
Products manufactured in compliance with harmonised standards benefit from a presumption
of conformity with EU secondary legislation.
4. Voluntary Nature of harmonised standards
175
While compliance with harmonised standards is not mandatory, their practical effect means that
economic operators often adopt them to ensure market access and demonstrate compliance with
EU requirements.
Impact of the ruling
The ruling confirmed the legal significance of harmonised standards and their integration into
the EU legal framework. The CJEU determined that harmonised standards, developed by
European standardisation organisations under a mandate from the European Commission, are
considered part of EU law. This implies that the CJEU has jurisdiction to interpret these
standards, ensuring uniform application across Member States. The ruling further emphasised
the importance of complying with harmonised standards to benefit from a presumption of
conformity, allowing products to be placed on the market within the territory of the Union.
The ruling has significant implications for the European Commission, particularly concerning
its role in the standardisation process and the legal framework for harmonised standards. The
ruling implies that the Commission must ensure the functioning of the system to deliver a
standard that complies with the bears aspects of lawmaking, such as transparency, consistency,
and legal certainty in the development and application of harmonised standards.
The key impact of the ruling in a nutshell:
1. Legal oversight of the Commission
Harmonised standards are part of EU Law: the ruling clarified that harmonised standards,
though developed by private standardisation organisations (CEN, CENELEC and ETSI), are
part of EU law when referenced in EU directives or regulations. This subjects them to legal
scrutiny by the Commission and the CJEU.
The Commission’s responsibility for legal certainty: the Commission is to ensure that
harmonised standards are procedurally developed according to EU law and that their content
aligns with the essential requirements set out in sectoral secondary legislation.
2. Enhanced transparency in standardisation
Reinforcement of standardisation mandates: the ruling underscored the need for clear and
specific mandates from the Commission addressed to standardisation organisations. The
Commission defines the object of the standardisation request (essential requirements) more
explicitly to ensure that harmonised standards fully meet the intended objectives as set out in
secondary sectorial legislation.
3. Focus on the Quality of harmonised standards
Improvement of processes: the Commission sought to improve its processes for reviewing and
assessing harmonised standards to avoid legal challenges. This included ensuring that
harmonised standards address the essential requirements of secondary sectoral legislation.
4. Commission’s central role in standards’ development
The ruling highlighted the Commission´s central role in the EU’s standardisation system.
176
5. Steps taken by the Commission
For the European Commission, the James Elliott ruling emphasised the importance of its central
role in ensuring that harmonised standards are effectively integrated into the EU legal
framework while supporting the internal market legislation. It also highlighted the
Commission’s responsibility to oversee the standardisation process and ensure compliance with
EU principles.
As regards the impacts described above, the ruling stressed the importance of the controls
mechanisms, which had already been foreseen by Article 10 and 11 of the Regulation (EU) No
1025/2012. Those articles relate to the ex ante, ex durante and ex post phases of the
development of harmonised standards and the central role played by Commission. The
Commission did not amend the regulation and opted to enhance the development process of
standards to better align with the principles of the rule of law and ensure its effective
implementation. Consequently, the Commission revised its templates for standardisation
requests, whereby the object of the standardisation request (essential requirements) is explicitly
described to ensure that harmonised standards fully meet the intended objectives as set out in
secondary sectorial legislation.
Furthermore, the Commission adapted the assessment systems for draft harmonised standards
and the practice of final evaluations before taking the decision whether to publish the references
of harmonised standards in the OJEU, in view to enhance quality and oversight of standards’
development. To streamline the process of evaluating the standards, the Commission concluded
a new services contract with HAS (Harmonised Standard Consultants) who assist the
Commission in assessing the draft harmonised standards prior to publication of its reference in
the OJEU. Finally, the Commission changed the publication method of referencing of
harmonised standards in the OJEU. Whereas previously, harmonised standards were cited in
the C-series (Communication), today they are referenced in the L-series (Legislation) of the
OJEU.
2. CASE T-474/15 GLOBAL GARDEN PRODUCTS ITALY SPA (GGP ITALY) V EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
The ruling of the CJEU on harmonised standards was delivered in case T-474/15 Global Garden
Products Italy SpA (GGP Italy) v European Commission on 26 January 2017. The European
Commission had decided to withdraw a lawn mower from the market, following a notification
by the Latvian authorities, due to alleged non-compliance with the harmonised standard EN
60335-2- 77:2010. Global Garden Products Italy SpA requested this decision be annulled.
Global Garden Products Italy SpA Italia had placed the lawn mower on the market in 2012
based on standard EN 60335-2-77:2006, when this standard was harmonised with the
Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not automatically with the revised version of the Machinery
Directive, Directive 2006/42/EC. The harmonised standard EN 60335-2-77:2010 was published
in the OJEU in April 2011, but the Commission never set an expiry date for the previous
harmonised standard of 2006, which had been officially withdrawn on 1 September 2013 by
the standardisation body.
The issue at stake was thus the validity and legal effect of a harmonised standard which was
revised but not withdrawn from the OJEU. More specifically, the question was whether the
177
manufacturer, Global Garden Products Italy SpA, could have relied on the standard EN 60335-
2-77:2006 in the period between 2012 and 1 September 2013.
In its ruling, the CJEU established that the harmonised standard EN 60335-2-77:2006, having
not been formally withdrawn by the Commission, continued to be considered harmonised until
its formal withdrawal in 2013.
The key findings of the Court:
1. Legal certainty and harmonised standards:
The CJEU emphasised that the principle of legal certainty is fundamental in EU law, requiring
that rules be clear and predictable for those subject to them.
2. Legal effect and harmonised standards:
The CJEU held that the Commission has the power, granted by the Regulation (EU) No
1025/2012, to trigger the legal consequences of a harmonised standard. That includes the power
to initiate the legal effect of a harmonised standard and to establish the end of this effect. The
means of communicating the temporal aspect of the legal effect, is publication in the OJEU.
Impact of the ruling
The Global Garden ruling reinforced the importance of legal certainty and the proper
application of harmonised standards by the European Commission. The ruling highlighted the
importance of the following elements for the Commission and the standardisation system:
Adherence to legal certainty:
The Commission must ensure that its decisions respect the principle of legal certainty,
particularly by considering the relevant harmonised standards in effect at the time of a product’s
market entry. This approach prevents retroactive application of standards and ensures fairness
for manufacturers.
Consistency in the application of standards:
The ruling underscores the need for the Commission to apply harmonised standards consistently
and avoid using updated standards to assess products that were compliant with earlier versions
at the time of their placement on the market. Such consistency is vital to provide legal clarity
and stability for economic operators.
Steps taken by the Commission following the ruling
The CJEU recognised the exclusive power granted by Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 to the
Commission to initiate the legal effect of a harmonised standard (by means of the publication
of its reference in the OJEU) and to end it via an explicit repeal of a harmonised standard.
Because of this ruling, the Commission modified the practice by which it publishes the lists of
harmonised standards under specific legal acts.
178
3. CASE C-630/16 ANSTAR OY V TURVALLISUUS- JA KEMIKAALIVIRASTO (TUKES)
The ruling of the CJEU on harmonised standards was delivered in case C-630/16 Anstar Oy v
Turvallisuus- ja kemikaalivirasto on 14 December 2017. The case was referred to the CJEU by
the Finnish Administrative Court, Helsinki (Helsingin hallinto-oikeus) for a preliminary ruling,
requiring the CJEU to provide guidance on the relevant EU law, under Article 267 TFEU. The
CJEU clarified the role of standardisation requests (formerly known as ‘mandates’) in relation
to the legal effect of the harmonised standards concerned.
The CJEU stated that “[i]t is necessary […] to interpret a harmonised standard in the light of
the mandate from which it originates. […] harmonised standards are to be established by the
European standardisation bodies […] on the basis of requests issued by the Commission. […]
the Commission must assess the conformity of harmonised standards established by the
European standardisation bodies with the relevant mandates”. The CJEU concluded that “[i]t
follows that the scope of a harmonised standard cannot be interpreted more broadly than that
of the mandate on which it is based”.
4. CASE C-185/17 MITNITSA VARNA V SAKSA
The ruling of the CJEU (Grand Chamber) on standards was delivered in case C-185/17 SAKSA
on 22 February 2018. The case was referred to the CJEU by the Administrative Court, Varna,
for a preliminary ruling, requiring the CJEU to provide guidance on the relevant EU law, under
Article 267 TFEU.
Standard ‘EN 590:2013’, which lays down requirements and test methods for marketed
automotive diesel fuel and note g to Table 3 specifies that ‘EU Common Customs Tariff
definition of gas oil may not apply to the grades defined for use in arctic or severe winter
climates’. According to the Administrative Court, Varna, definition which must be used as
regards the fuel at issue is not clear from that note. The referring court asks whether the
Combined Nomenclature must be interpreted as meaning that a mineral oil, such as that at issue
in the main proceedings, may be classified as gas oil when it meets the requirements laid down
in standard EN 590:2013 relating to gas oil for arctic or severe winter climates. The CJEU
clarified the parts of a standard that may be considered to form part of EU law, in light of the
reference made to that standard in EU law.
The CJEU stated that “[h]owever, it suffices to note that the reference to standard EN 590:2013,
in accordance with footnote 1 to Annex II to Directive 98/70, relates solely to the test methods
referred to in that standard. Since note g to Table 3 of standard EN 590:2013 contains no test
method, it cannot be considered to form part of EU law and is irrelevant for the purposes of
establishing the tariff classification of goods.”
5. CASE C-160/20 STICHTING ROOKPREVENTIE JEUGD AND OTHERS V
STAATSSECRETARIS VAN VOLKSGEZONDHEID, WELZIJN EN SPORT (STICHTING I)
The ruling of the CJEU (Grand Chamber) on standards was delivered in case C-160/20 Stichting
Rookpreventie Jeugd and Others v Staatssecretaris van Volksgezondheid, Welzijn en Sport on
22 February 2022. The case was referred to the CJEU by the District Court, Rotterdam for a
preliminary ruling, requiring the CJEU to provide guidance on the relevant EU law, under
Article 267 TFEU.
179
The case at national level concerned a foundation, Stichting Rookpreventie Jeugd (Youth
Smoking Prevention Foundation, Netherlands) and the Nederlandse Voedsel- en
Warenautoriteit (Dutch Food and Consumer Product Safety Authority). The former requested
an order from the latter that, first, ensures that filter cigarettes offered for sale to consumers in
the Netherlands comply, when used as intended, with the maximum emission levels for tar,
nicotine and carbon monoxide prescribed by Directive 2014/40/EU and, second, orders
manufacturers, importers and distributors of tobacco products to withdraw from the market
filter cigarettes allegedly not complying with those emission levels. The request was not
granted. During the court proceedings, the plaintiffs submitted that Article 4(1) of Directive
2014/40 does not require recourse to a particular method of measuring emission levels and that
it is clear, inter alia, from several studies that another measurement method (the ‘Canadian
Intense’ method) should be applied in order to determine the precise emission levels for filter
cigarettes used as intended. The District Court, Rotterdam, made a reference to the CJEU for a
preliminary ruling concerning, inter alia, the validity of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/40,
having regard to the principle of transparency, to a number of provisions of EU law and to the
World Health Organisation Framework Convention on Tobacco Control.
The key findings of the Court:
1. Direct references to ISO standards in EU law
The CJEU clarified the EU legislators have the discretion to make standards mandatory by
referring them in the law (“it is open to the EU legislature to refer, in the acts that it adopts, to
technical standards determined by a standards body, such as the International Organisation for
Standardisation (ISO)”). The CJEU added that “the principle of legal certainty requires that the
references to such standards be clear and precise and predictable in its effect, so that interested
parties can ascertain their position in situations and legal relationships governed by EU law”,
thereby excluding the possibility to make generic references to standards in EU law.
2. Principle of legal certainty and transparency
The CJEU analysed the validity of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/40 having regard to the
principle of transparency. It noted that while that provision refers to ISO standards which have
not been published in the OJEU, it does not lay down any restriction concerning access to those
standards, including by making that access subject to the submission of a request pursuant to
the provisions regarding public access to documents of the Unions’ institutions.
Furthermore, the CJEU held that while imposing obligations on legal entities using technical
standards which are not available for free is possible, this legislative technique would not be
appropriate to impose obligations on citizens and individuals (“it should also be stated that, in
accordance with the principle of legal certainty […], technical standards determined by a
standards body, such as ISO, and made mandatory by a legislative act of the European Union
are binding on the public generally only if they themselves have been published in the Official
Journal of the European Union”).
As regards the validity of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/40, having regard to Article 297(1)
TFEU, read in light of the principle of legal certainty, the CJEU stated that the EU legislature,
in light of the broad discretion that it has in the exercise of the powers conferred on it where its
action involve political, economic and social choices and where it is called on to conduct
180
complex assessments and evaluations, may refer, in the acts that it adopts, to technical standards
determined by a standards body, such as the International Organisation for Standardisation
(ISO). However, the CJEU pointed out that the principle of legal certainty requires that the
reference to such standards be clear and precise and predictable in its effect, so that interested
parties can ascertain their position in situations and legal relationships governed by EU law. In
the present instance, the CJEU held that, since the reference made by Article 4(1) of Directive
2014/40 to the ISO standards complies with that requirement and the directive was published
in the OJEU, the mere fact that this provision refers to ISO standards that have not, at this
juncture, been so published is not capable of calling the validity of that provision into question.
3. ISO standards and obligations of legal or natural persons
Nevertheless, as regards the ability of ISO standards to bind individuals, the CJEU stated that,
in accordance with the principle of legal certainty, such standards made mandatory by a
legislative act of the Union are binding on the public generally only if they themselves have
been published in the OJEU. In the absence of publication in the OJEU of the standards to
which Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/40 refers, the public is thus unable to ascertain the methods
of measuring the emission levels prescribed by that directive for cigarettes. On the other hand,
regarding the ability of ISO standards to bind undertakings, the CJEU states that, insofar as
undertakings have access to the official and authentic version of the standards referred to in
Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/40 through the national standards bodies, those standards are
binding on them.
Impact of the ruling
The Stichting Rookpreventie Jeugd ruling underscored the importance of legal clarity and
transparency when incorporating standards into EU law through direct references in legislation.
The CJEU determined that the ISO standards referenced in secondary sectoral legislation may
not, in case of absence of their publication in the OJEU, impose legal obligations on individuals.
The ruling highlighted the need for the Commission to assess direct referencing of [documents]
of third-party standards, such as those from ISO, into EU legislation, were secondary sectoral
legislation imposes legal obligations on individuals.
6. CASE C-588/21 P PUBLIC.RESOURCE.ORG AND RIGHT TO KNOW V COMMISSION AND
OTHERS
The ruling of the CJEU (Grand Chamber) on harmonised standards was delivered in case C-
588/21 P Public.Resource.Org of 5 March 2024. The ruling concerned an access to documents
request submitted under Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 (Access to Documents Regulation)
regarding public access to documents of the EU institutions. Two transparency NGOs
(“Public.Resource.Org” and “Right to Know”) submitted a request for access to documents of
the texts of four harmonised standards. The Commission refused access and the two NGOs
appealed the Commission decision denying them access to the documents request (case T-
185/19). In first instance, on 14 July 2021, the General Court ruled in favour of the Commission,
stating that there was no overriding public interest in the public disclosure of the requested
standards and that the intellectual property rights of the ESOs were protected under the Treaties.
The NGOs appealed the judgment. The Grand chamber of the Court of Justice held that the
Commission erred in not disclosing the four requested harmonised standards under the Access
181
to Documents Regulation and established that an overriding public interest in disclosure exists,
that prevails over the commercial interests of a third party.
The key findings of the Court
1. Harmonised standards are part of EU law
The CJEU underlined that pursuant to Regulation 1049/2001, the EU institutions may refuse
access to a document where its disclosure would undermine the protection of commercial
interests of a natural or legal person, including intellectual property, unless there is an
overriding public interest in disclosure. The CJEU then recalled that it had already held that a
harmonised standard, adopted on the basis of a directive and the references to which have been
published in the OJEU, “forms part of EU law owing to its legal effects”.
2. Rule of law and transparency of harmonised standards
The CJEU noted that it follows from Article 2 TEU that the European Union is based on the
principle of the rule of law, which requires free access to EU law for all natural or legal persons
of the EU, and that individuals must be able to ascertain unequivocally what their rights and
obligations are. That access must in particular enable any person whom legislation seeks to
protect to verify, within the limits permitted by law, that the persons to whom the rules laid
down by that law are addressed actually comply with those rules. Accordingly, by the effects
conferred on it by EU legislation, a harmonised standard may specify the rights conferred on
individuals as well as their obligations, and those specifications may be necessary for them to
verify whether a given product or service actually complies with the requirements set out in
such legislation. In those circumstances, the CJEU finds that there is an overriding public
interest in the disclosure of the requested harmonised standards. Hence, the CJEU concluded
that “it must be held that there is an overriding public interest, within the meaning of the last
clause of Article 4(2) of Regulation No 1049/2001, justifying the disclosure of the requested
harmonised standards”. The CJEU thus ordered the Commission to disclose the relevant
harmonised standards.
Impact of the ruling
The judgment underscores the importance of the rule of law and the principle of free access to
EU law.
Access to harmonised standards
The Commission's refusal to disclose harmonised standards adopted by the European
Committee for Standardisation (CEN) to Public.Resource.Org Inc. and Right to Know CLG
was overturned. The CJEU ruled that there is an overriding public interest in the disclosure of
harmonised standards which form part of EU law. The Commission has an obligation to
disclose harmonised standards under Regulation 1049/2001 on access to documents.
Overriding public interest
The CJEU recognised the importance of free access to EU law, as enshrined in Article 2 TEU.
This right allows individuals to verify their rights and obligations and to verify compliance with
182
EU legislation. The Commission must disclose the requested harmonised standards under
Regulation 1049/2001 on access to documents.
Disclosure of harmonised standards
Consequently, the Commission discloses harmonised standards pursuant to Regulation
1049/2001.
As regards harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations CEN
and Cenelec: the harmonised standards, which had been disclosed under Regulation 1049/2001,
can be freely accessed on the online national readability platforms of the national
standardisation bodies in a read-only format. As regards harmonised standards based on ISO or
IEC international standards, those are available via individual requests for access to documents,
pursuant to Regulation 1049/2001.
As regards harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisation ETSI.
harmonised standards, standards and other deliverables adopted by ETSI are available on its
website and are freely accessible.
7. CASE C-155/24 NEDERLANDSE VOEDSEL- EN WARENAUTORITEIT AND OTHERS
(STICHTING II)
The ruling of the CJEU (Grand Chamber) on standards was delivered in case C-155/24
Nederlandse Voedsel- en Warenautoriteit and Others v Stichting Rookpreventie Jeugd on 21
April 2026. The case was referred to the CJEU by the Supreme Administrative Court for Trade
and Industry, Netherlands (College van Beroep voor het bedrijfsleven) for a preliminary ruling,
requiring the CJEU to provide guidance on the relevant EU law, under Article 267 TFEU.
In 2018, the Dutch Youth Smoking Prevention Foundation requested the Netherlands Food and
Consumer Product Safety Authority (NVWA) to ensure that filter cigarettes in the Netherlands
complied with the maximum emission levels for tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide. Those
levels are established in Directive 2014/40/EU, which refers to measurement methods laid
down in international standards (ISO). The standards have not been published in the OJEU. As
the NVWA refused that request, the matter was brought before the Dutch courts. In 2020,
District Court, Rotterdam, referred questions to the CJEU for a preliminary ruling on Article
4(1) of the directive. The CJEU replied to those questions by judgment of 22 February 2022
(C-160/24). Following that judgment, District Court, Rotterdam ruled that the ISO standards
referred to in Netherlands law are not enforceable against the foundation and that the method
for measuring emission levels described in those standards is not consistent with the directive.
An appeal was brought against that judgment of District Court, Rotterdam. The Supreme
Administrative Court, Netherlands, referred further questions to the CJEU for a preliminary
ruling. As regards standards, the question posed by the referring court was whether standards
referred to in Directive 2014/40/EU, which have not been published in the OJEU, are
enforceable against individuals or only against undertakings.
The key findings of the Court:
1. Rule of law and access to mandatory standards
183
The Court found that an individual must have free access to standards rendered mandatory, in
compliance with the principle of the rule of law. This means that such access must be general,
effective, without charge and non-discriminatory.
2. Intellectual property rights
The Court concluded that it is for the Union to bear the costs associated with creating free access
to the official and authentic version of those standards. This applies in particular where those
standards are protected by intellectual property rights.
Impact of the ruling:
The Commission must provide access to mandatory standards under a system of access which
is general, effective, without charge and non-discriminatory.
184
ANNEX 15: CASE STUDIES
1. CASE STUDY – CONSTRUCTION
1.1. Context
The construction sector is covered by 445 harmonised standards under the Construction
Products Regulation (CPR). Due to the high level of details needed for standardisation requests
in the construction industry, the standard development process is systematically lengthy. The
drafting of standardisation requests takes on average approximately 1.5 years, while the
implementing act procedure may require additional six months462.
However, a pilot exercise on cement standardisation has shown that the process can be
shortened, particularly during the drafting phase. The pilot consisted of prioritising each step
of the standard development process by the Commission, CEN, and HAS consultants. In this
way, the shortest possible duration for developing a hEN in the construction sector, can be
identified. The pilot, which started in July 2025, currently reached the enquiry phase and is
expected to lead to publication by July 2027, has demonstrated that the overall process can be
reduced to around two years463.
A further feature of the construction sector concerns European Assessment Documents (EAD),
developed by the European Organisation for Technical Assessment (EOTA). These constitute
alternative standardisation deliverables for innovative products and are generally developed
more quickly than hENs464. Such EAD can also be used as a fallback option in case of absence
of hENs.
1.2. Baseline
The following main problems were reported in this sector465:
1. Inefficiency of the standard development process, especially regarding the drafting
phase and the number of formal objections, which generate significant delays. At
present, the Commission receives the final version of hENs only when they are ready
for citation in the OJEU. At that stage, the Commission cannot modify the content and
accept the standard subject to such limited amendments or introduce targeted
modifications; it can only block the process, i.e. formally reject the hEN and request a
revision. This contributes to longer standard-development timelines (see Section 1.3.1).
2. Moreover, CEN reportedly applies internal policies that can significantly delay the
process. These policies include multiple checks and approvals, as well as fixed
procedures that apply in the same way regardless of the type, size, or complexity of the
deliverable. For example, even minor editorial changes may be subject to a minimum
processing period of three months, regardless of how limited or simple the amendments
are.
462 Case study interview. 463 Ibid. 464 Ibid. 465 Ibid.
185
3. Shortage of experts involved in standardisation activities. This is linked to limited
funding, time constraints and insufficient resources, which affect the capacity of
relevant actors to participate effectively in the process.
4. Current measures intended to ensure balanced SME representation do not appear
to be fully effective. Participation in technical committees is often concentrated among
a limited number of organisations, which may exercise disproportionate influence over
the standard-development process.
5. Standardisation deliverables are not sufficiently digitally friendly. For instance,
standards related to the Digital Product Passport (DPP) may be provided as extensive
tables in PDF format. Standardisation requests should therefore include more specific
requirements on the format of technical annexes, ensuring that they are provided at least
in a machine-readable format (see Section 1.3.3).
6. Concerning the technical content, standards are requested and monitored under the
specific responsibility of single units within the Commission and linked to individual
regulatory frameworks. This might bring excessive ‘gold plating’ on businesses (beyond
the essential requirements of the legislation) and further harmonisation in approach
between Commission services would be required.
1.3. Impact of Policy Options
1.3.1. Increased accountability of ESOs and cooperation with the Commission
Increased cooperation between the Commission and CEN during the drafting phase was
perceived to significantly shorten the standard-development process. In particular, if
Commission services would systematically review draft standards at the first committee draft,
enquiry and formal vote stages, this would help identify, at an earlier stage, errors or
inconsistencies that could subsequently prevent citation in the Official Journal of the European
Union. This role is currently fulfilled by the HAS Consultants to a certain extent, but this should
not exonerate the Commission units from being more directly involved in the development
phase of standards. In this way, the Commission could alert the relevant technical committee
before the draft is submitted to the formal vote, thus reducing the likelihood of formal objections
or requests for revision at a later stage of the process.
1.3.2. Common Specifications
The provisions on Common Specifications set out in Article 8 of the Construction Products
Regulation (CPR) establish conditions and criteria for their use as a fall-back option where
hENs are not available and the ESOs are unable to deliver.
In the construction sector, alternative measures, such as the use of existing standards, the
development of standards by other SDOs, or the introduction of a temporary presumption of
conformity based on technical specifications, appear to be of limited applicability. hENs in this
sector must reflect the regulatory requirements defined in each Member State’s national
legislation (contrary to “classic” NLF legislation, where requirements are defined at European
level). This makes it difficult for standards developed by other SDOs to provide a suitable
alternative that is fully aligned with national regulatory frameworks. Moreover, the use of a
temporary presumption of conformity would also be problematic in this sector, as construction
products are used in buildings and infrastructure with long life cycles. If the applicable technical
requirements were temporary or subsequently replaced, this could create legal uncertainty and
186
practical difficulties for manufacturers, users and public authorities, and could potentially have
implications for public safety.
In this context, and potentially also in other sectors characterised by long product life cycles,
Common Specifications provide a useful last-resort instrument in exceptional cases where
ESOs cannot deliver, or where standardisation work is blocked within technical committees.
However, given that there have already been instances in which ESOs were unable to deliver
on a standardisation request, interviewees indicated the need for a more horizontal fallback
option, such as the EAD developed by EOTA.
1.3.3. Digitalisation of the standard-development process
As noted above, in some cases standards in the construction sector are delivered as extensive
tables in PDF format. This format was considered by interviewees to be obsolete and not
sufficiently suitable for digital use. The introduction of a requirement to provide deliverables
in a machine-readable format, at least for technical annexes, was therefore considered useful.
The need to digitalise standardisation processes was also highlighted in some contributions to
the targeted survey by respondents operating under the Construction Products Regulation.
Digitalisation was considered to have potential to improve the efficiency, traceability and
accessibility of standards, while facilitating their integration with emerging tools such as Digital
Product Passports. It could also help reduce the administrative burden on SMEs in the
construction industry, without undermining the quality of standards466.
1.3.4. Binding legal obligations on NSBs for involvement of SMEs revising the
provisions in Art. 6
The results of the targeted survey suggest that introducing binding legal obligations on NSBs
for involvement of SMEs (i.e. revising the provisions in Art. 6) could be effective in the
construction industry. However, further education and training on standardisation are needed
to ensure that SMEs well understand the added value of their participation and are more willing
to participate proactively in standardisation activities467.
1.3.5. One product, one standard
The application of a “one product, one standard” principle could help reduce administrative
burden for businesses by avoiding overlapping or duplicative standardisation requirements for
products falling under the scope of more than one EU legal act. This approach happens already
now in some sectors but could be introduced more broadly through either amendments to the
Standardisation Regulation, or the implementation of the Digital Product Passport. A relevant
best practice is the development of the EN 16510-2-X series, which was designed to support
both the Ecodesign Regulation and the Construction Products Regulation468.
466 Targeted survey sent to industry and companies, sorted by companies dealing with harmonised standards under
the Regulation CPR/CPD (Q16: Please elaborate on your response above, if necessary). 467 Targeted survey sent to industry and companies, sorted by companies dealing with harmonised standards under
the Regulation CPR/CPD (Q33: To what extent do you think that these measures will support the achievement of
the objective to improve inclusiveness and involvement in the standardisation processes?). 468 Case study interview.
187
2. CASE STUDY – ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
2.1. Context
The AI Act (Regulation 2024/1689) has set out legal rules for AI systems, complemented by
other regulatory instruments as guidelines, code of practice, harmonised standards, and
common specifications. Within this regulatory framework, hENs play a pivotal role in
operationalising the requirements for high-risk AI systems laid down in Section 2 of the AI Act
(Articles 8 to 15).
In the AI Act, Art. 40 lays down the normative foundation for harmonised standards and the
presumption of conformity regarding high-risk AI systems, stating that “High-risk AI systems
or general-purpose AI models which are in conformity with harmonised standards or parts
thereof the references of which have been published in the Official Journal of the European
Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 shall be presumed to be in conformity
with the requirements set out in Section 2 of this Chapter”.
In May 2023, the European Commission issued a standardisation request to CEN and
CENELEC that led to the establishment of the Joint Technical Committee 21 (JTC 21) for the
execution of the requested standardisation work. The committee comprises 5 working groups
(WGs) carrying out standardisation activities covering the requirements for AI high risk
systems laid down in Section 2 (data governance, cybersecurity, risk management, etc..)469.
In addition to WG1 “Strategic Advisory”, tasked with monitoring AI developments and
coordinating crosscutting issues across JTC 21, the remaining WGs are developing the
following standards:
Working Group 2 - Operational aspects
• Conformity Assessment
• Quality Management Systems
• Risk Management
Working Group 3 – Engineering aspects
• Quality and governance of datasets
• Managing bias
• Evaluation methods for accurate computer vision systems
• Natural Language Processing
• Logging
Working Group 4 – Foundational and societal aspects
• AI trustworthiness framework: logging, transparency and human oversight
• AI trustworthiness framework: accuracy and robustness
469 EU Commission - Standardisation request M/593 - 22 May 2023 eNorm Platform
188
Working Group 5 – Cybersecurity for AI systems
• Cybersecurity specifications for AI systems
Although the European Commission initially set an April 2025 deadline for standards
development, JTC 21's work has progressed considerably slower than anticipated, with first
drafts only expected by late 2026. This created a critical misalignment: the high-risk obligations
under the AI Act were set to apply from 2 August 2026 for Annex III systems and 2 August
2027 for Annex I systems (Article 113 AI Act) — where Annex I covers product-specific risks
(machinery, medical devices, aviation, automotive, etc.) and Annex III covers use case-specific
risks (critical infrastructure, education, access to essential services, etc.)470.
The most relevant AI standards at international level are developed by ISO/IEC SC 42, the
primary body developing AI standards with global reach, e.g. ISO/IEC 42001 on AI
management systems, which has gained significant industry traction. Other standards and
technical specifications were developed by non-international bodies such as the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)471 - in particular the AI Risk Management
Framework, NIST AI 100-1 - and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE),
notably the IEEE 7000 series, addressing ethical considerations in the design of autonomous
and intelligent systems.
In the AI domain, however, the automatic transposition of international standards into European
harmonised standards is not straightforward. Many aspects of the AI Act require standards that
go beyond what existing ISO/IEC work provides, particularly as regards the protection of
fundamental rights and the management of societal impacts — dimensions that are not central
to the ISO/IEC framework. As a result, JTC 21 is expected to adopt existing ISO/IEC standards
where they are consistent with EU values and the AI Act's objectives, while the remaining gaps
— which in the AI context are substantial — will be filled by new standards developed
autonomously at European level.
2.2. Baseline
The development of harmonised standards under JTC 21 has gone slower than planned.
Evidence from stakeholder interviews consistently identifies a structural shortage of
professionals combining deep AI technical knowledge with standardisation process expertise
as the primary bottleneck. Working groups frequently lack the experts needed to advance drafts
swiftly, and the complexity of AI subject matter means that onboarding new participants is
time-consuming and costly. Delayed and insufficiently detailed feedback from the European
Commission on interim deliverables has further extended timelines, with substantial
470 The Digital Omnibus proposal, published by the European Commission on 19 November 2025 and still pending
adoption, seeks to address this gap by conditioning the entry into force of high-risk obligations on the prior
availability of harmonised standards and Commission guidelines. Once the Commission confirms their
availability, a transition period of six months would apply for Annex III systems and twelve months for Annex I
systems, with absolute backstop dates of 2 December 2027 and 2 August 2028 respectively. However, so far, the
second political trilogue held on 28 April 2026 ended without agreement, leaving the original deadline of 2 August
2026 legally in force. 471 NIST is a public agency of the United States Department of Commerce. At its foundation in 1901 until 1988,
the agency was named the National Bureau of Standards. Therefore, the standards and technical specifications
developed by NIST are considered as American national standardisation deliverables.
189
consequences in a sector where early technical choices carry direct regulatory implications
under the AI Act.
2.3. Impact of Policy Options
2.3.1. Temporary Presumption of Conformity for standardisation deliverables
other than harmonised standards
The proposal for ‘rolling publication’ of standards from 30–40% completion was viewed as
particularly impactful: early release would allow industry — especially SMEs and innovators
— to begin aligning development pipelines with the likely direction of requirements, while also
generating informed feedback that improves the final standard.
2.3.2. Improved EU coordination of EU Member States position and experts’
participation in international standardisation organisation
Interviewees called for structural improvements to EU coordination ahead of international
meetings, including stronger obligations on ESOs and national standardisation bodies to align
European positions before engaging in ISO/IEC fora. Findings from interviews point to a
structural weakness in the EU's participation in ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 42472. European experts
generally fail to coordinate their positions before and during international meetings: delegates
from different Member States, companies, and NSBs/NCs have frequently presented divergent
or competing views. The result is a fragmented European presence that undermines the EU's
collective influence in international AI standardisation at a stage where foundational technical
choices are still being made.
3. CASE STUDY - ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING INFRASTRUCTURES
3.1. Context
The present case study considers two diverse standardisation development processes that
illustrate potential benefits generated by some of the policy options. In particular, it analyses
two standardisation processes enabling interoperable communication in the electric vehicle
recharging ecosystem implemented under standardisation request M/581 of 24.3.2022 473, i.e.
IEC 63110 and IEC 63119. Despite the European Commission initially setting December 2023
as a deadline for adoption of these standards by the ESOs, the standardisation development
472 The ISO/IEC Joint Technical Committee 1, and particularly its Sub-Committee (SC) 42, is the technical body
primarily tasked with developing international standards for AI. It is currently coordinated by the American
national standardisation body ANSI, which holds the secretariat position of the SC. Out of 56 participating national
members in that SC, 20 are EU NSBs. 473 Table 5: List of new European standards supporting interoperable communication in the electric vehicle
recharging ecosystem, Commission Implementing Decision on a standardisation request to the European
standardisation organisations as regards communication exchange, electricity and hydrogen supply for road,
maritime transport and inland navigation in support of Directive 2014/94/EU and its planned revision under the
‘Fit for 55’ package, available at: Register of Commission Documents - C(2022)1710
190
processes experienced delays, thus making it necessary to consider a possible amendment of
M/581474.
The Commission requested European standards for alternative fuel infrastructures across
transport sectors, including the EV charging system. One of the key domains to be addressed
was the interface enabling communication between charging stations, mobility service
providers and e-roaming platforms. The protocol covering this communication is called Open
Charge Point Interface (OCPI), now managed and reviewed by the EV Roaming Foundation,
an industry association. In parallel, an existing IEC standard (IEC 63119) was already under
development; two thirds of technical committee experts were not from EU countries. The
resulting architecture did not reflect the European ecosystem and market configuration, leading
European stakeholders to disengage from the process. The incompatibility of the IEC standard
with EU requirements was determined through a detailed technical assessment, conducted by
the Electro-Mobility Coordination Group of CEN-CENELEC, together with EU stakeholders
and technical experts. Consequently, it was decided to develop a European standard at CEN-
CENELEC level first, rather than relying on IEC.
This derogation from the ‘international first’ principle allowed the ESS to be more responsive
to key EU requirements. In a related case, the EU supported the convergence of the Open
Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) developed by another EU industry association (Open Charge
Alliance / OCA) into the formal standardisation system – ultimately adopted as IEC 63584,
instead of the previous IEC 63100 that did not obtain consensus among EU market participants.
IEC 63110
Under standardisation request M/581, the Commission asked CENELEC to establish an EV
charging standard by December 2023, with the purpose of creating a single, interoperable
communication solution between the charging point and the back-end system of the recharging
point’s operator475.
At international level, this communication solution was based on an international protocol
called Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP), developed and maintained by the Open Charge
Alliance (OCA)476, which was already widely deployed across Europe. In parallel, an existing
IEC standard (IEC 63110) was also being developed477. The Commission identified IEC 63110
as the baseline for the development of the European standard, while accounting for the OCPP.
474 Commission Implementing Decision on a standardisation request to the European Committee for
Standardisation and the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation in support of Union policy on
artificial intelligence - Register of Commission Documents - C(2023)3215. 475 Commission Implementing Decision on a standardisation request to the European standardisation organisations
as regards communication exchange, electricity and hydrogen supply for road, maritime transport and inland
navigation in support of Directive 2014/94/EU and its planned revision under the ‘Fit for 55’ package, available
at: Register of Commission Documents - C(2022)1710 476 Open Charge Alliance (OCA) is a non-profit organisation of EV charging hardware and software vendors and
charging network operators and service providers. Further information is available at: Open Charge Alliance -
Connecting the EV charging industry. 477 Evidence from stakeholder interviews.
191
Nevertheless, due to the slow pace of the standardisation development process within IEC,
industry stakeholders endorsed the adoption of the OCPP over the IEC 63110478. Many OCA
members were part of the IEC Technical Committee TC 69 developing IEC 63110 and
expressed a clear preference for OCPP which was already consistent with the EU market
needs479. As a result, in mid-2023, the IEC Standards Management Board discontinued the work
on IEC 63110480, and the IEC and OCA agreed to propose adopting OCPP as an IEC
International Standard. As a consequence, OCA requested to become Liaison to IEC Technical
Committee TC 69 and submitted, via the IEC Fast Track procedure, the OCPP2.0.1 version for
its approval.
Finally, by late 2024, the IEC published the IEC 63584 (i.e., OCPP2.0.1ed3) as international
standard and, in January 2025, CENELEC adopted the EN IEC 63548481.
3.1.1.1.Baseline
The development of EN IEC 63548 has proved to be significantly slower than the deadline set
by the EC’s standardisation request482. The excessive slowness of the standardisation process
has de facto weakened the IEC work and the smooth function of the ESS483. Moreover, evidence
from stakeholder interviews also outlined two main related issues, in particular a lack of
transparent governance within OCA, and the absence of a meaningful participation of Annex
III and NSBs in the fast-tracked procedure484, creating an inclusiveness gap for EU
stakeholders.
3.1.1.2.Impact of Policy Options
This case shows that market players tend to prefer agile solutions when the ESS or
international standardisation organisations are not up to speed. Based on this case study,
among the policy options envisaged under the revision of Regulation 1025/2012, Measure 1.2.
(Better leveraging existing standards and technical specifications from alternative SDOs
through the ESOs) may be a useful measure to better meet the market players’ needs and to
make the ESS more responsive to the market pace. Through this measure, the Commission and
market players could benefit from a timelier starting point, while respecting EU principles.
Furthermore, in the targeted survey to industry organisations and companies, 72% of
respondents (18 out of 25 involved in technical committees for standardisation of electric
vehicle charging infrastructure) agreed with the option of using of existing standards and
technical specifications when the ESOs cannot deliver, to streamline and accelerate the
development of high-quality standards within the ESS.485
478 Evidence from stakeholder interviews. 479 Evidence from stakeholder interviews. 480 OCA, OCPP Chronicles 2009 – 2025, available at: OCPP-Chronicles-2009-2025.pdf 481 OCA, OCPP Chronicles 2009 – 2025, available at: OCPP-Chronicles-2009-2025.pdf 482 Evidence from stakeholder interviews. 483 Evidence from stakeholder interviews 484 Evidence from stakeholder interviews 485 Targeted survey to industry organisations and companies: Q19 To what extent do you believe that these
measures will support achieving the objective of simplifying and accelerating the development of high-quality
standards? When the ESOs cannot deliver, use of existing standards. Sample size, N = 25
192
3.1.2. IEC 63119
Under standardisation request M/581, the European Commission requested CEN and
CENELEC to develop a European standard on information exchange for electric vehicle
charging e-roaming service by December 2023. The standard should enable charging stations
of different providers to exchange information across EU Member States, and to define
technical specifications to create harmonised peer to peer communication between market
parties and electric vehicle clearing houses.486
At international level, the Open Charge Point Interface (OCPI), developed by the EV
Roaming Foundation487, was the primary protocol governing this communication. In tandem,
an IEC standard (IEC 63119) was already being developed to cover this domain. Despite this
on-going effort under the IEC, European stakeholders withdrew from this international
standardisation process as it was considered unsuitable to the European market needs and
overall EU ecosystem. This was mainly due to the dominant participation of non-EU experts in
the IEC committee, as two thirds of the technical committee members were coming from non-
EU countries. The mismatch between the IEC standard and the European market architecture
was also stated in a detailed technical assessment carried out by the Electro-Mobility
Coordination Group of CEN-CENELEC, together with European stakeholders and technical
experts.
Therefore, with the objective to prioritise a robust European solution, the preferred approach
was to develop the standard at CEN-CENELEC level first, instead of adopting the IEC one.
To coordinate the CEN-CENELEC committees’ work with the international landscape, the EV
Roaming Foundation agreed to submit its technical specifications for discussion.
3.1.2.1.Baseline
This standardisation development process has represented a case whereby, despite the IEC was
developing an international standard (i.e., IEC 63119), CENELEC has initiated their own
standardisation process, in derogation from the Frankfurt agreement. This path enabled ESOs
to ensure greater consistency between the hEN and the European legislative and market needs.
3.1.2.2.Impact of Policy Options
The case of IEC 63119 has demonstrated that the derogation from the ‘international first’
principles could support the ESS to deliver a hEN that better aligns with the EU legislation and
market structure. This case study reveals that Measure 2.5 (Possibility to derogate from the
‘international first’ principle when ESOs agreement with international standardisation
organisations challenge European strategic and sovereignty interests) may contribute to the
objective of fostering the EU’s position in international standardisation.
486 COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION on a standardisation request to the European standardisation
organisations as regards communication exchange, electricity and hydrogen supply for road, maritime transport
and inland navigation in support of Directive 2014/94/EU and its planned revision under the ‘Fit for 55’ package,
available at: Register of Commission Documents - C(2022)1710 487 EV Roaming Foundation is a Dutch industry association specialised in roaming services for charging electric
vehicles. Further information is available at: About us - evRoaming4EU
193
4 CASE STUDY – CRITICAL SPACE TECHNOLOGY
4.1 Context
The EU Space Programme Regulation (Regulation 2021/696)488 has established a
comprehensive framework for European space activities, complemented by sectoral technical
instruments including guidelines and standards. Within this regulatory ecosystem, harmonised
standards are absent: unlike other sectors governed by the New Legislative Framework (NLF),
no harmonised European standards for critical space technologies have ever been developed
under Regulation 1025/2012 with references published in the Official Journal of the European
Union.
The closest operational approximation to a structured European standardisation effort in this
domain dates back to Mandate M/496, through which the European Commission requested
CEN, CENELEC and ETSI to develop European standards for the space industry. In response,
CEN-CLC/JTC 5 "Space" was established in 2011, producing the EN 16600–16603 series
through the transposition of standards developed by the European Cooperation for Space
Standardisation (ECSS). However, these European standards carry no presumption of
conformity effect.
The most relevant technical standards at European sectoral level are those maintained by ECSS
— a collaboration between ESA, Eurospace, and national space agencies — which counts 139
active standards covering project management, engineering, and product assurance. At
international level, the primary body is the sub-committee ISO/TC 20/SC 14 (Space Systems
and Operations), whose secretariat is effectively held by the American Institute of Aeronautics
and Astronautics (AIAA) via ANSI (formally holding the secretariat), with over 110 active
projects. Space data and information transfer standardisation is conducted by the other sub-
committee ISO/TC 20/SC 13 (where the secretariat is also held by ANSI) in close partnership
with the Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS), a body in which the US
retains structural influence through NASA's secretariat role.
4.2 Baseline
Evidence from the stakeholder interview and desk research consistently identifies two structural
problems: (i) ESOs lack the in-house competence to develop standards for upstream space
technologies; (ii) the transposition of existing ECSS standards into EN has not been effective.
4.3 Impact of Policy Options
Among the policy options envisaged under the revision of Regulation 1025/2012, interviewees
identify measures regarding Objective 1 and Objective 3 as the most interesting areas where
intervention is needed.
488 Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing the
Union Space Programme and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme and repealing Regulations
(EU) No 912/2010, (EU) No 1285/2013 and (EU) No 377/2014 and Decision No 541/2014/EU
194
Regarding Objective 1 — "Increase Responsiveness" — the interviewees supported measures
under PO 2 and PO 3 that would allow standardisation requests to be directed to organisations
other than ESOs. In the absence of a competent ESO for upstream space technologies,
interviewees argued that enabling external organisations or consortia to develop standards
through open procurement could fill the existing gap. Support was expressed for Measure 2.1:
"ESOs retain pre-emption rights but the Commission can send Standardisation Requests to
other SDOs in pre-defined cases, and possibility to use and reference standards from other
SDOs", provided that institutional preference does not override competence as the primary
selection criterion.
Regarding Objective 3 — "Increase EU Global Relevance" — interviewees noted that the EU's
diminishing position in international space standardisation is directly measurable: European
companies are compelled to adopt non-EU technical frameworks to access international
markets, at significant cost to technological sovereignty. The ratio of EU versus non-EU
standards referenced in procurement activities for EU space missions — such as Copernicus —
was identified as a concrete indicator of this dependency. Interviewees also raised the question
of restricted, EU-27-only configurations for standard development in sensitive and security-
critical domains, arguing that derogation from the Vienna and Frankfurt Agreements and from
the current internal rules of the ESOs concerning participation in technical work would be
justified in exceptional circumstances where EU strategic interests are at stake.
5. CASE STUDY – ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING
5.1 Context
Additive manufacturing (AM) is a strategic and rapidly expanding market, representing one of
the 75 product categories in the machinery sector. AM technologies have known a sharp
increase of international patent families (IPFs) since 2013, registering an annual compound
growth rate of 26% in the period 2013-2020489. However, despite the existence of more than
800 harmonised European standards under the Machinery Regulation, no AM-specific hENs
have yet been developed or cited in the Official Journal of the European Union, and none
currently confers a presumption of conformity at EU level. At international level, the United
States have developed a strong position in AM standardisation, notably through ASTM
International and its interaction with ISO standardisation activities490.
5.2 Baseline
Interviewees identified several challenges affecting additive manufacturing standardisation:
• Difficulties in maintaining the EU’s global relevance in AM standardisation,
including by ensuring continued European leadership in the ISO secretariat responsible
for additive manufacturing.
• EU-level coordination and strategic orientation were less developed than the
approach pursued by the United States in AM standardisation.
489 EPO, Innovation trends in additive manufacturing, 2023, https://link.epo.org/web/service-
support/publications/en-additive-manufacturing-study-2023-full-study.pdf 490 Case study interview.
195
• Limited attention to AM within the Commission, due to the large number of hENs in
the machinery industry already cited and requiring policy oversight. Consequently, the
needed focus on AM industry – which is not relevant for the Machinery Regulation –
passes at a second stage with respect to more general requirements (see next bullet
point).
• Focus of hENs on the legislative health and safety requirements does not fully
address the broader standardisation needs of the AM sector. According to
interviewees, existing machinery standards already cover many relevant health and
safety aspects, while other AM-specific issues, such as materials, processes and
performance requirements, may be more relevant for innovation and global
competitiveness. In this context, interviewees noted that, historically, US industry was
more focused on plastic-based AM applications, whereas European industry had a
stronger position in metal-based AM applications.
• Insufficient funding for pre-normative research, which may contribute to a stronger
influence of US-led research and standardisation activities. EU funding of pre-
normative work was reported to be significantly lower compared to US standardisation,
and increased allocation of resources should be taken into account in the Annual Union
Work Programme.
• Efficiency concerns linked to the full overlap between the relevant CEN and ISO
technical committees on AM, although both committees were described as active and
well organised.
• Challenges related to dual-use applications, in particular the limited integration of
defence capability needs and the need to ensure greater coherence between civil,
defence and dual-use AM standardisation requirements491.
5.3 Impact of policy options
3.1.3. Common specifications
As additive manufacturing falls within the scope of the Machinery Regulation, it is also covered
by Article 20, which sets out the conditions for the use of common specifications. While
common specifications have not yet been used under the Machinery Regulation, interviewees
supported the establishment of clear criteria and conditions determining when
Commission intervention may be justified. At the same time, interviewees stressed that
common specifications should remain a mechanism of last resort and should not replace the
primary role of hENs developed through the ESS.
3.1.4. Pre-normative work funding and ecosystem
Interviewees highlighted the importance of increasing funding for pre-normative work,
given the significant gap compared with the US system, playing a leading role in AM
standardisation. This necessity has also been highlighted by respondents to the targeted survey
who are part of the AM technical committee492. In addition, interviewees supported stronger
professional recognition for contributors to standardisation activities. Measures such as
491 Case study interview. 492 Targeted survey sent to industry and companies, sorted by organisations attending the AM technical committee
(Q50: Please elaborate on your response above, if necessary).
196
acknowledging the names of developers in standards, increasing the visibility of standardisation
outputs, introducing awards for excellence to showcase high-quality deliverables, and creating
regular opportunities for exchange between researchers, SMEs, industry, standardisation
organisations and public authorities were considered likely to incentivise greater participation
by the research community in standardisation activities493.
The International Technical Conference on the Enhanced Safety of Vehicles (ESV), which
regularly brings together researchers, experts and industry representatives to exchange on and
recognise advances in vehicle safety, was cited as a possible benchmark for fostering similar
sector-specific communities within European standardisation494.
493 Case study interviews. 494 Ibid.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 6.10.2026 SWD(2026) 787 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
on European Standardisation, repealing Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
{COM(2026) 780 final} - {SEC(2026) 780 final} - {SWD(2026) 785 final} - {SWD(2026) 786 final}
1
Executive Summary Sheet
Impact assessment for the Revision of the EU rules on public procurement
A. Need for actions
Why? What is the problem being addressed?
Standardisation is a key enabler of the internal market: standards facilitate the exchange of goods and
services between Member States, contributing to the harmonisation of the internal market. By ensuring
interoperability, quality and consumer trust, standards facilitate market access and reduce internal
market fragmentation. However, the current European Standardisation System faces significant
challenges. The average development time for harmonised standards (hENs), which the Commission
requests from European Standardisation Organisations (ESOs) to support Union harmonisation
legislation, is six years, which is incompatible with the rapid pace of technological and legislative
changes. This delay increases compliance costs for businesses, particularly SMEs, and hinders the EU’s
ability to meet regulatory targets. Additionally, there is insufficient participation from SMEs, civil
society, and the research and innovation community in the standardisation process, reducing the quality
and inclusiveness of standards. Recent Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) rulings requiring
free access to harmonised standards threaten the financial sustainability of ESOs and their members,
the National Standardisation Bodies of Member States (NSBs), which partly rely on the sales of
harmonised standards to finance their activity. Finally, the EU’s influence in international
standardisation is declining, particularly in strategic technologies such as AI, cybersecurity, and green
technologies, impairing the EU’s competitiveness and strategic autonomy.
What is this initiative expected to achieve?
The revision of the Standardisation Regulation aims to improve the responsiveness of the European
Standardisation System by accelerating the delivery of high-quality harmonised standards and ensuring
their timely availability to support EU legislation. It intends to reduce compliance costs for businesses,
particularly SMEs, by ensuring predictable and timely access to harmonised standards. It seeks to ensure
the sustainability of the European Standardisation System by balancing the requirement for free access
to harmonised standards with the financial viability of ESOs and NSBs, while fostering inclusive
participation from all stakeholders. The initiative also aims to consolidate the EU’s influence in
international standardisation to support competitiveness, strategic autonomy, and alignment with EU
values.
Why should EU act? What is the value added of action at the EU level?
The EU must act to maintain the integrity and competitiveness of the internal market. Standardisation
eliminates technical barriers, enabling the free movement of goods and services and reducing costs for
cross-border operators. A legally and financially sustainable European Standardisation System is
critical for the effective implementation of Union legislation and for the EU’s ability to shape global
standards in emerging technologies. EU-level action ensures policy coherence, supporting key priorities
such as competitiveness and strategic autonomy, while avoiding the fragmentation that would result
from divergent national approaches. Moreover, the problems affecting the functioning of the European
Standardisation System are of a common EU nature and shared by all Member States. Finally, collective
action leverages economies of scale and enhances the EU’s influence in international standardisation
fora, which would not be achievable through individual Member State efforts.
B. Solutions
What legislative and non-legislative options have been considered? Is there a preferred choice or
not? Why?
Three policy options were assessed in the impact assessment.
2
Option 1, a modernised ESOs’ monopoly, retains the current structure of the European Standardisation
System where ESOs are the sole recipients of standardisation requests from the Commission but
introduces targeted improvements such as the integration of specifications from other Standard
Development Organisations (SDOs), simplified legal procedures, strengthened inclusiveness measures
and improved EU coordination on the international stage.
Option 2, a European Standardisation System centred on ESOs with new flexibilities, builds on Option 1
by adding the flexibility for the Commission to address standardisation requests to alternative SDOs
where ESOs lack expertise or fail to deliver. It also introduces free and unrestricted access to
harmonised standards via a central repository and establishes an EU Expert Centre led by a Chief
Standardisation Officer to enhance coordination and international influence. It facilitates the
implementation of EU strategic autonomy in standardisation by ensuring that the EU can decide to
adopt its own standards differing from international standards in targeted cases.
Option 3, an open European Standardisation System managed by the Commission, represents a radical
departure from the current system by eliminating the ESOs’ exclusive right to receive standardisation
requests and allowing the Commission to submit standardisation requests to any SDO, while mandating
the publication of hENs in the Official Journal of the European Union for full free access.
Is there a preferred choice or not? Why?
Option 2 is the preferred choice because it strikes a balance between continuity and innovation. It
improves the existing European Standardisation System while fostering ESOs’ performance by
introducing a degree of competitive pressure through the flexibility to address requests to alternative
SDOs. The new flexibility will also better support EU competitiveness and technological sovereignty
by enabling access to state of the art expertise in cutting-edge sectors such as digital, quantum
computing or space technologies. Option 2 is also the most future proof, ensuring free and unrestricted
access to hENs and allowing the system to adapt if ESOs modify their sectoral coverage or new SDOs
emerge as leaders in specific fields.
Option 1 is also efficient and effective to address the objectives of the initiatives but would not bring as
much positive impact to competitiveness as Option 2. Option 3 is both the less effective and efficient
option as it would significantly disrupt the current functioning of the European Standardisation System
and entails risks to the delivery of harmonised standards to support Union legislation and policy.
C. Impacts of the preferred option
What are the benefits of the preferred option (if any, otherwise main ones)?
The preferred option significantly improves the responsiveness of the European Standardisation
System, i.e. its ability to deliver harmonised standards rapidly and on time for supporting Union
legislation. It reduces the average delivery time of harmonised standards by 19 %, from 6 years to
approximately 4.2 years. This acceleration is expected to save businesses around EUR 295 million
annually in compliance costs, out of which EUR 52 million stemming from the flexibility to use
alternate SDOs in sectors where ESOs may lack expertise. Free and unrestricted access to harmonised
standards via a central repository will save businesses another EUR 30 million annually. The
establishment of an EU Expert Centre will enhance coordination and strategic oversight, strengthening
the EU’s position in international standardisation fora. Targeted divergence from international
standardisation will enable the EU to protect its interests in strategic technologies if needed.
What are the costs of the preferred option (if any, otherwise main ones)?
The preferred option incurs overall limited costs across stakeholders. The Commission will require an
additional EUR 1.5 million annually for new resources (7.5 full-time equivalents) to support the
implementation of the preferred option. NSBs will face costs of around EUR 2.9 million per year to
3
implement inclusiveness measures targeted at SMEs, civil society and the R&I community and to create
transparency registers to allow the public identification of interests represented and active in the
standardisation process. Businesses may incur limited duplication costs of up to EUR 4.5 million per
year in sectors where alternative SDOs are used.
The preferred option will impact mostly ESOs and NSBs that will have to compensate for the loss of
revenues stemming from free and unrestricted access to harmonised standards. These foregone revenues
would be compensated by new additional value-added services from the NSBs enabled by the
digitalisation of the sector and the development of ‘smart’ digital standards. The Commission would
also support the NSBs that are more reliant on the sales of harmonised standards and less ready to offer
such new services for an estimated EUR 6 million per year to ensure the sustainability of the European
Standardisation System.
How will businesses, SMEs and micro-enterprises be affected?
Businesses, particularly SMEs and micro-enterprises, will experience a strongly positive net impact
under the preferred option. SMEs will benefit the most from faster access to harmonised standards,
which will reduce their conformity assessment costs, and from free access to harmonised standards.
Large firms will also benefit from savings in compliance costs as well as from improved predictability
and the strategic alignment of standards with EU priorities. The overall reduction in compliance costs
and administrative burdens will enhance competitiveness, particularly for smaller enterprises operating
across borders. SMEs are expected to capture 78 % of the benefits of the preferred option (EUR 253
million per year).
Will there be significant impacts on national budgets and administrations?
The preferred option will not have impact on national budgets and administrations.
Will there be other significant impacts?
Beyond its economic impacts, the preferred option can have positive indirect environmental and social
benefits as a better functioning European Standardisation system would increase the ability of sectoral
legislation to achieve its environmental and social objectives
D. Follow up
When the policy will be revised?
The revised Standardisation Regulation will be evaluated five years after its entry into force. The
evaluation will focus on key performance indicators related to the responsiveness, sustainability, and
international influence of the ESS, building on the data reported by ESOs and SDOs through the
Commission eNorm platform. Responsiveness will be measured through metrics such as the average
delivery time of hENs, the share of standards available on time to support EU legislation, and the use
of alternative SDOs. Sustainability will be assessed by monitoring the engagement of ESOs in
delivering harmonised standards and the participation of experts from SMEs, civil society and the R&I
community in standardisation activities. International influence will be primarily evaluated based on
the EU’s participation in International Standardisation Organisations.